catalog 2005–2006
GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 1500 N. Verdugo Road • Glendale, CA 91208-2894 818-240-1000 • FAX: 818-549-9436 Web site: www.glendale.edu Welcome to Glendale Community College where for over 75 years educational excellence has been our hallmark, and where student success is our major goal. By your commitment to Glendale Community College, you have made the choice for excellence in a college with one of the highest transfer rates to four-year institutions among the 107 community colleges in the state. For students seeking job retraining or career education programs, the college offers a wide range of curricula to prepare students for the workplace. The college is known throughout the region for state-of-the-art equipment and technology. In order to have the fi nest facilities available, the college has invested more than $85 million during the last decade for new facilities, technology, landscaping and parking. This year we will inaugurate the new Cim- marusti Science Center, which encompasses state-of-the-art science facilities in four different buildings to meet the needs of the rapidly changing scientifi c world. The center will offer the fi nest facilities of any com- munity college in the state. We at the college are grateful for the support of the community and, in particu- lar, the recently passed bond measure to be used for updating and new construction of our facilities. The college offers superior student support services and library holdings, and an outstanding teaching faculty whose major goal is to make your educational dreams, whatever they may be, a reality. Every semester approximately 25,000 students choose Glendale Community College for their educational experience and we hope that you are part of this group. We wish you every success as we continue our diamond anniversary celebration. Dr. John A. Davitt Superintendent/President Contents 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Administration ...... 5 Division Chairs ...... 6 College Calendar ...... 7 General Information ...... 11 Mission Statement ...... 11 Accreditation ...... 12 Advisory Committees ...... 12 Transfer to Four-year Colleges and Universities ...... 20 Veteran Education ...... 20 College Services ...... 21 Student Activities and Organizations ...... 41 Admission and Registration ...... 43 Eligibility for Courses ...... 44 Scholastic Information and Regulations ...... 49 Graduation Requirements ...... 61 Associate in Arts Majors ...... 65 AS Majors and Certifi cate Programs ...... 67 College and University General Education Requirements ...... 79 Transfer Programs ...... 83 Course Descriptions ...... 85 Faculty ...... 209 Emeritus ...... 236 Classifi ed Staff ...... 237 Index ...... 241 Campus Map ...... 245 Off-Campus Locations ...... 246 MyGCC ...... 247 4 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
In 1926, higher education was reserved for a relative few, but Fast forward to 2005 - Glendale Community College is a farsighted citizens in Glendale recognized the need to open dynamic institution with more than 22,000 students. They doors to academic and vocational instruction to a broader are enrolled in college-credit at the main campus, continu- base of the community. As a result, Glendale citizens voted ing education at the Garfi eld campus, community services to form a community college, or junior college as it was then classes held throughout the community, and the Professional called, as part of the Glendale Unifi ed School District. Development Center located in Montrose. The College serves an ethnically diverse student body with no single group The fi rst semester, 139 students responded to the public notice forming a majority. that college classes were to be offered in the buildings of Glendale Union High School at Broadway and Verdugo. The The faculty has used its energy to develop a wide ranging College was an immediate success and by 1929 the student curriculum intended to prepare students for the 21st cen- population increased to 435, with 27 faculty members. tury. College Services faculty provide invaluable academic, career, and fi nancial counseling to students. Today the goal Through the years Glendale Junior College continued to of those farsighted citizens of Glendale has been achieved. grow. It moved to the present site in 1937 with the support of Higher education is available to all who come to Glendale a bond election and funds matched equally by a WPA grant. Community College. Total cost for purchase and construction of the new 59 acre Source: A History of Glendale Community College, 1927-2003 site was $390,000. by Dr. Marguerite Renner. For complete text contact Glendale College In 1971, as the College became more responsive to the needs Foundation, 818.551.5199. of the greater Glendale community, the name was offi cially changed to Glendale Community College District.
FACILITIES LIKE NO OTHER...
Once again, farsighted citizens in 2002 approved Measure In spring 2005, ground will be broken for a 42,000 square G, a bond to construct and remodel facilities at Glendale foot building which will house the Allied Health and Digi- Community College and bring the campus to 21st century tal Multimedia programs as well as plant operations and standards. warehouse facilities. Slated for the future is the construc- tion of the Student Services/Laboratory building that will Nestled in the slopes of the San Rafael Mountains overlooking serve as a one-stop center for student services. In addition, the valleys of the Glendale area, Glendale College is described a remodel of the foot ball/soccer fi eld and the track has by long time Architect, Jim Spencer as, ”...an urban village been completed with more renovation slated for the gym patterned after hill towns of southern Europe. Its Mediter- facilities in the future. ranean architecture, its grand plaza and more intimate spaces, its curving stairways, arches and colonnades, as well as its Parking, an issue on every student’s mind, will be addressed almost ‘quirky’ angles and curves all contribue to an element with the construction of a structure to be placed near the of surprise and delight; while its interiors ‘brim’ with function Mountain Avenue off-ramp. Scheduled to open in winter of and the latest in technology.” 2006 it will provide an additional 850 parking slots. Major building began on the campus in the late 80’s with Currently there are 23 buildings on the campus with approxi- the remodeling and construction of seven buildings. The mately 144,000 square feet of lab space for the science com- latest addition can be seen illuminating the night sky - the puters and art departments. Glendale Community College dome from the Cimmarusti Science Center that houses the has an outstanding faculty, comprehensive student services planetarium. Funds from Measure G, along with public and and conveniently located facilities with the latest technology. private funding sources, made possible the construction of The college has a rich history of community support and the Science Center. looks forward to a bright future. GCC is a smart choice to begin, to continue or to return to higher education.
Glendale Community College reserves the right to modify its programs, tuition and fees, admission and graduation requirements, schedules and other policies, procedures and regulations stated in this catalog without notice. This catalog does not constitute a contract between the student and the college. This catalog is available in alternate text upon request.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Administration 5
COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION
BOARD OF TRUSTEES Dr. Kathleen Burke-Kelly Victor King Anita Quinoniz Gabrielian Ara James Najarian Dr. Armine Hacopian ASGCC, Student Trustee ADMINISTRATIVE CABINET Superintendent/President ...... John A. Davitt Vice President, Instructional Services ...... Steve White Executive Vice President, Administrative Services ...... Lawrence Serot InterimVice President, College Services ...... Sharon Combs Dean, Admissions and Records ...... Sharon Combs Dean, Information and Technology ...... Robert Owen Dean, Instructional Services ...... Kristin J. Bruno Dean, Library and Learning Resources ...... Ruth McKernan Dean, Continuing and Community Education ...... Karen Holden-Ferkich Dean, Student Affairs ...... Paul A. Schlossman Dean, Student Services ...... Jewel D’Aloia Price Director, Communications, Marketing, and Foundation ...... Ann H. Ransford Director, Human Resources ...... Vicki Nicholson ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS Associate Dean, Allied Health ...... Sharon Hall Associate Dean, Curriculum Management ...... Dave Mack Associate Dean, Disabled Student Program and Services ...... Joy V. Cook Associate Dean, Extended Opportunity Program and Services (EOPS) ...... Vicki Washington Associate Dean, Health Services ...... Mary Mirch Associate Dean, Information & Technology Services ...... Shereen Fogel Associate Dean, Instruction ...... Scot L. Spicer Associate Dean, Student Financial Aid Services ...... Patricia Hurley Associate Dean, Instructional Services & Workforce Development ...... Jan Swinton Program Director, Professional Development Center ...... Sharleen Wagner SUPPORT SERVICES STAFF Accounting ...... Ronald K. Nakasone ...... Controller Amir Nour ...... District Accountant June Ghil ...... Asst. District Accountant Admissions and Records ...... Michelle Mora ...... Registrar Business Services ...... William Taylor ...... Director Cafeteria ...... Candyce Walker ...... Manager Child Development Center ...... Jeanette Tashiro ...... Director Facilities ...... Horace Lewis ...... Director Vacant ...... Custodial Supervisor Daniel Padilla ...... Maintenance & Operations Supervisor Financial Aid ...... Dennis Schroder ...... Assistant Director Grounds ...... Charles Easley ...... Supervisor Human Resources ...... Ed Bugayong ...... Manager Information & Technology Services...... David Roswell ...... Asst. Director, Instructional & Administrative Systems Development David Mathews...... Director, Network Planning & Operations Reed Anderson ...... Director of Operations Kevin Chan ...... Senior Systems Analyst Institutional Research ...... Edward Karpp ...... Director Instructional Services ...... Jill Lewis ...... Manager Library ...... Russell Beckett ...... Library Public Service Manager Payroll ...... Vacant ...... Supervisor Police ...... Steven Wagg ...... Chief Communications, Marketing and Foundation ...... Elana Edelstein ...... Assistant Director Student Employment ...... Andra Verstraete ...... Manager Superintendent/President...... Patricia Skerry ...... Secretary to the Superintendent/President
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 6 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION (Continued)
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT CENTER Director ...... Sharleen Wagner Program Manager I...... Kevin Gasparyan Program Manager II ...... Kimberly Pfeifer
DIVISION CHAIRS Allied Health ...... Sharon Hall Biology ...... Ronald K. Harlan Business ...... Linda Serra Business & Life Shills, Continuing Education ...... Jane Di Lucchio College Services ...... Jeanette Stirdivant English ...... Michael Ritterbrown English as a Second Language, Credit ...... Young Gee Non-Credit ...... Helen Merriman Language Arts ...... Jean Perry Mathematics ...... Peter A. Stathis Physical Science ...... Raymond Glienna Social Sciences ...... Roger Bowerman Technology & Aviation ...... Paul Dozois Visual & Performing Arts ...... Robert Kibler Health & Physical Education ...... James M. Sartoris
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Calendar 7
2005 CALENDAR SUMMER 2005 April 22 ...... Deadline for students to apply for admissions for Summer 2005 and be eligible for MAY 2005 priority STARS registration S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 May 2 - 20 ...... Check your STARS Priority Registration Appointment Date & Time for Summer 2005 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 • Online at MyGCC.glendale.edu 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 • On STARS at (818) 545-7777 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 • Campus Kiosk 29 30 31 May 16 - 20 ...... Priority telephone registration (STARS) for summer 2005 JUNE 2005 May 23 – June 16 . . . .Open telephone registration for summer 2005 S M T W T F S May 30 ...... Memorial Day – Campus Closed 1 2 3 4 June 16 ...... Walk-through registration for the summer session (9 a.m. to 6 p.m., AA-1) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 June 17-19 ...... No Registration 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 June 17 ...... Deadline for students to apply for admissions for Fall 2005 and be eligible for priority 26 27 28 29 30 STARS registration June 19 ...... Residence determination date for summer session JULY 2005 June 20 ...... Instruction Begins for fi rst summer session S M T W T F S 1 2 June 20 – 24 ...... Late registration for fi rst summer session 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 June 20 - July 21 . . . . .Open telephone registration for second summmer session 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 June 24 ...... Deadline to ADD a fi rst summer session class 24 /31 25 26 27 28 29 30 Deadline to DROP a fi rst summer session class without a “W” notation and be eligible to apply for a refund AUGUST 2005 June 27 – July 1 . . . . .First summer session refunds must be requested by the student at the Student Fees Offi ce S M T W T F S June 27 – July 29 . . . .Check your STARS Priority Registration Appointment Date & Time for Fall 2005 1 2 3 4 5 6 • Online at MyGCC.glendale.edu 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 • On STARS at (818) 545-7777 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 • Campus Kiosk 28 29 30 31 June 28 ...... Last day to apply for Credit/No Credit in a fi rst summer session class July 4 ...... Independence Day – Campus Closed July 8 ...... Deadline to WITHDRAW from a fi rst summer session class with a “W” notation July 11 - 29 ...... Priority telephone registration (STARS) for fall 2005 July 21 ...... Walk-through registration for the second summer session (9 a.m. to 6 p.m., AA-1) July 22 ...... End of fi rst summer session July 22 - 24 ...... NO REGISTRATION for second summer session July 25 ...... Instruction begins for second summer session July 25 - 29 ...... Late registration for second summer session July 29 ...... Deadline to ADD a second summer session class Deadline to DROP a second summer session class without a “W” notation and be eligible to apply for a refund August 1 - 5 ...... Second summer session refunds must be requested by the student at the Student Fees Offi ce August 1 - 12 ...... First summer session grades available on STARS, campus kiosk or the Internet at http://www2.glendale.edu/grades August 2 ...... Last day to apply for Credit/No Credit in a second summer session class August 12 ...... Deadline to WITHDRAW from a second summer session class with a “W” notation Petitions for graduation and/or certifi cates for summer session due in the Offi ce of Admissions & Records August 26 ...... End of second summer session September 5 - 23 . . . .Summer grades available on STARS, campus kiosk or the Internet at http://www2.glendale.edu/grades
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 8 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
2005 CALENDAR FALL 2005 JUNE 2005 June 17 ...... Deadline for students to apply for admissions for Fall 2005 and be eligible for priority S M T W T F S STARS registration 1 2 3 4 June 27 – July 29 . . . .Check your STARS Priority Registration Appointment Date and Time for FALL 2005 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 • Online at MyGCC.glendale.edu• On STARS at (818) 545-7777• Campus Kiosk 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 July 11 – 29 ...... Priority telephone registration (STARS) for the FALL semester
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 August 1 – 29 ...... Open telephone registration (STARS) for the FALL semester 26 27 28 29 30 August 29 ...... Walk-through registration for the FALL semester. August 30 ...... No Registration - Residence determination date for the FALL semester JULY 2005 August 31 ...... Instruction begins for the fall semester S M T W T F S 16-week classes begin 1 2 First 8-week classes begin 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Aug. 31 – Sept 13 . . . .Late telephone registration for fall semester 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 September 5 ...... Labor Day Observed – Campus Closed 24 September 6 ...... Deadline to add open classes without the permission of the instructor /31 25 26 27 28 29 30 Deadline to add fi rst 8-week classes Deadline to drop fi rst 8-week classes without a “W” notation and be eligible for a refund AUGUST 2005 Last day to apply for Credit/No Credit in fi rst 8-week classes S M T W T F S September 12 ...... First 6-week classes begin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 September 13 ...... Deadline to add 16-week classes 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Deadline to drop 16-week classes without a “W” notation and be eligible for a refund 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 September 16 ...... Last day to apply for credit/no credit in 16-week classes 28 29 30 31 September 17 ...... Deadline to add fi rst 6-week classes Deadline to drop fi rst 6-week classes without a “W” notation and be eligible for a refund September 19 ...... Begin processing applications for Winter and Spring 2006 SEPTEMBER 2005 S M T W T F S September 19–30 . . . .Refunds must be requested by the student at the Student Fees Offi ce 1 2 3 September 20 ...... Last day to apply for Credit/No Credit in fi rst 6-week classes 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 October 8 ...... Deadline to withdraw from fi rst 8-week classes with a “W” notation 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Deadline to withdraw from fi rst 6-week classes with a “W” notation 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 October 21 ...... Deadline for students to apply for admission and be eligible for priority telephone 25 26 27 28 29 30 registration (STARS) for Winter 2006 October 22 ...... First 6-week classes end OCTOBER 2005 First 8-week classes end S M T W T F S October 24 ...... Second 6-week and 8-week classes begin 1 October 29 ...... Deadline to add second 6-week classes 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Deadline to add second 8-week classes 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Deadline to drop second 6-week classes without a “W” notation and be eligible for a refund 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Deadline to drop second 8-week class without a “W” notation and be eligible for a refund 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 October 31 ...... Check your STARS priority registration appointment date and time for Winter 2006 • Online at MyGCC.glendale.edu • On STARS at (818) 545-7777 • Campus Kiosk NOVEMBER 2005 October 31-Nov 4 . . .Refunds for second 6-week and 8-week classes must be requested by the student at the S M T W T F S Student Fees Offi ce 1 2 3 4 5 November 1 ...... Last day to apply for credit/no credit in second 6-week and second 8-week classes 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 November 11 ...... Veteran’s Day Observed– Campus Closed 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 November 14 – 18 . . .Priority telephone registration (STARS) for Winter 2006 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 November 19 ...... Deadline to withdraw from 16-week classes with a “W” notation Deadline to withdraw from second 6-week classes with a “W” notation November 24 – 26 . . .Thanksgiving vacation (no Saturday classes on November. 26) DECEMBER 2005 S M T W T F S December 2 ...... Deadline for students to apply for admission and be eligible for priority telephone 1 2 3 registration (STARS) for Spring 2006 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 December 3 ...... Deadline to withdraw from second 8-week classes with a “W” notation 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 December 8 -14 . . . . .Final examinations for the fall semester 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 December 10 ...... Second 6-week classes end 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 December 12 ...... Check your STARS Priority Registration Appointment Date and Time for Spring 2006 • Online at MyGCC.glendale.edu• On STARS at (818) 545-7777• Campus Kiosk December 14 ...... Second 8-week classes end 16-week classes end - End of the fall semester Petitions for graduation and/or certifi cate for the fall semester due in the offi ce of Ad- missions and Records December 23 – Jan 2 .Winter Vacation – Campus Closed January 9 ...... Fall grades available on STARS, Campus Kiosks or the Internet at http://www2.glendale.edu/grades
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Calendar 9
2005–2006 CALENDAR WINTER 2006 October 21, 2005 . . . .Deadline for students to apply for admissions for Winter session and be eligible for OCTOBER 2005 priority STARS registration S M T W T F S 1 October 31 ...... Check your STARS Priority Registration Appointment Date and Time for Winter 2006 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 • Online at MyGCC.glendale.edu 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 • On STARS (818) 545-7777 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 • Campus Kiosk 30 31
November 14 – 18 . . .Priority telephone registration for the Winter session NOVEMBER 2005 Nov 21– Dec 22 . . . . .Open telephone registration for the Winter session S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 December 2 ...... Deadline for students to apply for admissions for Spring 2006 and be eligible for prior- 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ity STARS registration 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 December 12 ...... Check your STARS Priority Registration Appointment Date and Time for Spring 2006 27 28 29 30 • Online at MyGCC.glendale.edu • On STARS (818) 545-7777 DECEMBER 2005 • Campus Kiosk S M T W T F S 1 2 3 Dec 23 -Jan 2 ...... Campus Closed 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 January 3 - 5 ...... Open telephone registration for the Winter session continues 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 January 3 - 20 ...... Priority telephone registration (STARS) for Spring 2006 semester 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
January 5 ...... Walk-through registration for the Winter session JANUARY 2006 S M T W T F S January 6 ...... No registration for Winter session 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 January 8 ...... Residence determination date for Winter session 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 January 9 ...... Instruction begins for the Winter session 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 January 9 - 13 ...... Late registration for Winter session 29 30 31 January 13 ...... Deadline to ADD a Winter session class FEBRUARY 2006 Deadline to DROP a 5 or 6 week winter session class without a “W” notation and be eligible S M T W T F S to apply for a refund 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 January 16 ...... Martin Luther King, Jr. Day – Campus Closed 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 January 17 ...... Last day to apply for Credit/No Credit in a Winter session class 26 27 28 January 23 - 27 ...... Refunds must be requested by the student at the Student Fees Offi ce ARCH January 27 ...... Deadline to withdraw from a 5-week Winter session class with a “W” notation M 2006 S M T W T F S February 3 ...... Deadline to withdraw from a 6-week Winter session class with a “W” notation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 February 16 ...... End of Winter session 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Petition for graduation and/or certifi cate for Winter session due in the Offi ce of 26 27 28 29 30 31 Admissions and Records February 17 ...... Lincoln’s Day Observed- Campus Closed Feb 27 – Mar 10 . . . . .Winter grades available on STARS, campus kiosk or the Internet at http://www2.glendale.edu/grades
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 10 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
2006 CALENDAR SPRING 2006 JANUARY 2006 December 2 ...... Deadline for students to apply for admissions for Spring 2006 and be eligible for S M T W T F S priority STARS registration 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 December 12 ...... Check your STARS Priority Registration Appointment Date and Time for Spring 2006 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 • Online at MyGCC.glendale.edu• On STARS at (818) 545-7777• Campus Kiosk 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 January 3 – 20 ...... Priority telephone registration (STARS) for the spring semester 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Jan 23 – Feb 16 ...... Open telephone registration (STARS) for the spring semester 29 30 31 February 16 ...... Walk through registration for the spring semester. February 17 ...... Lincoln’s Day Observed- Campus Closed FEBRUARY 2006 February 20 ...... Washington’s Day Observed - campus closed S M T W T F S February 21 ...... No registration - Residence determination date for the spring semester 1 2 3 4 February 22 ...... Instruction begins for the spring semester 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 16-week classes begin 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 First 8-week classes begin 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Feb 22 – Mar 7 ...... Late telephone registration for spring semester 26 27 28 February 28 ...... Deadline to add open classes without the permission of the instructor Deadline to add fi rst 8-week classes Deadline to drop fi rst 8-week classes without a “W” notation and be eligible for a refund MARCH 2006 Last day to apply for Credit/No Credit in fi rst fi rst 8-week classes S M T W T F S March 6 ...... First 6-week classes begin 1 2 3 4 Begin processing applications for Summer and Fall 2006 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 March 7 ...... Deadline to add 16-week classes 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Deadline to drop 16-week classes without a “W” notation and be eligible for a refund 26 27 28 29 30 31 March 10 ...... Last day to apply for Credit/No Credit in 16 week classes. March 11 ...... Deadline to add fi rst 6-week classes Deadline to drop fi rst 6-week classes without a “W” notation and be eligible for a refund APRIL 2006 March 13 - 24 ...... Refunds must be requested by the student at the Student Fees Offi ce S M T W T F S March 14 ...... Last day to apply for Credit/No Credit in fi rst 6-week classes 1 March 31 ...... Petitions for graduation and to have your name in the spring graduation program- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 due in the Offi ce of Admissions and Records 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 April 1 ...... Deadline to withdraw from fi rst 8-week classes with a “W” notation 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Deadline to withdraw from fi rst 6-week classes with a “W” notation 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 April 15 ...... First 6-week classes end First 8-week classes end MAY 2006 April 17 - 22 ...... Spring Vacation S M T W T F S April 21 ...... Deadline for students to apply for admission and be eligible for priority telephone 1 2 3 4 5 6 registration (STARS) for Summer 2006 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 April 24 ...... Second 6-week and 8-week classes begin 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 April 29 ...... Deadline to add second 6-week classes 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Deadline to add second 8-week classes 28 29 30 31 Deadline to drop second 6-week classes without a “W” notation and be eligible for a refund Deadline to drop second 8-week class without a “W” notation and be eligible for a refund May 1 - 5 ...... Refunds for second 6-week and 8-week classes must be requested by the student at JUNE 2006 the Student Fees Offi ce S M T W T F S May 1 – 19 ...... Check your STARS Priority Registration Appointment Date and Time for Summer 2006 1 2 3 • Online at MyGCC.glendale.edu• On STARS at (818) 545-7777• Campus Kiosk 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 May 2 ...... Last day to apply for Credit/No Credit in second 6-week and second 8-week classes 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 May 15 -19 ...... Priority telephone registration (STARS) for Summer 2006 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 May 20 ...... Deadline to withdraw from 16-week classes with a “W” notation 25 26 27 28 29 30 Deadline to withdraw from second 6-week classes with a “W” notation May 29 ...... Memorial Day Observed- Campus Closed JULY 2006 June 3 ...... Deadline to withdraw from second 8-week classes with a “W” notation S M T W T F S Second 6-week classes end 1 June 8 - 14 ...... Final Examinations for the spring semester 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 June 10 ...... Commencement exercises. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 June 14 ...... Second 8-week classes end 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 16-week classes end - End of the spring semester 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 June 16 ...... Last day for students to apply for admission and be eligible for priority telephone registration (STARS) for Fall 2006 June 26 ...... Check your STARS Priority Registration Appointment Date and Time for Fall 2006 • Online at MyGCC.glendale.edu• On STARS at (818) 545-7777• Campus Kiosk Spring grades available on STARS, campus kiosks or the Internet at http://www2.glendale.edu/grades July 10 - 14 ...... Priority telephone registration (STARS) for Fall 2006
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE General Information 11
GENERAL INFORMATION
MISSION STATEMENT the work meets the specifi c requirements of the college or university to which the student transfers. Glendale Community College is a comprehensive public com- munity college open equally to all adults or high school graduates c. Education beyond the high school level for vocational who can benefi t from its programs and services. competence and/or occupational certifi cation: Training programs are offered for many occupations in business Its primary mission is to prepare students for successful transfer and industry. Certifi cates are awarded upon comple- to four-year colleges and universities or for successful placement tion of the requirements for the occupation-centered or advancement in rewarding careers. Its mission is also to serve curriculums. Courses offered in these programs serve its surrounding community through adult non-credit education three groups of students: those training for entry-level and community services courses and programs. positions; those preparing for advancement on the job; As part of this mission, Glendale Community College considers and those seeking to improve skills to meet new job the following to be particularly important: requirements. Thus, students are offered a balance of • to provide a rich and rigorous curriculum that helps students technical and general education. understand and appreciate the artistic and cultural heritage of d. Pre-Collegiate Basic Skills: Educational programs this society, the history and development of civilization, the prepare students for collegiate level work. Courses scientifi c environment in which they live, and the challenges are designed to provide the student with basic skills of their personal lives; instruction with emphasis on speaking, listening, reading, writing and computation. • to emphasize the coherence among disciplines and promote openness to the diversity of the human experience; e. Education beyond the secondary level for personal improvement: Recognizing the needs of post-secondary • to help students develop important skills that are critical students for education which may lead neither to educa- for success in the modern workplace, such as verbal and tion in a higher institution nor to vocational preparation, written communication, mathematics, effective use of Glendale Community College offers a diversity of courses technology for work and research, information analysis and which satisfy intellectual curiosity and provide knowledge evaluation, problem solving, and the ability to work with about and appreciation of our universe. others and conduct their lives with responsibility; f. Non-Credit/Adult Education level: A comprehensive pro- • to provide an extensive array of student services and learning gram includes basic education, courses leading to the high tools, including state-of-the-art technology, to assist students school diploma, citizenship, English as a second language, in all aspects of their college experience. career and vocational classes, and courses that satisfy the For this purpose Glendale Community College maintains a many special interest needs of the community. supportive, non-discriminatory environment which enables PROGRAMS AND SERVICES students to reach their educational goals in an effi cient and timely manner. A variety of programs and services implements and supports the objectives and functions stated above. OBJECTIVES AND FUNCTIONS a. Counseling: Counseling services are available to help stu- Pursuant to its stated mission, Glendale Community College dents have a successful college experience. Counselors are has one objective: education. ava i l able to a s si st st ude nt s i n dea l i ng w it h concer n s r el ate d Six primary functions support this objective. to many aspects of their lives, including academic planning, career decision-making, life planning and personal and a. Associate in Arts/Associate in Science: Education toward intra-personal concerns. Counselors provide a climate in the granting of AA/AS degree(s) is provided in accordance which students make thoughtful, independent, decisions with approved graduation requirements. General educa- for educational and vocational goals. Working through tion and major coursework form the core of the required individual interviews with students, small and large curriculum, the balance being electives. groups, and college orientation classes, they help students to b. Education for meeting the lower division requirements b e come awa r e of t hei r c apabi l it ie s a nd to pl a n appropr i ately. of a university or a four-year college: The college offers A number of specialized counseling service centers are many courses which are equivalent to those available in available on campus. These centers include Academic the freshman and sophomore years at the University of Counseling, EOPS, DSPS, Career Center, Transfer Center, California, The California State University and other col- Adult Re-Entry Center, Admissions & Records Offi ce and leges and universities in the United States. A student with the International Student Offi ce. a satisfactory high school and community college record b. Health Services: The Health Center provides fi rst aid, will receive full credit for all college and university level primary health care, crisis counseling, health counseling, work done at Glendale Community College provided that information and referral services.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 12 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
c. Basic education: Students with specifi c learning problems of the humanities and social sciences and co-curricular or with grade or subject defi ciencies in their high school programs. It is important for students to realize that the record may make up such defi ciencies and enter into a structure of human society is changing and that new and program leading to an Associate degree and, if desired, different technologies will affect the transition. to upper division standing at a four-year institution. k. Services to meet the unique needs of ethnic-minority d. Refresher education: Members of the community have the students: The college is committed to cultural diversity oppor t u n it y to r ef r e sh, a s wel l a s to update t hei r k nowle dge within its student body achieved by recruitment of resident in classes offered at Glendale Community College. Americans of various national origins and by the accep- e. Continuing education: Persons wishing late afternoon or tance of a signifi cant number of foreign-visa students. evening classes may enroll in the Evening College program. Meeting the needs of these students realistically is an Evening College courses parallel and expand the daytime important function of the college. offerings. The college also offers classes on Saturdays. ACCREDITATION f. General education for all members of the community: Glendale Community College is fully accredited by the Accrediting The college offers wide and varied curriculum designed Commission for Community and Junior Colleges of the Western to promote the following objectives: Association of Schools and Colleges, (3402 Mendocino Avenue, 1. Development of communication and computational Santa Rosa, CA 95403 (707) 569-9177), an institutional accrediting skills which form a base for training in critical think- body recognized by the Commission on Recognition of Postsec- ing as exemplifi ed in drawing sound conclusions from ondary Accreditation and the U.S. Department of Education, and premises, making relevant judgments, and discriminat- approved under the regulations of the California State Department ing among values. of Education and the California Community Colleges. 2. Knowledge of the cultural heritage as the accumulated ADVISORY COMMITTEES record of the development of mankind. Glendale Community College seeks advice about the programs 3. Appreciation for aesthetic expression, excellence, and and goals of the institutions. Individual citizens representing creativity as major values. organizations, interests, and specifi c programs contribute their 4. Foundation in knowledge, attitudes, and skills neces- time to ensure that the college is meeting student, industry, and sary for occupational employment. community needs. 5. Cultivation of habits which are essential to physi- ALCOHOL/DRUG ABUSE NOTIFICATION cal and emotional growth, citizenship, and societal responsibilities. The college is committed to achieving and maintaining a campus community that fosters personal and institutional excellence 6. Development of an awareness of the infl uence of such and strives to provide conditions under which the work of the environmental problems as population growth, land- college can proceed freely, with the highest standards of qual- use, and pollution on the quality of life through fi eld ity and institutional integrity. The harmful effects of substance observation and other experiences. abuse diminish the quality of our campus life. g. Adult education: A varied adult education program includ- To assist in achieving a campus free from the problems of sub- ing high school diploma subjects, English as a second lan- stance abuse, the college has adopted policies prohibiting the guage, citizenship, parent preschool education, retirement unlawful manufacture, sale, distribution, possession, or use seminars, and offi ce skills, is offered by the Non-credit of controlled substances and alcohol on all college properties Education offi ce. or at offi cial functions, both on or off-campus. Any member or h. Community services: The college also offers a fee-based group of the campus community violating these policies and program designed to provide public service in a wide regulations will be subject to disciplinary action. variety of avocational, recreational, self-improvement Prohibitions, Sanctions and Penalties and other career development subjects. None of these courses are offered for college credit. If you have received Community College District Administrative Regulation 5420 a traffi c ticket, Traffi c Violators School is held both prohibits the: weekends and weekdays. Use, possession, or distribution of narcotics, other legally i. Education for creative use of leisure time: The college controlled substances, or alcoholic beverages except as encourages students to develop skills and an appreciation expressly permitted by law and Glendale Community for creative use of leisure time. College regulations. j. Preparation for the future: The college urges students Presence on campus or at a college-sponsored function to become more sensitive to world crises created by a while under the infl uence of narcotics, other legally burgeoning population and by the increasing demands controlled substances, or alcoholic beverages except as of people and nations upon resources. Students learn to expressly permitted by law and Glendale Community approach these crises through the scientifi c method of College regulations. the natural sciences and through the combined methods
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE General Information 13
A violation of the provisions of this policy, and/or relevant deaths for persons aged 15-24. Chemical dependency is a disease local, state, or federal law which prohibits the use, possession that, if not arrested, is fatal. or sale of alcohol or other controlled substances may result in Educational Program and Assistance— the imposition of specifi c sanctions as identifi ed within the Where to Get Help Standards of Student Conduct (Administrative Regulation 5420). These sanctions or penalties include a verbal warning, a writ- A list of “Chemical Dependency and Substance Abuse Refer- ten reprimand, disciplinary probation, summary suspension, ral Resources/Agencies,’’ as well as additional information on disciplinary suspension or expulsion. chemical dependency and substance abuse is available from the Health Center on the fi rst fl oor of the San Rafael Building. Legal Sanctions If you have any questions regarding the college policies and Numerous Federal, State and local statutes and ordinances, which regulations, please contact the Student Activities Offi ce in the may change over time, relate to the manufacture, distribution, Campus Center. possession, or use of a controlled substance or alcohol and impose ALUMNI ASSOCIATION legal sanctions for both felony and misdemeanor convictions The Glendale College Alumni Association was established in for violations. Drugs considered to be controlled substances are 1988 as an organization of people who desire to serve and sup- listed in Schedules I through V of the Controlled Substances Act port Glendale Community College. (29 U.S.C. 812) and are further defi ned by Regulations 21 CFR It is the purpose of the Glendale College Alumni Asso- 1308.11 through 1308.15. ciation to develop stronger relationships between friends Drug-related penalties include the following: and former students, and to support and promote the goals, • Simple possession of controlled substances: civil fi nes of up activities, and interests of Glendale Community College. The to $10,000 per violation, jail sentence, and denial of Federal association fosters an awareness of Glendale Community benefi ts College educational, cultural, and athletic events, including • Manufacture, sale or distribution of all scheduled drugs: seminars, lectures, theatrical productions, concerts, musicals, prison sentence for a FELONY dance, art festivals and sporting events. It is the goal of the Association to develop a spirit of friendship, communication • Distribution or possession with the intent to distribute a and cooperation among the alumni through its newsletters, controlled substance on college property: up to TWICE the reunions and other social and community service activities. The prescribed sentence for the original offense and TWICE the association supports and assists the Glendale College Founda- prescribed parole time (required) tion in its efforts to promote excellence and a superior scholastic • Possession of one or more ounce(s) of marijuana for personal environment. use: fi ne or jail time for a misdemeanor The Glendale College Alumni Association provides the • Possession of less than one once of marijuana: fi ne of vehicle to stimulate this support and to keep the community, up to $100 alumni, and friends of Glendale Community College aware • Cultivation, possession for sale, or sale of marijuana: and involved. The association’s intergenerational ties are of FELONY vital importance. There is a growing pride in being a part of the Glendale Community College family of supporters, and in In addition, it is a misdemeanor to sell, furnish, give, or cause giving back something to the college which has given so much to be sold, furnished or given away, any alcoholic beverage to a to them. person under 21 or any obviously intoxicated person, and no one The offi ce of the Glendale College Alumni Association is located under 21 may purchase alcoholic beverages. It is also unlawful in the San Rafael Building, room SR213. The telephone number for any person under 21 to possess alcholic beverages on any is (818) 240-1000, ext. 5446. street or highway, or in any place open to the public. “We encourage members of the administration, faculty, staff, Health Risks Associated with Alcohol and Drug Abuse and students to join our Alumni Association.” The abuse of alcohol and drugs can produce intoxication and THE BAJA CALIFORNIA FIELD STUDIES physic a l sy mptom s suc h a s h a ngover s, bl ac kout s, i mpa i r e d motor PROGRAM function, damage to the liver, stomach, intestine, cardiovascular Glendale Community College has been offering fi eld classes and system, brain and neurological systems, addiction and death. fi eld trips in the Baja California peninsula, Republic of Mexico since Alcohol and drugs are not only toxic to the body, but may also 1974. The college maintains a facility in the peninsula, the fi eld sta- result in the transmission of infections associated with intra- tion “Estación del Mar Cortés’’, which serves as a headquarters for venous drug use such as HIV and hepatitis. Pregnant women various curricular offerings of interest to its faculty and students. risk fetal damage and birth defects including hyperactivity, Over the years, course offerings in the areas of marine biology, neurological abnormalities, and development diffi culties. history of Baja California, philosophy, psychology, health, geogra- In addition to the above problems, the use of these substances phy, physical education, English, Spanish, and geology have been can cause severe family, social and psychological problems, as offered. During the Fall and Spring semesters fi eld trips are offered wel l a s i ntel le c t u a l i mpa i r me nt wh ic h m ay b e per m a ne nt. Abu s e and during the Summer session fi eld classes are taught. of alcohol and drugs is a major cause of serious and fatal traffi c accidents; alcohol-related accidents are the number one cause of
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 14 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
In a setting that emphasizes fi eld observation and cooperative offi cers. Therefore, under California law, the offi cers authority learning, the program aims to expose students to a pristine and extends to any place in the state for the purpose of performing their complex natural environment coupled with a unique experi- primary duty or when making an arrest pursuant to section 836, ence in the Mexican culture. Different areas of learning are however, we concentrate our efforts on the campus and its imme- integrated in a setting which results in memorable and long- diate environment. Our department enjoys a positive and close lasting adventures in learning. Students and faculty participate work i ng r el at ion sh ip w it h t he Cit y of Gle nda le Pol ice D e pa r t me nt, in the planning and organization of each class. By living and with whom we share proximity, mutual interests, and geographic learning together, a community of learners is created where the jurisdiction. GCCPD offi cers may work in uniform or plain- beauty and complexity of the human and natural world can be clothes. They provide a full range of police related services, includ- observed, studied and enjoyed. ing: primary emergency response; preventative patrol; initial Students interested in participating in any of the programs investigation of observed, reported, or suspected crime; enforce- offered should contact their counselors, the appropriate ment of all applicable laws; follow-up and specialized criminal instructors, or the program coordinator in AA 1B, investigation; crime prevention; community liaison and relations; (818) 240-1000, ext. 3159, for application forms. You can V.I.P./dignitary protection; special event security; traffi c activities also read about current offerings on the Web at our page: (enforcement and accident investigation); parking enforcement http://www.glendale.cc.ca.us/baja/. and, campus escorts of students, faculty or staff. Persons arrested by the GCCPD offi cers are processed in accor- COLLEGE POLICE DEPARTMENT dance with prevailing practices in Los Angeles County, which can The Glendale Community College campus is situated in an area include: citation and release; booking into the City of Glendale of natural beauty nestled in the Verdugo Mountains. While we Police Jail; fi ling of charges with, and prosecution through, the all appreciate the inherent charm of the campus and its sur- District Attorney’s Offi ce; and formal trial. Additionally, GCC rounding area, it is important to remember that the campus is affi liates (student, faculty, staff) may be subject to additional not immune to crime. (Administrative/Code of Conduct) sanctions. The occurrence of crime is a problem in any community. The Reporting a Crime GCC Police Department is constantly working to deter criminal activity from occurring on campus. However, we cannot do it Walking-In alone. As a member of the campus community you can assist You can report a crime Monday through Friday, 7:00 am to the police department by notifying us immediately of anything 10:30 pm, Saturdays 7:00 am to 3:00 pm at the police station. suspicious or unusual. By acting as our eyes and ears you can On Sundays and holidays you may have to activate one of the become involved and participate in making Glendale Community orange call boxes to summon an offi cer. There are directions College a safer place. posted outside the front door of the police station for summon- We believe that a well-informed community is better ing assistance. The police department station is located in the served, more capable of protecting itself, and therefore safer. Sierra Madre building,, SM 153. Becoming aware of potential dangers and taking preventative Emergency Call Boxes measures will help to protect you. It also assists us in minimiz- Emergency Call Boxes (ECBs) are located in, or adjacent to, most ing risks and keeping GCC a pleasant environment in which to campus parking lots. They are connected to the Police Depart- pursue an education. ment Communications Center by phone line, and each one However, you cannot participate in preventing crime without emits an identifi er code that alerts the Police Dispatcher of the timely and relevant information. Therefore, please take the time location of the box being activated. It is important for campus to read the following, and call or stop by the GCC Police Depart- community members to learn the locations of ECBs, especially ment for more information. those located along frequently traveled campus routes (maps Steven P. Wagg are available at the station which denote the locations of ECBs). Chief of Police To use the system: 1. Follow the instructions on the box. About Our Department 2. When the button is pushed and the ECB is activated it imme- The police department employs offi cers between the hours diately alerts the Police Dispatcher by phone. Speak clearly of 7:00 am to 12:00 am, 365 days a year. The department is into the box. an authorized terminal user of all local, regional, state 3. If, for any reason, you are unable to talk into the ECB, you can and federal criminal justice information systems (e.g., summon assistance by just pushing the button and waiting wanted persons, DMV, stolen vehicles/property, criminal next to the ECB. An offi cer is dispatched to the ECB each time records, etc.). Our goal is to provide timely and appropriate it is activated. responses to community problems and needs. Police Offi cers of the Glendale Community College Police Protecting Yourself at Home and at College Department are armed, duly sworn peace offi cers of the State • Lock your door, even when you i ntend to ret ur n home shortly of California. Empowered by section 830.32 of the California or even if you are just going down the hall. It takes a thief Penal Code, offi cers possess the same authority, and adhere ten seconds or less to enter an open room and steal your to the same state-mandated standards, as municipal police property.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE General Information 15
• Lock or secure doors and windows when you are alone or forth by the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the California asleep. Department of Justice. • Keep emergency numbers by your phone. Information on off-campus criminal activity and arrests • Do not leave messages on your door indicating that you are occurring within the City of Glendale may be obtained from the away and when you will return. Glendale Police Department. • Do not let strangers enter your premises. COMMUNITY SERVICES EDUCATION • If someone asks to use your phone for an emergency call, offer to telephone for them instead of allowing him or her Community Services Education is a program of non-credit, access. fee based classes and activities designed to serve individu- als with education goals that do not require college credit. • Do not leave keys in hiding places. Thieves will fi nd them. Carry your keys or make sure that anyone who truly needs There are no transcripts, grades or academic requirements. them has their own copy. (Some certifi cate programs require prerequisites.) Community Services Education classes are usually shorter than credit • Call 911 to report suspicious persons or activity in or around your neighborhood. classes and normally do not require lengthy preparation. To request a current catalog call (818) 548-0864 ext. 5015 or 5016. • Keep automatic teller machine cards in a safe place; keep your PIN number secret. When possible, only use ATMs during COOPERATIVE WORK EXPERIENCE the day. EDUCATION (CWEE) • Instead of carrying large sums of cash use a check or credit Cooperative Work Experience Education (CWEE) combines on- card. the-job experience with classroom instruction. It is designed to • If you fi nd yourself in immediate danger, call 911, try to stay expand skills and knowledge and to improve self-understanding calm and get away at the fi rst opportunity. by integrating classroom study with planned supervised work Protect Yourself When Walking experience. CWEE is based on the principle that well educated • Avoid walking alone at night unless absolutely necessary. individuals develop most effectively by incorporating related • Keep to well lit commonly traveled routes. education and work experience. These structured experiences • Avoid shortcuts and dark, isolated areas. in business , industry, government, and human services bring • If you feel threatened, cross the street, locate an emergency an enrichment to college studies which enhances the student’s phone, or enter a store or place of business even if you have total development. It is called CWEE because the education just left it. objectives are carefully planned and coordinated with the • Have your door keys ready; carry them in your pocket, not student’s employer to provide realistic employment experience. buried in a purse. The objectives are: Incident Reporting 1. To provide opportunity for the student to secure employment The College endorses a reporting policy that strongly on a part-time or full-time basis. encourages victims to report all criminal incidents to the 2. To gain realistic work experience that is meaningfully related police immediately, regardless of their nature. It is impor- to the student’s college study program. tant that all criminal activity occurring on campus be 3. To provide the student opportunity to acquire knowledge, reported to ensure that appropriate action can be taken. skills, and attitudes essential for successful employment. On-campus crime should be reported to the GCCPD, and off-campus crime needs to be reported to the law enforcement agency having Benefi ts of Cooperative Work Experience Education jurisdiction over the location of occurrence. Emergencies are best The student: reported using campus emergency extension 4000, and non-emer- 1. Has the opportunity to learn or improve employment skills gencies are better reported using campus extension 5205. under actual working conditions. The GCCPD has the primary jurisdiction and responsibility 2. Gains perspective on career goals through application of for investigating crime and providing police service to the classroom theory to “real life experience.” campus. The Glendale Community College District Police relinquish primary authority to the City of Glendale Police 3. Builds self-identity and confi dence as a worker through Department for providing operational responsibility for individual attention given by instructor/coordinator and all Part 1 violent crime including the investigation of will- employers. ful homicide, forcible rape, robbery and aggravated assault 4. Has opportunities to test personal abilities in work occurring on Glendale Community College District property. environments. Informational Disclosures 5. Has a more realistic approach to the job market. The preceding information has been disclosed in accordance 6. Will gain a better understanding of human relations. with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy 7. May refer to work experience education on future job and Campus Crime Act. All information disclosed has been applications. reported using the Uniform Crime Reporting procedures as set
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 16 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
EVENING PROGRAMS In addition, the foundation has established a charitable gift Glendale Community College recognizes the need to provide a annuity program. A charitable gift annuity is a contract in which comprehensive program for students who work during the day. a donor exchanges an irrevocable gift of cash or securities for a The college offers a full range of classes in the evenings and on guaranteed, fi xed income each year for the rest of their life. There Saturdays. Usually classes meet once or twice a week for ses- is an immediate charitable tax deduction and upon the death sions of two to fi ve hours. Many programs of the college may of the donor the residual goes to Glendale College Foundation. be completed while attending only during the evening hours. Donors may designate the gift for any program that benefi ts Additionally, PACE (see PACE Program )offers a set curriculum Glendale Community College. The minimum rate to establish a for business and liberal arts transfer students which may be gift annuity is $5,000. There is greater tax benefi t from appreci- completed attending one evening per week and two Saturdays ated stocks or securities. For further information and estimates per month. contact the Foundation offi ce at (818) 552-5199. The teaching staff is made up of persons highly qualifi ed to Individuals who would like to make cash or in-kind contribu- instruct these classes, including many full-time professors. tions or who would like further information are invited to Business and professional persons who have obtained proper contact the Glendale College Foundation offi ce in AD 149 or teaching credentials also give the benefi t of their knowledge and call (818) 551-5199. skills to the students. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS The regular facilities of the college, including the library, Glendale Community College welcomes students from bookstore, laboratories, health center, counseling center, all nationalities who desire to study in the United States. career center, and snack shop are open for evening and During any given semester, there are approximately 550 Saturday students. Counseling appointments may be international visa students (F-1 category) enrolled full-time at arranged by telephoning (818) 240-1000, ext. 5918. the College representing some 50 countries. Any student who complies with established registration proce- International students who desire admission to Glendale dures may enroll in evening classes. Community College may receive application materials from GLENDALE COLLEGE FOUNDATION, INC. the International Student Offi ce, located on the second fl oor of the San Rafael Bldg. Prospective international applicants Glendale College Foundation, Inc., a non-profi t organization, are encouraged to contact the offi ce at the following: Phone: was incorporated in 1983 as a vehicle for the community to (818) 240-1000, ext. 5439 & 5440, E-mail: [email protected]. assist with the fi nancial support of Glendale Community Col- The GCC Web site www.glendale.edu also provides a special lege. A thirty-fi ve member Board of Directors, composed of menu option for “International Students” from the home local leaders, formulates the policies, goals, and directions of page. Here, students can print out the international applica- the foundation. tion forms, or apply online via the electronic application Objectives of the foundation are: (1) creating public aware- form. Offi ce hours are Monday through Thursday 8 a.m. to ness of the needs of the college; (2) promoting the college to 5 p.m., and Friday 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. business and industry and the greater Glendale Community; In order to be admitted to Glendale Community College, interna- (3) raising funds for quality facilities and programs; and tional students must submit the following forms and credentials: (4) establishing endowment funds for divisions and departments Glendale Community College “International Student Application at the college. Form” and required application processing fee of $50.00; offi cial Current activities include (1) sponsorship of the Glendale transcripts and diploma of high school record, or any college/uni- College Foundation Golf Classic; (2) sponsorship of the versity work completed, along with English translations; offi cial annual Glendale College Foundation Business Luncheon; TOEFL score report of 450 or 133; Affi davit of Support Form and (3) solicitation of memberships for the El Vaquero Racquet Club; offi cial bank certifi cation; one-page personal statement along and (4) sponsorship of various college activities. with Health Form. Please note: It is strongly recommended that Currently the foundation is seeking funds for a unique public/ student applicants overseas complete the above requirements private partnership, the Cimmarusti Science Center. The center in a timely manner—given U.S. Embassy/Counsulate delays includes a geological laboratory and recording station linked to and general visa security issues. The college offers admission to Caltech in Pasadena and JPL in La Canada Flintridge, a digital international students for the fall, winter/spring, and summer theater available to K-12 classes, a multimedia lecture hall with enrollment periods. fi ber optic connections to JPL and live NASA missions, studio The International Student Offi ce provides full support services learning labs, K-12 teacher training and a comprehensive outreach for international students including academic counseling, immi- program to K-12 schools. Naming opportunities are available gration advising, a new student orientation day each semester, from $500 - $500,000. and a special International Week during the spring semester. The foundation also has a matching program to encourage an The offi ce also provides information on off-campus housing individual to create an endowment. Endowments may be estab- arrangements and administers a group health insurance plan lished to support any function at Glendale Community College for its students. and may be named to honor individuals or organizations.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE General Information 17
MYGCC.GLENDALE.EDU Community Services offi ce hours are 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday Looking for a way to simplify your life? Try MyGCC, a private through Thursday. The offi ce i s c lo s e d on Fr iday. For i n for m at ion website available to Glendale Community College students. please call (818) 548-0864. With a click of the mouse, you’ll fi nd registration information, CalWORKs offi ce hours are 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through class schedules, grades, fi nancial aid information and more—all Friday. For information call (818) 240-1000 ext. 5681. personalized for you. Offi ce Skills Center offi ce hours are 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday MyGCC provides the information you need, when you need it. through Friday. For information call (818) 242-4350. You don’t h ave to b e on c a mpu s, wa it i n l i ne or eve n m a ke a phone Noncredit Continuing Education Courses call. Log on from home, from a library, from any computer with Noncredit Continuing Education Courses provide educational an Internet connection. Go to mygcc.glendale.edu and discover opportunities for those seeking personal and occupational this new personal approach to information management. improvements. Noncredit Continuing Education Courses Think of MyGCC as a private web site customized to meet your include business education, parent education, G.E.D. preparation, needs at GCC. You enter MyGCC by using a combination of your English as a second language, basic reading, math and writing; Student ID and a Personal Identifi cation Number (PIN). Once high school diploma classes; and a wide range of classes for inside, you have access to a wide range of information, most of retired adults, and home arts. Other courses may be developed it personalized. to meet the special needs of those desiring general interest MyGCC provides your current and pre- studies. Classes are scheduled at various locations throughout vious class schedules, registraion information, finan- the college district. cial aid information and your unofficial transcript, Included in its program is the opportunity to earn a high including grades. Through links, you can also connect to school diploma. The minimum requirements for a high school many GCC resources such as WebCT, class schedules, library diploma from the Glendale Unifi ed School District (grades databases, the bookstore and more. You can also connect to 9-12) are as follows: outside resources like weather and traffi c, and build your own English (9, 10, 11, 12) ...... (40 sem. hrs.) 4 cr. personal links. World History ...... (10 sem. hrs.) 1 cr. It’s as easy to use as logging onto the Internet. Just enter the web U.S. History ...... (10 sem. hrs.) 1 cr. address—mygcc.glendale.edu, and you’re there! The MyGCC American Government ...... ( 5 sem. hrs.) ½ cr. main page is divided into three sections. Economics ...... ( 5 sem. hrs.) ½ cr. 1. The navigation bar, on the left, has links to GCC pages and other sites. When you click on one of these links, a new window Science (10 or higher) ...... (20 sem. hrs.) 2 cr. opens. To return to your page, just close the window. Mathematics (9 or higher) ...... (20 sem. hrs.) 2 cr. 2. The pull-down menus, at the top, let you select personal Elective (including First Aid) ...... (90 sem. hrs.) 9 cr. information for a specifi c semester or year. To move from Career Preparation (1 semester) ...... (5 sem. hrs.) ½ cr. one page to another, simply select the appropriate item and Computer Technology (1 semester) ...... (5 sem. hrs.) ½ cr. click the GO button. TOTAL ...... (210 sem. hrs.) 21 cr. 3. The content (or main) area displays the information you’ve A minimum of 2 credits (20 semester hours) must be completed requested. in residence. Courses completed at Glendale Community College You can easily preview MyGCC. Just go to mygcc.glendale.edu Continuing Education or Glendale Community College may be and click on the “Test Drive” button. From there, try out MyGCC counted as courses completed in residence. as Charlie Brown, Lucy, Linus or Schoeder. You’ll view sample Further Sources of High School Credits pages of class schedules, grades, fees and more. You can also try out the various links on the navigation bar. 1. High school credits, applicable toward a diploma of high school graduation, may be earned by completing courses The FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) link gives answers to offered in the Continuing Education program. High school some general questions. You can also use the Feedback link to elective credits may be earned by completing courses report problems, ask questions or offer suggestions. offered by the Continuing Education Department of the NONCREDIT CONTINUING EDUCATION Glendale Community College District; however, students Continuing Education Training Center who desire such credit must consult with the continuing education counselor to be sure that such credits will satisfy The Glendale Community College Continuing Education Train- graduation requirements and must make this fact known to ing Center is located at 1122 E. Garfi eld Ave. The center houses the instructor at the time of enrollment. the Continuing Education Offi ce, Community Services Offi ce, CalWORKs, the Offi ce Skills Center classes, a Developmental 2. Credits toward a diploma of high school graduation may be Skills laboratory, and English as a Second Language classes. earned in other accredited secondary schools and transferred Continuing Education offi ce hours are 8 a.m. to 9 p.m. Monday to the Glendale College Continuing Education Division. No through Thursday, and 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Friday. Staff may be credit will be allowed for correspondence or extension courses reached by calling (818) 243-3184. where the examinations have not been monitored or proctored by acceptable school offi cials or teachers.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 18 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
3. Credits may be granted for work achievement having be considered a violation of the principles of community that are educational value provided the individual has been an integral part of the focus, goals, and mission of the Glendale employed for a year or longer by the same employer in an Community College District. activity which could be considered equivalent to, or parallel Glendale Community College District is committed to to, some high school subject; and original letters from the providing an equal opportunity for admissions, student employer are submitted verifying the dates and length of financing, student support programs and activities, and employment, detailing the nature of the work performed, employment regardless of race, religious creed, color, age, sex, and rating the quality of the work completed. Not more than sexual orientation, national origin, ancestry, marital status, four credits (40 sem. hrs.) of work achievement credit may be medical condition, or disability in accordance with federal, counted toward high school graduation. state, and local regulations. This Non-discrimination and Equal 4. Credits may be granted for regular training courses completed Opportunity Policy covers admissions, access, and treatment in at a military base during a term of military service, based on district programs and activities, and application for and treat- the recommendations of the American Council on Education, ment in district employment. and for approved courses completed with the United States An individual who feels that he or she has been unlawfully dis- Armed Forces Institute. criminated against should, at the earliest possible time, discuss 5. Credits earned at Glendale Community College or at any other the matter with the appropriate district compliance offi cer. The accredited college may be converted into high school credits compliance offi cer will be able to explain the grievance procedure by approval of the GCC Continuing Education, at the rate of to the student, employee, or other individual and will assist in three college units for one high school credit (10 sem. hrs.). processing the grievance, should such a step be necessary. 6. Credits may be granted according to the results of the General Title IX represents the section of the Civil Rights Act of Educational Development Tests (G.E.D.) taken by those who 1964 which requires equality of opportunity for females qualify. Neither college nor high school courses that have in all educational endeavors. Its original application was a content the same as, or are of a lower level than, courses geared to equal opportunity in physical education and already taken and passed in the same subject area may be sports; however, the impact of Title IX is spread across all taken for high school credit. If there is any question regarding disciplines and all segments of the community colleges. The the acceptability of a course, the student is to confer with a Title IX Coordinator is the Vice President, College Services, counselor or the dean of noncredit education. Administration Building, room 125, (818) 240-1000, ext. 5126. High school credits may not be earned through repetition of a Section 504 is a part of the Rehabilitation Act which requires subject for which credit has been granted previously. equality of opportunity and access for handicapped indi- G.E.D. TESTING viduals in both employment and educational opportunities. The General Education Development Tests (GED) can give For employees the section 504 coordinator is the Vice Presi- you the opportunity to earn a high school equivalency certifi cate dent, College Services, Administration Building, room 125, and may reduce considerably the number of elective courses (818) 240-1000, ext. 5126. For students the section 504 coordi- required for a high school diploma. The GED Tests are fi ve tests nator is Joy Cook, Center for Students with Disabilities, San in the areas of Writing, Reading, Social Studies, Science, and Raphael Building, (818) 240-1000, ext. 5450. Mathematics. The GED Test is given monthly at the Adult Com- Equal Employment Opportunity is a means to ensure that munity Training Center at 1122 E. Garfi eld Avenue, Glendale. For the district complies with the Employment Opportunity test dates, registration information, and related fees, please call Act, Civil Rights Act and the Staff Diversity Plan which (818) 243-3184. For information regarding optional preparation require that the district not discriminate on the basis of race, courses offered at the ACTC call (818) 240-1000 ext. 5686. religion, color, age, sex, national origin, ancestry, physical NON-DISCRIMINATION AND EQUAL handicap, medical condition, or marital status. The Equal OPPORTUNITY POLICY Employment Opportunity Coordinator is Valerie Rhaney, Glendale Community College District is a multicultural com- Center for Students with Disabilities, San Rafael Building, munity of people from diverse racial, ethnic, linguistic and (818) 240-1000, ext. 5873. class backgrounds, national origins, religious and political Academic Grievance is a process provided to students who beliefs, physical and mental abilities, and sexual orientations. The have a grievance regarding the manner in which they have activities, programs, classes, workshops/lectures, and everyday been treated in the academic environment. For academic griev- interactions of this district are enriched by our acceptance of one ance, contact the offi ce of the Vice President, Administration another, and we strive to learn from each other in an atmosphere Building 106, (818) 240-1000, ext. 5104. of positive engagement and mutual respect. American Disabilities Act is Federal Civil Rights legisla- Implicit in this mutual respect is the right of each of us to live, tion that prohibits discrimination against individuals with study, teach, and work free from harassment or denigration disabilities in employment (Title I), public services and on the basis of race, age, religious preference, gender, sexual transportation (Title II), public accommodations (Title III) orientation, color, national origin, or disability. Any violation and telecommunications (Title IV). The American Disabili- of this right—verbal or written abuse, threats, harassment, ties Act Coordinator is the Vice President, College Services, intimidation, or violence against person or property—will Administration Building, (818) 240-1000, ext. 5128.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE General Information 19
PACE PROGRAM Eligibility for the Program: PACE, Project for Adult College Education, is especially A. Liberal Arts Component designed for working adults who wish to further their education From High School: by obtaining an Associate in Arts degree. Completion of the Method 1: Satisfy both of the following conditions: fi ve semester PACE curriculum satisfi es the general education transfer requirements for the California State University System • A minimum GPA of 3.25 and many independent colleges and universities. • Eligibility for English 101 at GCC as determined by obtain- PACE is a proven educational delivery system with thousands ing a satisfactory score on the Glendale College English of successful graduates throughout Southern California. Its Placement Test innovative approach combines the traditional classroom format Method 2: Satisfy all three of the following conditions: with instructional television, special conferences, thematically • A minimum GPA of 3.0 based team-teaching, and collaborative learning techniques. Each semester, PACE students attend classes one evening per • SAT score (combined) of 1100, with 500 minimum on the week, eight Saturdays, and view video tapes. verbal section or ACT score of at least 17 We are proud to offer working adults a new option for career • A 500-word essay offering evidence of superior writing advancement and self-development. PACE provides convenience ability while continuing the traditional high academic standards of From Glendale Community College or any other accredited Glendale Community College. For more information call (818) college: 240-1000, ext. 5744. • A minimum GPA of 3.0 in at least 12 transferable units SCHOLARS PROGRAM B. Science Academy The Glendale Community College Scholars Program has From High School: been created to serve the needs of academically accomplished Method 1: Students must meet all three of the following students, offering them the opportunity for more intensive requirements: study on a higher intellectual plane than is normally pos- sible in most undergraduate programs. The Scholars option is 1. High school GPA of 3.25 based on core curriculum that twenty-fi ve students, selected 2. Eligibility for Math 110 through the Math Placement from among the Scholars candidates, take together, thus Test developing a learning community of intellectual inquiry 3. Eligibility for English 101 through the Composition Place- and exploration. The curriculum stresses critical thinking, ment Test in-depth analysis of issues, and serious evaluation of problems. The Scholars are expected to get away from rote memorization Note: If a student tests into English 120, he or she must take a nd to r emove t he obst ac le s to c r it ic a l t h i n k i ng : pr e jud ice, ego ce n- English 120 during the summer in order to be eligible for tricity, ethnocentricity, and vested interest. For more information the program. Also, the student must be Precalculus (Math call Gary Massion at (818) 240-1000, ext. 5146. 110) ready. Advantages of being a Scholar: Method 2: Students must meet all four of the following requirements: • Priority consideration for admission to the University of California, Irvine 1. High-school GPA of 3.0 • Priority consideration for admission to the University of 2. SAT score of at least 1100, with a minimum score of 550 California, Los Angeles College of Letters and Science on the mathematics portion of the test • Priority consideration for admission to the University of 3. Eligibility for Math 110 through the Math Placement California, Riverside Test • Priority consideration for admission to the University of 4. Eligibility for English 101 through the Composition Place- California, Santa Cruz ment Test • Priority consideration for admission to Chapman University Note: If a student tests in English 120, he or she must take • Priority consideraiton for admission to Occidental College English 120 during the summer in order to be eligible for • Priority consideration for admission to San Diego State the program, Also, the student must be Precalculus (Math College 110) ready. • Priority consideration for admission to Pitzer College Note: All requirements listed above are used as guidelines and can be rescinded or adjusted at the discretion of the College Scholar Ad- • Priority registration for all classes visory Committee. • Special academic counseling • The designation of “President’s Scholar” on transcripts • Eligibility for special scholarships
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 20 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS Catalogs of schools, colleges and universities are on fi le for refer- Glendale Community College believes it is essential for students ence purposes in the Career Center, the Library, and the Transfer today to cultivate an informed and sensitive awareness of all Center. Students are urged to obtain catalogs directly from the parts of the world in order to better co-exist with other nations college or university in which the individual is interested. and with people from cultures different from their own. In Student Right-to-Know Act harmony with this belief, the college is following the guidelines In accordance with the Federal Student Right-to-Know Act, the developed by the Council on International Educational Exchange college is required to make information about the completion for the U.S. Department of State, which focus on expansion of and transfer rates of fi rst-time freshmen available to current and student opportunities for study and work abroad as well as the prospective students. For current completion and transfer rates, guidelines of the California colleges for International Education, contact the Research & Planning offi ce in AD 135. a consortium of California community colleges.. VETERAN EDUCATION In addition to annual programs in Baja California, the col- lege has offered full semester programs in France, England, Glendale Community College is approved as a degree-grant- Spain, Italy, and other countries that are of special interest to ing institution for the attendance of veterans and veteran’s Glendale Community College students. Summer and winter dependents entitled to educational assistance. After fi ling an programs are also offered in many locations such as Ireland, application for admission, a veteran wishing to attend on one Prague, Australia, Japan, Bali and other places. Interested of the V.A. assistance bills should complete all necessary forms students should phone (818) 240-1000, ext. 4718 or drop by with the college Veterans Clerk located in the Admissions and AA 1B. You can also read about our offerings on our web page Records Offi ce. at www.glendale.edu/studyabroad. An Intent-To-Register form must be submitted to the Veterans TRANSFERS TO FOUR-YEAR COLLEGES Clerk for each semester that they wish to receive the Montgom- AND UNIVERSITIES ery GI Bill. It is the veteran’s responsibility to promptly notify the college Students may take programs at Glendale Community Veterans Clerk of any change in program, which would affect College which will qualify them for junior standing in most his/her VA assistance. of the four-year colleges and universities. The requirements of colleges vary so greatly that it is not possible to prescribe a pro- Veterans who are taking a course which lasts less than a semester gram of work which will apply to all of them. However, written will be paid on ly for t he act ual en rollment period. Vetera ns must agreements for both general education and major requirements be enrolled in at least one additional unit of academic subjects have been established with many of the four-year colleges and than the number of units in which they are enrolled in Coopera- universities in California. tive Education-Work Experience. Students should consult their counselor as to the availabil- The educational assistance allowance payable to Veterans is: ity of a written agreement. If an agreement is not available, Full time —12 units or more students should consult the catalog of the college or univer- 3/4 time —9-11½ units sity to which they intend to transfer. With the help of their 1/2 time —6-8½ units counselor, they should choose their courses at Glendale Community College in accordance with the lower division (fresh- 1/4 time —3-5½ units man and sophomore) requirements of the college or university of their choice as outlined in its catalog.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Services 21
COLLEGE SERVICES
MISSION AND PHILOSOPHY OF COLLEGE ADULT RE-ENTRY CENTER SERVICES The Adult Re-entry Center is open to all students at Glendale The primary mission of all educational institutions is learning. Community College as well as all interested persons in the Glendale Community College recognizes that there are many community. It is staffed by specially-trained counselors to serve activities and programs outside of the classroom which enhance the counseling needs of returning students. The counseling the learning process. Consequently, numerous student services services provide new and returning students an opportunity to have been established to help students move toward the attain- develop a long range educational plan (SEP). The staff is sensi- ment of their goals. tive to the issues and concerns that relate to adult students. The College Services, by contributing to the overall educational center is located in the San Rafael Building, second fl oor, SR 213 process at the college, is committed to serving the special needs or you can call extension 5446. of a diverse student population. Thus, the variety and compre- hensive nature of student services at the college is intended The Adult Re-entry Program has a major goal of providing to support a multitude of concerns for a large and changing students with the opportunity to expand views and increase student enrollment. their personal, academic, and vocational self-fulfillment in an educational environment which is both fl exible and The programs offered by College Services are designed to assist accessible. Special services offered in the Re-entry Program students in the decision-making process by helping them identify are focused on single parents and displaced homemakers. and clarify personal, career, and educational goals. The intent is A mentoring program is also available. to help students select options for improving the quality of their lives. Personal, career, and academic choices are not viewed as AMERICORPS separate and disconnected entities but as inter-related issues, the Americorps is a National Service Program that encourages combination and interaction of which determine the present and people to learn while serving their communities. All AmeriCorps future quality of each individual’s life experience. members are entitled to receive an education award after one College Services is committed to assisting students to attain year of service. their educational goals and personal development through a comprehensive program of student services. The major student Early Childhood Education Literacy Program (ECEL) support programs are: The mission of the ECEL Program is to create rich, sustainable Enrollment Services—Outreach and recruitment, admissions, literacy programs for infants, toddlers, and preschoolers in orientation, assessment, counseling, advisement, educational our community and to train, educate, and inspire CalWORKs planning, registration and record services to assist students in (welfare) participants to successfully transition from welfare enrolling in the appropriate classes. to work. Support Services—Counseling services, learning assistance The ECEL Program empowers welfare recipients through (writing lab, learning center, and tutoring center), adult re-entry community service and workforce preparation, while target- programs, career guidance, job placement, veterans’ services, ing the early literacy needs of infants, toddlers, and preschool transfer services, disabled student program, health services, children. and library services to help students develop goals, to plan BOOKSTORE for achieving desired results, and to support and contribute to student self-realization. The college bookstore is located on the fi rst fl oor of the Student Financial Services—Financial aid, student employment, scholar- Center. The store is operated by professional managers and staff, ships, and awards for students who need fi nancial assistance. and its income is used to promote the programs of the Associated Activity Programs—Athletics, student clubs, student govern- Students. College textbooks, reference books, school supplies, ment and student activities to broaden the students’ involvement clothing, software, fi lm and gift items are available. Shopping in college life. for your textbooks made easy. Order your textbooks online at To assist students in meeting their educational objectives, College our safe and secure website, www.glendalebookstore.com. Pay Services is the primary advocate on the students’ behalf to by credit card and pick up your books (reservation) or have your provide access for all persons who wish to attend the college: books shipped directly to your home or business. physical access to facilities on the campus; access to programs The bookstore is open 7 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. Monday through Thurs- and services; and access to the required courses. day and 7 a.m. to 3 p.m. Friday during the fall and spring semesters, College Services promotes an atmosphere conducive to with extended hours the fi rst two weeks of each semester. Please growth and special programs to eliminate educational, check the schedule for summer and winter hours. social, cultural, economic, and physical barriers to a person’s education.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 22 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
For student purchases the bookstore will accept the following:* sive standardized inventories, surveys, computerized systems 1. Personal checks must be imprinted by the bank with and career tests. Students are assisted in exploring their values, check signer’s name and address. You must have a interests, and abilities for application to the world of work. valid California Driver’s License or California ID or a The staff provides individualized career counseling, as well as photocopy of the ID, of the person signing the check. workshops and classroom interaction. No passports or green cards will be accepted. The Career Center offers new and up-to-date information in 2. ATM/Debit Card the following areas: 3. MasterCard, Visa, Discover, or American Express credit 1. Finding a college major. cards will be accepted. Credit card purchases will 2. How to do research and use career resources. require proof of signature and if not the cardholder, 3. Career changes and career planning through the lifespan. written authorization is required. 4. The decision making process in careers. 5. Choices for further academic training. *Please carry your student I.D. and course printout at all times. 6. Balance of work/leisure and school/social. CALWORKS 7. Resume writing and job interviewing. California Work and Responsibility to Kids (CalWORKs) is a 8. Information interviews to test reality. Welfare-to-Work program enacted to facilitate assisting welfare 9. Certifi cate or transfer choices. recipient students and those in transition off of welfare to achieve 10. Women in non-traditional jobs; minority concerns. long-term self-suffi ciency. Coordinated student services include 11. Referral to community and college resources. work-study, job placement, childcare, coordination, curriculum 12. Provide a format for questioning in a positive, supportive development and redesign. Under certain conditions, post- environment. employment skills training, and instructional services are The Career Center is located in the San Rafael Building, second included. Glendale Community College has joined this statewide fl oor. Call the Career Center at (818) 240-1000, ext. 5407 for day effort under the CalWORKs initiative to provide education, and evening hours. employment and guidance towards self-suffi ciency for TANF CENTER FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (Temporary Aid for Needy Families) recipients. Students with verifi ed disabilities, or health impairments are Training and employment services are available for CalWORKs eligible for services through the Center for Students with Disabili- to build basic job skills or upgrade transferable skills for those ties. Eligible students include those whose conditions limit one or seeking immediate employment and self-suffi ciency. Options more of the major life activities and impose educational limita- available to students include certifi cates in vocational programs, tions preventing them from fully benefi ting from classes, activi- AA/AS degrees and preparation for transfer to pursue higher ties or services offered by the college. These conditions include degrees. Workforce specialists are trained to effectively coordi- but are not limited to learning disabilities, speech and hearing nate the provision of supportive services and provide mentor- impairments, vision loss, emotional or mental illness, orthopedic ship from education to employment to promote success to the limitations, neurological and health related impairments. CalWORKs students. The CalWORKs offi ce is a liaison between Qualifi ed students receive disability-related counseling and are the city, county and state offi ces that provide essential support- assisted in the pursuit of academic, vocational, and personal goals. ive services to CalWORKs students. The various resources and The professional staff serves as liaison with on-campus resources services offered at Glendale Community College are also avail- as well as off-campus agencies and allied health professionals. able and utilized by CalWORKs students. Support services and specialized instruction are provided to The CalWORKs offi ce is continually developing collaborative students based on student educational plans and contracts. relationships within the community in an effort to successfully Services include but are not limited to the following: implement welfare reform on a wide basis. Through the success- Center for Students with Disabilities ful attainment of additional programs and grants, Welfare-to- Work projects are currently available to specifi cally assist those Disability Related Mobility Orientation Counseling students prepare to return to the work force. The CalWORKs Readers Vocational Counseling offi ce is located in SF 114. The offi ce hours are 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Books on Tape Monday through Friday, and evenings by appointment. Staff may Priority Registration Interpreters for the Deaf be reached by calling extension 5508. There is also a CalWORKs Registration Assistance Note Takers offi ce at the Adult Community Training Center on the second Mobility Assistance Lip Reading Instruction fl oor. They can be reached at 818/240-1000, x5681. Special Parking CAREER CENTER Instructional Assistance Center Learning Disabilities Specialized Tutoring The Glendale Community College Career Center feels it is Program Examination Proctoring important that students choose a major or course of study early Learning Strategies Specialized Assessment in their educational experience. Students are facilitated in the Instruction career exploration process by the administration of comprehen-
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Services 23
High Tech Center EXTENDED OPPORTUNITY PROGRAM AND Assistive Technologies Visual Aids SERVICES Equipment Loan Specialized Assessment The Glendale Community College Extended Opportunity Braille Materials Program and Services (EOPS) was established at Glendale Special Classes Community College in 1972 and is jointly funded by the State American Sign Language 151 of California and the Glendale Community College District. CABOT 90, 91, 92, 93 and 94 EOPS provides programs and services designed to afford Dance 150 educationally and economically disadvantaged students English 150 and 151 the opportunity to participate fully in the educational program Physical Education 130, 131, 132; 134 and 135 of the college. Student Development 105, 128, 143, 146 The EOPS program at Glendale Community College For information regarding any of these programs and services provides grants to eligible students. The EOPS certifi cated please call (818) 240-1000, ext. 5449 or come to the Center for counselors and the student personnel worker provide services Students with Disabilities Offi ce in the San Rafael Building, 8 related to enrollment procedures, obtaining fi nancial aid, a.m. to 7 p.m. Monday and Thursday, 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Tues- counseling, and university transition. The EOPS staff is day and Wednesday or 8 a.m. to 12 noon on Friday. also prepared to serve in many languages besides English COLLABORATIVE LEARNING/ (Arabic, Armenian, Persian, Japanese, Spanish, Vietnam- SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTION (SI) ese). Each semester EOPS offers a book service to eligible Another innovative program that the college offers its students. students is the Collaborative Learning (SI) workshops that are EOPS also offers a Cooperative Agencies Resources for Educa- available each semester with selected courses. These work- tion (CARE) program, designed to reduce long term CalWORKs shops provide students with an enjoyable, structured way welfare dependency and support the needs of single parents for to study and/or solve problems collaboratively under the economic self suffi ciency. Funding from this program provides supervision of an instructor or specially trained student books and supplies for classes, gas vouchers, bus passes, and leader. Regular workshop participants usually reach a bet- CARE grants. ter understanding of course content and tend to pass at a much In order to assist Glendale Community College achieve the goals higher rate and with better grades than non-participants. A list of the Student Equity Plan, EOPS conducts an active student of workshop offerings is available in the current class schedule recruitment program in the multi-ethnic communities of the or through counseling services. The program coordinator is college service area. happy to answer questions about this free service at (818) 240- 1000, ext. 5357. FINANCIAL AID ENGLISH LABORATORY The Financial Aid offi ce assists students seeking fi nancial help to pay for the costs of attending Glendale Community College. The English Laboratory is a Macintosh-based computer Funds are available to cover the cost of enrollment fees and/or laboratory open to all staff and students who have paid the tuition, books, transportation, and partial living expenses. campus technology fee. Services include word processing There are basically two types of fi nancial aid: grants and self programs, practice programs in reading and English gram- help (such as work study and loans). Grants are awarded on the mar, and access to the Internet. Reading students can work basis of fi nancial need and do not require repayment. Loans on laboratory work and use hundreds of professional and teacher- provide an opportunity to defer educational costs by borrow- authored programs in vocabulary, reading comprehension, ing now and paying later. (Please refer to the loan information and word attack skills. Writing students benefi t from various below for more information and ask for a copy of the Glendale programs in sentence combining and paragraph writing, and also Community College loan policy in the Financial Aid Offi ce.) from the free availability of word processing programs, which, Work study offers students the opportunity to earn a portion of with the help of online spelling checkers and other support, aid their college expenses through part-time employment during them in producing better papers. Instructional aides are avail- the school year. able to answer questions about reading and writing and in the The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) must use of the materials. be completed to apply for fi nancial aid. Applying on time The English Laboratory is in Administration AD 238. Phone: is critical. The completed FAFSA should be mailed to the (818) 240-1000, ext. 5339. E-mail: [email protected]. federal processor after January 1, but no later than April 15 http://english.glendale.cc.ca.us/eng.lab.html. of the previous spring semester, in order to ensure funds will be available for the beginning of fall semester in September. Applications submitted after April 15 of the previous spring semester may still receive funds (if eligible), but they will be made available later in the academic year.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 24 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID
Type of Aid Amount Criteria Required Forms Must apply by:
Board of Governors Fee Enrollment & CA resident BOG Application Last week of the Waiver (BOGW health fees FAFSA Form semester
Federal Pell Grants $400 – 4150 High amount of FAFSA Form Priority date Depending fi nancial need Other documents April 15, on need and per FAFSA required by FAO Applications enrollment processed status during semester
SEOG (Supplemental $200 per Lowest income FAFSA Form Priority date Educational Opportunity semester Pell recipients Other documents April 15, Grants) required by FAO depending on availability of funds
Cal Grant A Awarded after CA resident FAFSA March 2nd, transfer to 4- Low income GPA Verifi cation September 2nd year school GPA criteria Form
Cal Grant B Up to $775/ CA resident FAFSA March 2nd, semester Less than 16 GPA Verifi cation September 2nd completed Form college units Low income
Cal Grant C Up to $530/ CA resident FAFSA March 2nd, semester Enrolled in GPA Verifi cation September 2nd vocational Form program
Federal Work-Study Can earn up to Low income FAFSA Priority semester award Supplemental deadline is April depending on forms required by 15 for following hours worked Financial Aid Offi ce Fall semester
Federal Subsidized Up to $2625 Enrolled at least FAFSA November 15 for Stafford Loan (student per year; ½ time Interest Loan application Fall Semester loan program provided sophomore-level and payments Supplemental forms April 15 for through the college and students may be begin 6 months Loan counseling Spring Semester commercial lenders) eligible for up to after no longer session required $3500/year enrolled at least ½-time
Federal Unsubsidized Up to $4000 per Enrolled at least FAFSA November 15 for Stafford Loan (student year ½ time Interest Loan application Fall Semester loan program provided begins accruing Supplemental forms April 15 for through the college and immediately Loan counseling Spring Semester commercial lenders) session required
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Services 25
After receiving the FAFSA, the federal processors will for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and other required supple- forward a Student Aid Report (SAR) to the student. Students mental materials. All application materials are available in the should review this form. If changes are necessary, make the Financial Aid Offi ce. corrections on Part II of the SAR and return it to the Federal Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Student Aid Programs at the address listed on the form. If no (SEOG) changes are necessary, the student should keep the SAR for Glendale Community College participates in the Federal their records. Students are not required to submit the SAR Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant program to the Financial Aid Offi ce. Once the Financial Aid Offi ce which provides federal grants for students who qualify. reviews your application, you may be asked to submit The average grant at Glendale Community College is $200 federal tax returns or other documents. It is important that per semester. Applicants must be US citizens or eligible all requested documentation be returned as soon as possible. non-citizens and complete the Free Application for Federal Financial Aid awards are made only after a student’s fi le is Student Aid (FAFSA) and other required supplemental complete. New students must submit an admission application materials. All applications materials are available in the and be assigned a Glendale College Student I.D. number before Financial Aid Offi ce. fi nancial aid is offered. Federal Work Study Applicants with complete applications by the last day of the Students who are interested in the federal work study (FWS) previous spring semester who have returned all requested program are required to complete a Free Application for Federal materials can expect to receive a fi nancial aid award letter by Student Aid (FAFSA) and other supplemental materials. All the beginning of the fall semester. Students receiving fi nancial application materials are available in the Financial Aid Offi ce. aid are expected to make satisfactory academic progress toward If awarded FWS, the student goes to the Placement Offi ce to their educational goal. Please refer to the Satisfactory Academic inquire about work opportunities. Progress Policy in this catalog for more information. Federal Family Education Loan Program The Financial Aid staff is here to assist you. Students often fi nd The Federal Subsidized Stafford Student Loan program is a feder- applying for fi nancial aid a diffi cult and confusing process. Those ally supported loan available to needy students. Eli-gible Glen- needing help or advice are encouraged to go to the Financial Aid dale Community College students may borrow between $500 Offi ce, located in the San Fernando Complex, SF 110. and $3,500 based on their need, year in school, and satisfactory academic progress. Students must be eli-gible for need-based aid to TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID receive a Subsidized Stafford Loan. There is no repayment or inter- Board of Governors Enrollment Fee Waiver est accrual while a student is enrolled at least half-time. Six months This waiver is available to California residents to cover resident after the student is no longer enrolled, a variable interest rate not enrollment and health fees. Students must demonstrate to exceed 8.25% begins to accrue. Combined interest and principle financial need by completing the Free Application for payments begin at a minimum of $50 per month for a maximum Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the Board of Governors of 10 years. The Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan Enrollment Fee Waiver Application. The maximum waiver program is available for students who do not demonstrate fi nan- is equal to the community college enrollment and the health cial need. While the terms of the loan are similar to those noted services fee. above, interest accrual begins immediately. Some students may be eligible for an additional $4,000 through this program. Cal Grants To apply for a loan under the Federal Family Education Loan The California Student Aid Commission offers grants for Program a student must complete a Free Application for Federal which Glendale Community College students are eligible Student Aid (FAFSA), a Stafford Loan application and Glendale to apply. The deadlines for these programs are March 2 and Community College supplemental materials as well as attend an September 2 for the following Fall. Students interested in “entrance interview” with a member of the Financial Aid staff. t h i s prog ra m mu st me e t t he s e publ i she d dead l i ne s ; no exce p -t ion s Please come to the Financial Aid offi ce to receive a copy of the are made. To apply students must complete the Free Application student loan policy. for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Students who have completed Emergency Book Loans fewer than 24 degree applicable units at Glendale Community Emergency book loans, not exceeding $100, are available to College will also have to complete a GPA Verifi cation form (both enrolled students. These loans are administered by the forms are available in the Financial Aid Offi ce). Student Affairs offi ce and are available only to those students Federal Pell Grant Program awaiting disbursement of a fi nancial aid award. To apply Glendale Community College participates in the Federal for a loan, a student must complete the Emergency Book Pell Grant Program which provides federal grants of up to Loan Application and be a member of the Associated Student a maximum of $4150 per year for students, depending upon Body (ASGCC). There is a $10 late charge for each loan not the fi nancial ability of the family and/or individual and the paid in 30 days. Funds are limited and therefore it may not be student’s enrollment status. Applicants must be US citizens possible to grant all requests. A student may receive only one or eligible non-citizens and complete the Free Application loan per semester.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 26 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Campus Employment LEARNING CENTER See Student Employment Services/Job Placement Center The Learning Center at Glendale Community College offers free HEALTH CENTER help to any student or staff member who wants to improve or The Glendale Community College Health Center is open during build skills. Services provided by the Center are: most class hours and is found on the fi rst fl oor of the San Rafael • Computer-assisted instruction in mathematics, English, Building. Daily services include, blood pressure screening,tetanus reading, or general science. shots and measles-mumps-rubella immunizations. A Registered • Free tutoring in any subject either for individuals or in Nurse is available for health assessment, fi rst aid and crisis small groups. counseling. They will also discuss such subjects as health and family issues, birth control and nutrition. They have many outside • Help with written assignments for students in any class referrals available for registered students who may need help. through our Writing Center. No appointment is necessary for these services. • Instructional video tapes and compact disks free loan TB skin testing, anonymous HIV testing, vision screening library for use in the Center or at home. and hearing tests, occur on selected dates during the semes- • Access to the Internet through our CAI Lab. ter. Students may schedule appointments with physicians, Offi ces in the Learning Center include: nurse practitioners, dietetic interns and mental health interns. All services are confi dential. (Specifi c legal exceptions do exist.) The Writing Center The Writing Center provides tutorial assistance on a fi rst- A Health Resource Center is in the Health Center. It contains come, first-served basis to students who need help in a computer with Internet access. CD-ROM programs on improving their general writing skills or who are working health subjects are available for research on class projects or on specifi c papers and/or projects. Staffed by writing tech- general health knowledge. Literature, from magazine and nicians and student tutors, the Writing Center helps stu- newspaper articles about health related subjects, is avail- dents with organization and mechanics. Sessions focus on able for check out and is updated daily. Books, video tapes and the purpose of the assignment and the types of organiza- audio cassettes, on diet and nutrition, stress, exercise, AIDS and tion that lend themselves to that purpose. If a student’s work STD’s, are available for student use in the Health Center. indicates a major problem with mechanics, one or more Visit the Glendale Community College Health Center’s website: examples of the problem will be pointed out, and the www.glendale.edu/health or call (818) 551-5189. student will be shown how to identify and correct simi- Medical Emergency and Student Accident Policy lar errors. Handouts on grammar and essay organization If you have a medical emergency on campus or are a witness to are available. Editing and proofreading services are not an emergency situation, contact College Police, ext. 4000 or the provided. The Writing Center also offers computer-assisted Health Center, ext. 5189 immediately. Nurses are available to instruction software on vocabulary building, “idiom triage, or provide fi r st a id. I f pa ra me d ic s ne e d to b e c a l le d, Col lege demons,” writing about literature, organizing a paragraph, and Police or Health Center staff can expedite response time. critical thinking. In the event you are involved in an accident while on Videos, Audio Tapes, and Compact Disks Library campus or at a supervised activity, the accident must be Students enrolled in telecourses may borrow videos for reported immediately to the Health Center. If the acci- home use. Tutorial videos and audio tapes on a variety of dent occurs on campus, the staff of the Health Center will subjects and study skills techniques are available for use provide fi rst aid. The College Police should be called if the in the Learning Center. Materials placed in the Center by injury occurs when the Health Center is closed. If the acci- faculty as part of class assignments (videos, CD ROMs, dent occurs off campus, it is essential for the accident to be tapes) are available for use in the Learning Center. In reported to the Health Center staff during working hours addition to making use of the services described above, as soon as possible. The College does have Student Accident many students fi nd the Learning Center a comfortable place Insurance to assist students with the costs associated with to study. accidents that occur as a result of a student activity, but this Computer-Assisted Instruction (CAI Lab) policy is a secondary policy. This means that if the student The Center’s PassKey learning system helps students gain needs to go to the hospital or see a physician, the student proficiency in mathematics, reading, English grammar, must fi rst follow all of the rules of their private insurance. or general science in a series of lessons that specifi cally The Student Accident Insurance is designed to assist with address individual needs as recommended by instructors, additional charges. If the injured individual does not report or they may use the system’s diagnostic tools to determine which the accident to the Health Center in a timely manner, there is skills need work. Access to the Internet is also available through no guarantee that any of the costs associated with care will the CAI computers. be covered.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Services 27
Tutoring Center Library faculty also teaches information competency courses The Tutoring Center provides many services: and workshops. Library 191, Introduction to Information • Group Tutoring Competency (1 unit), and Library 101, Introduction to Infor- Tutoring in small groups is available when there is a mation Resources and Research Methods (2 units) are both demand and when students’ schedules permit. In addi-tion transferable to the University of California and California to being aided by a tutor, students in these groups have the State University. Library workshops cover the basics of opportunity to practice what they’re learning while they library and Internet research. A campus study recently showed work together, teaching each other and learning from each that taking library workshops signifi cantly improved pass rates other. Group tutoring has worked well with math, foreign in ESL 152, English 120, and English 101. languages, history, ESL reading, and ESL conversation. MATH/SCIENCE CENTER • One-to-One Tutoring The Math/Science Center located in CM 131 provides the Whenever possible—and most often it is—our Tutoring following services: Drop-in tutoring, computer programs, and Coordinator fi nds tutors to assist students who feel the videotapes. Selected student tutors and/or faculty members need for tutoring in any college subject. After being recom- are available to answer questions and give explanations mended by their instructors, individual tutors register with about math, physics, chemistry, and astronomy courses. No the Center and place a schedule of their available hours in appointment is necessary. Computer programs are avail- our fi les. Students’ requests are then matched to tutors’ able for student use. These are one-to-one learning processes schedules. with a computer that will reinforce certain course topics, • Tutor Training correct answers, show solution methods, or be used to review Once they have been recommended by an instructor, previous courses. Videotapes are also available for over- tutors are eligible for a specially designed paraprofes- night checkout or for viewing in the center. The collection of sional course, Student Development 150—Tutor Training. videotapes includes topics in Basic Math, Elementary and Inter- This one unit credit/no credit class provides tutors with mediate Algebra, Pre-Calculus, Calculus, and Statistics. a background in the various approaches to successful MATRICULATION SERVICES learning and an introduction to the diversity in teaching Matriculation is a process which is designed to assist students and learning styles. An International Tutoring Certifi cate in planning, selecting, and achieving educational goals. The is available to students who meet the requirements of the process brings the college and a student into an agreement for Tutor Training Program. the purpose of realizing the student’s educational goal through The Learning Center is located in Administration 232. the college’s established programs, policies, and requirements. Phone: (818) 240-1000, ext. 5333. The agreement acknowledges responsibilities of both the college www.glendale.edu/english/learning.center.html. and the student to attain these objectives. The primary purpose E-mail: learning.center @glendale.edu. of matriculation is enhancing student success. LIBRARY Listed below are the basic components of the matriculation The Glendale Community College Library is one of the most partnership shared between the college and the student. dynamic and technologically advanced libraries in the Cali- The college agrees to provide: fornia community college system. Its web site and instruc- • An admissions application process. tional programs have been awarded grants as models for the • An orientation to the college’s programs and services. entire state. The Library is open Monday through Saturday • An assessment of the student’s study skills, English language and Library services are also available remotely, 24 hours profi ciency, computational skills, aptitudes, goals, learning a day, 7 days a week, on the Library’s Web site at www.glendale. skills, career aspirations, academic performance, and need edu/library. for special services. Library faculty are available at all times in the library and • Counseling and advisement to develop an educational also through e-mail to assist with your research and provide plan. instruction in the use of library resources. “Pathfi nders” such as • Follow-up evaluation of each student’s progress in achiev- guides to the library, instructions for using the on-line catalog and ing an educational goal. electronic databases, and tips on research in particular subjects, The student agrees to: are available both in the library and on its web site. • Express at least a broad educational intent upon admis- The library collections consist of over 100,000 reference works, sion. indexes, periodicals, books, pamphlets, cassettes and CD • Declare an educational goal before or during the term after recordings, professionally selected to meet the specifi c needs which the student completes 15 units. of Glendale College students and faculty. A new, state of the • Attend class. art on-line catalog and over twenty on-line databases can be • Work diligently to complete course assignments. accessed from all library computers, from any campus lab, and • Demonstrate an effort to attain an educational goal. from your home or offi ce.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 28 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
The college is committed to student success, and with this in The Student Educational Plan (S.E.P.) mind provides the following matriculation services: It is important for all students to have a Student Educational Admissions Plan (S.E.P.). The S.E.P. serves as an outline of the preliminary For new students, the fi rst step is applying for admission to Glen- educational program students will undertake. In addition, the dale Community College. Students will be asked to provide the S.E.P. identifi es the students’ goals (i.e. transfer, A.A./A.S. degree, college with information about themselves so the staff can provide certifi cate, etc.) and refers them to support services, if needed. them with the types of services needed to help them achieve Competion of the S.E.P. is required during the student’s fi rst year their goals and objectives. Some of this information is required at the college. Students should make an appointment with their by federal or state law, or college policies. Other information will counselor to begin this process as soon as possible. Any changes assist the college in determining whether the student needs to be in a student’s educational objective should be reviewed with a referred to orientation and assessment programs. It is important counselor in order to update the student’s S.E.P. for accuracy. to submit copies of high school transcripts and transcripts of any Follow-up previous college work at the time of admission. Counseling and teaching faculty provide a number of follow- Orientation up services to matriculated students. These services are Orientation workshops are offered throughout the year in designed to provide information regarding the students’ academic counseling. The orientation workshop provides academic progress. Special services are provided to students students with important information regarding the services on academic and/or progress probation, students in basic skills programs, and courses available at the college. All new students courses, and students who are undecided about their educational are encouraged to participate in orientation. Students will learn goal. Referrals are made to on- and off-campus services when how to use the college catalog; class schedule, and prepare a appropriate. class list. For more information, contact academic counseling Matriculation Appeals Procedure at 818/240-1000 extension 5918. Students can also complete an A matriculating student has the right to challenge or appeal any online orientation by visiting our web site at www.glendale. step in the matriculation process. A petition for the waiver of a edu. Click on new or returning students, then Online Orienta- specifi c matriculation service or requirement may be fi led for tion Program. any of the following reasons: Assessment 1. Review of assessment—Students may challenge a placement To help t he st ude nt s de ter m i ne t hei r sk i l l level s i n m a ny ac adem ic decision on the grounds that the placement does not refl ect areas including written English expression, reading, and their ability in the area assessed. To challenge a placement mathematics, the college provides a comprehensive assessment decision a student must complete the Glendale Community program. Assessment scores assist the students and counselors College prerequisite challenge petition and submit the docu- to determine the appropriate courses for students to enroll in ment to the division chair responsible for the course or their during the fi rst semester. designee (see class schedule for retesting policies). All new non-exempt students are required to be assessed 2. Waiver of prerequisites—Students may challenge a course prerequisite, corequisite or limitation on enrollment on the in English or ESL and mathematics upon application to the grounds that the student has the knowledge or skills to success- college and before the student enrolls in their fi rst semester. fully complete the course, that the prerequisite course has not For more inforation regarding assessment procedures, contact been made reasonably available and will cause undue delay in the assessment center at extension 5868 or use the web site at completion of the student’s education goal as detailed in the www.glendale.edu. student educational plan; that the course has not been estab- Counseling and Educational Planning lished in accordance with the district’s process for establish- One of the most important activities involved in the matriculation ing prerequisites and corequisites; or that the prerequisite is process is counseling and educational planning. Professional u n l awf u l ly d i s c r i m i n ator y or i s b ei ng appl ie d i n a n u n l awf u l ly discriminatory manner. To request a prerequisite waiver, counselors are available to assist each new student in several the student must complete the Glendale Community areas: College Prerequisite Challenge Petition, and submit the 1. Deciding upon an educational objective; document to the division chair responsible for the course. 2. Determining the courses required to achieve this objective; If the petition for a waiver is based upon the student’s contention that he/she has the necessary skills to succeed 3. Determining the services needed to assist students in achiev- in the class, the student may be asked to submit evidence ing their objective; of this profi ciency. The student will be notifi ed, within 4. Assisting students in course selection appropriate to fi fteen (15) working days, of the receipt of the petition. their goals. The student may appeal the decision of a division chair to the vice president of instruction.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Services 29
3. Complaint of unlawful discrimination—If a student feels 5. Financial Aid that assessment, orientation, counseling, (or any other The Financial Aid offi ce provides the student with advis- matriculation procedure or service) is being applied in a ing regarding his or her fi nancial circumstances, and will discriminatory manner, a petition may be fi led with the dean assist the student in obtaining fi nancial support needed of student services. The student will be notifi ed, within fi ve to attend the college. Financial aid is available in a number of (5) working days of the receipt of the petition, regarding the forms, including grants, loans and work-study programs. college’s proposed response to the complaint and any addi- tional steps which will be taken. 6. Adult Re-entry Services 4. Waiver of matriculation services—If a student wants to waive a The Adult Re-entry Program provides academic, career and mandated matriculation service, such as assessment, orien- personal counseling services to adult students who are return- tation, counseling for completion of a student educational ing to formal education after a lapse of time. In addition, the plan, and student follow-up services, they must complete and program offers many classes and workshops designed to submit a Matriculation Services waiver petition and return meet the interests and needs of the adult student. it to the Admissions and Records offi ce. Course Selection and Enrollment Other Counseling Services At the time of registration students will be asked to select classes In addition to educational planning services, the college coun- for enrollment. However, prior to enrollment, it will be neces- seling staff provides a variety of other counseling services to sary for them to see a counselor and complete a study list; a list assist students. of courses they are eligible to take which will lead toward the 1. Career Counseling completion of their educational objective. It is to their advantage The Career Center assists students in determining to see a counselor as soon as possible prior to the next semester, their academic majors, vocational or career goals. Most to work out their class schedule for the next semester. students require specifi c information about certifi cate, The process of enrolling in classes is explained in the orienta- vocational and/or college preparation and career or job tion session. Students will also be provided with information requirements. Often students need specialized counseling in from the Admissions and Records offi ce regarding their date seeing how their interests, skills, personal styles and values and time for registration, as well as the other requirements for relate to a n academ ic cou rse of st udy. Ca re er cou n sel i ng helps completing this process. students integrate their aspirations with the work world. Instruction and Progress Toward Goals 2. University Transfer Counseling Students’ active and diligent participation in their classes is the T he goal of ma ny st udents at t he col lege is to t ra n sfer to a fou r- single-most important factor leading to their eventual academic year college or university. All counselors at the college prepare success. Students are expected to attend all classes and to complete to assist students in preparing to transfer. It is important for all course assignments in a timely fashion. To assist students in students to see a counselor on a regular basis to review the making progress toward their goal the college will provide them requirements for transfer to the institution of their choice. In with a variety of support services, such as tutoring, other learn- addition, the college’s Transfer Center can assist students in ing assistance activities, fi nancial support (where applicable) and meeting with representatives of many local four-year insti- other forms of assistance to increase their educational develop- tutions and can provide them with other important transfer ment. Students are responsible for notifying the college of any information. specifi c needs they have, or of any change in their goal. 3. Disabled Student Programs and Services Periodically students may be contacted by the college for Specialized support services and counseling are available information regarding their progress towards completing through the Center for Students with Disabilities. The their stated goals. This contact may involve a meeting with Disabled Student Services program offers individual counsel- a counselor, or other staff member of the college, or it may take ing services to students with disabilities. These services are the form of written communication to the students regarding provided to help with educational planning and to identify their progress. In either case, it is up to students to follow up on specifi c support services required to assist the student with this communication so that the college may better serve them. a disability. Completion of Student Goals 4. Extended Opportunity Program and Services The college’s goal is to assist in achieving the objectives students The Extended Opportunity Program and Services offi ce also have for themselves; however, the students must determine provides specialized counseling services related to enrollment when this is accomplished. They are responsible for notifying procedures, fi nancial aid, tutorial services and university the college of any change in their goals or status as it relates to transition. The EOPS staff is prepared to serve students whose the college. The college can provide students with assistance primary language is not English (Arabic, Armenian, Farsi, to make changes as easy as possible. Students should feel free Spanish and Vietnamese). to contact any staff member to assist them during a period of transition when they are leaving the college for some other activity or environment.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 30 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
SCHOLARSHIPS Braille Transcribers Guild-Glendale Any currently enrolled student who has completed at least One scholarship is awarded to a visually handicapped 12 units of college credit, and has a GPA of 2.5 or higher at Glen- student who is continuing at Glendale or transferring to dale Community College may apply for scholarships or grants upper division studies. through the Scholarship Offi ce. Selections are made by the GCC Burch, Ernest Jr. Memorial Scholarship Committee or award sponsors based on academic In memory of Mr. Burch, a former GCC Bookstore achievement, fi nancial need, campus leadership, or other criteria employee, this annual award is given to a continuing established by the scholarship donors. Interested students may student majoring in liberal arts. subm it a si ng le appl ic at ion du r i ng t he fa l l or spr i ng fi ling periods California Retired Teachers Association to be considered for all GCC scholarships for an entire school A number of scholarships are awarded by the California year. For more information, please call the Scholarship Offi ce at Retired Teachers Association to oustanding students seek- (818) 240-1000, ext. 5591. GCC is honored to list the scholarships ing careers in the teaching profession. that have been generously donated to our students. Casady, Virginia Memorial SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS A scholarsip established in memory of Virginia Casady a Adams, Ercil W. Memorial Lifelong Learning Seminars faculty member. This scholar- Established in memory of Ercil Adams, a former English ship is awarded annually to a single parent from non credit professor at Glendale Commuity College, this scholarship is education transitioning to credit education. awarded annually to a graduating student who is majoring Casillas, Arnulfo Memorial in English. An annual award is given in memory of Arnulfo Casillas, a Alpha Upsilon-Delta Kappa Gamma Society former Glendale Community College counselor. Scholarships are awarded to transferring students majoring Chemistry in education who intend to pursue teaching careers. A scholarship is awarded to an outstanding student in American Association of University Women chemistry. The American Association of University Women awards Christ, David Memorial two annual scholarships to female students who are gradu- Established in memory of a former GCC aviation instructor, ating from Glendale Community College, and transferring David Christ, this scholarship is awarded to a student in the to a four year school. Aviation Program. Angeles Antiquers Scholarship Grants are available to outstanding students in the Aircraft Clark, Katherine and Thomas Memorial Power Plant Maintenance Program to help with the A scholarship established by former GCC employee, Magda purchase of books. von Tautphoeus, in memory of her parents, is awarded annually to a student who plans to be a teacher. Assistance League of Glendale The Assistance League of Glendale awards annual scholar- Clemens, Albert ships to female students who are transferring to a four year Established in honor of Mr. Clemens, former president school. Eligibility criteria include involvement in campus of the Glendale College Foundation, this scholarship is activities and community services. awarded annually to a transferrring student who is pursu- ing a career in special education. ASGCC Scholarship On Entrance The ASGCC established this scholarship for entering fresh- Clover, Sara Evelyn Memorial men from Glendale area high schools. A scholarship has been established by the family and Battaglia, Angela and Anthony friends of Sara Evelyn Clover in her memory. The award is A scholarship is awarded annually to a continuing or transfer- given each spring to an outstanding transferring student. ring student majoring in elementary education. Funds for this Collaborative Learning Scholarship (SI) scholarship have been donated by the family and friends of This scholarship was established in 1998 by Dr Jean Lecuyer Angela and Anthony Battaglia to recognize their dedicated and is awarded to outstanding Supplemental Instruction service to the students of Glendale Community College. (SI) leaders who have demonstrated excellence and a will- Bentley, Jeanne Memorial ingness to go the extra mile to serve their fellow students. Established by the family of Jeanne Bentley, long time Glendale College Women’s Club of Pasadena educator, this award is given annually to a student transferring Scholarships are awarded annually to female students who to a four-year school who is majoring in education. have demonstrated outstanding academic achievement and Boyles, August C. Memorial are ready to transfer to a four-year college or university. In memory of August Boyles, former instructor in the Colton-Field Academic Achievement Award Aircraft Power Plant and Maintenance Program, a scholar- Established by political science professor, Mona Field, and ship is awarded to an outstanding second year student in her family, this scholarship is awarded annually to a trans- the Aircraft Power Plant and Maintenance Program. ferring student majoring in social science or language arts.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Services 31
Connett, Ted Memorial Delmonte, Janet and John A scholarship has been established by donations from Established by Mr. & Mrs. John Delmonte, this scholarship the friends and relatives of Ted Connett, former English is awarded in the spring to an outstanding math or science instructor who was instrumental in developing the Learn- major transferring to a four-year institution. ing Center at Glendale Community College. Del Rio, Teresa Memorial Costales, Sharon - Veterans Scholarship A scholarship established by Mr. and Mrs. Fernando Del A scholarship is awarded each semester to help a student, Rio in memory of their daughter is awarded annually to a a veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces, to continue his/her continuing student at GCC. education at Glendale Community College. This award has De Rowe, Cora been established by Sharon Costales, former counselor at A scholarship established by ACCTLA and friends of Cora the college. de Rowe, former Dean of Instructional Support Services, is Crane Fund for Widows and Children awarded to a student tutor. Scholarships are awarded to self-supporting students that De Vincentis, Lani lack family support in continuing their education. A scholarship is awarded to a graduate of the Glendale Culinary Arts Scholarship Community College High School Diploma/GED Program Scholarships/awards are given by Yeimei Wang, professor who shows promise for academic achievement in college. of Culinary Arts, to honor outstanding students majoring in Doyle, Professor Mark A Memorial the Culinary Arts Program. This scholarship is awarded annually in memory of Mark Cunnigham, Jeanne Homemaker Academic Award Doyle, a former professor of Sociology, Anthropology, and Established in honor of Jeanne Cunningham, a former GCC Gerentology at GCC. faculty member, this annual scholarship is awarded to an Dries, Delia Scholarship outstanding GCC student who is transferring to a four year Established in honor of Delia Dreis by her daughter, Ann university and has homemaker responsibilities. Ransford, Director of Communications, Marketing and D’Aloia Cook, Estelle and James Michael D’Aloia Foundation at GCC, this award is given annually to an A scholarship established by Dr. Jewel Price, Dean of outstanding GCC student. Student Services at GCC, in memory of her father and Early Childhood Education grandmother and is awarded annually to a continuing Scholarships are awarded annually to outstanding students student who is a single parent and has been involved in who are majoring in early childhood education. community service. Edwards, Raymond and Editha Daly/Janicki Memorial A scholarship has been established by Glendale Federal An annual scholarship is awarded in memory of Mr. Daly Savings and Loan to honor Raymond and Editha Edwards and Mr. Janicki, former English professors at Glendale for their outstanding contributions to the community and Community College. Glendale Community College. The award is made to a Danforth, Charles Memorial student majoring in business and transferring to an accred- Established in memory of Charles Danforth, a former social ited four-year institution. science professor at Glendale Community College, this Evans Family Scholarship scholarship is awarded annually to a graduating student Established by Mr. and Mrs. Charles Evans, this scholarship who is majoring in social science. is awarded annually to a continuing student who is plan- Deaf Education Award ning to transfer to a four-year institution. A scholarship is awarded annually to a hearing impaired Fell, William H. Memorial Scholarship student enrolled in the Glendale Community College A scholarship has been established by the family and Disabled Student Program. friends of William H. Fell in his memory. It is awarded to De Angelis, John Memorial Flight Training Scholarship assist an outstanding engineering student while attending One scholarship established by Mr. and Mrs. John DeAn- Glendale Community College. gelis is awarded to a student to help defray fl ight training Fidelity Federal Award expenses. An annual scholarship is awarded to a continuing student DeFrain, Patricia Memorial at Glendale Community College planning to major in busi- Established in memory of former GCC professor, Patri- ness administration with an emphasis on fi nances. A 3.0 cia De Frain, this scholarship is awarded every year to a GPA in at least 24 units is required. student majoring in business or business law. Gelfand-Sollars, Lisa Memorial De Grassi, Dolores Marie Memorial Scholarship A scholarship established in memory of a former Glendale A scholarship established by GCC Professor Leonard De Community College student by her family and friends Grassi, in memory of his wife Dolores, is awarded to a is awarded annually to a continuing student involved in GCC continuing student with a grade point average of 3.0 or campus activities and community services. higher.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 32 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
George, Gerry Memorial Grieg , Edvard - Lodge #74 Established in memory of Mr. Gerry George, a counselor Six scholarships are donated by the members of the in the Disabled Students Center, this award is given to an Norwegian Lodge, Edvard Grieg Chapter 74, to help defray outstanding disabled student. expenses while attending Glendale Community College. GCC Alumni Association Grumbley, Helen and Robert Memorial Each year scholarships are awarded to transferring and A scholarship is donated by the friends and relatives of continuing students at Glendale Community College. Helen and Robert Grumbley. This scholarship is awarded to a student majoring in athletics with at least a 3.0 GPA and GCC Classifi ed Council planning to attend a four-year institution. Scholarships are awarded to students employed on campus who are in need of fi nancial assistance for college expenses. Guilmette, Collin S. Memorial A scholarship has been established by the Social Science GCC Guild Division in memory of Mr. Guilmette, a former history An annual scholarship is awarded to an outstanding professor at Glendale Community College. The award will student who has been involved in campus activities and go to a transferring student who is majoring in history. community service. Hahn, Paul Memorial GCC Senate Award for Academic Excellence This award established in memory of Paul Hahn by his Two annual scholarships awarded to students with family is given annually to a student majoring in History academic excellence. who is preferably a veteran of the U.S. military. Ghazarian, Haroutioun and Angele Hammer, Florence Miller An annual scholarship is awarded to a continuing student A scholarship is awarded to a continuing/transferring with fi nancial need. student who has exhibited outstanding leadership skills Ghazarian, Mshak K. Scholarship and provided service to the college and community. Funds A scholarship established by Sarkis Ghazarian, Coordina- for this scholarship have been donated by the family and tor of the Transfer Center, in honor of his son Mshak, is friends of Florence M. Hammer to honor her dedicated awarded to a transferring student with academic achieve- service to the scholarship program and the Glendale ment and community services. College Foundation. Gibson, Charles H. Academic Achievement Award Hansen, Mark David Memorial A scholarship has been established by the ASGCC to honor Family and friends of former GCC student, Mark David Charles Gibson, Professor of History. Award is based on Hansen, established this scholarship to assist continuing academic achievement. students in the Drug and Alcohol Studies Program. Glendale Area Schools Federal Credit Union Haskins, Robert Memorial A scholarship is awarded annually to a student continuing A scholarship is awarded annually to a graduating student at Glendale Community College or transferring to a four- who is majoring in science or computer science. year institution. Hawkins, Drake C. Academic Achievement Award Glendale Host Lions Club A scholarship has been established by the ASGCC to honor This annual award was established to give fi nancial help to Drake C. Hawkins, Professor of political science and Divi- a continuing student who is a US citizen and has attended a sion Chair. The award is based on academic achievement. Glendale high school. Hawkins, Drake C. Scholarship in Political Science Glendale Sunrise Rotary on Entrance Scholarship A scholarship is awarded in honor of Drake Hawkins, Several scholarships are awarded annually to graduates professor of political science and Social Science Division from local high schools who intend to enroll at Glendale Chair at Glendale Community College, to a student who Community College. Recipients must demonstrate high has demonstrated excellence in political science. academic achievement and involvement in community Hedlund, John and Virginia service activities. A scholarship donated by friends and family of Virginia Golder, Laurel and Donald Memorial Scholarship and John Hedlund in honor of the fi rst president of the Gregg, J. Lee Memorial Glendale College Foundation is awarded annually. The The Field Foundation has established a scholarship in award goes to a student with a major in print journalism, memory of Mr. J. Lee Gregg, prominent Glendale citizen. graphic arts or literary writing. The award is given to one or two outstanding students Hilton Culinary Award transferring to a four-year institution. A scholarship is awarded annually to a continuing student Greco, Theresa Memorial attending the Culinary Arts Program. An annual scholarship is awarded in memory of Mrs. Greco, a long-time Glendale Community College employee and former president of the Glendale Patrons Club.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Services 33
Holden-Ferkich, Karen International Student Awards A scholarship established by Karen Holden Ferkich is Scholarships are awarded to assist international students awarded to a student who earned a GED or high school in meeting their expenses at Glendale Community college. diploma through the GCC Continuing Education program Funds are raised by the GCC International Club. and is enrolled in college credit courses at GCC. Jensen-McMullin, Cynthia Hoover High - Ruth Starr Business Award A scholarship established by Mrs. Jensen-McMullen, a Scholarships for students majoring in business are awarded former GCC student. The award is given in the spring and each semester to Hoover High School graduates attending fall to a continuing engineering student. Glendale Community College. Funds for the scholarship Kazanjian Family were donated by Ruth Starr, a former faculty member at Established by Mr. Phillip Kazanjian, former member of Hoover High School and Glendale Community College. the Glendale Community College Board of Trustees, this Horton, Ernest and Patricia Philosophy Award scholarship is awarded annually to a transferring disabled Established by Ernest and Patricia Horton, this scholarship student. is awarded annually to a transferring student majoring in Keefe, Joe Memorial Scholarship philosophy. Dr. Horton is Emeriti Professor of philosophy This scholarship in memory of Joe Keefe, a former botany Huang, Teching Memorial Scholarship professor at GCC, is awarded annually to a student major- Glendale Community College faculty and staff initiated this ing in botany. scholarship fund in memory of Mr. Teching Huang, father of Keller, John B. Memorial Culinary Arts professor, Yeimei Wang. The Wang family will An annual scholarship is awarded to a continuing student award the scholarship each year to an outstanding interna- who is majoring in engineering, mathematics, or music. tional student who is majoring in culinary arts or nutrition. Kienle, John Memorial Hubbard, Sonja Memorial Scholarships are awarded for superior achievement in soci- An annual scholarship is awarded to an outstanding ology and/or anthropology. The scholarships were funded psychology student continuing at Glendale College. in memory of a former teacher of sociology at Glendale Huber, Max Memorial Scholarship Community College. A scholarship established in memory of Max Huber, Kern, David E. Memorial a former GCC student, by his family and friends. It is An annual award is given to an outstanding student in the awarded annually to an outstanding continuing student. Aerospace Program in memory of David E. Kern, former Hudspeth, Cindy Lee Memorial professor of aerospace studies and Division Chair of the A scholarship established by the friends and family of Aerospace Program. Cindy Lee Hudspeth is awarded yearly to a student major- Kiwanis Club of Glendale ing in psychology who has compledted 30 units of college A scholarship is awaded to a transferring student based work with at least a 3.0 GPA. on academics and extra curricular and civic activities, and Hughes Journalism Scholarship fi nancial need. A scholarship is awarded by Mr. Tom Huges to an Knickelbein, JoAnn Memorial outstanding journalism student. Established by the Glendale Association of Realtors in Hyman, Mildred Memorial Scholarship memory of Mrs. Knickelbein, a longtime community leader Established by family and friends of Mrs. Hyman, this and realtor, this scholarship is awarded annually to a scholarship is awarded annually to a student majoring in student who has demonstrated high academic achievement social work or nursing. and fi nancial need. Ingledue, Alice Lee Memorial Scholarship Knight Insurance Agency/FYE Scholarship A scholarship is donated by the John and Bob Gregg These scholarships are awarded to outstanding students families and Glendale Community College in honor of a in the Glendale Community College First Year Experience pioneer Glendale business woman and long supporter of (FYE) Program who intend to transfer to four-year colleges Glendale Community College. The scholarship is awarded or universities. annually to a woman transferring to upper division and Koploy, Bonnie Memorial majoring in business administration, enginerering, science, An annual scholarship is awarded to an outstanding or architecture. student in memory of biology professor, Bonnie Koploy. Insurance Business Association The award was established by the faculty of the college and Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena other friends of Ms. Koploy. An annual scholarship is awarded to an outstanding continuing student who has an interest in pursuing a career in the insurance industry.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 34 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Kreider, John and Elsa McKay, Griffi n R. Memorial Scholarship A scholarship is awarded to assist a student transferring A scholarship donated by the friends and relatives of to a four-year institution with the objective of becoming Griffi n R. McKay is awarded to a student in the Vocational a teacher in the public schools. This award is made with Education program. funds provided by John and Elsa Kreider in celebration of McCuen, Jo Ray their 30th wedding anniversary. Mr. Kreider was a teacher A scholarship is awarded in honor of Jo Rae McCuen, at the college (1946-55) and its fi rst Dean of Instruction. former Dean of the Evening College. The scholarship is Kutch, Dan and Jeannine given to a Glendale Community College student planning One or two annual scholarships are awarded to students to study abroad. continuing their education at GCC. McGuire, Barbara Memorial La Crescenta Women’s Club Established in honor of Barbara McGuire, Administrator Two scholarships are awarded annually to outstanding of the Parent Education Program at Glendale College, this students who are transferring to a four-year college or award is given to a student majoring in the Early Childhood university. Education Program. Larson, Jean Memorial McKennon, Dean Memorial A scholarship in memory of Mrs. Jean Larson, former Vice An annual award is made to a continuing student majoring President, Administative Services at Glendale Commu- in theatre arts (stage design, makeup, technical stage, etc.), nity College, has been established by her husband and nominated by the Theatre Arts Department. friends. The scholarship is awarded annually to a Glendale Memmler, Ruth, MD Scholarship Community College student transferring to upper division A scholarship donated by Dr. Ruth L. Memmler is awarded studies. every year to an outstanding student transferring to Lazzaretto, Charles Memorial upper division and following a pre-medical or pre-dental Established in memory of Chuck Lazzaretto, a former Glen- curriculum. dale Community College police cadet and Glendale Police Millington - Holmes Family Scholarship Department offi cer, this scholarship is awarded annually to Former president of the GCC Board of Trustees, Robert a student majoring in criminal justice administration. Holmes, and his wife Deborah, established this award to Lees, Bob Memorial Scholarship for Future Writers recognize an outstanding continuing student. Established by a GCC faculty member, Mona Field, in Montante, Joseph Anthony Memorial Scholarship memory of her grandfather Bob Lees. This scholarship is Dr. Angelo Montante, Professor of History, established this awarded annually to a student who shows interest and scholarship in memory of his brother to recognize a student talent in writing. majoring in Social Science. Levy, Ralph I. Memorial Montante, Mikey Memorial Scholarship Established in memory of Mr. Levy by his family, this schol- A grant is awarded to a continuing student with a 3.5 GPA, arship is awarded annually to a biology major who intends majoring in language arts (English, foreign language, to pursue a career in medicine. philosophy, history or fi ne arts). Lienhard, Patricia A. Academic Achievement Scholarship Montgomery Family Scholarship An academic achievement scholarship has been estab- Richard Montgomery established this scholarship in lished by the ASGCC to honor Dr. Patricia A. Lienhard, memory of his wife and his son. The scholarship will former Vice President, College Services. Award is based on provide fi nancial assistance to a deserving Glendale Community College student each year. academic achievement. National Charity League of Glendale Lillie, Ella and Everett - Mathematics Award A scholarship donated by the Glendale Branch of the A scholarship is awarded annually to a woman transfering National Charity Leagues is awarded to a student transfer- to upper division, majoring in mathematics. ring to an upper division institution. Mathematics Teacher Scholarship Nelson, Virginia Memorial Scholarship A scholarship is awarded to students who are interestd A scholarship in honor of Virginia Nelson, former Chair- in becoming mathematics teachers at the high school or person of the Non Credit Busines Division, is awarded college levels. annually to a student enrolled in the Non Credit Business McGillivray, Vera Scholarship Program. Established in honor of Ms. Vera McGillivray in recognition Neufeld, Helen Woman in Medicine Scholarship of her dedicated service to Glendale Community College, A scholarship is awarded annually to a former GCC female this scholarship is awarded annually to a continuing student who has completed her lower division science student involved in community service and volunteerism. requirements at Glendale Community College and has been accepted to an A.M.A. accredited school of medicine, lead- ing to a M.D. degee.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Services 35
Nibley, Linda Stirling Memorial Rowley, Elizabeth Memorial Scholarship An annual scholarship is awarded to a transferring English An award is presented each year to a student planning to major in memory of Linda Stirling Nibley, a former profes- transfer to a four-year institution. This award is made from sor of English at Glendale Community College. funds contributed by the Glendale Community College faculty in honor of Elizabeth Rowley, a former Dean of Noble, Lloyd M. Memorial Award Women at Glendale Community College. A grant is awarded to a continuing student majoring in business with a 3.25 GPA or better at Glendale Community Sabatini, Luigi Memorial College. A scholarship is awarded annually to a continuing or trans- ferring technology major student with a 3.0 GPA or higher. Norris, Lee Memorial Established in memory of Lee Norris, a former aviation and Sarkisan, Edward Memorial Scholarship transportation instructor, this award is given annually to a A scholarship established by the ASGCC in memory of student in the Aviation Program.. Mr. Sarkissian, a former director of the Glendale College Bookstore. Northwest Glendale Lions Club Scholarships are awarded each year by the Northwest Glen- Sartoris, James “Cardinal and Gold” Scholarship dale Lions Club to disabled students transfering to upper Established in honor of Jim Sartoris, Glendale Community division or continuing at Glendale Community College. College Athletic Director and Physical Education Professor. This award is given annually to a student athlete who is Oakmont League of Glendale Fine Arts Scholarship transferring to a four-year college or university. The Oakmont League of Glendale awards scholarships annually to transferring students, assisting them in Schlatter, Aulden and Betty Waud Memorial Scholarship completing their education at a four-year institution. A scholarship has been donated by friends to honor Aulden O. Schlatter, a former Executive Director of the Glendale Parker, W. Gary Mathematics Award Chamber of Commerce. The GCC Mathematics Division established this scholarship in honor of Dr. Gary Parker. It is awarded annually to an Serot Family Memorial Scholarship outstanding student who is majoring in mathematics. Established by Larry and Joe Serot, is awarded annually to a transferring GCC student who has interest in a public Parker, W. Gary Memorial Scholarship services career. Established in honor of Dr. Gary Parker, former GCC Dean of Admissions and Records, this scholarship is awarded Shelburne, David and Merry Journalism Scholarship annually to a continuing international student with a GPA A scholarship established by Dave and Merry Shelburne of 3.0 or higher. is awarded annually to a student majoring in print or broadcasting journalism, public relations or mass Place, Prof. Derrill Memorial Scholarship communications. One scholarship is awarded to an outstanding graduating student majoring in journalism. Funds for this scholarship Smith, James M. Memorial have been donated in memory of Professor Derrill Place, Established by family and friends of James M. Smith, a former journalism instructor at Glendale Community former GCC faculty member. This scholarship is awarded College. to a GCC continuing student that has fi nancial need. Rasmuson, N. Arthur Scholar Award Southern California Restaurant Writers Scholarship A scholarship has been established by the ASGCC to A scholarship is awarded by the Southern California honor N. Arthur Rasmuson, former executive vice presi- Restaurant Writers Association to an outstanding student in dent Instructional Services. Award is based on academic the Food Services Program. achievement. Steele, Helen C. Memorial Scholarship Rees, Jeanne Memorial Established in memory of Helen Steele, a former physical A scholarship in memory of Jeanne M. Rees, a long-time education professor at Glendale Community College, this employee of Glendale Community College, is awarded scholarship is awarded to a female student who is majoring annually to assist a student in fi nancial need who is in physical education. employed in the GCC Library. Steinhilber, Irene Memorial Scholarship Reinbolt, Dwain “Bud” Memorial Scholarship An annual scholarship is awarded to an outstanding politi- A scholarship in memory of Dwaine “Bud” Reinbolt, former cal science major who has been involved in campus and Dean of Admissions and Records at Glendale Community community service activities. College, has been established by his family and friends. The Stirdivant, C. E. Memorial Scholarship scholarship is awarded each spring to a student transferring A scholarship is awarded to a student transferring to a to a four-year institution. university and majoring in ecology, environmental science, Richards, Tim - Foundation environmental biology, or environmental studies. Scholarships are awarded to transferring or continuing physically disabled students.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 36 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Striker, Wayne Memorial Scholarship Viertel, Rich /Glendale Host Lions Club An annual scholarship is awarded to an outstanding Established by the Glendale Host Lions Club in memory of second-year botany student as nominated by the Botany Rich Viertel. This scholarship is awarded every spring to a Department. The scholarship fund was estblished in GCC student who is a USA citizen and has graduated from memory of Wayne Striker, former botany student at GCC . a Glendale high school. Study Abroad Scholarship Voegele, Margaret E. Scholarshp Scholarships are awarded to students interested to partici- Two scholarships have been donated by friends of Margaret pate in the Study Abroad program. Voegele in memory of her husband, Christian, and in recog- nition of her long and distinguished service as executive Sutherland, Michael Winston Memorial Scholarship secretary in the offi ce of the Superintendent/President. A scholarship is awarded annually to a continuing or trans- fering student who has demonstrated academic achieve- Washington Mutual Bank ment. Funds for this scholarship have been donated by the A scholarship is awarded by the Washingon Mutual Bank family and friends of Michael to remember his dedication to an outstanding student majoring in business administra- to his work, his love for life and logis. tion and transferring to upper division. Sweetnam, Ken and Betty Scholarship Webreck, Jeffrey and Jacquie Memorial Scholarship Former member of the GCC Board of Trustees, Dr. Ken A scholarship in memory of Jeffrey and Jacquie Webreck is Sweetnam, and his wife, Betty, established this annual awarded every spring to an outstanding student in broad- award for transferring students who are majoring in cast journalism transferring to a four-year institution. engineering. Wessly, William, Charlotte and Ernestine Memorial Sweetnam, June Fisher Memorial Scholarship Three scholarships are awarded annually to students A scholarship has been established by family and friends of transferring to an upper division institution and planning June Fisher Sweetnam, and awarded annually to a student a career in a medical fi eld. These schoarships were donated majoring in liberal arts studies. by the late Dr. William Wessly, a Glendale physician, in memory of Charlotte and Ernestine Rose Wessly. (Formerly Tang, Richard W. Memorial Scholarship Aesculapian Scholarship.) Each year, a scholarship is awrded to the outstanding male athlete of Glendale Community College. Women’s Athletic Club Study Grant The Women’s Athletic Club of Glendale awards a scholar- Taylor, Burtis and Opal Scholarship ship to an outstnding student in the graduating class who A scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs. Taylor plans to make physical education a career. to assist continuing students who have fi nancial need. Dr. Taylor is a former Superintendent of the Glendale Unifi ed Wyler, Lorraine Memorial Scholarship School District. A scholarship established in memory of Lorraine Wyler by her husband, Paul Wyler, is awarded annually to a graduat- Taylor, Robert J. ASGCC Scholar Award A scholarship has been established by the ASGCC to honor ing student who is majoring in geology or oceanography. Robert J. Taylor, counselor. The award is based on academic BUSINESS DIVISION AWARDS achievement. Scholarships are awarded annually by the Business Divi- Thomas, Joe Journalism Scholarship sion to outstanding students majoring in Accounting, Busi- Established in memory of former GCC journalism instruc- ness Administration, Business Offi ce Technology, Computer tor, Joe Thomas, this scholarship is awarded to students Science, and Real Estate. who are pursuing a career in journalism. Faverman, Frances and Herman Computer Science Turrill, Russell Halsey Humanities Award Established by a GCC faculty member, Myron Faverman, is A scholarship has been established by Pauline Venable awarded annually to a continuing GCC student majoring in Turrill, in memory of Russell Halsey Turrill, valedictorian computer science. of the class of 1945. The honor is presented to the outstand- Robert Unterman Memorial Scholarship ing student majoring in an interdisciplinary program and Established in memory of former Business Division chair- transferring to a four-year institution. person, Robert Untermman, this scholarship is awarded Valentine, Leon annually to a student majoring in accounting or business A scholarship awarded annually to help a GCC student administration. with books and tuition. NURSING SCHOLARSHIPS Vazzana, Samuel Family Award Los Angeles County Medical Association A scholarship is awarded to a disabled student with fi nan- Awards are given to help nursing students with their cial need and outstanding academic achievement. college expenses while attending Glendale Community college.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Services 37
Minor Sommerville, Mabel Memorial Gillespie, Matt Memorial Scholarships are awarded annually to outstanding students A perpetual scholarship is granted through a fund estab- in the Nursing Program. lished by Mr. and Mrs. Michael Gillespie and supple- mented by the Glendale Community Collge Patros Club in Murphy, John Memorial honor of Matt Gillespie, former football player at Glendale Established by Kathleen Murphy in memory of her Community Collge. The scholarship is given to a returning, husband, John, is awarded annually to a student enrolled in outstanding defensive lineman as selected by the Athletic the nursing progam. Department. Myers, Sandie Memorial Grants-in-Aid Two awards are donated by the Xi Pi Theta Chapter-Beta Grants are awarded to students for use at Glendale Commu- Sigma Phi for students enrolled in the nursing program. nity College on the basis of fi nancial need. The number Rossall-Smith Nursing Grants awarded each year depends on the amount of money raised Grants are awarded to students in the Nursing Program to by the Glendale Community College Patrons Club. help them with school expenses. Humanities Svetich, Grace Ann Memorial A scholarshp is awarded to a transferring student at Glen- Established in memory of Mrs. Svetich, former GCC nurs- dale Community College majoring in the humanities.. ing student, is awarded annually to a student enrolled in Kobellas, Kenneth Memorial the nursing program. A scholarship is awarded to a male student continuing at Van Avery, Johnetta Memorial Scholarship Glendale Community College or transferring to upper divi- A scholarship in memory of Johnneta Van Avery, a former sion. The student must be a graduate from one of the high classifi ed staff member at Glendale Community College, schools within the Glendale Unifi ed School District and has been donated by her family and friends. The scholar- must be a United States cititizen. ship will be awarded yearly to a woman over the age of 25 Mack, Walter and Patricia Harris pursuing a career in the RN program. A scholarship is awarded every spring to a female transfer- Women of the Moose (Glendale Chapter) ring student majoring in kinesiology/education, and who A scholarship is awarded annually to an outstanding was born and graduated from a California high school. student in the Nursing Program.. Murman, Hedwig (Hedy) Memorial PATRONS CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS/GRANTS IN AID A scholarship is awarded to a transferring student gradu- ated from a California high school, and majoring in English Bicentennial literature. A scholarship is awarded yearly to a student transferring to upper division. The scholarship is awarded in celebration of Music the bicentennial of our constitution in honor of all men and An award is given each semester to a student in the Music women who served in the United States Armed Forces. Program who has demonstrated fi nancial need and outstanding academic achievement. Bishop, Elsie Memorial-Outstanding Woman The Glendale Community College Patrons Club awards Patrons’ Golden Anniversary Award a scholarship to an outstanding student selected by the A scholarship is awarded yearly to an outstanding Glen- student body. This scholarship is in honor of Elsie Bishop, dale Community College graduating student who has former Dean of Students at Glendale Community College. contributed to the college through service or participation in college-sponsored activities. This scholarship commemo- Davitt, John A. Scholarship rates the 50th anniversary of Patron’s Club. The Patrons Club awards a scholarship to an outstanding transferring student with defi nite career goals. The scholar- Past Presidents Award ship is in honor of Dr. John Davitt, Superintendent/Presidi- A scholarship is awarded to a student transferring to upper ent who formerly held the positions of Vice President of division with a GPA of 2.5 or better. Instructional Services and Administrative Dean of Student Retired Deans Personnel Services at Glendale Community College. A scholarship is awarded to a full time student who is College 50th Anniversary continuing at Glendale Community College or transferring. A scholarship is awarded yearly to an outstanding Glen- The student must have a GPA of 2.5 or better. dale Community College graduating student who has Smith, J. Walter -Outstanding Man contributed to the college through service or participation The Glendale Community College Patrons Club awards in college-sponsored activities This scholarship commemo- a scholarship to the outstanding student selected by the rates the 50th anniversary of Glendale Community College. student body. This scholarship is in honor of J. Walter Craig, H. Rex Memorial Smith, former Dean of Student Activities at Glendale A scholarship is awarded to a freshman student continuing Community College. at Glendale Community College in the fi eld of science. The recipient is selected by the science faculty.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 38 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Theatre Arts Novinger, Anne Marie A scholarship is awarded to a full time student who is A scholarship has been established in honor of Anne Marie majoring in Theatre Arts and is continuing at Glendale Novinger, former Health Services Specialist at Glendale Community College or transferring. The student must have Community College by her family and friends. The award a GPA of 2.5 or better. is given to a transferring student with fi nancial need and high academic achievement. Visual Arts A scholarship is awarded to a student majoring in art which P.E.O. Sisterhood may include ceramics, photography or art. The student Established by the P.E.O. Chapter, Program for Continuing must have a GPA of 2.5 or better and must be a full time Education, awarded annually to a re-entry student in need student continuing at Glendale Community College or of fi nancial assistance. transferring. Reinhart Family Scholarship Zajac, Sally An annual scholarship established by the Reinhart Family One or two scholarships awarded to students who have a will be awarded to re-entry students transferring to a four GPA of 3.0 or higher and who have graduated from a Cali- year university. It is in honor of Amelia Reinhart, Founder fornia high school. of the New Horizons program. RE-ENTRY PROGRAM AWARDS Rivas, Maria and Teresa Scholarship Fund An annual scholarship is awarded to a female Hispanic Harry L. Beck Memorial Donated by friends and relatives of Harry L. Beck, former student with fi nancial need and a 3.0 GPA. Dean of Admissions and Records, this scholarship is Tuesday Afternoon Club-(GCF) awarded to a re-entry student with fi nancial need and a This award, established by the Glendale Community commitment to education. College Foundation, is awarded to a re-entry GCC student. Berry, Rae Venola, Loramae Memorial Scholarship Two scholarships are awarded each year to female students A scholarship established in memory of Mrs. Venola by her in the Re-entry Program. husband and family is awarded annually to a continuing Glendale Rotary Club Foundation female student who is the most senior student enrolled and Annual scholarships are awarded to outstanding students carrying at least 12 units in college work. in the Adult Re-entry Program. ROSSALL-SMITH AWARDS Gorham Family Scholarship Established in honor of Mrs. Judy Gorham in recognition of Female Scholar Athlete her dedicated service to the students of Glendale College. A scholarship is awarded to the outstanding female scholar This scholarship is awarded annually to a continuing athlete. student who is a single parent. Male Scholar Athlete Hamilton, Mary Memorial Scholarship A scholarship is awarded to the outstanding male scholar Family and friends established this scholarship in honor athlete. of Mary Hamilton, former president of the GCC Board of Trustee Female Award Trustees. It will be awarded each year to a woman in the A scholarship is awarded each year to a continuing female Adult Re-entry Program who is transferring to a four-year student who has demonstrated excellent leadership qualities. university. Trustee Male Award Kunze, William Memorial A scholarship is awarded each year to a continuing male A scholarship is awarded annually to a male re-entry student who has demonstrated excellent leadership qualities. student in honor of Dr. Kunze, a former counselor at Glen- dale Community College. TYE VEDEN SCHOLAR AWARDS Lienhard, Patricia A. Memorial The following Tye Veden Scholar awards will go to trans- A scholarship is awarded annually to a student in the ferring students who have completed the College Scholars Adult Re-entry Program in memory of Dr. Patricia Lien- Program and have given special services above and beyond hard, former Vice President of College Services at Glendale the call of duty to that progam: Community College. Director’s Awards Mahnken, Priscilla Memorial Deans Award Established in memory of Priscilla Mahnken, a long-time Counselor’s Awards community leader, this scholarship is awarded to a single President’s Merit Award parent who is involved in community service activities. Excellence Awards Mentoring Award
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE College Services 39
VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS SCHOLARSHIPS Knecht, Jane Memorial Scholarship A grant is awarded every year in memory of Jane Knecht, ASGCC Fine Arts former music professor, to a student majoring in music. Sponsored by the Associated Students of Glendale Commu- nity College, this scholarship is awarded each year to an Markwell, Terry Memorial outstanding student in the Visual and Performing Arts A scholarship is awarded in memory of Terry Markwell program. a former Glendale Community College dance instructor. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying Braun, Aimee Memorial dance. An annual scholarship is awarded to an outstanding dance student who is pursuing a career in dance. Nern, Helen I. Conner Memorial -Theatre Arts A scholarship is awarded on the basis of merit to a prom- Burke, Mary D.Vocal Award ising drama student. This scholarship is made possible A grant is awarded by the Burke family to a student major- through a gift by the late Helen Conner Nern because of her ing in music. love of theatre. William V. Burke Memorail Instrumental Scholarship Nern, Helen I. Conner Memorial - Music Established by the family of William V. Burke, this award is A scholarship is awarded on the basis of merit to a prom- given anually to a student majoring in instrumental music. ising music student. This scholarship is made possible Coomes, Michael Memorial through a gift by the late Helen Conner Nern because of her A scholarship is awarded in memory of Mr. Coomes, a love of music. former art instructor at Glendale Community College to a Proctor, Pearl Memorial Scholarship continuing student majoring in fi ne arts. A perpetual scholarship in memory of Pearl Proctor has Charles, Richard E. (Dick) Memorial been donated by the family and friends of Mrs. Proctor. An annual scholarship given in memory of Dick Charles, The scholarship is awarded annually to a woman studying a long-time supporter of the college and of the arts in the vocal music. Glendale community is awarded to a transferring Glen- Rossall, Julia Memorial dale Community College student with at least a 2.5 GPA Established by family and friends of Mrs. Rossall, former and with an academic emphasis in the instrumental music secretary to the Dean of Students, is awarded annually to a program. student majoring in music. Denton, Elmer G. Memorial Scholarship Rutter, Aleta Memorial A scholarship is awarded to an outstanding student in art A scholarship is awarded to a student majoring in either history who has attended Glendale Community College for art or art history. The recipient is nominated by the faculty one year. The award is in memory of Elmer G. Denton and of these departments. Funds for this scholarship have been is donated by the Glendale Art Association and friends donated in memory of Aleta Rutter, a former student at G. Perezchica Technical Theatre Student Glendale Community College. A scholarship established by Guido Girardi, GCC Theater Manager, is awarded to a student who demonstrates Seeley, Shirley Memorial outstanding effort in the study of technical theatre. Sponsored by the Glendale Community College Alumni Association in memory of Mrs. Seeley, a local business Grassi, Ann S. Memorial woman and community leader, this scholarship is awarded A grant is awarded to one or two students majoring in annually to a student majoring in music. choreographic studies. Seelos, Lorenna Elise Memorial Scholarship Huber, Walter R. Art Scholarship A scholarship in memory of Lorenna Elise Seelos, a former A scholarship has been established by Walter R. Huber to student at Glendale Community College, has been donated be awarded at the Fine Arts Festival in May to a student specializing in illustration. by the family and friends of Miss Seelos. Instrumentalist Award Thomsen, Robert Memorial Scholarship Awarded annually to a continuing student who is a A scholarship in memory of Robert Thomsen, former member of the GCC music instrumental ensemble. instructor of photography at Glendale Community College, has been established by funds donated by the family and Joy Fellowship friends of Mr. Thomsen. Awarded every year to a continuing student who has talent as a dancer. Vartanians, Armen and Nina Award This annual award was established by two former GCC Keller, Elsie Marie Memorial Scholarship students to recognize and support a continuing student Established in memory of Elsie M. Keller, this scholarship is majoring in Art. awarded annually to an outstanding music major. Weaver, Johnene Memorial Kentner Kohler, Eleanor Memorial Scholarship Established in memory of a former GCC staff member and An annual award is given to a continuing student with awarded annually to a continuing student in the Animation outstanding talent in art or poetry. Program.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 40 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Whitten, Robert Pike (Performing Arts) Scholarship STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICES / Scholarships are awarded each semester to performing JOB PLACEMENT CENTER arts students by Mr. Robert Pike Whitten. Mr. Whitten has The Student Employment Services offi ce is located on the established these scholarships to encourage and fi nancially 2nd fl oor of the San Rafael Building. The mission of the Student assist students pursuing a career in the performing arts. Employment Services is to provide ongoing, comprehensive von Tautphoeus, Magda assistance to all Glendale College students in obtaining on- and Established by Mrs. von Tautphoeus, a long-time college off-campus employment. employee, this scholarship is awarded annually to an outstanding ceramics student. The Student Employment Services staff assists students in fi nding off-campus positions related to their disciplines. Students are Young, Milton Memorial advised on application and interview techniques and resume Established in memory of Milton Young, a former profes- sor of music at Glendale Community College, this award is writing. In addition to providing part- and full-time job listings, given annually to an outstanding music major. the center sponsors on-campus recruiting by interested busi- nesses who wish to hire students. SERVICE LEARNING CENTER The Service Learning Center at Glendale Community College Job listings are also provided via the internet through our serves as a resource and placement center to help students make partnership with MONSTERTRAK. To access these listings you service and volunteer work a vital part of their college experience. must be a Glendale Community College student or an alumnus. The center provides services and information to help students You must call the Student Employment Services/Job Placement make the most of their volunteer experience including general Center for MONSTERTRAK registration information. orientations, a database of over 200 local non-profi t agencies where On-campus positions are also available for currently enrolled service can be performed, refl e c t ion s e s sion s wh ic h help st ude nt s students. Glendale Community College participates in discuss their experience with other students doing service, and several work study programs. (i.e.: Federal Work Study, follow-up activities to ensure the best possible placement. Ca lWOR K s, Work St udy, EOP S Work St udy, a nd Col lege Employ- Students choose to perform service for a variety of reasons, ment Program.) Visit the Job Placement Center in the San Rafael including: Bldg. for details. • exploration of career options; • fulfi llment of civic duty and/or social responsibility; TRANSFER CENTER • experience in chosen fi eld of study/major; The Transfer Center is a counseling program designed to assist • experience to list on resume and/or college application students with the process of transferring to four-year colleges and universities. The Transfer Center is especially committed In addition to volunteer work, the center works with select to the goal of increasing the transfer rate of under represented faculty to implement Service Learning (service that is connected students to institutions of higher learning. to actual classroom instruction) into certain courses. Students either receive extra-credit or choose volunteer service as their The center provides counseling and advising, workshops, and class project. Since this list changes each semester, please check transfer day and evening programs, maintains a library of with the center for an updated copy. catalogs, materials and applications for CSU, UC and private universities, and hosts university representatives who advise Students and faculty are encouraged to propose their own service students. activity. Contact the center for more information. The Transfer Center is very active in ongoing intersegmental The SLC can be reached at 818-240-1000, extension 5789 or efforts with local universities and has been involved in the 5790 and is located in the Sierra Madre building, room 267. articulation of services for Glendale Community College students Hours of operation are Monday and Tuesday, 9 a.m. to 7 and staff. The Transfer Center is located on the second fl oor of p.m., Wednesday and Thursday, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., and Friday the San Rafael Building. 9 a.m. to 3 p.m.
STUDENT CENTER The J. Walter Smith Student Center contains offi ces for the Asso- ciated Students of Glendale Community College (ASGCC), the Offi ce of Student Affairs, and work and offi ce for student clubs. Also included in the building is a conference center with meet- ing rooms that members of the campus community may reserve for social and business functions. Arrangements for the use of Student Center meeting rooms may be made through the Offi ce of Student Affairs at (818) 240-1000, ext. 5592.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Student Activities and Organizations 41
STUDENT ACTIVITIES & ORGANIZATIONS
The Offi ce of Student Affairs coordinates a wide variety of ASGCC Executive Committee. The Legislature membership activities, programs, and services to help students broaden also includes a total of 15 senators including three Senators their educational experiences at Glendale College. The goal of Administration, three Senators of Finance, three Senators of the student activities program is to provide students with of Campus Activities, three Senators of Campus Relations, and opportunities to develop their leadership skills through three Senators of Campus Organizations. There are also fi ve participation in student government, cultural programs, Representatives-at-Large members who are appointed by the campus activities, and student clubs and organizations. legislature. ASSOCIATED STUDENTS OF Student Newspaper GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE (ASGCC) The El Vaquero is the offi cial student newspaper of Glendale The Associated Students of Glendale Community College Community College. Written and edited by journalism students, (ASGCC) is the offi cial student government organization. the paper focuses on campus news and issues related to students. Elected each semester, the ASGCC Legislature meets weekly The El Vaquero is published biweekly and is available to the to determine budgetary expenditures, establish and review campus community free of charge. policies, and coordinate programs and services that benefi t ATHLETIC PROGRAM students. Legislature meetings are held every Tuesday Glendale Community College offers a comprehensive and morning in the ASGCC conference room located in the competitive intercollegiate athletic program for both men J. Walter Smith Student Center. and women. The Vaquero athletic teams compete as mem- ASGCC Membership bers of the Western State Conference. Men’s sports include Students who pay the Student Services fee each semester auto- baseball, basketball, cross-country, football, soccer, tennis, matically become members of the Associated Students of Glen- and track and field. Women’s sports include basketball, dale Community College. This membership enables students to cross-country, soccer, volleyball, tennis, track and fi eld and participate in activities, programs, and services fi nanced by the softball. ASGCC. The Student Services fee partially fi nances the annual The men’s and women’s athletic programs are supported ASGCC budget that provides fi nancial support to more than 100 by full-time coaches and staff including a certifi ed athletic campus programs and activities. Included among the ASGCC- trainer. Additionally, a full-time athletic counselor pro- funded services are Health Center doctors, immunizations for vides academic support services to athletes including students, tutoring, evening child care, athletics, emergency book educational planning, enrollment advisement, and career loans, the student newspaper, and many more. guidance. Eligibility Requirements for ASGCC Candidates and Offi cers STUDENT CLUBS AND ORGANIZATIONS All students are encouraged to participate in ASGCC affairs and Students are encouraged to participate and play an active role in run for an elected position within the organization. Candidates campus life by joining a student club or organization. Supervised for an elective offi ce must complete the required nominating peti- by the Offi ce of Student Affairs, more than thirty clubs and tions and meet the eligibility requirements before their candidacy organizations give students an opportunity to explore special- is approved by the Offi ce of Student Activities. Candidates must ized interests and serve the campus community. These groups be enrolled in at least six units and have a minimum cumulative are usually organized according to four main themes including grade point average of 2.0 to be eligible to run for offi ce. Once academic achievement, cultural awareness, religious awareness, a student is elected to offi ce, he or she must carry a minimum and special interests. of 10 units and maintain a 2.0 grade point average throughout Academic Achievement: Alpha Gamma Sigma (AGS) and the their term to remain eligible. Scholars are two organizations focused on promoting academic Student Government Elections excellence among students. Both AGS and the Scholars provide The ASGCC sponsors campus-wide student government elec- valuable service to the college community and raise funds to tions during the fall and spring semesters. Any currently enrolled support the college’s scholarship pro-gram. Glendale College student who is a member of the Associated Students may vote in an ASGCC election. Cultural Organizations: Cultural organizations provide students with opportunities to learn about other cultures ASGCC Offi cers and meet students with similar backgrounds. These groups The ASGCC Legislature consists of 21 student leaders who have included the Armenian Student Association, Black are elected by the student body. Elected offi cers include the Student Alliance, Chinese Student Club, Vietnamese ASGCC President, Vice President of Administration, Vice Club, Korean Club, Lebanese-Phoenician Heritage Club, President of Finance, Vice President of Campus Activities, International Students Club, Association of Latin American Vice President of Campus Relations, and Vice President of Students (ALAS), Persian Club and the Deaf Culture Campus Organizations. These fi ve positions make up the Awareness Association.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 42 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Special Interest Clubs: Numerous special interest clubs enable Religious Clubs: Religious clubs offer students a chance to students to participate in activities with others who share simi- increase religious awareness and interact with other students with lar interests. Special interest clubs have included groups such similar beliefs. Active religious clubs have included the Latter-day as the Lesbian and Gay Student Union, Inves-tors Club, Active Saints Student Association (LDSSA), Korean Christian Club, the Charities Team, Progressive Alliance, United Womyn’s Council, Christian Fellowship and the Real Life Christian Club.. LACTE, and the Dance Club. Additional information about campus activities and student leadership programs is available in the Offi ce of Student Affairs.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Admission and Registration 43
ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS English as a Second Language (ESL) (Non-credit) Placement This test is used to place students in non-credit ESL courses Glendale Community College will admit any California resident and requires an appointment. possessing a high school diploma or the equivalent thereof, and who is 18 years of age or older and who is determined Mathematics Placement to be capable of profi ting from the instruction offered. This test is designed for initial placement only. Once placed in a Non-residents, including international students, may be Glendale College mathematics course, students advance in the admitted. Information concerning residency may be found mathematics sequence according to the course prerequisites. elsewhere in this catalog. For further information contact the General Offi ce of Admissions and Records. The following test taking policy is strictly enforced at the As- APPLICATION sessment Center. Placement re-testing is not allowed without permission of the appropriate division chair. Test scores for An applicant may apply for admission to the College by doing placement are valid for only a specifi c period of time; the table one of the following: below lists the longevity of each test. Once that period of time • Completing an application on-line at www.glendale.edu expires, the student will have to retest. • Submitting a completed application at the Offi ce of Admis- Test Score sions and Records Placement Tests Longevity Test Taking Policy • Mailing a completed application to Glendale Community Arithmetic Test one year every six months College, Offi ce of Admissions and Records, 1500 North Chemistry one year once per year Verdugo Road, Glendale, California 91208 English Placement fi ve years once per year An applicant need only submit one application per academic ESL Placement 1-2 two years every six monthsr year. An academic year is summer through spring. ESL Placement 3-4 1 year every six months ESL/NCR Placement one year once per year ASSESSMENT Mathematics Placement one year once per year All fi rst time matriculating students (see matriculation for CATALOG RIGHTS defi nition) are required to assess prior to registering for their New Students fi rst semester at the College. The required assessment tests are When a new student fi rst begins attending Glendale Commu- English or ESL and mathematics. Failure to take these tests nity College, he or she will come under the catalog requirements will prevent registration. The English and mathematics tests in effect at that time; thus, a student who begins in fall 2005 are computerized and are administered everyday. Check the semester will follow the requirements for graduation, IGETC Assessment Schedule for exact time. An appointment must certifi cation for either the CSU or UC, G.E. Certifi cation for be scheduled to take the ESL test. The Assessment Center is the CSU, and certifi cates of completion that are listed in the located in SF 112. No student will be admitted to take a test 2005-2006 Glendale Community College catalog. without a picture I.D. Arithmetic Test Continuing Students This test is required for Nursing applicants. 1. A student remaining in continuous attendance in regu- lar sessions at the campus of any California community Chemistry Placement college or in any combination of California community This test is required for placement into Chemistry 101. It is colleges and the California State University may, for the not needed if the student has completed Chemistry 110 with purpose of meeting graduation requirements or G.E. a grade of “C’’ or better. certifi cation for the California State University, elect to meet English Placement the catalog requirements in effect at the time of beginning This examination is similar in diffi culty to material found in his or her continuous enrollment at the California State most newspapers and popular magazines. It includes both University or at a California community college. reading and written language sections. It is needed for place- ment into the nursing program and most English classes as 2. Students may maintain their continuing student status for well as many language, social science, speech, business, and catalog purposes provided that they complete a course and humanities courses. earn units at Glendale Community College at least one semester during an academic year without missing two English as a Second Language (ESL) Placement consecutive semesters. This exam is needed to qualify for initial placement into any ESL course. The exam includes reading comprehension, written grammar, listening comprehension, and a writing sample.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 44 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Returning Students enrollment and participation by any person who meets the 1. Students who return to Glendale Community College academic prerequisites of such class, and who is otherwise to complete a degree or certifi cate program and would eligible for admission to and enrollment in the college. Students normally be placed under the new catalog requirements may occasionally have had experience in a given area which in effect, may petition for their original catalog if the fol- they may feel will substantially satisfy the stated prerequisite lowing conditions are met: for a course. Where it is desired to offer such experience for a. Student has earned 45 semester units with a minimum the regular prerequisite, the student must have a petition GPA of 2.00 and these units are recorded on the student’s approved to make such substitution. Once such a petition offi cial transcript at Glendale Community College. Units has been approved students may not later receive credit for earned may refl ect courses taken at Glendale Community a course for which they substituted the outside experience. College as well as courses taken at other institutions. Students who are considering developing a petition should b. Student has seen a counselor, has completed an SEP, and fi rst read the section on Credit by Examination. has offi cially declared a major and an educational goal Credit for lower level courses will not be granted if credits (including transfer institution, if applicable). have been earned in higher level courses. Some courses have The above does not apply to students planning to complete the no stated prerequisite; however, many courses have expected general education for CSU or IGETC certifi cation for transfer, skill levels in reading, writing, listening/speaking and math. or an Associate Degree with a major in General Education It has been substantiated that students enrolled in a course Transfer Studies. with the stated skill levels are more successful in satisfactorily CLASS AUDIT POLICY completing the course. Students should check the current schedule of classes for a complete explanation on how to A student may audit a class at Glendale Community College match skill level to an appropriate course. providing that the following conditions are met: Counselors consider these factors when assisting students to 1. Auditors must be eligible for admission to the college as complete their Student Educational Plan (SEP). Students will regularly enrolled students. Jump Start students do not select courses from the SEP as they make out their programs qualify to take a class using the audit policy. during a registration period. 2. Enrollment for the purpose of auditing will be on a space available basis, and requires the approval of the instructor. FEES* 3. Priority in class enrollment shall be given to students de- Fees are established by the California State Legislature siring to take the course for credit; therefore, enrollment and the Glendale Community College District Board of for audit purposes will not be permitted until the second Trustees. week of instruction. $ 26 per unit Enrollment Fee 4. Once audit enrollment is completed, no student will be $150 per unit Nonresident Tuition permitted to change his or her enrollment to receive credit. $ 13 fall/spring Health Services Fee A student shall not be permitted to change his or her enroll- $ 10 summer/winter ment from credit to audit. $ 15 Student Services Fee 5. A non-refundable audit fee of $15 per unit shall be payable $ 10 Student Photo I.D. Fee at the time of enrollment as an auditor. Auditors shall not *All fees are subject to change without notice. be charged the enrollment fee for auditing a class. Students Enrollment Fee: All students, resident and non-resident, must enrolled in 10 or more units will not be charged a fee for pay the basic enrollment fee of $26 per unit for each semester auditing up to three units. or summer/winter session. 6. No credit will be received for auditing a course. The college Nonresident Tuition: The tuition is $150 per semester unit will not maintain any attendance or academic records. for students who are residents of other states, who are foreign CONTINUOUS ENROLLMENT nationals or who have taken legal residence in California for less than one year. Although not continuous, new and returning students who submit applications during the current academic year (sum- Health Services Fee: A Health Services fee of $13 per semester mer through spring) are not required to submit more than and $10 for a summer or winter inter-session is required of one application per academic year. These students will not all students. Services include blood pressure screening, vision have priority registration, but will be able to obtain registra- screening and hearing tests, tetanus, measles, mumps, and tion date and time for any term during the academic year by rubella immunizations, and assistance with health insurance using STARS or MyGCC. questions. A registered nurse is available, and students may schedule appointments with physicians, nurse practitioners, ELIGIBILITY FOR COURSES and mental health counselors. It is the policy of the Glendale Community College District Student Services Fee: The $15 Student Services fee is that every class offered, unless otherwise indicated in the assessed each semester and summer/winter session. This fee offi cial catalog and schedule of classes, shall be fully open to provides membership in the A.S.G.C.C. In addition, payment
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Admission and Registration 45
of the fee funds and allows student access to various col- Repayment Requirement Policies for Students Receiving lege activities: the college bookstore, the college newspaper, Financial Aid: inter-collegiate athletics, scholarship program, the emergency Students who receive fi nancial aid in the form of a Pell Grant, loan fund and instructional support. SEOG Grant, Cal Grant or EOPS Grant are subject to state and Student Photo I.D. Fee: All new students are asked to pur- federal regulations that may require repayment of all or part chase a photo I.D. card. The fee for the photo I.D. is $10, of the funds received if they drop some or all of their units and is charged only once. The card is used at the library, the during a semester. bookstore, offi ces in College Services and instructional labs Students who receive fi nancial aid and never attend class: at the college. Federal regulations only allow students to receive fi nancial aid Supplementary Fees:* for classes that they actually attend. Students who receive fi nan- Schedule of Classes $1 cial aid for classes that they drop before the fi rst day of class or College Catalog: $5 per copy that they otherwise never attend, must return those funds. $2 per CD Students who receive fi nancial aid for classes they attend and then Course Audit Fee: $15 per unit drop: GED Test Fee: $80 per battery of tests or Financial aid is based on the number of units a student is $20 per test enrolled in as of the Registration Deadline. Students who Offi cial College receive fi nancial aid for 6 units or more and then drop to less Transcript: $7.50 than 6 units prior to the Registration Deadline established by Immediate service for processing transcripts is an the Admissions and Records Offi ce, may be required to repay additional $5 per copy some of the funds received. Parking: $20 for summer/winter Students who drop all classes prior to completing 60% of the semester: $50 for fall/spring Federal Return to Title IV regulations governing the federal Refund Processing Fee: $10 student fi nancial aid programs stipulate that students who Returned Check: $30 withdraw from the college before completing at least 60% of Verifi cation of Enrollment: $5 the semester have not “earned” the funds they received and *All fees are subject to change without notice. must repay some of their fi nancial aid. The Financial Aid Offi ce Financial aid may be available to students who meet the is required by law to notify the student of the overpayment qualifi cation requirements. The enrollment fee and the health due within 30 days of the date the student withdraws from services fee are waived for students who qualify for fi nancial school. The specifi c date at which the 60% point of the semester aid. Students with questions concerning fi nancial aid eligibility occurs is sent to students in the information accompanying should contact the college Financial Aid Offi ce. their Financial Aid Award Notifi cation. Students who have not * Mandatory Fee. There is an exemption procedure for fees that are not received the total amount of fi nancial aid that they may have mandated by the California State Legislature. Contact the Admissions and Records Offi ce for details. earned prior to withdrawing from school may be entitled to REFUND/REPAYMENT POLICY a post-withdrawal disbursement. In these cases, students will be notifi ed within 30 days regarding the amount due them Refund Policy for all Students: and how accepting additional funds will effect their standing 1. A request for a refund must be initiated by the student during under the Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic Progress policy. the specifi c dates indicated in the Schedule of Classes. Please note the following: 2. Refund request forms are available at the Student Fees win- dow in the lobby of the Administration Building. Student • There is no appeal process. Federal regulations do not allow must present a Glendale College I.D. card and a receipt a college to make any exceptions to the Return to Title IV showing payment of fees: requirements. 3. There is a $10 refund processing fee. • Students who do not repay the funds owed or set up a 4. A student will be eligible for a refund who withdraws or repayment plan with the Financial Aid Offi ce are disquali- drops units in accordance with the following: fi ed from eligibility for federal student aid at any college A. Fall and Spring Semester - Students must withdraw/drop or university. a class within the fi rst two weeks of a semester length class, Financial Aid Overpayments: or within the fi rst week of a six or eight week class. If a student owes a repayment on federal student aid, the stu- B. Summer and Winter Session - Students must with- dent has the option of repaying the amount in full or meeting draw/drop a class within the fi rst week of a fi ve or six week with the Associate Dean of Financial Aid to discuss a repay- class. ment plan. If the student fails to repay the amount due or set C. The student should check the Schedule of Classes or with up a payment plan, the college is required to notify the US the Admissionns and Records Offi ce for the drop/withdrawal Department of Education accordingly and the student loses date if a class is of shorter duration than those mentioned eligibility for any further federal student fi nancial aid. above.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 46 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
REGISTRATION A “non-resident student’’ may be admitted to Glendale Com- Each student must offi cially register in classes. The classes munity College, but will be required to pay either an out-of- should be chosen from the Student Educational Plan. These state or an international student tuition charge as appropriate classes constitute the offi cial program of the student. to their circumstances. The tuition rates are established on a All students register according to the dates and times as- yearly basis. For information concerning the current rates signed to them. To be a continuing student, the registrant please contact the Offi ce of Admissions and Records. must have been enrolled in the immediately prior semes- In determining the place of residence the following rules are ter or sessions. New and returning students who submit to be observed:* applications during the current academic year (summer 1. There can be only one residence. through spring) are considered active and eligible for registra- 2. A residence is the place where one remains when not called tion for the entire academic year, and those students will receive elsewhere for labor or other special or temporary purpose, registration information by using STARS or MyGCC. and to which he returns in seasons of repose. All students may register by telephone. For information 3. A residence cannot be lost until another is gained. concerning this process, consult the semester Schedule 4. The residence can be changed only by the union of act and of Classes or call the Offi ce of Admissions and Records, intent. (818) 240-1000, ext. 5901. 5. A man or woman may establish his or her residence. A After the beginning of the semester, students may: woman’s residence shall not be derived from that of her • enroll in open semester-length courses through the fi rst husband. week of the semester without the permission of the 6. The residence of the parent with whom an unmarried minor instructor; child maintains his or her place of abode is the residence • enroll in closed semester-length courses with the permission of of the unmarried minor child. When the minor lives with the instructor through the second week of instruction; and neither parent his or her residence is that of the parent with • enroll in courses less than 16 weeks provided that 15% of whom he or she maintained his or her last place of abode, the class meetings have not been held. provided the minor may establish his or her residence No registrations or adds of semester-length classes are when both parents are deceased and a legal guardian has allowed after the end of the second week of instruction. not been appointed. No student will be enrolled in a class and have a grade recorded 7. The residence of an unmarried minor who has a parent subsequent to the completion of a given semester unless it is living cannot be changed by his or her own act, by the ap- established that the procedures for enrolling set up by the pointment of a legal guardian, or by relinquishment of a College are proved to have failed. parent’s right of control. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS 8. An alien, including an unmarried minor alien, may establish The following statement of the rules regarding residency is his or her residence, unless precluded by the Immigration intended for general information only. More detailed infor- and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101, et seq.) from establish- mation can be obtained from the Offi ce of Admissions and ing residence in the United States. Records. 9. The residence of an unmarried minor alien shall be At the time of application and at registration each student is derived from his or her parents pursuant to the provisions required to verify residence information. Even though a student listed above (6 & 7). *California Education Code Section 68062 may be otherwise admissible to Glendale Community College, the student may be classifi ed as a tuition-paying student in STUDENT DIRECTORY INFORMATION POLICY accordance with the residence requirements. Certain categories of student information are considered A “resident student’’ means any person who can verify physical “open” or directory information. The college policy on the presence in California for one year or more on the day preceding sharing of directory information to outside agencies and the fi rst day of instruction of a semester or intersession during individuals (including parents and spouses of enrolled which the person proposes to attend, who can demonstrate students) is limited to: name, e-mail address; major fi eld intent to make California a home for other than a temporary of study; dates of attendance; degrees, honors and awards purpose and, if classifi ed as a non-resident in the preceding received; and the most recent previous institution attended. A term, fi nancial independence. student may request that directory information not be released Alien Students: A student who is an alien may establish his by signing a request form at the Offi ce of Admissions and or her residence if he or she is not precluded by the Immigra- Records. The request form must be received by the last day tion and Nationality Act from establishing domicile in the of the second week of instruction for a fall or spring semester United States. or by the last day of the fi rst week of instruction for a winter A “non-resident student’’ means any person who has had or summer session. In that case, this information will not be residence in California for less than one year on the day pre- disclosed except with the consent of the student or as other- ceding the fi rst day of instruction of a semester or intersession wise allowed by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy during which the person proposes to attend. Act of 1974 (FERPA).
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Admission and Registration 47
STUDENT RECORDS TRANSCRIPTS Annually Glendale Community College informs students of Transcripts should be sent directly from the high school the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as or college to Glendale Community College. All transcripts amended; of the provisions of Sections 76200-76246 of the become the property of Glendale Community College and Education Code of the State of California; and of the provisions will not be returned. of Sections 54600-54630 of Title 5 of the California Administra- Glendale Community College reserves the right to evaluate tive Code. These references, with which the institution intends work completed in other colleges or universities. Transfers to comply fully, were designated to protect the privacy of with acceptable grades will be granted advanced standing education records, to establish the right of students to inspect in-so-far as the work completely corresponds with that of and review their education records, to provide the process by Glendale Community College. Transfers accepted with pre- which students may challenge the accuracy of those records, vious college academic records below a “C’’ average will be and to provide guidelines for the correction of inaccurate or placed on academic probation upon admission. misleading data through informal and formal hearings. Stu- Upon the written request of a student, a transcript of the dents also have the right to fi le complaints with the Family student’s record at Glendale Community College will be Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) Offi ce concerning forwarded to a college or university, individual, fi rm, etc. alleged failures by the institution to comply with the Act. providing that such student has no outstanding fi nancial ob- An institutional guide explains in detail the procedures to ligation to the college. For more information visit our website be used by the institution for compliance with the provisions at www.glendale.edu of the Act. Copies of the guide may be found in the campus library as well as in the Offi ce of Admissions and Records. Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the Offi ce of Admissions and Records. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY Glendale Community College provides its students with a wide variety of academic assistance and support services. It is the responsibility of each student to meet the requirements printed in the college catalog, the class schedule and college announcements. The college establishes certain academic policies and requirements which must be completed before a degree or certifi cate can be granted. These include major and unit requirements, as well as verifi cation of satisfying course prerequisites. Students also are responsible to see that they meet the admission requirements to the college or university of their choice if they elect to pursue an educational goal beyond their sophomore year. While counselors, faculty, administrators and staff will provide students with informa- tion and assistance, responsibility for meeting these requirements remains with the students. To insure timely information from the college, students must inform the Offi ce of Admissions and Records of changes in personal data, including change of name and address. It is the student’s responsibility to enroll properly for classes. A student who fails to enroll offi cially in a class will not be given credit for that class. It is the student’s responsibility to withdraw offi cially from the college or drop classes when he or she stops attending and to observe established deadlines. Otherwise, “F’’ grades may be assigned. Other areas regarding student responsibility are included in the catalog under sections for: Admission and Registration; and Scholarship Information and Regulations.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 48 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
GCC Theatre Arts productions (top to bottom) What’s Wrong With Angry? Anything Goes The Rainmaker
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Scholastic Information and Regulations 49
SCHOLASTIC INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS
ACADEMIC RENEWAL WITHOUT COURSE Students also have the responsibility of offi cially withdraw- REPETITION ing from college or dropping from class when they stop at- The following procedure provides an opportunity for students tending, and of observing established deadlines. Otherwise, to obtain alleviation of previously recorded, substandard “F’’ grades may be assigned. academic performance which is not refl ective of subsequent It is the responsibility of each student to know the attendance demonstrated ability. and absence policy of each class in which he or she is enrolled. 1. A student may request academic renewal (for not more It is the responsibility of each instructor to inform his or her than two consecutive semesters of work accomplished at class of the attendance and absence policies at the beginning Glendale Community College) through a petition to the of each semester. Petitions Committee. 2. If and when the petition is granted, the student’s permanent Students may be dropped from class for failure to attend all class record will be annotated so that it is readily evident to all meetings during the fi rst week of instruction if they have not users of the record that no units for work taken during the made prior arrangements with the faculty member. Students disregarded term(s) even if satisfactory, will apply toward also may be dropped for continuous or cumulative absences units for graduation or other unit commitment. However, for the number of hours a sixteen-week class is scheduled to all work will remain legible on the permanent record to meet in a two-week period. insure a true and complete academic history. CHANGE OF GRADES 3. Although none of the units completed during such semes- ters count toward a degree, passing work could satisfy a The college recognizes the long-standing prerogative of faculty general education requirement (as subject credit only) for to set standards of performance and to apply them to indi- Plan A of graduation. vidual students. Therefore, the instructor is considered to be 4. The student seeking academic renewal is responsible the fi nal authority in determining grades that are assigned to for presenting evidence to the effect that the previously students and that appear on their permanent academic records. recorded work was substandard academic performance The following policies apply to changes of grades except for (semester grade-point average less than 2.0) and is not re- changes of Incomplete (I) and Withdrawal (W) grades. fl ective of more recently demonstrated academic ability. 1. In general, all course grades are fi nal when fi led by the 5. Evidence of recent academic ability as shown on offi cial instructor at the end of the term. These grades become a transcript must include one of the following: part of the student’s permanent record. a. 15 semester units with at least a 3.00 GPA b. 30 semester units with at least a 2.50 GPA 2. A change of grade shall occur in cases of clerical error, c. 45 semester units with at least a 2.00 GPA administrative error, or where the instructor re-evaluates 6. There must be at least 24 months between the end of the the student’s performance and discovers an error in the most recent academic renewal semester and the date of original evaluation. A clerical error is an error made by the initiation of the request and such renewal. instructor in calculating or recording the grade. A change 7. A student may request academic renewal only once. of grade shall not occur as a consequence of the acceptance 8. A student may repeat work taken during academic of additional work or re-examination beyond the specifi ed renewal semester only if such repetition is necessary to allow nor- course requirements. mal progression toward an acceptable educational objective. 3. A request for a grade change shall be initiated by the student 9. A student must include all work, including academic affected or by the instructor within the next regular semester renewal semesters, in computation of the cumulative grade- following the award of the original grade. If the instruc- point average toward honors at graduation. tor determines that there is a valid basis for the change, a For further information regarding academic renewal contact Change of Grade form shall be used to notify the Offi ce the Offi ce of Admissions and Records. of Admissions and Records. If the instructor determines that there is not a valid basis for the change and denies the ATTENDANCE AND DROP POLICY student’s request, the instructor’s decision, subject to the Students are expected to attend all class meetings. There are appeals process described below, is fi nal. no authorized absences from class and irregular attendance 4. The Change of Grade form must be completed by may result in exclusion from classes. the instructor, signed by the division chairperson, and It is the student’s responsibility to register properly for submitted to the Offi ce of Admissions and Records. Once classes. A student who fails to enroll offi cially in a class will the change of grade is processed, students shall be notifi ed not be given credit for that class. by the Offi ce Admissions and Records.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 50 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Students have the right to formally appeal the fi nal grade in a 3. Repetitions are permitted in specifi c classes in which skills course. Appeals are limited to situations in which the student or profi ciencies are enhanced through supervised repeti- believes the grade was prejudicially, capriciously, or arbitrarily tions and practices, or where active participating experi- assigned. Appeals must fi rst be directed to the instructor of ence in individual study or group assignments is the basic the course, orally or in writing. If further action is necessary, means by which learning objectives are achieved. Catalog the student should appeal in writing to the division chair and descriptions of courses in which repetitions are permitted then to the vice president, instructional services. If the issue will include the number of repetitions permitted and/or continues to remain unresolved, a written appeal can be di- the maximum number of units that may be earned through rected to the college Judicial Board. (Students are referred to repetition.. the college’s Grievance Policy and Procedures as stated in the CREDIT FOR ADVANCED PLACEMENT catalog and available at all counselors’ offi ces and the Offi ce EXAMINATIONS of Admissions and Records.) Glendale Community College recognizes the Advanced Place- CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS ment Program of the College Entrance Examination Board. Students are classifi ed as follows: Full time—enrolled in 12 or Course credit is granted for Advanced Placement Examina- more units in a regular semester or four or more units dur- tions with a score of three or higher if the division concerned ing an inter-session. Part time—enrolled in less than 12 units has determined that the material covered is comparable to during a regular semester or less than four units during an a specifi c course offering within that division. In general, inter- session. Freshman—one who has completed less than 30 scores of 3 satisfy Glendale Community College’s gradu- units; Sophomore—one who has completed 30 units or more. ation requirements for the associate degree while scores of 4 and 5 satisfy requirements for CSU breadth and IGETC CLEARANCE OF OBLIGATIONS certifi cation. Students or former students are expected to meet proper fi nan- cial obligation due to the District. Pursuant to CALIFORNIA Credit for Advanced Placement will be granted only during EDUCATION CODE, SECTION 72237, college services such the fall and spring semesters to students who have success- as grades, transcripts, diplomas, registration privileges or any fully completed or are enrolled in at least 12 units at Glendale combination thereof may be withheld from any student or Community College. former student who has not made satisfactory arrangements It is the student’s responsibility to petition for credit through to meet his or her fi nancial obligation to the district. When, in the Offi ce of Admissions and Records. Since several universi- the judgment of the district, the fi nancial obligation has been ties require a minimum score in order to receive subject credit, satisfi ed, college services will be reinstated. students must discuss the applicability of AP credit with an academic counselor prior to submitting a petition to the Offi ce COURSE REPETITION of Admissions and Records. Repetition of courses is subject to the following conditions: Units for which credit is given pursuant to the Advanced 1. A course may be repeated only once to alleviate substandard Placement Examinations shall not be counted in determin- work or when a “W” has been recorded on the student’s record. ing the 12 semester hours of credit in residence required for The term “substandard” is defi ned as course work for which graduation. the grading symbol “D,” “F” or “NC” was recorded. The maximum number of credits allowable for Advanced In computing the grade-point average of a student who Placement—including any Credit by Examination units—shall repeats a course in which a “D’’, “F’’, or “NC” grade was not exceed 30 units. Credit by examination transferred from received, the previous grade is disregarded and the new other institutions is counted toward this maximum. one is counted in calculation of the student’s GPA. After completion of a course, students should petition to have Advanced Placement credit may be granted for fulfi llment of the Course Repetition Policy applied to their academic Glendale Community College’s degree requirements, GE records. Nevertheless, the original grade on the academic breath certifi cation for the CSU, and IGETC. However, when record shall not be changed or eradicated. a student transfers to any other college or university, that institution routinely re-evaluates Advanced Placement units 2. Students may repeat courses in which they received grades of in accordance with its own internal policies. Thus, Advanced “A’’, “B’’, “C’’ or “CR’’ if it has been determined by the college Placement units remain intact and do not transfer as Glendale Petitions Committee that a signifi cant lapse of time has oc- Community College courses. curred since the student previously took the course or course content has been revised. No additional units attempted or grade points are allowed for the repeated course.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Scholastic Information and Regulations 51
CREDIT FOR ADVANCED PLACEMENT EXAMINATIONS
Name of Examination Score Credit Granted 3, Art (History) 3 units—GCC Humanities graduation credit 4 or 5 Art (Studio-Drawing) 3 3 units—elective credit toward graduation Art (Studio-General) 4 or 5 See Division Chair 3 3 units—GCC Natural Science graduation credit Biology 4 or 5 4 units—credit for GCC’s Biology 122 3 3 units—GCC Natural Science graduation credit Chemistry 4 or 5 5 units—credit for GCC’s Chemistry 110 3 3 units—GCC Communication & Analytical Thinking graduation credit Computer Science (A) 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s CS/IS 110 3 3 units—GCC Communication & Analytical Thinking graduation credit Computer Science (AB) 4 or 5 4 units—credit for GCC’s CS/IS 130 3 3 units—GCC Social Science graduation credit Economics (Micro) 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s Economics 101 3 3 units—GCC Social Science graduation credit Economics (Macro) 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s Economics 102 3 3 units—GCC English Composition graduation credit English (Lang. & Comp.) 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s English 101 3 3 units—GCC English Composition graduation credit English (Lit. & Comp.) 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s English 101 3 3 units—GCC Humanities graduation credit French Language 4 or 5 10 units—credit for GCC’s French 101-102 3 3 units—GCC Humanities graduation credit French Literature 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s French 124 3 3 units—GCC Humanities graduation credit German Language 4 or 5 10 units—credit for GCC’s German 101-102 Government & Politics: 3 3 units—GCC American Institutions graduation credit United States 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s Political Science 101 Government & Politics: 3 3 units—GCC Social Science graduation credit Comparative 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s Political Science 102 3 3 units—GCC American History graduation credit History: United States 4 or 5 6 units—credit for GCC’s History 117-118 3 3 units—GCC Social Science graduation credit History: European 4 or 5 6 units—credit for GCC’s History 101-102 Mathematics: 3 3 units—credit for GCC’s Mathematics 100 Calculus AB 4 or 5 5 units—credit for GCC’s Mathematics 103 3 3 units—credit for GCC’s Mathematics 100 Mathematics: 4 5 units—credit for GCC’s Mathematics 103 Calculus BC 5 10 units—credit for GCC’s Mathematics 103-104 3 3 units—GCC Humanities graduation credit Music: Theory 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s Music 102 3 3 units—GCC Natural Science graduation credit Physics B 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s Physics 110 3 3 units—GCC Natural Science graduation credit Physics C 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s Physics 110 3 3 units—GCC Social Science graduation credit Psychology 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s Psychology 101 3 3 units—GCC Humanities graduation credit Spanish Language 4 or 5 10 units—credit for GCC’s Spanish 101-102 3 3 units—GCC Humanities graduation credit Spanish Literature 4 or 5 3 units—credit for GCC’s Spanish 124
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 52 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Economics 101*, 102* Upon consent of the instructor and under special circum- Egyptian Hieroglyphs 101, 102 stances students who are regularly enrolled in good standing, Electronics and Computer Technology 101, 102, 103, 110 have completed 12 or more units in residence, and believe Engineering 101 they are qualifi ed by experience or previous training, may English 101 apply to take a special examination to establish credit in a Fashion Design Merchandising 102 course in which they are not formally registered. Geology 101, 105, 110 Students may not petition for credit by examination if they Health 101, 102, 104, 106, 107, 109, 110 enrolled in the course and received a letter grade of “I’’, “D’’ History 107*, 108*, 117*, 118* or “F’’. Students may not petition for credit by examination Machine Technology 101, 111 for a course if that course is at a lower level in the subject Metallurgy 150 sequence than a course for which the student has already Metals 150 received credit through completion of the course. Nursing Science (all) Political Science 101*, 105, 106 Students may attempt Credit by Examination only once in a Psychology 101* particular course. If a course has already been taken for credit, Sociology 101* it is not repeatable for Credit by Examination. Technical Education 142, 143 Students wishing to challenge courses approved by examina- NOTE: No student may earn more than 12 units by “examination’’ tion must obtain the form “Petition for Credit by Examina- only. tion’’ from their counselor and discuss eligibility according to *Also available through CLEP. criteria set up by the college. An interview must be requested with the instructor of the course at which time the students’ College Level Examination Program Policy (CLEP) qualifi cations for challenging the course will be determined The College Level Examination Program is designed to award and arrangements will be made for the examinations. academic credit to students who have completed 12 or more semester units in residence at Glendale Community College Units for which credit is given pursuant to these examinations with a cumulative grade-point average of at least 2.0 and have will not be counted in determining the 12 semester hours of gained the equivalency of college course work through means credit in residence required for graduation. other than enrollment in a formal college program. Courses open to Credit by Examination include the following: Glendale Community College also grants credit for some Accounting 105, 110 of the various subject examinations. For amount and type Administration of Justice 101, 108, 110, 116, 118, 120 of credit awarded contact Admissions and Records or your Allied Health (Nursing) (all except 140, 141) counselor. Students transferring to other colleges and uni- Architecture 101 versities should check with the receiving institution as to the Aviation and Transportation 114 (Student must hold a awarding of credit for both the general examinations and the Commercial Pilot Certifi cate) subject examinations. Aviation and Transportation 117 (Student must hold a Flight Instructor Certifi cate) Units for which credit is given pursuant to these examinations Aviation and Transportation 119 (Student must hold a Pri- will not be counted in determining the 12 semester hours of vate Pilot Certifi cate) credit in residence required for graduation. Aviation and Transportation 120 (Student must hold a Pri- CREDIT FOR MILITARY TRAINING vate Pilot Certifi cate) Aviation and Transportation 122 (Student must have an Glendale Community College will recognize and grant credit Instrument Rating) to veterans for educational training completed in the armed Aviation and Transportation 125 (Student must have an forces provided such credit is not a duplication of work taken Instrument Rating) previously. College work completed through the United States Aviation and Transportation 135 (Student must hold a FAA Armed Forces Institute will be accepted. In order to receive Commercial Pilot Certifi cate or satisfactory score on FAA credit for military training, veterans must petition for such Commercial Pilot Knowledge Examination) credit and present authentic military service and training Biology 127, 128, 132, 135, 146 records including a copy of discharge papers. Business Offi ce Technology 106, 120, 155, 205 Applicants desiring credit for military training will be required Chemistry 101, 102, 110 to provide appropriate documents before credit for military Computer Science/Information Systems 105, 110 service can be granted. Credit awarded for military training Cosmetology 111, 112 will include credit for hygiene toward the Associate degree. Drafting 129, 131, 141
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Scholastic Information and Regulations 53
CREDIT/NO CREDIT COURSES of courses required for the student’s major. The number of There are two categories of Credit/No Credit courses. Credit/No Credit units designated may not exceed twelve (12) in residence at Glendale Community College (exclusive of The fi rst category consists of those courses which must be those earned in courses which are graded only on Credit/No taken on a Credit/No Credit basis only. Courses which fall Credit) with no more than six units during any semester or into this category include: summer/winter intersession. Accounting 121, 155, 156 Courses which may be selected by petition for Credit/No Allied Health 145 Credit follow: Armenian 110, 111 Accounting 105, 106, 110, 111, 120, 121, 130, 150, 160, 170, Art 158 201, 202, 210, 211, 220, 225, 230, 235 Chinese 110, 111, 112 Administration of Justice (all except 160) Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 93, 130, 200, 206, 208, 220 Alcohol/Drug Studies 101, 110, 115 Computer Science/Information Systems 99, 191,192, 200, 201, American Sign Language 101, 102, 103, 151, 201 202, 206, 208, 209 Anthropology 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 111 English 152, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 189, 191 Architecture (all except 106, 107) English as a Second Language 117, 127, 177 Armenian 115, 116, 125, 126, 127 French 110, 111, 113 Art (all except 158) German 110, 111 Aviation and Transportation 112, 113 Independent Studies 101 Biology 127, 128, 131, 132, 135, 139, 145, 146 Internship 150 Business Administration (all) Italian 110, 111 Chemistry 110, 114, 143 Japanese 110, 111 Child Development (all except 158, 175, 176) Korean 110, 111 Clothing and Textiles 105 Mathematics 151, 152, 153, 155, 190, 255 Computer Appllications and Business Offi ce Technologies Music 140, 239 (all except 90, 92-94, 130, 200, 206, 208, 209, 220 and 260) Nursing Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 216, 219, 220, 232, 233 Computer Science/Information Systems (all except 99, 191, Photography 104, 119 192, 200, 201, 202, 206, 208, 209) Physical Education 101, 102, 119, 199, 134 Culinary Arts (all except 128) Russian 110, 111 Dance (all except 158, 160, 171) Social Science 146 Economics 101, 102, 107 Spanish 110, 111, 117, 118 Egyptian Hieroglyphs 101, 102 Speech 150, 151, 152, 153 Electronics and Computer Technology 106, 107, 111, 112, Student Development 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 115, 120, 125, 126, 212, 222, 226 127, 128, 141, 142, 143, 144, 150, 155, 165 English 103, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 140, 141, The second category consists of courses which may be selected 142, 150, 151, 155, 156, 157 at the student’s option. The student must utilize the Petition English as a Second Language 115, 116, 123, 125, 128, 133, for Credit/No Credit Class and have it on fi le in the Offi ce 135, 141, 145, 151, 155 of Admissions and Records by Friday of the third week for a Ethnic Studies 101, 102, 110, 111, 122, 124, 125, 132, 164 semester-length class or by Tuesday of the second week for Fashion Design Merchandising (all) all other classes. Fire Technology (all) Students electing to take classes on a Credit/No Credit ba- Geography 106, 110, 111, 120 sis participate in the class as a regular student. If the grade Geology 101, 105, 110, 112 awarded by the instructor is “C’’ or higher, the course grade German 125, 126 is recorded as “CR’’. If the instructor-assigned grade is “D’’ Health 101, 102, 104, 106, 107, 109, 110 or “F,’’ the course grade is recorded as “NC’’. History 101, 102, 106, 107, 108, 109, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, All units earned on a Credit/No Credit basis in accredited 119, 120, 121, 122, 131, 132, 133, 135, 136, 151 institutions of higher education will be counted in satisfaction Hotel Restaurant Management (all) of Glendale Community College curriculum requirements. Humanities 101, 102, 105, 110, 111, 115, 117, 120, 125, 130, 135 Units earned on a Credit/No Credit basis will not be used Independent Studies 149 to calculate grade point averages. However, units attempted Journalism 110 for which “NC’’ is recorded shall be considered in progress Library 101, 191 probation and dismissal procedures. Linguistics 101 Students not on probation may designate a course(s) for Mathematics 119, 120, 101, 140, 141, 145, 146, 148, 158, 201, Credit/No Credit. The courses designated must be outside 219, 220, 241, 245, 246
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 54 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Media Arts 101, 102, 104, 111, 202, 207, 218 3. Failure to comply with directions of GCC employees or Music (all except 140, 239) law enforcement offi cers; failure to identify oneself or Paleontology 101 provide identifi cation to these persons when requestd to Philosophy (all) do so. Photography (all except 104 and 119) 4. Presence on campus or at a college-sponsored function Physical Education 105, 107, 111-116, 120-286, (except 128 while under the infl uence of narcotics, other legally and 228) 288-295 controlled substances, or alcoholic beverages except as Physical Science 131 expressly permitted by law and GCC regulations. Physics 110 5. Abusive behavior directed toward, or hazing of, a member Political Science 102, 106, 107, 110, 111, 151 of the campus community or a campus visitor. Psychology (all) 6. Illegal or unauthorized possession or use of fi reams, Real Estate (all) explosives, other weapons, or dangerous chemicals. Social Science 102, 103, 122, 124, 125, 126, 127, 134, 136, 145 7. Sexual harassment of a member of the campus community Sociology (all) or a campus visitor including, but not limited to unwel- Spanish 115, 116, 125, 126, 127, 128 come sexual advances; requests for sexual favors; other Special Projects 150 verbal, non verbal, or physical conduct of a sexual nature Special Topics 150 in violation of GCC board policies and administrative Speech 104, 105 regulations on sexual harassment, and applicable State Student Development 145 and Federal laws. Technical Education 147 8. Verbal abuse, threats, intimidation, harassment, coercion Theatre Arts 101, 102, 103, 104, 107, 108, 109, 110, 121, 122, or other conduct that threatens or endangers the health 123, 129, 130, 131, 133, 134, 140, 151 and safety of a member of the campus community or a FINAL EXAMINATIONS college visitor. 9. Assault, battery, or any other physically abusive behav- At the end of each semester a fi nal examination schedule is ior that threatens or endagers the health and safety of a followed. Students must attend all classes in accordance with member of the campus community or campus visitor. the schedule for that period. This arrangement permits the 10. Theft or attempted theft of GCC property, or property of giving of fi nal examinations in those classes which require a member of the campus community or campus visitor. them and the completion of the instructional program in the 11. Actual or attempted vandalism or destruction of GCC other classes. No student shall be excused from taking a fi nal property, or property of a member of the campus com- examination where such is required as part of a course. munity or campus visitor. STANDARDS OF STUDENT CONDUCT In order to provide a positive educational environment and Authorized disciplinary sanctions for violations of student maintain the health and safety of the campus community, behavioral regulations include, but are not limited to rep- the Board of Trustees of Glendale Community College has rimand, loss of privileges, restitution, dismissal from class, established the Standards of Student Conduct. Consistent with suspension, and expulsion. The college administers these the California Education Code and all applicable laws, the sanctions through the established system of due process that Standards of Student Conduct prohibit students from engaging is outlined in the Standards of Student Conduct. Complete cop- in unethical, disruptive, threatening, or physically abusive ies of the Standards of Student Conduct, Procedural Guidelines, behavior on college premises. and Disciplinary Action are available in the Student Activities Offi ce located in the J.W. Smith Student Center. Students who violate college policies and behavioral regula- tions shall be subject to the disciplinary procedures outlined POLICY ON ACADEMIC HONESTY in the Standards of Student Conduct. Prohibited conduct that College study is the process of acquainting students with may subject a student to disciplinary sanctions includes, but values and procedures central to scholarship. All students is not limited to, the following: are expected to do their own work. All forms of cheating and 1. Disruption of the orderly operation of the college includ- plagiarism are absolutely forbidden. This is the offi cial policy ing, but not limited to the deliveryof GCC instructional, of Glendale Community College. administrative, or student services programs and func- The following behaviors serve as an operational description tions; campus activities sponsored or sanctioned by GCC; of student violations of academic honesty: other authorized non GCC activities when the act occurs on GCC premises. 1. The student takes or copies answers from another student or source or uses unauthorized materials during a test. 2. Cheating, plagiarism, or other violations of GCC poli- cies and administrative regulations governing academic 2. The student turns in an assignment (labs, art projects, home- honesty. work, prewritten or purchased papers, or work downloaded from the Internet) which is not his/her own.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Scholastic Information and Regulations 55
3. The student uses words or ideas which are not his/her own established for credit by examination. If a course is repeated without acknowledgment of the source (plagiarism). for the purpose of improving previous substandard work, the 4. The student knowingly deceives an instructor with the units attempted and grade points earned are counted only intent to improve his/her standing in class. once and according to the higher grade earned in the course. 5. The student submits the same paper or project previously If the grade is the same in both cases, the units attempted submitted in another class without the permission of the and grade points will be counted only once. An “I’’ made current instructor. up carries the grade points per unit appropriate to the grade given on makeup. 6. The student depends upon tools or assistance prohibited by the instructor in writing papers, preparing reports, solving Non-Evaluative Symbols problems, or carrying out other assignments. Units for which the following grading symbols have been 7. The student acquires, without permission, tests or other assigned will not be counted in the computation of the grade- academic materials belonging to a member of the GCC point average. faculty or staff. I - Incomplete (Included in the computation of progress When a student engages in academic dishonesty, faculty have probation) the option of requiring the student to see a college counselor, W - Withdrawn (Included in computation of progress assigning a lower or failing (F) fi nal grade in the course (or probation) denying promotion from a non-credit course). IP - In Progress—To be used when class extends beyond the Violations of this policy will be reported to the Vice President normal end-of an academic term of Instruction and will become part of the Glendale College Cheating Incident fi le, unless the instructor fi nds compelling RD- Report Delayed reasons not to report a violation. The Executive Vice President An incomplete grade may only be given when an unforeseen of Instruction may then impose sanctions authorized by Ad- emergency prevents a student from completing work in a ministrative Regulation 5420. The sanctions include, but are course. The incomplete grade must be removed by the end not limited to, issuing a reprimand, suspending the student of the sixth school week after the beginning of the semester for up to ten days of instruction, and/or requesting a hearing subsequent to the one in which the incomplete grade was by the Campus Judicial Board to see if the student should be received, regardless of whether the student re-registers. The suspended, or permanently expelled from the college. nature of the unforeseen emergency and the conditions for The student has the right of due process for all the above removal of the “I’’ shall be stated by the instructor in a writ- sanctions. ten record. The record shall indicate the grade to be assigned in lieu of the removal of the “I”. The student and the Offi ce GRADES, GRADE POINTS, AND GRADE-POINT of Admissions and Records must be furnished copies of the AVERAGE record. A fi nal grade shall be assigned when the work stipulated The standing of students in each course will be determined has been completed and evaluated or when the time limit for by class work and examinations. Grades will be reported and completing the work has passed. grade points allowed as follow: A - Excellent ...... 4 grade points per unit A student may fi le a petition to the Petitions Committee for a time extension due to unusual circumstances. B - Good ...... 3 grade points per unit C - Satisfactory ...... 2 grade points per unit GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES D - Passing (less than satisfactory) ...... 1 grade point per unit Preliminary Action—As a student enrolled at Glendale Com- F - Failing ...... 0 grade points munity College, if you feel that you are being treated unfairly (cannot be removed by examination) by a college staff member, and feel uncomfortable resolving CR- Credit (at least satisfactory—units awarded, not counted the matter through informal discussion with the person in- in GPA) volved, then you may take it to the appropriate division chair NC- No Credit (less than satisfactory or failing—units not or administrator. awarded in GPA but included in computation of progress If you have a complaint against another student, you may probation) take the complaint to the: Vice President, College Services; Grade-Point Average Dean, Student Services; Dean, Student Activities; or the Dean, The grade-point average is computed by dividing the total Admissions and Records. You may determine who is the most number of grade points earned by the numbers of units at- appropriate administrator to see. tempted. A “W’’ notation does not enter into computation If you have a complaint against a faculty member, you may of the grade-point average. Also, such computations do not take the complaint to the Executive Vice President, Instructional include the unit value of courses for which “CR’’ or “NC’’ Services. If your complaint is against a counselor, you may take are recorded or for courses completed under the regulations the complaint to the Vice President, College Services.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 56 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
If you have a complaint against a college administrator, you may What Can You Grieve?—The student grievance process is take the complaint to the College Superintendent/President. intended to evaluate the fairness of specifi c actions that are The administrator holding the informal hearing will: arrange thought to be unfair, thereby causing a grievance. a joint meeting with the persons involved to hear both sides It does not replace the actions which may be taken by the fac- of the complaint; insure that each side has ample opportunity ulty members and administrators in the normal performance to state its case; and attempt to resolve the matter through a of their duties. compromise, negotiated settlement, or recommend that the The Glendale Community College Judicial Board will not have person at fault make the necessary correction. jurisdiction in cases which would involve an over-all evalu- If you make a complaint and you are not satisfi ed with the ation of the professional competence of a faculty member or solution obtained by the informal hearing, you may submit an administrator. your signed complaint in writing to the chairman of the Additional details of the grievance policy can be obtained from Glendale Community College Judicial Board. your counselor, a division chair, the Vice President, College Ser- Formal Hearing—The chairman of the Glendale Community vices, or the Executive Vice President, Instructional Services. College Judicial Board will convene a formal hearing within HONORS one week of the receipt of a written complaint. He or she Honors at Entrance will also determine the members from a list of persons who Honors at Entrance is granted to selected graduates of accred- previously had been approved for membership in each case ited United States high schools who have obtained a 3.5 or according to the type of grievance: higher in their sophomore and junior years and fi rst semester of 1. When a student is named as a defendant in a complaint, the senior year. The student must be a fi rst-semester-freshman the Judicial Board will consist of two students, two and be enrolled in the college full-time. Students must apply faculty members, including the chairman, and one for Honors at Entrance and submit offi cial copies of their high administrator. school transcripts to the Offi ce of Admissions and Records. 2. When a faculty member or an administrator is named as Grades in physical education and military science courses are the defendant in a complaint, the Judical Board will consist not included when calculating the grade-point average. of three faculty members, including the chairman, and two Dean’s Honors administrators. A Dean’s Honors List is published each semester. It includes At the formal hearing both sides will be permitted to submit all students who are in good standing and whose semester evidence, present witnesses, testify, and cross examine. Each grade-point average is 3.50 or higher in 12 or more units; 3.75 side may be represented by counsel of its own choosing. The to 3.99 in 9 to 11.5 units; or 4.00 in 6 to 8.5 units, with grades person making the charge shall assume the burden of proof. of A, B or C. An earned grade of NC disqualifi es a student The hearing shall be closed to the public unless the defendant for Dean’s Honors. requests an open hearing. Dean’s Honors will be posted each semester to the students’ After both sides have presented their cases and been excused, permanent academic records. In addition, the student will the Judicial Board will discuss the extent to which the com- receive a Dean’s Honors certifi cate to commemorate their plaint is proved. The Judicial Board will reach its decision academic achievement. and recommendation by majority vote on a motion made by Academic Honors at Graduation a member. Academic Honors are awarded to students at graduation Disposition of the Case—The Judicial Board may fi nd that who have achieved a grade-point average of 3.5 or above in a grievance is: not proved; proved only in part but not com- all work at Glendale Community College and in all work pletely; or proved, which is a confi rmation that a grievance attempted. has occurred. PETITIONS PROCEDURE The Judicial Board recommendations will be referred to the Students feeling in their case that there are circumstances war- Superintendent/President who will act upon them according ranting special consideration for adjustment or deviation from to his or her best judgment within the responsibilities of his established procedures and policies of the college may fi le a or her offi ce. petition with the Offi ce of Admissions and Records. Appeals—A student who received an unfavorable judgment may appeal the recommendation of the Judicial Board to the REMEDIAL COURSEWORK LIMIT POLICY College Superintendent/President. The college Superinten- Glendale Community College offers remedial coursework dent/President may reduce but not increase the recommenda- through pre-collegiate basic skills courses in reading, writing, tion of the Judicial Board. learning skills, study skills, mathematics, and English as a Second Language. These courses are designated as non-degree applicable credit courses.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Scholastic Information and Regulations 57
A student’s need for remedial coursework shall be determined 3. Dismissal by the student’s counselor through the use of the appropriate a. A student on probation (academic, progress or a com- assessment instruments. Once enrolled, no student shall at- bination of both) who earns any form of probationary tempt and/or receive more than 30 units of credit for remedial status during enrollment in two consecutive sessions of coursework at Glendale Community College. attendance shall be dismissed and shall not be reinstated The following students are exempted from the limitation on until at least one semester has elapsed after the dismissal. remedial coursework: A student dismissed at the end of the fall semester may enroll in winter session. A student dismissed at the 1. Students enrolled in one or more courses of English as a end of spring semester may enroll in summer session. Second Language. Glendale Community College recognizes academic 2. Students identifi ed by the Disabled Student Program and Ser- dismissal assigned by another college or university. vices as being eligible for their learning disability services. Students dismissed from other colleges or universities 3. After attempting and/or completing 30 semesters units of must abide by the procedures for students dismissed remedial coursework and showing satisfactory progress from Glendale Community College with respect to by maintaining a 2.00 cumulative grade-point average, seeking readmission after dismissal. students may be allowed additional units of remedial b. A student having been readmitted on probation after coursework upon petition to the College Petitions Com- academic dismissal must maintain a semester grade- mittee. If a waiver of the 30 unit limit is granted, the com- point average of at least 2.0 and must not be placed on mittee will specify the additional course(s) in which the progress probation. If either the semester grade-point student may enroll as well as any other conditions which average falls below 2.0 or the student is assigned the the student must meet to satisfy the waiver. Progress shall progress probation status, that student will again be be monitored on a semester basis. dismissed for one semester. A student not exempted from the 30 unit limitation shall Appeal for Reinstatement be dismissed from the credit program and referred to adult Following the notifi cation of dismissal from the college, stu- non-credit education courses. Upon successful completion dents may appeal to the dean of admissions and records for of appropriate remedial coursework or upon demonstration reinstatement if unusual and verifi able circumstances caused of skills which will reasonably assure success in college-level dismissal. These circumstances could be, but are not limited courses, the student may request reinstatement to the credit to: family emergency, health problems, or extreme fi nancial program at the college in order to proceed with college-level diffi culty. coursework. Timeline for Appeals STANDARDS OF SCHOLARSHIP Appeals for reinstatement must be received by the Dean of Admissions and Records by August 1 for the fall semester, Glendale Community College interprets a “C’’ average as and by January 31 for the spring semester. a satisfactory scholarship standard—which means that the student should receive grade points equal to twice the number Financial Aid Satisfactory Progress Policy of units attempted. In order to receive fi nancial aid, students must meet the Glendale Community College Standards of Scholarship while Students who fail to maintain satisfactory scholarship may enrolled. In addition, students are expected to meet the follow- be placed on academic or progress probation and may be ing standards during periods of enrollment for which federal dismissed. or state fi nancial assistance is received. 1. Academic Probation 1. Eligible Program—A student must enroll in an eligible A student will be placed on academic probation if the student’s educational program which leads to a degree or certifi cate cumulative grade-point average for all units attempted at ac- that the student has not previously earned and which credited postsecondary institutions is less than 2.0. Glendale requires at least six months of study. Community College recognizes academic probationary status 2. Review of Previous College Records—Previous education assigned by another college or university. at Glendale Community college and/or units completed 2. Progress Probation at other accredited institutions will be evaluated in deter- A student who has enrolled in a cumulative total of at least mining the student’s maximum time period for Title IV nine (9) units shall be placed on progress probation if the funds. Students are expected to make satisfactory progress percentage of all units in which a student has enrolled at according to the college’s standards of scholarship during accredited postsecondary institutions for which grades of all periods of enrollment whether or not they are receiv- “W’’, “I’’ and “NC’’ are recorded reaches or exceeds fi fty ing Title IV aid. Students on academic and/or progress percent (50%). Glendale Community College recognizes probation are eligible to receive Title IV aid during their progress probationary status assigned by another college probationary semester(s). or university.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 58 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
3. Incremental Periods for Review of Satisfactory Prog- unit dismissal. A student who has reached or exceeded ress—Under both the college’s general satisfactory the 72 unit maximum time frame without completing progress standards for academic or progress probation/ his/her educational objective is placed on term dismissal. dismissal, as well as its fi nancial aid satisfactory progress In addition, students who fail to maintain a 2.0 grade standards of unit completion, the student’s progress shall point average are dismissed from the college for failure to be evaluated after the completion of each academic year. meet its general standards of academic and/or progress i.e., spring/summer semesters. probation are also no longer eligible to receive further 4. Change of Educational Objective— No change of educa- Title IV aid. Once a student earns the 72 degree appli- tional objective is permitted after students have reached cable units allowed under the college’s maximum time the 72 unit maximum, unless there are extenuating frame standard, the student is no longer eligible to circumstances which may be taken into account during receive Title IV aid. the appeal process. Prior educational work completed is 10. Academic contracts—Students who have reached their evaluated according to Standard 2 above. maximum time frame without completing their education- 5. Grades of F, W, NC, and IP will not count as units al objectives and who successfully appeal their dismissal completed. from Title IV aid are placed on Academic Contracts. An Academic Contract lists the specifi c courses the associate 6. Course repetitions within college policy will be dean for fi nancial aid and/or the Financial Aid Appeals allowed. Committee has approved the students to take to complete 7. Maximum Time Frame for Completing Educational their educational goals. Students on an Academic Con- Goal—Students pursuing a degree or transfer program tract are considered eligible for Title IV aid, but they are are allowed a maximum of 72 degree applicable units paid only for specifi c classes required to complete their within which to complete their educational objective. educational objective. Students enrolled in a certifi cate program must complete 11. Academic Contract Dismissal—Students on an Academic the program within the number of units as stated in the Contract who fail to meet the conditions of the contract college catalog. Remedial course work may not exceed are dismissed from further Title IV aid and are sent an a 30 unit maximum. Students enrolled full-time are Academic Contract dismissal letter. expected to complete 24 units during the academic year. Students enrolled three quarter, half-time, or less than 12. Appeal Procedures—Students dismissed from fi nancial half-time must complete the required minimum 18, 12, or aid for failure to meet either the college’s general stan- 2 unit(s) relative to appropriate enrollment status. dards, the fi nancial aid standards, or for failure to complete their educational goals within the maximum time frame 8. Financial Aid Probation—During any academic year provided may appeal. Please see the Financial Aid Offi ce in which Title IV aid is received, students are expected regarding the appeals process and appropriate forms. to complete a minimum of 24, 18, or 12 units relative to Students must submit a current Student Educational Plan the full-time, three-quarter time, or half-time enrollment and a completed appeal form listing the reasons they did status upon which receipt of the aid was determined; i.e., not meet the progress standards, listing tutorial and/or students receiving a Pell Grant based on the full-time other service used, and detailing their educational plans for payment schedule must complete 24 units during the achieving satisfactory progress if further aid is approved. academic year. Students receiving only FWS, and/or a In case of grade changes, an updated transcript showing Stafford loan must complete a minimum of 6 units each grades must be provided to Financial Aid. Students who semester or 12 units for the school year. Students who successfully appeal their termination from aid for failure complete less than the number of units for which they to complete their educational goals within the maximum were paid aid during the academic year are sent a warn- appeal are placed on an Academic Contract. ing letter and placed on fi nancial aid probation for the subsequent school year. Students on fi nancial aid proba- UNIT OF WORK tion are considered to be eligible to receive Title IV aid, The credit value in semester units of each course is indicated during the probation period. after the title of the course under “Course Descriptions.’’ Each In addition, students who do not maintain a grade point unit represents one hour per week of lecture or discussion, or average of at least 2.0 are placed on probation until the a longer time in laboratory or other exercises not requiring next award year. outside preparation. For each hour of lecture-discussion, two hours of preparation are assumed. 9. Financial Aid Dismissal—A student who does not complete a minimum of 24, 18, or 12 units relative to full-time, three-quarter time, or half-time status for two consecutive academic years on aid will be placed on
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Scholastic Information and Regulations 59
UNIT LIMITATIONS • During the fi rst two weeks of a semester-length course; The students’ program of studies will vary according to their • During the fi rst week of a course which is at least fi ve needs and objectives. Students registered in 12 or more units weeks in length and less than a semester in length; or are classifi ed as full-time students; those registered for less than • During the fi rst 20% of a course which is less than fi ve 12 units are classifi ed as part-time students. The academic load weeks in length carried should be in line with the best combined judgment of Students who drop or are dropped from semester length the student and the counselor. The college recommends that courses after the second week and prior to the end of the students who are working 20 hours per week should carry no 12th week will receive grades of “W” on their permanent more than 10 units; 30 hours per week, no more than 8 units; academic records. and 40 hours per week, no more than 6 units. Individuals hav- In order to receive a grade of “W” in a fi ve-week summer/ ing health problems should make proportionate adjustments winter session course, a student must drop by the end of the in their college programs. fourth week, and by the end of the fi fth week for a six-week A fi rst semester student, one who has not completed at any summer/winter session class. college one semester of resident study of 12 semester units Any courses of duration not listed above adhere to a pro rata of credit or a quarter of resident study of 8 semester units of schedule for deadlines. credit, should not register for more than 16 units plus one unit of music performance and a physical education activity. Upon petition, students may drop or be dropped after the Students may not register in more than 19 semester units designated fi nal drop deadlines for extenuating circum- without special permission. These unit limitations apply to stances. The petition must be received by the chairperson of the total of day and evening college courses. the Petitions Committee within the fi rst semester following the semester or term in which the course was scheduled. Ex- WITHDRAWAL/COURSE DROP POLICY tenuating circumstances are verifi ed cases of accident, illness Once enrolled in courses, students are not considered dropped or other circumstances beyond the control of the student. Such or withdrawn unless: withdrawals or drops shall be recorded as a “W”. • They have dropped the course on STARS (Student Tele- Students not dropped or withdrawn from courses during phone Assisted Registration System) or the periods and circumstances described above will not be • They have dropped the course with an Add/Drop form eligible for a notation of “W” and must be assigned a letter at the Admissions & Records offi ce. grade in the “A” through “F” category, or “CR/NC” in those A grade of “W” will not be made on the permanent academic courses so designated. record of a student who drops or is dropped from the course or from college:
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 60 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Graduation Requirements 61
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Glendale Community College shall confer the degree of as- U.S. HISTORY sociate of arts or associate of science upon a student who has 4. Knowledge of American History is required. Courses satisfactorily completed all of the requirements for graduation. which satisfy this requirement include Economics A student may receive only one A.S. and one A.A. degree. 111/History 116; History 110, 111(CD), 117, 118, 150, The Associate degree is granted to persons who fi le a Petition 151; Social Science 125-126**, 131. for Graduation in the Offi ce of Admissions and Records, who MATHEMATICS are not on academic probation, and who have completed a 5. Satisfactory evidence of profi ciency in mathematics must minimum of 12 of the last 18 semester units of the required be given. Profi ciency may be demonstrated by comple- college curriculum of 60 degree applicable semester units at tion with a grade of “C’’ or better in Mathematics 101, Glendale Community College. The completion of the required 115, 119-120, 140, 201, 219-220 or Technical Education 60 semester units must include all of the following: 143, or an equivalent course taken at any accredited MAJOR college. 1. A major leading to a well-defi ned objective. When a HEALTH course(s) required for a specifi c major is also on the list 6. Knowledge of community and personal hygiene must of approved general education courses, the course(s) be demonstrated. Health 104, 106; Psychology 111(CD)* may be used to satisfy both major and general educa- or equivalent will satisfy this requirement. tion requirements. The requirement for the Associate PHYSICAL EDUCATION in Arts degree may be met by completing a major with a minimum of 18 semester units in: 7. Two semester units of physical education activity classes and/or dance activity classes must be completed unless Biological Sciences Mass Communications exempted by established policy. Consult the catalog for Business Administration Mathematics a list of the exemptions. Choreographic Studies Music FIRST AID and Dance Techniques Physical Education 8. Knowledge of community fi rst-aid and CPR must be English Physical Science demonstrated. Courses which satisfy this requirement Foreign Language Social Science include Health 101, 102 or 109. General Education Speech/Communications CULTURAL DIVERSITY Transfer Studies TheatreArts Health Science Visual Arts 9. One course in Cultural Diversity is required. Courses which satisfy this requirement have been marked by Interdisciplinary (CD) and appear throughout the graduation require- Humanities ments. The requirement may be satisfi ed by completing Courses meeting the specifi c major requirements are any one of the graduation requirements with a course listed in the Glendale Community College Catalog. marked (CD) or by completing Child Development The requirement for the Associate in Science degree 156. may be met by completing a Glendale Community GENERAL EDUCATION College Certifi cate Program of 24 semester units or 10. Eighteen (18) semester units of general education more. The certifi cate program must be approved by including at least one course in each of the following the appropriate division as a satisfactory major for the areas: Associate in Science degree. The certifi cate programs a. Natural Science. At least one course (3 semester that satisfy the major requirement for the Associate in units) must be selected: Science degree may be found in the Glendale Com- Anthropology 101, 111; Astronomy 102, 103, 110, 110H, munity College Catalog. 120; Aviation and Transportation 122; Biology 101, AMERICAN INSTITUTIONS 101H, 102, 102H, 103, 103H, 112, 115, 118, 120, 121, 2. Knowledge of American Institutions is required. 122, 123, 125, 125H, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, Courses which satisfy this requirement include Po- 135, 137, 138, 139, 145, 146; Chemistry 101, 101H, litical Science 101, 105, 151***; Social Science 125-126**, 102, 102H, 103, 105, 106, 107, 110, 114, 115, 120, 132***. 121, 143; Geography 101, 111; Geology 101, 101H, 102, 103, 104, 105, 111, 111H, 112, 120; Oceanography STATE & LOCAL GOVERNMENT 115, 116; Paleontology 101; Physics 101, 101H, 102, 3. Knowledge of State and Local Government is required. 102H, 103, 103H, 105, 106, 110; Physical Science 131; Courses which satisfy this requirement include Political Technical Education 145. Science 106, 151***; Social Science 125-126**, 132***.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 62 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
b. Social Science. At least one course (3 semester units) 122, 125, 126, 127, 128(CD); Philosophy 101, 112, must be selected: 113(CD), 114(CD), 116, 118(CD), 119, 120, 121, 122; Administration of Justice 111; Anthropology 102, Russian 101, 102; Spanish 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 102H, 103, 104, 105; Business Administration 106, 115, 116, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128; Speech 106, 110; Economics 101, 102, 102H, 105; Ethnic Stud- Theatre Arts 101, 102, 107. ies 101(CD), 102(CD), 110(CD), 111(CD), 122(CD), d. Language and Rationality. At least two courses 124(CD), 125(CD), 132(CD), 164(CD); Geography (6 semester units) from Language and Rationality 102, 105, 106, 110, 114; History 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, must be selected. 106, 107, 108, 109, 112, 113, 114, 115(CD), 119, 120, 121, 1. English Composition—3 semester units required. 122, 131, 132, 133, 135, 136; Mass Communications Evidence of profi ciency in written English is 101; Political Science 102, 103, 103H, 109, 110, 111; required. This requirement may be fulfi lled with Psychology 101, 101H, 103, 104, 105, 106, 108, 109, a grade of “C’’ or better in one of the following: 110, 111(CD)*, 113(CD), 114, 115, 131; Social Science English 101, 101H, 120, 131; English as a Second 101, 121(CD), 122(CD), 123(CD), 124, 127(CD), 134, Language 151 or Business Administration 106. 136; Sociology 101, 102, 104, 105, 131. 2. Communication and Analytical Thinking— c. Humanities. At least two courses (6 semester 3 semester units required. units)—one from each of the two areas below must Accounting 101, 102, 105, 106; Business Admin- be selected. istration 120, 125; Computer Applications and 1. Interdisciplinary Humanities—3 semester units Business Offi ce Technologies 102, 105; Computer required: Humanities 101(CD), 102(CD), 105(CD), Science/Information Systems 101, 110, 120, 125, 105H, 106, 110, 111, 115(CD), 117, 120, 125(CD), 127, 128, 130, 135, 137, 139, 140, 145, 150, 155, 156, 130, 135(CD). 160, 165, 172, 180; Economics 107; Electronics and 2. Arts, Foreign Language, Literature and Computer Technology 109; English 102*, 102H, Philosophy—3 semester units r e q u i r e d . 104, 118; English as a Second Language 133, 141; Armenian 101, 102, 115, 116; Art 101, 101H, 102, 103, Mass Communications 102, 107; Mathematics 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 116, 100, 101, 102, 103, 103H, 104, 104H, 105, 105H, 118, 120, 121, 125, 199; Chinese 101; Dance 100; 107, 107H, 108, 108H, 110, 111, 112, 115, 119, 120, Egyptian Hieroglyphs 101, 102; English 102*, 128, 130, 135, 136, 138, 140, 141, 145, 146, 148, 103, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 114, 115, 116, 201, 219, 220, 241, 245, 246; Philosophy 117, 123; 117, 121, 122, 123, 124(CD), 125, 126, 127, 128, Political Science 107; Psychology 107; Sociology 130, 141(CD), 142(CD); French 101, 102, 103, 104, 107; Speech 100, 101, 103, 104, 105, 107; Technical 105, 106, 121, 124, 125, 126; German 101, 102, 103, Education 143. 104, 105, 106, 125, 126; Italian 101, 102, 103, 104; NOTE: Graduation requirements 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 can be satisfi ed by Japanese 101, 102, 103; Korean 101, 102, 115, 116; examination. See a counselor for details. ***Courses designated with an asterisk may be counted in one area only. Linguistics 101; Music 101, 102, 110, 120, 121, ***These courses satisfy requirements 2, 3, and 4. ***This course satisfi es 2 and 3. ASSOCIATE IN ARTS FOR GENERAL EDUCATION TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students transferring to the California State University or the University of California, also wanting to earn an As- sociate in Arts degree may do so by completing a minimum of 60 degree applicable units, earning a cumulative GPA of 2.00 (“C”) in all coursework attempted, and as part of the 60 units ALL OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. The 39 units as stipulated by Glendale Community College’s Cal State Breadth certifi cation OR The 37-39 units as stipulated by Glendale Community College’s IGETC requirements 2. Glendale Community College’s American Institutions, State and Local Government, and American History requirement (see numbers 2, 3, & 4 of graduation requirements). 3. Glendale Community College’s Cultural Diversity requirement (see #9 of graduation requirements). This course may also be used in satisfying either Glendale Community College’s Cal State Breadth or IGETC requirements.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Degree and Certifi cate Programs 63
DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
AA Degrees Majors Biological Science Health Science Physical Science Business Administration (2 options) Social Science Choreographic Studies and Interdisciplinary Humanities Speech/Communication Dance Techniques (3 options) Theatre Arts English Mass Communications (2 Options) Foreign Language Mathematics Visual Arts (2 options) Music (7 options) General Education Transfer Studies Physical Education
AS Degrees Certifi cate Major Accounting Choreographic Studies & Marketing Administration of Justice Dance Technique Mass Communications Advertising Art Computer Aided Manufacturing Medical Administrative Services Animation Computer Applications and Business Medical Secretary Classical Offi ce Technologies Medical Front Offi ce Digital Administrative Assistant Medical Transcription Specialist in Alcohol/Drug Studies Legal Secretary Music Architectural Drafting and Design General Offi ce Nursing Art Computer Information Systems Photography Two-dimensional Computer Numerical Control Real Estate Three-dimensional Technician Recreation Leadership Art History Computer Programmer Retail Management Aviation and Transportation Computer Science Television Production Aviation Administration Computer Software Technician Mass Media Flight Attendant Culinary Arts Videography Aircraft Powerplant and Desktop Publishing Corporate Television Airframe Maintenance & Overhaul Dietary Service Supervisor Theatre Arts Pilot Training Electronics & Computer Technology Web Publishing Specialist Bookkeeping Electronics Engineering Technician Welding, Occupational Business Administration Computer Engineer Technician (Combination Welder) Small Business Engineering/Electro-Mechanical Design Financial Planning & Investment Electro Mechanical Design International Business Mechanical Design Ceramics Fire Technology Child Development Fitness Specialist Teacher Hotel/Restaurant Management Infant/Toddler Teacher Machine & Manufacturing Technology School-Age Care Teacher Machinist Master Teacher Management Site Supervisor Manufacturing Engineering
Certifi cates Non-degree Aviation and Transportation Computerized Accounting Specialis Electronic Design Aircraft Powerplant Maintenance & Desktop Publishing Technician Machine & Manufacturing Technology Overhaul Electro/Mechanical Fabrication Manufacturing Technician Certifi ed Tax Preparer Technician Microsoft Offi ce Specialist Communications Electronics & Computer Technology (7 options) Computer Operator Computer Repair Technician Public Relations Computer Support Technician Engineering/Electro-Mechanical Design Receptionist/Offi ce Clerk Engineering/CAD Web Graphics
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 64 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Associate in Arts Majors 65
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE
The following is a list of the majors and their requirements HEALTH SCIENCE that satisfy the Associate in Arts degree for Glendale Com- Required Core (14 units from either Option A or B): munity College. Option A: Biology 115 (or Biology 122), 120; Chemistry 110 or Please note that all courses used to satisfy the major for the 120 Associate in Arts degree must be completed with a grade of Option B: Biology 120, 121; Chemistry 110 or 120 “C’’ or better. Electives (6 units): Choose one course from each category BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE Category 1—Speech: Speech 100, 101, 103 Required: Biology 101, 102; Chemistry 101, 102; Mathematics Category 2—Social Science: Anthropology 102, Psychology 101. 101, Sociology 101 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION INTERDISCIPLINARY HUMANITIES Required: Accounting 101 (or 105 and 106), 102; Business Required: A minimum of 18 units in one of the following Administration 101, 120; Computer Science/Information options: Systems 100 or 101. Option 1: East-West Culture and Civilization CHOREOGRAPHIC STUDIES AND DANCE • Required: Humanities 101, 102, and either Humanities 105 TECHNIQUES or 110. Required: Biology 120, 121; Dance 100, 111, 116, 121, 130, 131 • Select 9 units from at least 3 of the following disciplines: or 132, 135 or 136, 140; Theatre Arts 103. Anthropology 101; Art 108, 109; Ethnic Studies 124, 164; ENGLISH History 107, 119, 120, 132, 135; Humanities 115; Philosophy 113, 114, 116, 119, 120, 121; Political Science 101, 111. Required: English 105-106 or English 109-110. Option 2: Creativity Select an additional 12 units from English 101, 102, 103*, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 112*, 114, 115, 116, 117, 122, 123, • Select 6 units from: Humanities 106, 117, 120. 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 130, 141, 142. • Select 3 units from: Humanities 105, 110. * A maximum of 6 units of English 103 and 112 combined may be • Select 9 units from at least 3 of the following disciplines: counted toward the 18 units required. Anthropology 101; Art 150, 160, 186; Biology 123; Dance FOREIGN LANGUAGE 110, 115, 120, 130, 160; English 103, 111, 130; Ethnic Studies 101; French 105, 106; Philosophy 116, 117; Spanish 105, 106; Required: A minimum of 18 units in one of the following Theatre Arts 103, 104, 109, 121, 123, 134. options: Option 3: American Responses to Other Cultures Option 1: Any one foreign language, excluding 110-113 level foreign language courses. (The title will refl ect the • Select 9 units from: Humanities 105, 110, 111, 125. language chosen) • Select 9 units from at least 3 of the following disciplines: Option 2: Ten (10) units in one foreign language and eight (8) English 111, 124, 126, 127, 128; Ethnic Studies 101, 102, 110, units in another, excluding 110-113 level courses. 132, 164; French 124, 125, 126; Geography 102; German 125, 126; History 103, 104, 111, 113, 114, 119, 120, 121, 131, 132, GENERAL EDUCATION TRANSFER STUDIES 135; Philosophy 121, 122; Social Science 121, 122, 123, 134; This major is designed for students transferring to the California Sociology 102, 105; Spanish 124, 126, 127, 128. State University or the University of California. Required: 1. 39 units as stipulated by GCC’s Cal State Breadth certifi cation MASS COMMUNICATIONS OR Required: English 101; Mass Communications/Journalism 37-39 units as stipulated by GCC’s IGETC requirements. 101; Mass Communications 102, 103*, 104* 2. GCC’s American Institutions, state and local government, A minimum of 3 units must be selected from the following: and American History requirement (see numbers 2, 3, & 4 Mass Communications 106, 107, 120; Independent Study 149**; of graduation requirements). selected courses in the Pasadena City College Journalism 3. GCC’s Cultural Diversity requirement (see #9 of gradua- Department may be used as electives, as announced in the tion requirements). This requirement may also be listed Glendale Community College class schedule. in one of the areas to satisfy the CSU Breadth or IGETC requirements. **A maximum of 9 units of Mass Communications 103 and 104 combined may be counted toward the 18 units required. **A maximum of 6 units in Independent Study 149 may be counted toward the 18 units required.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 66 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
MATHEMATICS THEATRE ARTS Required: Mathematics 103, 104, 105, 107, 108. Required: A minimum of 18 units in one of the following MUSIC options: Option 1: Theatre Arts Required: Music 103 or 113, 104, 105, 107, 108, 125, 126, and 2 units of Music 140. • Required: Dance 140; English 101; Speech 101; Theatre Arts 102, 103, 109, 121, 123, 131, and three units from 160, 161, Piano proficiency equivalent to the level of Piano III 162, 163 or 164. (Music 162) • Electives: Art 101, 102; English 102, 125, 126; Humanities Four semesters of enrollment in any of the following: Music 117; Dance 101, 134; Speech 105; Theatre Arts 101, 104, 110, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 152, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 122, 130, 134. 236, 237, 240, 241, 242.(4 units total). Option 2: Acting PHYSICAL EDUCATION • Required: Dance 140, 141; English 101 or 120; Speech 101, Required: Biology 115 or 120-121; Health 101, 104; Physical 105, 106; Theatre Arts 102, 103, 104, 107, 109, 131, and three Education 120, 124 or 125, 128 or Culinary Arts 125. units from 160, 161, 162, 163, or 164. Complete any combination of 3 units in any of the following: • Electives: Art 101, 102; English 102, 125, 126; Humanities a. a racket sport 117; Dance 101, 134, 145; Theatre Arts 110, 122, 134. b. a team sport c. an individual sport VISUAL ARTS d. a fi tness activity. Required: A minimum of 18 units in one of the following PHYSICAL SCIENCE options: Option 1: Art History Required: A minimum of 18 units from courses chosen from at least 2 of the following 3 categories: • Required: Art 101, 102, 130. Category 1: Physics 101, 102, 103, 105, 106 • Select 3 courses from: Art 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 112, 113, 116, 118, 120, 121, 138, 150. Category 2: Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 105, 106 Option 2: Two Dimensional Category 3: Astronomy 102, 103, 110, 120; Geology 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 111, 112, 120; • Required: Art 101 or 102, 130, 150. Oceanography 115; Paleontology 101. • Select 3 courses from: Art 131, 151, 152, 160, 164, 170, 174; Photography 101. SOCIAL SCIENCE Option 3: Graphic Art Required: A minimum of 18 units from the following: • Required: Art 101 or 102, 130, 132, 134. 1. Select courses (minimum 6 units) to satisfy each of the fol- • Select 3 courses from: Art 135, 136, 146, 150, 156. lowing 3 areas: Option 4: Three Dimensional American Institutions: Political Science 101, 105, 151; Social Science 125-126, 132. • Required: Art 101 or 102, 130, 138. • Select 3 courses from: Art 152, 157, 180, 181, 186, 187, 190. State and Local Government: Political Science 106, 151; Social Science 125-126, 132. Option 5: Photography • Required: Art 101 or 102; Photography 101 American History: Economics 111 or History 116; History 110, 111, 117, 118, 150, 151; Social Science 125-126, 131. • Select 4 courses from: Photography 103, 105 or 108, 109 or 110; Art 130 or 134 or 138. 2. Select 12 units (different from above) with courses Option 6: Animation from four of the following disciplines: Anthropology; Economics; Ethnic Studies; Geography; History; Phi- • Required: Art 101 or 102, 130, 150, 152, 201, 205, 206; Hu- losophy; Political Science; Psychology; Sociology; Social manities 115. Science. Option 7: Media Arts SPEECH/COMMUNICATION • Required: English 112 or Mass Communications 102; Mass Communications 101; Media Arts 101, 102, 104, and 107. Required: English 101 and Speech 101. Select 3 courses from the following: Speech 100, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107 Select 1 course from the following: Psychology 101; Sociology 101; Theatre Arts 103
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Certifi cate Programs 67
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE MAJORS AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
Certifi cate Programs are primarily business and technical ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE programs for students desiring education beyond high school. The required core courses (21 units) are: Administration of These programs provide opportunities for students to prepare Justice 101, 103, 110, 117, 118, 120 and 134. themselves for a wide variety of careers. In most cases these In addition, a minimum of 9 units must be selected from the programs are planned without regard to transfer schools; following: Administration of Justice 107, 108, 116, 129, 130. however, many courses are transferable to four-year colleges It is further recommended that students take Psychology 114 or universities if students change their educational goals. and/or Speech 101. 1. Certifi cates of Completion shall be issued upon request by the Offi ce of Admissions and Records to students who ADVERTISING ART qualify for them by completing one of the occupation-cen- The Advertising Art Certifi cate curriculum combines funda- tered curriculums. The student must have a grade of “C’’ or mental fi ne arts courses with those of a technical nature to better in all courses constituting the certifi cate program. provide a comprehensive course study in visual communi- 2. To earn a certifi cate, students must complete the number of cation. The program is intended to prepare students to com- units required by the division. No certifi cate shall consist municate ideas and information using any visual medium. of less than 6 semester units. Advertising design students learn that by creating effective 3. At least 12 units of the required courses must be completed visual communication they make information accessible and at Glendale Community College. To earn a certifi cate that comprehensible and give visual order, identifi cation, and requires less than 12 units, all courses must be completed meaning to the many ideas existing within society. at Glendale Community College. This program is designed for the student’s entry into the profession in a variety of areas: salaried “in-house’’ artist for ACCOUNTING an agency, printing house or design studio artist, part-time The accounting curriculum provides comprehensive training or hourly artist for fi rms specializing in graphic art areas, or for career employment as accountants. free-lance artist. CORE CURRICULUM These courses are required: Art 102, 130, 131, 134, 135, Accounting 101, or 105 and 106, 102, 120; Business Adminis- 136, 137, either Art 140 or Computer Science/Information tration 101, 120; Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Systems 206 (or equivalent), Art 150; Computer Science/ Technologies 105 (or Business Administration 106*), 270; Information Systems 123 (Quark Xpress recommended); Computer Science/Information Systems 101. Photography 101; and 3 units from either Art 101 or 107. A minimum of 5 units must be selected from the following A minimum of 3 units must be selected from the following: list of elective courses: Accounting 110**, 121, 130, 150, 155, 156, Art 101, 107, 138, 152, 156, 157, 170, 174. 160, 170, 201, 202, 210, 220, 225, 230; Business Administration 106, 125, 131, 135; Computer Applications and Business Offi ce ANIMATION Technologies 106, 260; Computer Science/Information Systems The animation certifi cates are designed to provide academic 190; Economics 101, 102; Internship 150 (Accounting). and hands-on learning experiences for individuals planning *CABOT 105 is appropriate for certifi cate students; associate of science on a career in the fi eld of animation. and transfer students must take Business Administration 106. Classical Animation **No credit will be granted if Accounting 110 is taken after Accounting These courses are required: Art 101 or 102, 130, 146 or 210, 101 or 106. 150, 152, 153, 201, 205, 206; Theatre Arts 108 or Theatre Arts 103 and Dance 140. COMPUTERIZED ACCOUNTING SPECIALIST Digital Animation This certifi cate is designed to train students in various general These courses are required: Art 101 or 102, 146, 152, 220, 230, ledger packages that are required by local employers. The stu- 231, 232, 233; Photography 121 and 122. dent must complete all CORE courses totaling 15-16 units. SPECIALIST IN ALCOHOL/DRUG STUDIES CORE CURRICULUM The program is designed to provide academic preparation and Accounting 101 or 110, 120, 121 and 130. fi eld experience for individuals employed, or preparing for NOTE: Courses taken more than three years before the granting of employment, as alcohol and drug abuse specialists in public the certifi cate must have the approval of the division chair for acceptance. This certifi cate does not satisfy the major require- and private agencies. To earn a certifi cate the student must ments for the Associate in Science degree. complete the core courses and selected courses from each section as designated, for a total of 38 units.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 68 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
The program is accredited by the California Association A minimum of 4 units must be selected from the following: of Alcohol and Drug Educators and designed to meet the Aviation and Transportation 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, certifi cation requirements of both the California Association 127, 129, 131, 132, 134, 136; Accounting 101 (or 105 and 106), of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Counselors and the Coalition of 102, 110; Computer Science/Information Systems 100, 101; Program Standards. Economics 101, 102. Core Curriculum: (9 units): AVIATION AND TRANSPORTATION — Alcohol/Drug Studies 101, 103, 105. Flight Attendant Behavioral Courses (6 units): The Flight Service-Airline and Travel Careers program pre- Select 6 units from: Psychology 101, 108, 110, 114; Social Sci- pares men and women of all ages to compete for the highly ence 121; Sociology 101*. prized positions available as fl ight attendants in the airline Skill Courses (9 units): and travel industry. As training progresses students perform Select 9 units from: Alcohol/Drug Studies 110, 111, 112, 113, volunteer service at area airports in order to gain invaluable 114, 115, 118, 119**. public personal contact experience. Field Experience (6 units): The following courses are required: Aviation and Transpor- Alcohol/Drug Studies 150 and 151. tation 129, 130, 132, 137, 151; Business Administration 152; Field Placement (8 units): Health 102. Alcohol/Drug Studies 152 and 153. Choose 12 units from the following: Aviation and Transporta- **Three units required from Psychology 101, 108 or Sociology 101. **Three units required from Alcohol/Drug Studies 110, 111, or 112. tion 128, Culinary Arts 115, Geography 101, 102, Humanities 135, Psychology 114, Sociology 101, and Social Science 124. ARCHITECTURAL DRAFTING AND DESIGN AVIATION AND TRANSPORTATION — This curriculum prepares a student to enter employment as an Aircraft Powerplant Maintenance and Overhaul architectural draftsperson in the building construction fi eld. These courses are required: Aviation and Transportation 160, These courses are required: Architecture 101, 102, 103, 105, 106, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165. 107, 120, 125, 130, 135; Art 130 or 150; Business Administration NOTE: This certifi cate will not satisfy the major requirement for the As- 152; Engineering 109; Technical Education 140, 142*. sociate in Science degree. The following courses are recommended: Art 130; Coopera- AVIATION AND TRANSPORTATION — tive Education 102. Aircraft Powerplant and Airframe Maintenance and * The units earned for this course may not be applied toward the 60 units for graduation. Overhaul ART This program is designed for those students who wish to com- plete the work for the “A’’ and “P’’ certifi cates in the shortest For students who are interested in art as a career, the following possible time. Required courses: Aviation and Transportation courses (from one of the two options) are required: 145, 146, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165. Two-dimensional Art: Art 101, 102, 130, 131, 150, 152, 160. NOTE: The Associate of Science degree may be obtained in approximately Select 3 units from: Art 138, 180, 186. three years along with the combined “A’’ and “P’’ course which Select 3 units from: Art 164, 170, or Photography 101. requires four semesters by taking additional subjects required for graduation during the last two semesters. Three-dimensional Art: Art 101, 102, 130, 131, 138, 150, 152, 180, 186, 187, 190. AVIATION AND TRANSPORTATION — PILOT TRAINING ART HISTORY The curriculum listed below is designed to prepare the student Training offered in this fi eld: to be an art museum docent. 1. Instruction: For those who wish to complete two years of These courses are required: Art 103, 104, 105, 106, 107; Hu- college to become eligible to enter civil aviation as profes- manities 115; Speech 101. sional pilots A minimum of 3 units must be selected from the following 2. Basic Pilot Training: Prepares the student for the FAA Private recommended courses: Art 108, 109, 112, 113, 116, 118. Pilot Airplane written examination for the Private Pilots License. Required course is Aviation and Transportation AVIATION AND TRANSPORTATION— 120. Aviation Administration 3. Advanced Pilot Training: A program designed to give Aviation Administration is for those who wish to enter civil private pilots adequate aeronautical knowledge and aviation work as clerks, agents, station and traffi c managers, experience necessary to enter the fi eld as commercial or fi xed base operators. pilots with an instrument rating as their career. To enter These courses are required: Aviation and Transportation 120, this program, it is recommended the student satisfactorily 128; Business Administration 101; English 101; Psychology complete Aviation and Transportation 120*. 101; Speech 101.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Certifi cate Programs 69
These courses are required: Aviation and Transportation CERAMICS 112, 113, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125. This certifi cate is designed for those students wishing to prepare These courses are recommended: Aviation and Transporta- for employment in the commercial ceramic industry. Emphasis tion 134, 136. in the coursework is on job-related skills such as production *Aviation and Transportation 120 may be taken credit by exam. forming techniques, surface design techniques, glaze formu- lation and application, chemical safety, and kiln technology. BOOKKEEPING The certifi cate is also designed for those setting up their own The bookkeeping curriculum has been designed for students production studios to work as independent artists. who wish to become bookkeepers in private industry or These courses are required: Art 186, 187, 190, 192, 195; government service. Students who wish to become public English 101 or 120 or 131 or ESL 151. accountants should take the accounting curriculum. Select an additional six units from the following: Art 111, CORE CURRICULUM 130, 188, 191, 193. Accounting 110 or 101 or 105 and 106, 120, 130; Business Ad- ministration 101; Computer Applications and Business Offi ce CERTIFIED TAX PREPARER Technologies 105, 110. This certifi cate is designed to train students to prepare both A minimum of 5 units must be selected from the following list federal and state income taxes. This certifi cate will allow of elective courses: Accounting 101*, 102, 121, 150, 155, 156, the student to become certifi ed by the state to prepare taxes. 160; Business Administration 106, 110, 120, 125, 162; Computer The student must complete all CORE courses totaling 16-17 Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 106, 200 or 205; units. Computer Science/Information Systems 100, 101, 201 or 208; Core courses: Accounting 101 or Accounting 110, 130, 150, Internship 150 (Accounting). 155, 156 and 160. *if not used to fulfi ll CORE requirement. NOTE: This certifi cate will not satisfy the major requirements for theAssociate in Science degree. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION These certifi cates prepare students to participate in the world CHILD DEVELOPMENT of business by presenting material representative of many The following Glendale Community College Child Develop- different business disciplines. Various options are available ment Certifi cate options are designed to support and encour- to match the interest of the student. age the professional development of students who aim for a CORE CURRICULUM career in: Infant, Toddler, and Preschool Education; School Age Child Care; and Early Childhood Administration and Accounting 101, or 105 and 106, or 110; Business Administra- Supervision. Each certifi cate is outlined in acknowledgment tion 101, 106, 120; Computer Science/Information Systems of the California Child Development Permit, which is issued 100 or 101. through the California Commission on Teacher Credential- Small Business Option ing. At present, this permit is required of employees of Early This option is intended for students with an interest in owning Childhood Education programs licensed under Title V. The or operating a small business. permit enables an educator to move along a career ladder which The following courses are required: Core curriculum; supports a hierarchy of professional goals and competencies Accounting 130 or Business Administration 175, Acccounting relative to employment and leadership. 170; Business Administration 110, 158, 162. Teacher Financial Planning and Investment Option These courses are required: Child Development 133, 135, 138, This option is intended for students interested in the business 140, 141, 142. aspects of fi nancial planning. A minimum of two courses (6 units) must be selected from The following courses are required: Core curriculum; Account- the following: Child Development 151, 152, 154, 155, 156, 158 ing 150; Business Administration 131 or 135, 134, 136. (or Dance 158), 210. International Business Option Select 16 units from the Glendale Community College Associ- This option is intended for students who want to be involved ate Degree Education area 10A-D (see AA/AS requirements) with international operations: importing, exporting, or estab- with at least one course from each of the following areas: lishing a business overseas. • 10.a. Natural Science OR 10.d. (2). Mathematics courses The following courses are required: Core curriculum; Business AND Administration 158, 162. • 10.b. Social Science AND A minimum of two courses must be selected from the fol- • 10.c. Humanities AND lowing list of elective courses: Business Administration 170, 175, 176. • 10.d.(1). English Composition
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 70 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Infant/Toddler Teacher Site Supervisor These courses are required: Child Development 133, 135, 138, These courses are required: Child Development 133, 135, 138, 140, 141*, 142, 147. 140, 141, 142, 156, 174, 175, 176. A minimum of one course must be selected from the fol- A minimum of two courses (6 units) must be selected from lowing: Child Development 151, 152, 154, 155, 156, 158 (or the following: Child Development 136, 137, 147, 151, 152, 154, Dance 158). 155, 158 (or Dance 158), 210. Select 16 units from the Glendale Community College Associ- NOTE: In addition to above, students must also complete the require- ate Degree Education area 10A-D (see AA/AS requirements) ments for the Associate in Science degree. with at least one course from each of the following areas: CHOREOGRAPHIC STUDIES AND DANCE • 10.a. Natural Science or 10.d. (2). Mathematics courses TECHNIQUE AND The curriculum is designed for students who plan careers in • 10.b. Social Science AND commercial and concert dance. • 10.c. Humanities AND The following courses are required (19 units): Dance 100, • 10.d.(1). English Composition 101, 111, 112 or 113, 115, 116, 121, 122 or 123, 130, 131 or 132, *NOTE: To complete this certifi cate, Child Development 141 must be 135, 136. taken with placement in an Infant/Toddler setting for labora- tory experience. A minimum of 6 units must be selected from the following School-Age Care Teacher elective courses: Art 102, 125, 130; Dance 124, 126, 140, 141, These courses are required: Child Development 133, 135, 136, 145, 160, 194; Health 110; Humanities 117, 120; Music 101, 135, 137, 138, 140, 141*, 142. 230, 236, 237; Physical Education 194, 294; Theatre Arts 101, Select 16 units from the Glendale Community College Associ- 103, 104, 109, 123, 130, 134. ate Degree Education area 10A-D (see AA/AS requirements) NOTE: Students must earn a minimum of 1 unit in each required class. with at least one course from each of the following areas:: COMMUNICATIONS • 10.a. Natural Science or 10.d. (2). Mathematics courses Required courses: Speech 101, English 101; and one of the AND following: Speech 100, Speech 103, or Speech 104 for a total • 10.b. Social Science AND of 9 (nine) units. • 10.c. Humanities AND *This certificate does not satisfy the major requirements for the • 10.d.(1). English Composition Associate in Science degree. *NOTE: To complete this certifi cate, Child Development 141 must be taken with placement in an School-Age setting for laboratory COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING experience. These courses are required: Computer Aided Manufacturing Master Teacher 210, 220, 230, 240; Machine Technology 107, 112; Metals 150; These courses are required: Child Development 133, 135, 138, Technical Education 140, 142*. 140, 141, 142. Choose a minimum of 4 units from the following: Computer A minimum of two courses must be selected from the follow- Aided Manufacturing 211, 231; Cooperative Education 102; ing: Child Development 136, 137, 147. Engineering 102. Complete one of the following specialties for 6 units: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS AND BUSINESS Music: Child Development 152 and Child Development/ OFFICE TECHNOLOGIES Dance 158 These certifi cates prepare students with the skills and abili- Special Needs: Child Development 155 and Sign Language ties for a career at both the operational and managerial levels 101 required in today’s offi ce. Cultural Diversity: Child Development 156 and Social Sci- Administrative Assistant ence 121 Required Courses: Accounting 110 or 101 or 105 & 106; Busi- Curriculum: Child Development 151 and 210. ness Administration 106, 110, and 152; Computer Applications Select 16 units from the Glendale Community College Associ- and Business Offi ce Technologies** 101, 102, 103, 104, 110, ate Degree Education area 10A-D (see AA/AS requirements) 208, 210*, 265, 266, 270, 285; Computer Science/Information with at least one course from each of the following areas:: Systems 191. • 10.a. Natural Science or 10.d. (2). Mathematics courses **A minimum speed of 50 wpm is required for this certifi cate. Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 230 is available to help AND students reach this goal. Students should request a card from their GCC • 10.b. Social Science AND instructor verifying their keyboarding speed. • 10.c. Humanities AND **Courses taken more than fi ve years before the granting of the certifi cate must have the approval of the division chair for acceptance. • 10.d.(1). English Composition
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Certifi cate Programs 71
General Offi ce COMPUTER OPERATOR Required courses: Business Administration 110; Computer The student completing this certifi cate will have a basic Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies** 101, 102, 103, knowledge of the operation of computer systems in a business 104, 105, 110, 208, 210*, and 260; Computer Science/Informa- environment. To earn a certifi cate the student must complete tion Systems 191. the required CORE courses totaling 19-20 units. **A minimum speed of 35 wpm is required for this certifi cate. Computer CORE CURRICULUM Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 230 is available to help Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 102, students reach this goal. Students should request a card from their GCC 206 and 208; Computer Science/Information Systems 101, instructor verifying their keyboarding speed. **Courses taken more than fi ve years before the granting of the certifi cate 172 or 201, 190 and 191; Electronics and Computer Technol- must have the approval of the division chair for acceptance. ogy 112. NOTE: Courses taken more than three years before the granting of Legal Secretary the certifi cate must have the approval of the division chair Required courses: Business Administration 106, 110, and 152; for acceptance. This certifi cate does not satisfy the major Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies** requirements for the Associate in Science degree. 102, 103, 104, 110, 162, 165, 208, 210*, 265, 266, and 270; Com- COMPUTER PROGRAMMER puter Science/Information Systems 191. Students completing this certifi cate will have a basic knowl- **A minimum speed of 60 wpm is required for this certifi cate. Computer edge of programming. Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 230 is available to help Required Courses: Computer Applications and Business students reach this goal. Students should request a card from their GCC instructor verifying their keyboarding speed. Offi ce Technologies 102; Computer Science/Information **Courses taken more than fi ve years before the granting of the certifi cate Systems 101, 110, 120 or 137, 130, 135, 139. must have the approval of the division chair for acceptance. NOTE: Courses taken more than three years before completion of the certifi cate must have approval of the division chair for COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS acceptance. This curriculum is designed for those students interested in COMPUTER SCIENCE Computer Information Systems. To earn a certifi cate students This program is designed for those students interested in com- must complete the required core courses, and choose other puter science. To earn a certifi cate, the student must complete courses from the additional courses list to total 32 units. the required CORE courses and choose other courses from the CORE CURRICULUM additional courses list to total 32 units. Business Administration 106 (3 units) or English 101; Com- CORE CURRICULUM puter Science/Information Systems 101, 110, 120 or 135, 172, Business Administration 106 or English 101; Computer Science/ 190, 191. Information Systems 101, 120 or 130, 125, 137 or 139, 190. Additional Courses Additional Courses: Business Administration 110; Computer Science/Informa- Business Administration 110; Computer Science/Information tion Systems 116, 120, 130, 135, 137, 139, 140; Internship 150 Systems 135, 172; Electronics and Computer Technology 103, (Computer Science/Information Systems). 110, 124; Mathematics 111; Physics 105. NOTE: Courses taken more than three years before completion of the NOTE: Courses taken more than three years before completion of the certifi cate must have the approval of the division chair for certifi cate must have the approval of the division chair for acceptance. acceptance. COMPUTER NUMERICAL CONTROL COMPUTER SOFTWARE TECHNICIAN TECHNICIAN This program is designed to train students to meet the rapidly This certifi cate is designed to prepare the student as an indus- growing need for qualifi ed hardware/software technicians, trial Computer Numerical Control Technician, which is an occu- having a blend of hardware and software skills. To earn a pation listed under the manufacturing technology curriculum certifi cate, the student must complete the required CORE established by the Southern California Aerospace Industry courses, and choose other courses from the additional courses Education Council. list to total 32 units. The following courses are required: Computer Science/Infor- CORE CURRICULUM mation Systems 101; Electronics and Computer Technology Computer Science/Information Systems 101, 110 or 135, 190; 103, 104, 110*; Engineering 102, 107; Machine Technology 101, Electronics and Computer Technology 103, 110, 112 110; Materials and Processes 146. Additional Courses: Additionally, students are recommended to have completed Business Administration 106 , 110; Computer Applications basic English communications skills, general mathematics and Business Offi ce Technologies 206, 208; Computer Sci- through trigonometry (e.g. Technical Education 142** & 143 ence/Information Systems 110, 120, 130, 135, 137, 139, 191, or equivalent), general science (e.g. Technical Education 145 201; Electronics and Computer Technology 100, 101, 102, or equivalent), and Metallurgy 150 or Metals 150. 124, 201, 204 **or higher level NOTE: Courses taken more than three years before completion of the cer- **The units earned for this course may not be applied toward the 60 units tifi cate must have approval of the division chair for acceptance. for graduation.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 72 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMPUTER SUPPORT TECHNICIAN DESKTOP PUBLISHING Students completing this certifi cate will possess a basic This certifi cate is designed for students to develop key concepts knowledge of computer operation and capabilities with the and essential skills for contemporary desktop publishing. To skills to troubleshoot problems or aid in user support. To earn complete the requirements of the certifi cate the student must a certifi cate the student must complete the required courses. complete all CORE courses and 6 additional units from the These courses are required: Computer Applications and Busi- print, video, audio, and multimedia courses to allow the ness Offi ce Technologies 102, 206 and 208; Business Adminis- student fl exibility in area specialization. tration 110; Computer Science/Information Systems 101, 110, CORE CURRICULUM 172 or 201, 190, 191. Accounting 101 or 110; Business Administration 120, 162; Com- NOTE: Courses taken more than three years before completion of the certifi cate must have the approval of the division chair puter Science/Information Systems 100 or 101, 123, 124. for acceptance. This certifi cate does not satisfy the major re- Applied Areas quirements for the Associate in Science degree. A minimum of 6 units must be chosen from the following CULINARY, NUTRITION, AND HOSPITALITY elective courses: Art 130, 131, 134, 135, 136, 137, 140; Com- MANAGEMENT PROGRAM puter Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 206, 208; Computer Science/Information Systems 111 or Media Arts CULINARY ARTS 111, Computer Science/Information Systems 126, 191; Mass This program is designed to meet the growing trend toward Communications 102, 103, 107. professional requirements for those working in the food ser- NOTE: Courses taken more than three years before completion of the vice industry. Courses emphasize culinary arts and manage- certifi cate must have the approval of the division chair for acceptance. ment, sanitary methods of preparation, and sound business practices. DESKTOP PUBLISHING TECHNICIAN These courses are required: Culinary Arts 111, 112, 113, 114 This certifi cate is designed to train studens in the use of Desk- or 125, 115, 116, 117, 122, 124, 201, 207, 214; Hotel/Restaurant top Publishing tools and allow the student to develop the use Management 203. of those tools in an applied area of their choice. The student Elective units from the following are recommended: Business must complete all CORE courses totaling 8-10 units and then Administration 141; Cooperative Education 102; Culinary Arts choose an additional 8-10 units to complete a total of 18 units 110, 118, 141; Psychology 101. in their choice of applied areas. Applied areas include print, video, audio, and multimedia offerings to allow the student DIETARY SERVICES SUPERVISOR fl exibility in course selection. These courses are required: Business Administration 144; CORE CURRICULUM Culinary Arts 111, 112, 113, 114 or 125, 116, 118; Cooperative Computer Science/Information Systems 100 or 101 , 123, 124. Education 102. Additional Courses: A minimum of four units must be chosen from the following: Art 130, 131, 134, 135, 136, 140; Computer Applications and Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 110; Business Offi ce Technologies 206; Computer Science/Infor- Culinary Arts 117, 207; ESL 133; English 191; Hotel/Restaurant mation Systems 111 or Media Arts 111; Computer Science/ Management 203; Special Projects 150. Information Systems 126, 129; Mass communications 102, HOTEL/RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT 103, 107. NOTE: Courses taken more than three years before completion of the The Hotel/Restaurant Management certifi cate is designed for certifi cate must have the approval of the division chair for accep- students interested in pursuing careers in one of the many tance. This certifi cate does not satisfy the major requirements for the Associate in Science degree. functions of hotel or lodging operations. The courses present a practical education in hotel management. Sound business ELECTRO/MECHANICAL FABRICATION practices and technical knowledge, professional work ethics, TECHNICIAN and the ability to adapt to the constant evolution of the pro- Aviation and Transportation 150; Electronics & Computer fession are emphasized. Technology 110, 113; Engineering 102, 109; Technical Educa- These courses are required: Business Administration 164; tion 140, 142*. NOTE: This certifi cate does not satisfy the major requirements for the Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies Associate in Science degree. 110; Computer Science/Information Systems 100; Culinary * The units earned for this course may not be applied toward the 60 units Arts 113, 115, 116; Hotel Restaurant Management 203, 220, for graduation. 221; Internship 150. ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY Elective units from the following are recommended: Business CORE CURRICULUM Administration 144; Computer Applications and Business These courses are required: Electronics and Computer Technol- Offi ce Technologies 102; Culinary Arts 111, 112. ogy 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 113, 250 (3 units), 251 (2 units). The following specialty courses are required for each individual certifi cate of completion.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Certifi cate Programs 73
Electronics Engineering Technician FITNESS SPECIALIST CERTIFICATE Core Curriculum (as listed above); ECT 201, 202, 223, 252 This certifi cate prepares the student to work in various fi tness (1 unit), 253 (1 unit); Computer Integrated Manufacturing leadership positions in the health/fi tness industry or to become 101, 102. self-employed in health/fi tness training and consultation. The Computer Engineer Technician (Formerly Computer Systems program emphasizes the relationship of human physiology, Technician) exercise training, lifestyle behavior modifi cation and disease Core Curriculum (as listed above); ECT 112, 203, 204, 212, prevention, distinguishing between the needs of healthy 250 (1 unit), 252 (1 unit), 253 (2 units). persons and those with health challenges. This program is RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES based on the guidelines of the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM). Recommended electives for E.E.T. are: ECT 112, 113, 203, 204; Engineering 100; Technical Education 140. Required courses: Biology 115*; Health 102, 110, and 128; Physical Education 111, 112, 113, 114, 115 and 116; and Recommended electives for C.E.T. are: Computer Integrated Internship 150.Required courses: Biology 115*; Health 102, Manufacturing 101; Electronics and Computer Technology 113; Engineering 100, 107. * Waived for students completing Biology 120 and Biology 121. ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY MACHINE AND MANUFACTURING NON-DEGREE OPTION TECHNOLOGY Computer Repair Technician Machinist Option: These courses are required: Electronics and Computer Tech- These courses are required: Computer Aided Manufacturing nology 103, 110, 112, 113, 212, 226, 250 (3 units), 251 (1 unit), 210, 230; Machine Technology 101, 102, 103, 104; Metals 150; 252 (1 unit) and 253 (1 unit). Technical Education 140, 142*. NOTE: This certifi cate does not satisfy the major requirements for the The following courses are recommended: Computer Aided Associate in Science degree. Manufacturing 211, 231; Cooperative Education 102; Engineer- ENGINEERING/ELECTRO-MECHANICAL DESIGN ing 102; Machine Technology 112. CORE CURRICULUM Manufacturing Technician Option: Engineering 101, 109; Technical Education 140 and 143. These courses are required: Computer Integrated Manufac- Electro/Mechanical Design turing 101, 102; Computer Science/Information Systems 100; Electronics and Computer Technology 110; Machine Technol- Core Curriculum (as listed above) ogy 107*, 111. These courses are required: Engineering 100, 104, 106, and NOTE: The Manufacturing Technician Option will not satisfy the 108. major requirements for the Associate in Science degree. Mechanical Design * The units earned for this course may not be applied toward the 60 units for graduation. Core Curriculum (as listed above) MANAGEMENT These courses are required: Engineering 100, 103, 104, and 105. CORE CURRICULUM NON-DEGREE OPTIONS Accounting 101; Business Administration 101, 106 (or Engineering/CAD English 101), 120, 141, 110, 152 or Speech 100 or 101; Core Curriculum (as listed above) Computer Applications and Business Office Technol- These courses are required: Engineering 102 and 110. ogies 110; Computer Science/Information Systems Electronic Design 100 or 101. Core Curriculum (as listed above) Elective units from the following list are recommended: Busi- These courses are required: Engineering 102 and 106. ness Administration 144, 158. FIRE TECHNOLOGY MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING These courses are required (3 units in each course): Fire Tech- These courses are required: Computer Integrated Manufac- nology 101, 102, 103, 105, 115. turing 101, 102; Computer Science/Information Systems 100; Electronics and Computer Technology 110; Engineering 102, In addition, a minimum of 12 units must be selected from the 109; Machine Technology 107*; Metals 150; Quality Control following: Fire Technology 104, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 103; Technical Education 140, 142*. 114,116, 117, 118, 119, 151; Administration of Justice 117. * The units earned for this course may not be applied toward the 60 units The following courses are recommended: Administration of for graduation. Justice 101, 103, 107; Speech 101.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 74 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
MARKETING MICROSOFT OFFICE SPECIALIST (MOS)— This curriculum is designed for students who plan careers PREPARATION CERTIFICATES in activities such as marketing, marketing research, public Glendale Community College offers seven (7) preparation relations, selling, retail selling, retail store management, ad- certifi cate options in Microsoft Offi ce Specialist (MOS). vertising, and a sole proprietorship. Students are awarded MOS Preparation certificates by CORE CURRICULUM applying for a specifi c option and by completing the required Business Administration 101, 120, 136 or 158 or 170, 162, 164, courses for the Core (beginning) and/or Expert (advanced) 166; Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies Microsoft Offi ce Specialist programs. GCC Microsoft Offi ce 110; Computer Science/Information Systems 100 or 101. 2000 Preparation certifi cates are available for CORE Word, Elective units from the following list are recommended: Ac- Excel, Access, and PowerPoint; and EXPERT Word, Excel, counting 101, or 105 and 106, or 110; Business Administration Access and PowerPoint. 106; Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies OPTION 1 (4 Core/1 Expert) 102; Computer Science/Information Systems 110, 123, 191; Required Courses: Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Internship 150 (Marketing). Technologies 208, 230*, 265, and 270. MASS COMMUNICATIONS Complete two courses (6 units) from the following: Computer These courses are required: Mass Communications/Journalism Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 275, 280, 285, 101, 102, 103 or 104, 107; English 101 and 102 or 104. or 286. A minimum of 3 units must be selected from the following: Complete one course (3 units) from the following: Computer Computer Science/Information Systems 123, 124, 192, 206, Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 266 or 271. 208; Mass Communications/Journalism 106; Media Arts OPTION 2 (4 Core) 101, 111. Required Courses: Computer Applications and Business Offi ce A minimum of 3 units must be selected from the following: Technologies 208, 230*, 265, and 270. Economics 101; English 105, 106, 109, 110, 111, 114, 115, 116, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 130; History 107, 108, Complete two courses (6 units) from the following: Computer 109, 110; Political Science 101; selected courses in the Pasa- Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 275, 280, 285, dena City College Journalism Department may be used as 286. electives, as announced in the Glendale Community College OPTION 3 (2 Core) Class Schedule. Required Courses: Computer Applications and Business Offi ce MEDICAL ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES Technologies 208, 209, and 230*. This curriculum is designed for students who are preparing for Complete three courses (9 units) from the following: Computer a position in offi ces of physicians, medical clinics, hospitals, Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 265, 270, 275, and allied facilities. 280, 285, or 286. Medical Front Offi ce OPTION 4 (Word Core & Expert) Required Courses: Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 208 Technologies 102, 103, 104, 105, 110, 182, 185, 205* and 208. and 209, 230*, 265, 266. *A minimum speed of 25 wpm is required for this certifi cate. Computer OPTION 5 (Excel Core & Expert) Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 230 is available to help students reach this goal. Students should request a card from their GCC Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 208 instructor verifying their keyboarding speed. and 209, 230*, 270, 271. Medical Secretary OPTION 6 (Access Core & Expert) Required Courses: Computer Applications and Business Of- Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 208 fi ce Technologies 102, 103, 104, 105, 110, 182, 185, 190, 208, and 209, 230*, 275, 276. 210*, 265, and 270. OPTION 7 (PowerPoint Core & Expert) *A minimum speed of 40 wpm is required for this certifi cate. Computer Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 208 Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 230 is available to help students reach this goal. Students should request a card from their GCC and 209, 230*, 280, 281. instructor verifying their keyboarding speed. *Students who cannot keyboard at a minimum of 25 wpm must complete Medical Transcription Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 205 fi rst. Students who demonstrate a typing speed of 60 wpm or higher may Required Courses: Computer Applications and Business Offi ce substitute another class for Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 102, 103, 105, 182, 190, 195, 208, 210*, 265. Technologies 230 with division chair approval. *A minimum speed of 50 wpm is required for this certifi cate. Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 230 is available to help students reach this goal. Students should request a card from their GCC instructor verifying their keyboarding speed.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Certifi cate Programs 75
MUSIC II. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS This certifi cate prepares students for entry level positions A. General Requirements within the professional music industry, working in a studio 1. All required coursework for programs in the or performing live, as instrumentalists, vocalists, or compos- Department of Nursing must be completed with a ers. The courses are divided into four categories: core classes, “C” or better. instrumental and vocal classes, performing ensembles, and 2. Applicants must meet the placement and testing require- electives. ments for the program for which they are applying. Core Classes (9 units are required): Music 101, 102, 104, 105, 3. Proof of high school graduation, a higher degree, 107, 108, 120 or 125 and 126. GED, California Profi ciency Exam, or foreign high Instrumental and vocal classes (6 units are required, 2 units school evaluated as equivalent to an American high from each of the following groups): school diploma. 1. Music 135, 136, 137 B. Generic ADN 2. Music 140 1. Required prerequisite courses (or their equivalent) in- 3. Music 160, 161, 162, 163 clude Biology 112, Microbiology; Biology 120, Human Performing ensembles (4 units are required): Music 141, 143, Anatomy; Biology 121, Physiology; Psychology 101, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 152, 159, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, General Psychology; English 101, Freshman English; 240, 241, 242. and eligibility to enroll in Mathematics 145. Electives (5 units are required): Music 127, 128, 129, 156, 157, 2. Coursework required for certifi cate/licensure in- 158. cludes Biology 112, 120, 121; English 101; Nursing NURSING Science 200, 205, 208, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, Glendale Community College offers programs leading to a cer- 216, 222, 223; Psychology 101; Speech 101. tifi cate or degree in Registered Nursing (RN). The program of 3. Graduation requirements: Any course or courses study of the Department of Nursing is approved by the Califonia satisfying the Humanities (6 units); Multicultural Board of Registered Nursing (BRN). For further information course; American History, American Institutions, visit the website at www.glendale.edu/nursing. and State and Local government requirements; I. PROGRAMS Mathematics profi ciency. (Please see Index for A. Generic Associate Degree Nursing (ADN) Program graduation requirements). This curriculum qualifi es the student for an Associate in C. LVN-RN Science degree with a major in Nursing. Graduates are 1. Career Ladder eligible to apply for the national licensing examination a. Prerequisite requirement: Current active Califor- (NCLEX-RN) and RN licensure in California. nia VN licensure in good standing. B. Advanced Placement Options (LVN-RN) b. Required prerequisite courses: Same as Generic Plans A and B provide advanced placement access ADN program. into the RN curriculum for the Licensed Vocational c. Coursework required for certifi cate/licensure Nurse whose license is active and in good standing includes Biology 112, 120, 121; English 101; in California. Nursing Science 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, and 222; 1. PLAN A—Career Ladder Psychology 101, Speech 101; Qualifi es the student for an Associate in Science d. A.S. graduation requirements: Same as Generic degree or a certifi cate with a major in Nursing. ADN. NOTE: A student may apply to take the NCLEX-RN without completion of Graduates are eligible to apply for the national licens- degree requirements when coursework required for licensure (II.B.2. ing examination (NCLEX-RN) and RN licensure in or II.C.c.) has been completed. Please see the Nursing Department. California. for further information. 2. PLAN B—30 Unit Option 2. 30-Unit Option Qualifi es the student to meet the BRN requirements a. Prerequisite requirement: Current active Califor- for eligibility to apply for the licensing examina- nia VN license in good standing. tion and licensure in California. (NCLEX-RN). The b. Prerequisite courses: Biology 121, Physiology and student receives a certifi cate of completion but is Biology 112, Microbiology. not considered a graduate of Glendale College or c. Coursework required for licensure includes Nurs- the Department of Nursing. A license obtained ing Science 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, and 222. through this option may not qualify the graduate D. Transfer and challenge opportunities are available for licensure by endorsement in other states. by departmental policy. Please consult the Counsel- NOTE: The Board of Registered Nursing may deny a license regulated by ing Department or the Department of Nursing or the the Business and Professional Code, Section 480, on such grounds webpage (www.glendale.edu/nursing) for further as: being convicted of a crime, acts of dishonesty, fraud or deceit, information. abuse of vulnerable populations, etc. Refer to the Department of Nursing for further information.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 76 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
PHOTOGRAPHY RETAIL MANAGEMENT This certifi cate is designed to prepare students for entry- This certifi cate prepares students with the skills and abilities for level skills to work within the entertainment, magazine or the fast paced challenges in the competitive retail environment. printer industry as a professional assistant, staff commercial It is intended for students who wish to prepare for employment photographer, or lab technician. and advancement in a variety of retail environments includ- These courses are required: Art 199; Photography 101, 103, ing technology, accounting, human resources, management, 105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 114, 130. marketing, selling, inventory, and clerical functions. The following courses are recommended: Photography 116, Required courses: Accounting 101 or 110; Business Administra- 117, 118, and 121. tion 106, 110, 141, 144, 152, 162, 164; Computer Applications PUBLIC RELATIONS CERTIFICATE and Business Offi ce Technologies 110, and either Computer Required Courses: English 101; Mass Communications/Jour- Science/Information Systems 100 or 101 or CABOT 260. nalism 101; and 120. NOTE: Other than the CORE courses, a course may not be used for One of the following: Mass Communications/Journalism more than one option on a single certifi cate. In all options, 102 or 107. substitutions for some of the above classes may be made with department approval. NOTE: This certifi cate does not satisfy the major requirements for the Associate in Science degree. TELEVISON PRODUCTION REAL ESTATE The Television Production curriculum is designed to prepare In the Real Estate curriculum, special attention is given to students for a career in the television industry. Typical entry the California license requirements. A salesperson must take level positions would be Production Assistant or Assistant the real estate principles course before taking the state sales- Editor. The program is also suited for those desiring em- persons licensing examination and two other courses within ployment as independent video producers/directors. Three 18 months of passing the examination. An applicant for the options are presented - Mass Media, Videography, and Cor- broker’s license must have taken the eight (8) real estate courses porate Television. required of the Real Estate Certifi cate before taking the State Broker Examination. MASS MEDIA OPTION The following courses are required: Real Estate 101, 120, 130, These courses are required: Mass Communications 101, 102, 140, 150, 160. 106; Media Arts 101, 102, 104, 107; Theatre Arts 101. A minimum of 6 units must be selected from the following A minimum of 3 units must be selected from the following: list: Account ing 101 (or 105 and 106) or 110; Business Admin- Business Administraton 164; Cooperative Education 102 (2 istration 120; Internship 150 (Real Estate); Real Estate 125, 161, units); Internship 150 (3 units); Media Arts 111; Speech 100; 180, 190, 195, 250. Theatre Arts 140. RECEPTIONIST/OFFICE CLERK VIDEOGRAPHY OPTION Required courses: Computer Applications and Business Of- These courses are required: Art 125, 130; Mass Communicatons fi ce Technologies** 101, 102, 103, 104, 110 and 205; Computer 102; Media Arts 101, 102, 104, 107; Photography 101. Science/Information Systems 191 and 208. A minimum of 3 units must be selected from the following: **A minimum speed of 25 wpm is required for this certifi cate. Computer Art 131; Cooperative Education 102 (2 units); Internship 150 Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 230 is available to help students reach this goal. Students should request a card from their GCC (3 units); Media Arts 111; Photography 103; Theatre Arts instructor verifying their keyboarding speed. 134. **Courses taken more than fi ve years before the granting of the certifi - CORPORATE TELEVISION OPTION cate must have the approval of the division chair for acceptance. This certifi cate does not satisfy the major requirements for the Associate These courses are required: Business Administration 101, 166; in Science degree. Mass Communications 102; Media Arts 101, 102, 104, 107. RECREATION LEADERSHIP A minimum of 3 units must be selected from the following: These courses are required: Health 102, 104 or 106, 110; Physical Art 130; Cooperative Education 102 (2 units); Internship Education 120 (2 units); Recreation Leadership 109. 150 (3 units); Media Arts 111; Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 200; Psychology 114. A minimum of 13 units must be selected from the following: Administration of Justice 101 or 118; Art 101 or 102 or 112 ; Biology 121, 122; Music 120, 230 or 231; Psychology 101 or 110; Speech 101. Recommended electives: Cooperative Education 102; Physical Education 124, 125, 126, and additional courses in basketball, dance, soccer, softball, tennis, and volleyball.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Certifi cate Programs 77
THEATRE ARTS—GENERAL CERTIFICATE This certifi cate provides training in basic technical theatre skills for career employment in production and performance within the theatre industry. These courses are required (22 units): English 101 or 120 or ESL 151; Speech 101 or 105; Theatre Arts 101, 103, 109 (1 unit), 121 (2 units), 123 (1 unit), 130 or 131 (3 units) and 3 units from either 160, 161, 162, 163 or 164. A minimum of 8 units must be selected from the following elective courses: Art 101, 102, 125, 130, 132, 152; English 102, 116, 121, 125, 126; Humanities 117; Dance 101, 134, 140, 141, 145; Speech 101 or 105; Theatre Arts 102, 104, 106, 110, 122, 133, 134, 140. WEB GRAPHICS
Required courses: Art 130 or Photography 101, Photography 121, Art/Photography 250, 251, and 255. *This certifi cate does not satisfy the major requirements for the As- sociate in Science degree. WEB PUBLISHING SPECIALIST
This certifi cate is designed to train students to use the computer effi ciently for World Wide Web publishing. The student must complete all CORE courses and then choose additional units to complete a total of 32 units. CORE CURRICULUM Computer Science/Information Systems 100 or 101, 126, 139, 190, 191, 192. Additional Courses: Art 130, 131, 134, 135, 136, 137; Business Administration 162, 166; Computer Science/Information Systems 123, 124; Mass Communications 102, 103, 107. NOTE: Courses taken more than three years before the granting of the cer- tifi cate must have the approval of the division chair for acceptance. WELDING, OCCUPATIONAL (COMBINATION WELDER)
Occupational welding is a two-year program designed to prepare the student for entry into the welding fi eld as a com- bination welder, skilled in metallic arc, tungsten inert gas, fl ux cored wire, metal inert gas welding, plasma arc cutting, oxy-fuel welding, cutting and brasing of common metals. The emphasis will be on obtaining a welding certifi cation at the completion of the required courses. These courses are required: Engineering 102; Welding 121, 122, 123, 124, 125 (1 unit); Metallurgy 150. Choose six (6) units from the following courses: Business Administration 158; Machine Technology 107, 112; Technical Education 140, 142*; Welding 125 (2 units), 126 (3 units). * The units earned for this course may not be applied toward the 60 units for graduation.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 78 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE General Education Requirements 79
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION FROM COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
It is important for students who plan to transfer to a four-year The requirements for college and university entrance with college or university at the close of their community college advanced standing vary significantly. Students should studies to decide early which college they will enter. Having contact their counselor or the Transfer Center for these decided this, they should plan their program in accordance requirements. with the requirements of that institution. The following are the General Education requirements for In general, students who are eligible for admission to a uni- some of the four-year colleges and universities in this area. versity at the time of twelfth year graduation are admitted to Requirements for additional colleges and universities are that institution after completion of community college work available from your counselor or the Transfer Center. provided they have maintained a satisfactory record in all Agreements concerning transferability are constantly work taken since twelfth grade. being updated, therefore the student is cautioned to check Ordinarily students with high school defi ciencies (i.e. course with a counselor or the Transfer Center for exact transfer work, GPA, SAT/ACT etc.) are not permitted to transfer information. Some University of California (UC) transfer to a four-year college or university in advanced standing credit may be limited; consult a counselor or the Transfer until they have proven their ability to do college work. Center for additional information.
Representatives from Southern California universities answer student questions on the GCC campus during the transfer fair.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 80 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
INTERSEGMENTAL GENERAL EDUCATION AREA 4— SOCIAL and BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES TRANSFER CURRICULUM (3 courses, 9 semester units) Valid through Summer 2005 Courses from at least two disciplines or an interdis- ciplinary sequence. The Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum Anthropology 102+, 102H+, 103, 104, 105 (IGETC) will permit a student to transfer from a community Economics 101, 102+ 102H+, 105+, 110, 111* (same as college to a campus in either the California State University or History 116) Universiy of California system without the need, after transfer, Ethnic Studies 101, 102, 110, 111, 122, 124, 125, 132, to take additional lower-division, general education courses to satisfy campus general education requirements. 164 Geography 102, 105, 106, 110 Completion of the IGETC is not a requirement for transfer to a History 122 CSU or UC, nor is it the only way to fulfi ll the lower division, Journalism 101+ general education requirements of the CSU or UC prior to trans- Mass Communications 101 fer. Students may fi nd it advantageous to take courses fulfi lling Political Science 101, 102, 103+, 103H+, 110, 111 CSU’s general education requirements or those of a particular Psychology 101+, 101H+, 103, 104, 106, 109 (same as UC campus. Sociology 105), 113, 115 The course requirements for all areas must be completed before Social Science 121, 122, 123, 124, 131+, 132+, 134, 136* the IGETC can be certifi ed. All courses must be completed with (same as History 136) grades of “C’’ or better. Sociology 101, 102, 104, 105 (same as Psychology 109) AREA 5— PHYSICAL and BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES AREA 1— ENGLISH COMMUNICATION (2 courses, 7-9 semester units) CSU - 3 courses, one from each group below. One Physical Science course and one Biological Science UC - 2 courses, one each from group A and B. course; at least one must include a laboratory. GROUP A: ENGLISH COMPOSITION PHYSICAL SCIENCE COURSES: (Laboratory (1 course, 3 semester units) courses are underlined) English 101+, 101H+ Astronomy 101+, 102, 110+, 110H+, 120+ GROUP B: CRITICAL THINKING—ENGLISH Chemistry 101+, 101H+, 102+, 102H+, 103+, 105, 106, COMPOSITION 110+, 114+, 120+, 121+ (1 course, 3 semester units) Geography 101, 111 English 102+, 102H+, 104 Geology 101+, 101H+, 102, 103, 105, 111+, 111H+, NOTE: English 102 completed fall, 1992 through summer, 112 1995 must be used in Area 3, Humanities. Oceanography 115, 116 GROUP C: ORAL COMMUNICATION Paleontology 101 (CSU ONLY) Physical Science 131+ (1 course, 3 semester units) Physics 101+, 101H+, 102+, 102H+, 103+, 103H+, 105+, Speech 101 106+, 110+ AREA 2 — M AT HEMATICAL CONCEPTS and BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES: (Laboratory courses are QUANTITATIVE REASONING underlined) (1 course, 3 semester units) Anthropology 101, 111 Mathematics 100+, 103+, 103H, 104+, 104H+, 105+, Biology 101+, 101H+, 102+, 102H+, 103+, 103H+, 112, 105H+, 107+, 107H+, 108+, 108H+, 110+, 111, 112+, 136 115+, 120+, 121+, 122+, 123, 125+, 125H+, 126, 132+, 135 AREA 3 — ARTS and HUMANITIES LANGUAGE OTHER THAN ENGLISH (3 courses, 9 semester units) (UC REQUIREMENT ONLY) At least one course from the Arts and one from the Profi ciency equivalent to two years of high school in Humanities. the same language. Armenian 101+, 115+; Chinese 101; French 101; Ger- ARTS COURSES: man 101; Italian 101; Japanese 101; Korean 101, 115+; Art 101+, 101H+, 102+, 103+, 104+, 105+, 106+, 107+, Russian 101; Spanish 101+, 115+. 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 116, 118, 120+, 121+, 125, CSU GRADUATION REQUIREMENT IN U.S. 199 HISTORY, CONSTITUTION AND AMERICAN Music 101, 102, 110, 120+, 121, 125+, 126+, 127, 128 IDEALS Theatre Arts 101, 102, 107 (Not part of IGETC; may be completed prior to transfer.) HUMANITIES COURSES: American Institutions: Political Science 101, 105; Social Armenian 125, 126, 127 Science 125-126, 132 English 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 114, 115, 116, American History: Economics 111; History 110, 111, 117, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 128, 130, 141, 142 116, 117-118, 150, 151; Social Science 125-126, 131 French 121, 124, 125, 126 State and Local Government: Political Science 106; German 125, 126 Social Science 125-126, 132 History 101+, 102+, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108+, 109+, NOTE: Courses used to meet this requirement may not be 110+, 111+, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116* (same as Economics counted as part of the IGETC. 111), 117+, 118+, 119, 120, 121, 131, 132, 133, 135, 136* + INDICATES THAT TRANSFER CREDIT MAY BE LIMITED BY UC (same as Social Science 136), 150 OR CSU OR BOTH. PLEASE CONSULT WITH A COUNSELOR. Humanities 101, 102, 105+, 105H+, 106, 110, 111, 115, * COURSES DESIGNATED WITH AN ASTERISK MAY BE COUNTED 117, 120, 125 IN ONE AREA ONLY. Philosophy 101, 113, 114, 116, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122 NOTE: IGETC MUST BE COMPLETED AND CERTIFICATION MUST BE REQUESTED PRIOR TO ATTENDANCE AT A UC OR CSU. Spanish 102, 103, 104, 124+, 125+, 126+, 127, 128
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE General Education Requirements 81
THE CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY† GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT C. ARTS, LITERATURE, PHILOSOPHY AND FOREIGN This list of courses from which 39 units must be selected for LANGUAGE (9 units) certifi cation has been submitted to the California State Univer- Courses must be selected from 3 of 4 areas. One course must sity and is effective for students entering Glendale Community be selected from the Arts. College for the summer 1987 session and thereafter. All courses ARTS: completed Fall, 1993 and thereafter must be completed with Art 101, 101H, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, grades of “C” or better. 112, 113, 116, 118, 120, 121, 125, 199 History and Constitution Requirement English 103 All students seeking a baccalaureate degree are required by Humanities 117**, 120** California law to demonstrate competence in the Constitution Music 101, 102, 104, 105, 107, 108, 110, 120 121, 125, 126, 127, 128 of the United States, in American History, including the study of Theatre Arts 101, 102 American Institutions and Ideals, and in the principles of state LLITERATURE: and local government established under the Constitution of the English 102**, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 114, 115, 116, State of California. In accordance with Ex. Order 405 the follow- 117, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 141, 142 ing requirements are satisfi ed as indicated: French 121, 124, 125, 126 American Institutions: German 125, 126 Political Science 101, 105; Social Science 125-126, 132 Humanities 101, 102, 106, 111, 115, 117**, 120**, 125, 130 American History: Spanish 124, 125, 126, 127, 128 Economics 111; History 110, 111, 116, 117, 118, 150, 151; Social Speech 106 Science 125-126, 131 Theatre Arts 107 State and Local Government: PHILOSOPHY: Political Science 106; Social Science 125-126, 132 Philosophy 101, 112, 113, 114, 116, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122 Breadth Requirement FOREIGN LANGUAGE: Breadth Requirement courses which the president of Glendale Armenian 101, 102, 115, 116 Community College or his designated offi cer will certify as meeting Chinese 101, 102 the intent expressed in Executive Order No. 595 are listed below. French 101, 102, 103, 104 Students will complete a minimum of thirty-nine (39) units from German 101, 102, 103, 104 this list. No more than thirty (30) units may be certifi ed in Areas Italian 101, 102, 103, 104 B-D inclusive. Japanese 101, 102 A. COMMUNICATION IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE Korean 101, 102, 115 AND CRITICAL THINKING (9 units) Russian 101, 102 English 101, 101H, (Required) Spanish 101, 102, 103, 104, 115, 116 Speech 101 (Required) **May be used in only one (1) area. English 102**, 102H, 104, 118 Humanities 105, 105H, 110 D. SOCIAL, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC INSTITUTIONS Philosophy 117 (9 units) Speech 100, 103, 104 Courses must be selected from 2 of 3 areas. NOTE: English 102 completed prior to fall 1995 must be used in SOCIAL: Area C, Literature; thereafter English 102 must be used Anthropology 102, 102H, 103, 104, 105 in Area A only. Ethnic Studies 101, 102, 110, 111, 122, 124, 125, 132, 164 B. PHYSICAL UNIVERSE AND ITS LIFE FORMS (9 units) Fashion Design Merchandising 208 Select one course from each of the following: Biological Sciences, Geography 102, 106, 110 Physical Sciences, and Mathematics. One Science course (either Mass Communications 101 Biological or Physical) must include a laboratory activity. Psychology 101, 101H, 103, 104, 115 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE: Social Science 101, 121, 122, 123, 124, 127, 136** Anthropology 101 Sociology 101, 102 Biology 101*, 101H*, 102*, 102H*, 103, 103H, 112*, 115*, POLITICAL: 120*, 121*, 122*, 123, 125, 125H, 126*, 127, 128*, 130*, 132, History 101, 102, 103, 103H, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 112, 135*, 137* 113, 114, 115, 119, 120, 121, 122, 131, 132, 133, 135, 136** Political Science 102, 103, 103H, 109, 110, 111 *Denotes laboratory activity. PHYSICAL SCIENCE: ECONOMIC: Astronomy 102*, 103, 110, 110H, 120 Economics 101, 102, 102H, 105, 110 Chemistry 101*, 101H*, 102*, 102H*, 103*, 105*, 106*, 107*, Geography 105 110*, 114*, 120*, 121* **May be used in only one (1) area. Geography 101, 111 E. LIFELONG UNDERSTANDING AND SELF- Geology 101, 101H, 102, 103, 104, 105*, 111*, 111H, 112*, DEVELOPMENT (3 units) 120 Culinary Arts 125 Oceanography 115, 116* Dance (all courses) (1 unit only) Paleontology 101 Health 102, 104, 106 Physical Science 131* Physical Education (all courses) (1 unit only) Physics 101*, 101H*, 102*, 102H*, 103*, 103H*, 105*, 106*, 110 Psychology 105, 106, 108, 109, 110, 111, 113, 131 Technical Education 145 Recreation Leadership 105 *Denotes laboratory activity. Social Science 134 MATHEMATICS: Sociology 104, 105, 131 Mathematics 100, 102, 103, 103H, 104, 104H, 105, 105H, 107, 107H, 108, 108H, 110, 111, 112, 135, 136, 138 †See GCC Counselor for updates.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 82 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GENERAL EDUCATION CATEGORIES AND THE TRANSFERABLE GENERAL EDUCATION CATEGORIES: DIVERSITY REQUIREMENT CATEGORY I: Cultures and Civilizations I Effective Fall 2004 through Summer 2005 ART 101; 101H; 102; 104; 105; 106 All USC students must complete six general education (GE) ENGLISH 109; 110 courses. In addition, there are requirements in writing, diversity, and (for certain majors) foreign language. HISTORY 101; 102; 107; 108; 109 HUMANITIES 120 Students may use transfer courses to fulfi ll the lower division PHILOSOPHY 119; 120 writing requirement (shown below), and four of the six GE requirements (I, II, III, and V, listed below). GE categories IV CATEGORY II: Cultures and Civilizations II and VI and the upper division writing requirement must be ANTHROPOLOGY 102, 102H taken at USC. Students may not fulfi ll GE or writing require- ART 108; 109; 112; 116 ments with transfer courses taken after starting at USC. Diver- ETHNIC STUDIES 125 sity and foreign language requirements may be fulfi lled with HISTORY 119 transfer courses taken before entering, or during a summer MUSIC 127 term after entering USC. PHILOSOPHY 114; 121 For more information, see the booklet “Transferring to USC,” CATEGORY III: Scientifi c Principles available from the USC Offi ce of Admission or on the World ASTRONOMY 102 with 110; 102 with 110H; 102 with Wide Web at: http://www.usc.edu/dept/admissions/ 120 undergrad/transfer/index.html BIOLOGY 101; 101H; 115; 122; 125 with 126; 125H DIVERSITY REQUIREMENT: All students who entered col- with 126; 135 lege in fall 1993 or thereafter (at USC or elsewhere) must meet CHEMISTRY 101; 101H USC’s diversity requirement. Courses which meet the diversity GEOGRAPHY 101 with 111 requirement are identifi ed by the designation MULTI. GEOLOGY 101 with 111; 101H with 111H; 105; OCEANOGRAPHY 115 with 116 LOWER DIVISION WRITING REQUIREMENT: Any of the PHYSICAL SCIENCE 131 courses below fulfi lls the lower division writing requirement PHYSICS 101; 101H; 105 if completed before starting at USC (an additional upper divi- sion writing course will need to be completed at USC): CATEGORY V: Arts and Letters ART 103; 107; 113; 118; 120; 121; 125 ENGLISH 102, 102H, 104 ENGLISH 105; 106; 107; 108; 111; 114; 115; 116; 117; FOREIGN LANGUAGE SKILL LEVEL: Certain USC majors 122; 123; 124; 125; 126; 128 must complete the third semester (or fi fth quarter) of a college- FRENCH 121 level foreign language with a passing grade (C- or higher), MUSIC 120; 125; 126 or pass USC’s placement examination at a level equivalent to PHILOSOPHY 101 third semester competency. Students who do not fi nish their SPANISH 124 third semester (or fi fth quarter) before transferring to USC THEATRE ARTS 102; 107 must take USC’s placement examination to determine their Courses which meet the Diversity Requirement level of competency. If the test score indicates placement into ENGLISH 141; 142 a level which the student has already completed, the student ETHNIC STUDIES 102; 110; 122; 124; 132 will be advised, (but not required) to repeat the course at USC HISTORY 111; 115 for no additional credit. Therefore, if your major requires the HUMANITIES 125 foreign language skill level and if you have started taking a PSYCHOLOGY 113 foreign language, you are advised to complete the requirement SOCIAL SCIENCE 121; 122; 123; 124; 134 before transferring to USC. SOCIOLOGY 101; 104 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT Third Level: FRENCH 103; GERMAN 103; ITALIAN 103; POLICIES REGARDING GE COURSES: JAPANESE 103; SPANISH 103 —No more than four (4) semester units of pass/no pass LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT Fourth Level: credit may be applied to GE requirements. FRENCH 104; GERMAN 104; ITALIAN 104; —Once a student enrolls at USC, he or she must complete SPANISH 104 all remaining GE and writing requirements at USC.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Transfer Programs 83
TRANSFER PROGRAMS
Transfer courses are designed to parallel lower-division offerings at four-year colleges and universities. Through the transfer curriculum, Glendale Community College students may complete freshman and sophomore requirements and transfer to the university with junior or upper division status. With careful planning, students may also complete graduation requirements for the Associate in Arts degree* at the same time that they are completing the Baccalaureate degree requirements. A student may transfer a maximum of 70 units from a community college to campuses of either the University of California or the California State University systems. It is advised (and at some schools required) that students transfer with at least 60 transferable units to ensure that they are admitted to the four-year institution with junior or upper division status. Glendale Community College offers transferable courses in the following subject areas:
ACCOUNTING FIRE PROTECTION ADM. & CHIROPRACTIC ANTHROPOLOGY TECHNOLOGY DENTISTRY ARCHITECTURE FOREIGN LANGUAGE LAW ART/ART HISTORY GEOGRAPHY MEDICINE BIOCHEMISTRY GEOLOGY/GEOPHYSICS OPTOMETRY BIOLOGY HEALTH SCIENCE PHARMACY BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION HISTORY VETERINARIAN CHEMISTRY HUMANITIES PHILOSOPHY CHICANO STUDIES INDUSTRIAL ARTS PHYSICAL EDUCATION CHILD DEVELOPMENT INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY PHYSICS COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS JOURNALISM POLITICAL SCIENCE COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS KINESIOLOGY/PHYSICAL EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY COMPUTER SCIENCE LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES RADIO-TV-FILM CRIMINAL JUSTICE LEISURE STUDIES & RECREATION REHABILITATION SERVICES DANCE LIBERAL STUDIES RELIGIOUS STUDIES DEAF STUDIES LINGUISTICS SOCIAL SCIENCE EARTH SCIENCE MATHEMATICS SOCIAL WORK ECONOMICS MICROBIOLOGY SOCIOLOGY ENGINEERING MUSIC SPEECH COMMUNICATION TEACHING ENGLISH NATURAL SCIENCE THEATRE ARTS ENVIRONMENTAL & NURSING URBAN STUDIES OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH NUTRITIONAL SCIENCE VOCATIONAL ARTS FAMILY ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES PAN-AFRICAN STUDIES PRE-PROFESSIONAL STUDIES: Requirements at specifi c four-year institutions vary. See a counselor before planning a transfer program of study. Additional majors and colleges for transfer are located on ASSIST on the World Wide Web at: www.assist.org. Transfer Related Websites: Glendale Community College—www.glendale.edu/new/services/articulation.htm Yahoo.com — http://dir.yahoo.com/Education/ The University of California—http://www.ucop.edu/pathways The California State University —http://www.calstate.edu
Planning to Transfer? ASSIST is a computerized student-transfer information system that can be accessed over the World Wide Web. It displays reports of how course credits earned at one California college or university can be applied when transferred to another. ASSIST is the offi cial repository of articulation for California’s col- leges and universities and therefore provides the most accurate and up-to-date information available about student transfer in California. www.assist.org
Your offi cial source for California articulation and student transfer information.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 84 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
(Above) The recently completed Cimmarusti Science Center.
(Above) Astronomy students attend class under the planetarium dome of the science center. (Right) A recent anthropological exhibit, hosted in the science center, proved a popular fi eld trip destination for local elementary schools.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Course Descriptions 85
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Courses are listed in numerical order under department head- contain the statement ‘‘non-degree applicable’’ in their course ings, which are in alphabetical order. Each course is listed by description and may not be counted toward the 60 unit re- number with the course title and the number of units. Follow- quirement for graduation. All students completing non-degree ing each course description are the number of hours of lecture applicable courses prior to Fall 1990 will continue to receive and laboratory and prerequisites of the course. Transferability graduation credit for these courses. Transfer credit is noted of the course is indicated for institutions to which students at the end of each course description. The note ‘‘UC’’ means tend to matriculate. Whether or not all courses described will the course is transferable to the University of California, all be offered during the present academic year will depend on campuses. The note ‘‘CSU’’ means the course is transferable the student enrollment. to the California State University, all campuses. The note ‘‘USC’’ means the course is transferable to the University of COURSE PREREQUISITES/COREQUISITES/ Southern California. Agreements concerning transferability RECOMMENDED PREPARATION are constantly being updated, therefore the student is cau- Prerequisites tioned to check with a counselor or the Transfer Center for “Prerequisite means a condition of enrollment that a student exact transfer information. Some University of California is required to meet in order to demonstrate current readiness (UC) transfer credit may be limited; consult a counselor or for enrollment in a course or educational program.” the Transfer Center for additional information. Students are expected to have satisfi ed the prerequisite CALIFORNIA ARTICULATION NUMBER (CAN) requirements as stated in this catalog for all courses. All Glendale Community College participates in the California prerequisite classes must have been completed with a Articulation Number System. The California Articulation satisfactory grade. “Satisfactory grade means that, for the Number System (CAN) identifi es some of the transferable, course in question, the student’s academic record has been lower division, introductory (preparatory) courses commonly annotated with the symbol A, B, C, or CR.” taught within each academic discipline on California college Corequisites campuses. “Corequisite means a condition of enrollment consisting of a course that a student is required to simultaneously take in The list of courses from campuses which have qualifi ed to order to enroll in another course.” participate in the CAN system is available in the Articula- tion Offi ce. The system assures students that CAN courses Cl a s s e s l i ste d a s cor e qu i site s mu st h ave b e e n eit her comple te d on one participating campus will be accepted ‘‘in lieu of’’ the or be taken concurrently. comparable CAN course on another participating campus. For Recommended Preparation example: CAN Econ 2 on one campus will be accepted for “Recommended preparation means a condition of enrollment CAN Econ 2 on another participating campus. Each campus that a student is advised, but not required, to meet before or retains its own numbering. in conjunction with enrollment in a course or educational program.” CAN numbers are listed parenthetically after each course Recommended preparation has been judged by individual description in this catalog. departments to be important to success in a course. VARIABLE UNITS Equivalent: Whenever “equivalent” is listed as an alternative Certain courses in this catalog have variable units indicated prerequisite, it is understood to indicate knowledge and/or and specify the maximum number of units that may be ac- skills learned through personal experience, education, and/or quired by repetitive enrollment in the class. Students who training equivalent to listed prerequisite courses. The criteria complete variable unit classes and earn less than the maxi- for such equivalency are established by each instructional dis- mum units as indicated may repeat those classes only until cipline to ascertain whether there has been suffi cient mastery the maximum indicated units have been earned. of the content of the academic prerequisite. Note: Title 5, Section 55534 (a) permits a student to appeal a course pre- OPEN ENROLLMENT requisite based on the unavailability of the required course (see waiver of prerequisites). Unless specifi cally exempted by statute, every course, course section, or class for which average daily attendance is to be DEGREE AND TRANSFER CREDIT reported for state aid shall be open for enrollment and participa- Not all courses offered at Glendale Community College award tion by any person who has been admitted to the college and Associate in Arts and/or Associate in Science degree credit. who meets the prerequisites of such courses. Courses that do not award credit toward the AA/AS degrees
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 86 Accounting
ACCOUNTING 106 130 INTRODUCTORY ACCOUNTING II PAYROLL ACCOUNTING 101 2½ Units 3 Units FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting 106 is a continuation of Accounting 130 is in-depth and practical instruc- 5 Units Accounting 105. The topics covered tion in payroll accounts. It offers an opportunity Accounting 101 introduces students to include deferrals and accruals, receivables for the student to learn essential concepts of the use of accounting information, and to and payables, cash control and the voucher payroll and to master these concepts thoroughly analysis using accounting and financial system, inventory systems, fixed assets, by completing a wide variety of realistic activi- concepts and terminology. Accounting payroll, systems analysis and account- ties. It covers payroll laws, payroll calculations, information is presented from the user’s ing concepts and principles. Lecture 3 paying and recording payroll, federal and state viewpoint. The course covers financial hours. Prerequisite: Accounting 105. Note: payroll taxes, returns and payroll systems; accounting, dealing with such topics as Accounting 105 and 106 together cover the manual and computerized. Lecture 3 hours, the accounting cycle, revenue and expense same material as Accounting 101. This course laboratory 1 hour. Recommended prepara- recognition, internal control, external may not be taken for credit by students who tion: Eligibility for Computer Applications and reporting requirements, fi nancial statement have completed Accounting 101. Transfer Business Offi ce Technologies 102; Accounting analysis, and asset, liability, and owners’ equity credit: CSU 101, 110 or experience in accounting. valuation. Ethical issues and open-ended exer- cises requiring critical judgment and narrative 110 150 response by students may be used throughout BASIC ACCOUNTING I PRINCIPLES OF INCOME TAXATION the course. Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: 4 Units 3 Units None. Note: This course may not be taken Accounting 110 is an introductory course Accounting 150 is a course that focuses on the for credit by students who have completed in bookkeeping including study of the analysis and preparation of tax returns, item- Accounting 106 with a grade of “C” or better. accounting equation, the theory of debit ized deductions, and a technical profi ciency Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN BUS 2) and credit, accounting devices, working in federal and state tax law as it applies to the (ACCTG 101 & 102 CAN BUS SEQ A) papers and business forms, and the prepa- individual. This course provides the foundation ration of balance sheets and income state- of knowledge required for tax practitioners. 102 ments. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Recommended preparation: Business This course may be taken 4 times; a maximum 5 Units Offi ce Technology 110. (Computer Applica- of 12 units may be earned. A maximum of 3 units Accounting 102 continues student develop- tions and Business Office Technologies will transfer. Transfer credit: CSU ment in the use of accounting concepts. 110 may be taken concurrently.) Note: It presents managerial accounting from Recommended for students who do not 155 an information-user, decision-making view- intend to transfer to a four-year college. No VOLUNTEER INCOME TAX point. Emphasis is placed on developing credit will be allowed for Accounting 110 ASSISTANCE (VITA) students’ ability to critically judge and if taken concurrently with Accounting 101 2 Units evaluate issues covered in the course. The or after completion of Accounting 101 or Accounting 155 is a course that teaches majority of the course covers managerial Accounting 102 with “C’’ grade or better. the fundamental knowledge of federal and accounting for business operations, stress- state income tax preparation. The concen- ing four-year college transfer expectations, 120 tration will be on the tax information for the with the remainder concerned with fi nancial COMPUTERIZED ACCOUNTING low income and elderly. Lecture 6 hours. management, and evaluating businesses. SYSTEMS (6 weeks) Prerequisite: None.Note: The Ethical issues and open-ended exercises 4 Units course is designed for non-professionals. requiring critical judgment and narrative Accounting 120 provides students with response by students may be used throughout computer skills required for employment in 156 the course. Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: the fi eld of computerized accounting. This VOLUNTEER INCOME TAX Accounting 101 or 106 or equivalent. Transfer course provides an introduction to accounting ASSISTANCE (VITA) II credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN BUS 4) (ACCTG application software for bookkeepers, accoun- 1 Unit 101 & 102 CAN BUS SEQ A) tants, and business managers. Lecture 3 hours, Accounting 156 is a course in which students laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Accounting learn and apply the fundamental knowledge of 105 101 or 110. Transfer credit: CSU income tax preparation. With the assistance INTRODUCTORY ACCOUNTING I of the instructor and state and federal agents, 2½ Units 121 the students will assist low income and elderly Accounting 105 covers the accounting equation, QUICKBOOKS/PEACHTREE citizens in the preparation of Federal and State the theory of debit and credit, the accounting 4 Units tax forms. Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 4 hours. cycle for service and merchandising busi- Accounting 121 is an advanced course Prerequisite: Accounting 155 or equivalent. nesses, the use of special journals and the allowing students to prepare sophisticated Note: This course may be taken 4 times; a preparation of trial balances and simple fi nancial practice sets from assorted accounting soft- maximum of 4 units may be earned. statements. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: ware packages. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory 4 None. Note: Accounting 105 and 106 together hours. Prerequisite: Accounting 101 or 110 cover the same material as Accounting 101. This or equivalent. course may not be taken for credit by students who have completed Accounting 101. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Accounting/Administration of Justice 87
160 210 235 ADVANCED INCOME TAXATION ADVANCED ACCOUNTING I FRAUD EXAMINATION 3 Units 5 Units 3 Units Accounting 160 covers the tax effects of Accounting 210 is an advanced course in Accounting 235 is an advanced course that accounting methods, rental and royalty fi nancial accounting. Topics include busi- addresses the principles and methodology of income, business income and expenses, ness combinations, consolidated statements, fraud detection and deterrence. The course mechanisms for realizing income such as goodwill, intercompany transactions, cash includes such topics as skimming, cash corporations and partnerships, and minimi- fl ow, earnings per share, special issues in larceny, check tampering, register disburse- zation of taxes through tax planning. This investments, subsidiary equity transactions, ment schemes, billing schemes, payroll and course is of assistance to tax practitioners, leverage buyouts, and partnerships. Lecture 5 expense reimbursement schemes, non-cash individuals seeking an overview of the hours. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. misappropriations, corruption, accounting various methods of taxation, and those plan- principles and fraud, fraudulent fi nancial ning to take the Enrolled Agents examination 211 statements; and interviewing witnesses. given by the Internal Revenue Service. Lecture ADVANCED ACCOUNTING II Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Accounting 3 hours. Prerequisite: Accounting 150 or 5 Units 101. equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 4 Ac c ount ing 211 i s an ad van c e d c our se in fi nan- times; a maximum of 12 units may be earned. cial accounting. Topics include multinational ADMINISTRATION OF Transfer credit: CSU accounting, Interim reporting and disclosures, governmental and not-for–profi t accounting, JUSTICE 170 estates and trusts, debt restructuring, corporate Classes in Administration of Justice are offered in CALIFORNIA BUSINESS TAXES reorganizations and liquidations. Lecture 5 the Evening College Program for students inter- 2 Units hours. Prerequisite: Accounting 210. ested in preparing for careers in a wide variety Accounting 170 is an advanced course in Cali- 220 of fi elds related to law enforcement, corrections, fornia non-income business taxation. Topics private security, and judicial procedures. Special include sales and use taxes, real and personal COST ACCOUNTING 3 Units short term seminars are also offered periodically. property taxes, withholding on dispositions of A certifi cate of completion may be earned. real estate, environmental taxes and fees, city Accounting 220 is an advanced course in mana- business license taxes, and miscellaneous gerial accounting. Topics include job costing, 101 taxes. Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: Account- product costing, process costing, joint-process INTRODUCTION TO THE ing 150 or equivalent. costing, activity based costing systems, support ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE service costs, value chain, quality management, 3 Units 201 cost-volume-profi t models, budgeting, variance Administration of Justice 101 covers the INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I analysis, capital investment decisions, and history and philosophy of administration 5 Units transfer pricing. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: of justice in America; recapitulation of the Accounting 201 is an advanced course in Accounting 102. sys tem; identifi cation of the various sub- financial accounting. Topics include the systems, role expectations, and their interrela- income statement preparation, statement 225 tionships; theories of crime, punish ment, and of cash fl ow, time value of money, income AUDITING rehabilitation; ethics, education, and training measurement, balance sheet preparation, 3 Units for professionalism in the system. Lecture 3 cash and receivables, and inventories. Accounting 225 is an advanced course that hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: Accounting addresses the concepts of audit evidence and for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: 102. materiality. Topics include the audit profession, CSU, UC, USC (CAN AJ 2) audit risks, audit analysis, statistical sampling, 202 planning the audit, conducting the audit, and 103 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II reporting the results of an audit. Lecture 3 hours. CONCEPTS OF CRIMINAL LAW 5 Units Prerequisite: Accounting 101 or 106. 1-3 Units Accounting 202 is a course that further devel- Administration of Justice 103 is a study of ops the concepts of liabilities and owner’s 230 the legal defi nition of crime and defenses; equity. The course covers short and long term ACCOUNTING INFORMATION purposes and functions of the substantive liabilities, leases, pensions and payroll liabilities, SYSTEMS criminal law; historical foundations; the corporate income taxes, detailed preparation 3 Units limits of the criminal law; focus upon the of Statement of Cash Flows, presentation of Accounting 230 is an advanced course that case study approach. Lecture 3 hours. Pre- accounting changes and errors and disclosure addresses the concepts of information and requisite: Administration of Justice 101 or and reporting responsibilities of a corporation. database systems used in a business. Topics equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: Accounting include accounting information systems, data times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. 201. communications, database systems, infor- Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC mation systems and processes, and other areas covered on the uniform CPA exam. Lecture/Demonstration 3 hours. Prerequiisite: Accounting 101.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 88 Administration of Justice
107 116 120 COMMUNITY RELATIONS CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION LEGAL ASPECTS OF EVIDENCE 1-3 Units 1-3 Units 1-3 Units Administration of Justice 107 focuses on Administration of Justice 116 focuses on Administration of Justice 120 is concerning the in-depth exploration of the roles of the fundamentals of investigation; crime the origin, development, philosophy, and administration of justice practitioners and their scene search and recording; collection and constitutional and procedural consider- agencies. Through interaction and study, the preservation of physical evidence; scientifi c ations affecting arrest, search, and seizure; student becomes aware of the interrelationships aids; modus operandi; sources of informa- kinds and degrees of evidence and rules and role expectations among the various agen- tion; interviews and interrogation; follow-up governing admissibility; judicial decisions cies and the public. Principal emphasis is placed and case preparation; mechanical truth interpreting individual rights and case stud- upon the professional image of the system of devices; truth serums; crime laboratory. ies. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Admin- administration of justice and the development Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: istration of Justice 101 or equivalent. Note: of positive relationships between members of Administration of Justice 101 or equivalent. This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum the system and the public. Lecture 3 hours. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a of 6 units may be earned. Transfer credit: Prerequisite: Administration of Justice 101 or maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer CSU equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 credit: CSU times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. 129 Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 117 SPECIAL CRIMES AND CRISIS INTERVENTION DANGEROUS DRUGS 108 1-3 Units 1-3 Units CONTEMPORARY POLICE Administration of Justice 117 is designed Administration of Justice 129 is designed to OPERATIONS AND ISSUES to provide those skills necessary to deal give all levels of law enforcement offi cers 1-3 Units with interpersonal conflict. The course a fundamental understanding of narcotic Administration of Justice 108 is designed addresses some of the interpersonal prob- addiction and the effects of hypnotic drugs as to develop basic understandings and a lems creating stress, confl ict and anger and these factors are involved in the daily routine of reasonable degree of skill with reference to reviews some of the basic psychological police work review of the principles of detecting the following problems and issues: respon- techniques used in dealing with interper- and investigating special crime offenses. The sibilities, power, and duties of the patrol sonal problems. Specifically, the course course also focuses on gambling, confi dence offi cer; discretion; patrol procedures; fi eld familiarizes the student with intervention games, loansharking, prostitution, and other interrogation; preliminary handling of fi eld techniques in attempt suicides, death/ crimes associated with organized crime activity. problems; stake-outs; arrest procedures; injury notifications, domestic situations, Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: vehicle code and transportation of prisoners; disputes between landlord and tenants and Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This special police problems; moral and legal intervention techniques with crime victims. course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 aspects of firearm usage. The course The course covers recommended tech- units may be earned. covers contemporary issues in police oper- niques in dealing with job related stress. ations such as patrol efficiency, crime A review of theoretical concepts and 130 prevention, corruption, recruitment, training practical role playing situations provides the LAW ENFORCEMENT SUPERVISION and stress management. Lecture 3 hours. framework for the course. Lecture 3 hours. AND MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: Administration of Justice 101 or Prerequisite: Administration of Justice 101 or 1-3 Units equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 Administration of Justice 130 provides an times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. overview of the basic concepts, problems, Transfer credit: CSU issues, and concerns of a contemporary 118 police organization. The four major areas 110 YOUTHFUL OFFENDERS the course examines and evaluates are: PRINCIPLES AND PROCEDURES OF 1-3 Units the preparation of the individual officer THE JUSTICE SYSTEM Administration of Justice 118 reviews the for future promotional examinations, the 1-3 Units organization, functions, and jurisdiction current major police supervisory principles Administration of Justice 110 presents an of juvenile agencies; the processing and and ideologies, the proven techniques and in-depth study of the role and responsi- detention of juveniles; juvenile case disposi- skills required in the practice of sound bilities of each segment within the adminis- tion; juvenile statutes and court procedures. supervision in police service, and a survey tration of justice system: Law enforcement, There are discussions on selected delinquency of management theory. Lecture 3 hours. judicial, corrections. A past, present, and theories and a review of current correctional Prerequisite: Administration of Justice 101 future exposure to each sub-system proce- methods utilized in the treatment and control or equivalent. Note: This course may be dure from initial entry to fi nal disposition of juvenile delinquency in America. Lecture 3 taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may and the relationship each segment main- hours. Prerequisite: Administration of Justice be earned. tains with its system members. Special 101. (Administration of Justice 101 may be emphasis is on the judicial processes. taken concurrently.) Note: This course may Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Administra- be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may tion of Justice 101. (Administration of Justice be earned. Transfer credit: CSU 101 may be taken concurrently.) Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Administration of Justice/Alcohol/Drug Studies 89
134 103 111 REPORT WRITING CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY: FAMILY DYNAMICS AND ADDICTION 1-3 Units INTERVENTION, TREATMENT, AND 3 Units Administration of Justice 134 encompasses RECOVERY Alcohol/Drug Studies 111 introduces the student a survey of report writing and Records and 3 Units to the individual and group dynamics present Identifi cation Bureaus. A study to aid police Alcohol/Drug Studies 103 uses a bio-psycho- within the family in which chemical dependency offi cers to analyze what they see, and to make social perspective to introduce students exists. Family systems and personality theories a permanent and coherent record of facts to be to the process of intervention, treatment, are presented and applied to the treatment of used in criminal prosecution and administration and recovery. The course introduces crisis the family as a unit. The theoretical and practical procedures. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended intervention, treatment techniques, and other aspects of counseling are presented and cover preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL essential tools and methodologies needed to the active phases of addiction and early stages 151. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; help the chemically dependent person ovecome of recovery.Prerequisite: Alcohol/Drug Stud- a maximum of 6 units may be earned. addiction. Recommended preparation: ies 101 and 103. Recommended preparation: 155 Psychology 101. Transfer credit: CSU Psychology 101. Transfer credit: CSU FIREARMS TRAINING ½-1½ Units 105 112 Administration of Justice 155 is presented PHARMACOLOGY: ALCOHOL AND GROUP THERAPY AND THE to fulfi ll the requirements of the P.C. 832 OTHER DRUGS THERAPEUTIC PROCESS Module II training specifications. Lecture 3 Units 3 Units 1-3 hours, laboratory 2-5 hours. Prerequisite: Alcohol/Drug Studies 105 emphasizes the Alcohol/Drug Studies 112 is an introduction Administration of Justice 204 or 205 and a specifi c action and effects of psychoactive to the dynamics of group interaction and the passing score on Module I and III of the P.O.S.T. drugs, including beverage alcohol, on the facilitator functions of the counselor. The course examination to meet requirements of P.C. 832. human brain and body. The history of drugs as emphasis group process and management Recommended preparation: Eligibility for substances of abuse is presented along with the in the “here and now” as a method of bring- English 120 or ESL 151 or equivalent. Note: pharmacological and physiological implications ing about behavioral change. Throughout This course may be taken 3 times; a maximum of tolerance and habituation. The part played the semester all students participate as both of 4½ units may be earned. by pharmacological therapy as a component of members and facilitators in group process, current abuse and addiction treatment models is providing a strong experiential component to 205 examined. Several prevention models are also the course. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: ADVANCED FIELD OFFICER COURSE presented. Prerequisite: Alcohol/Drug Studies Alcohol/Drug Studies 101 and 103. Recom- ½-2½ Units 101 and 103. Transfer credit: CSU mended preparation: Psychology 101. Administration of Justice 205 is designed Transfer credit: CSU primarily but not exclusively for students 110 COUNSELING TECHNIQUES AND 113 employed as peace offi cers or private security CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY AND offi cers. The course benefi ts those persons who CASE MANAGEMENT 3 Units HUMAN SEXUALITY need retraining or wish to develop specifi c job 3 Units skills. This program updates the fi eld offi cer on Alcohol/Drug Studies 110 is designed to prepare Alcohol/Drug Studies 113 explores the selected police skills and procedures, and also the student for the fi eld experiences of the symbiotic relationship of alcohol and drug examines the problem of stress as it relates to the addiction counseling internship. It examines abuse to sexuality, sexual pathology, and practice of law enforcement. The course must several models of addiction counseling and intimacy dysfunction. The course builds be taken for a minimum of 24 hours. Lecture the theoretical rationale of each. The course on an overview of human needs and 8-40 hours. Prerequisite: Administration of emphasizes therapeutic traits needed by a sexuality development. Clinical research Justice 101 or equivalent. Note: This course counselor working witha chemically addicted involving chemical dependency, and sexual may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 7½ units population. The course also includes the dysfunction is reviewed and discussed. may be earned. competencies/functions of a counselor, legal and ethical issues in counseling, and case Strategies of sex therapy and counseling are ALCOHOL/DRUG management of individuals, groups and families. presented, along with specifi c intervention Issues of personal and professional growth and treatment techniques. Lecture 3 STUDIES are also discussed. Prerequisite: Alcohol/ hours. Prerequisite: Alcohol/Drug Studies Drug Studies 101 and 103. Recommended 101 and 103. Recommended preparation: 101 Psychology 101. Transfer credit: CSU ALCOHOL/DRUG ABUSE AND preparation: Psychology 101 or 104.Transfer DEPENDENCY credit: CSU 114 3 Units SPECIAL POPULATIONS Alcohol/Drug Studies 101 surveys the use and 3 Units abuse of alcohol and other drugs in various Alcohol/Drug Studies 114 examines the cultures, their acute and chronic effects on the degree to which ethnicity, cultural factors, and human body, and the development of psycho- sexual identity can contribute to the misuse logical and physical dependence. An overview of alcohol and other drugs. Discussions of current theories in dependency is presented. include various ethnic populations as well The course addresses the consequences of as gender, sexual orientation, and life span chemical dependency on the individual, the issues related to substance use and abuse. family system, and society. Recommended Prerequisite: Alcohol/Drug Studies 101 preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL and 103. Recommended preparation: 151. Transfer credit: CSU Psychology 104 or Social Science 121. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 90 Alcohol/Drug Studies/American Sign Language
115 150 153 ADULT CHILDREN OF SELF-HELP GROUPS AND INTERNSHIP II DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES RECOVERY 4 Units 3 Units 3 Units Alcohol/Drug Studies 153 is one of two semes- Alcohol/Drug Studies 115 explores the Alcohol/Drug Studies 150 provides ter-length internships in which the student is effects of alcoholism and drug dependence and students with an opportunity to assigned to an alcohol/drug related program other severe psychological disorders within the observe and evaluate Alcoholics Anony- or agency. The student functions under dynamics of the family system. The effects of mous and several other self-help groups agency supervision to gain case management emotional and physical deprivation, violence, involved in the treatment of alcohol/ experience which may include working with and child abuse are examined. Issues central drug dependency and related disorders. individuals, couples, and/or families, as well to family dynamics and the development of Alcoholics Anonymous is studied as the as groups. Course theory focuses on legal dysfunctional affective behavioral patterns foundation or blueprint for emerging self-help and ethical issues, including relationships with that commonly are carried into adulthood are groups. The “Twelve Steps” of recovery from clients, colleagues, and agencies. Internship discussed along with treatmment options. Alcoholics Anonymous are studied from both experiences are explored as they relate to Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Alcohol/Drug a psychological and self-help perspective. lecture content. The internship hours apply to Studies 101 and 103. Recommended Lecture 3 hours . Recommended preparation: the additional hours required for state/national preparation: Psychology 110. Transfer Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credentialing. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 6 credit: CSU credit: CSU hours. Prerequisite: Alcohol/Drug Studies 110, 111 or 112. Transfer credit: CSU 118 151 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY AND COMMUNITY RESOURCES ALLIED HEALTH DOMESTIC VIOLENCE 3 Units See NURSING 3 Units Alcohol/Drug Studies 151 provides an Alcohol/Drug Studies 118 provides the opportunity for the student to survey student with an overview of domestic violence and analyze a variety of resources in AMERICAN SIGN and its association with chemmical depen- the community involved in the treatment of LANGUAGE dency. The course illustrates historical, legal, alcohol and drug dependency. The continuum 101 and psychological perspectives of domestic of treatment care in surrounding local communi- AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE I violence in families. The cultural and social ties is represented in the agencies, programs, 4 Units aspects of domestic violence, including and facilities explored and evaluated. Students the relationship of violence and chemical create, as a class project, a local resource American Sign Language 101 is an introductory dependency are studied comprehensively. directory of treatment services. Lecture 3 course that provides instruction on deafness, Approaches to breaking the cycle of violence, hours. Prerequisite: Alcohol/Drug Studies deaf culture, and the language used by the specifi c assessment and intervention tech- 150. Transfer credit: CSU deaf community. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory ½ niques, and community resources are also hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: This course addressed. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: 152 may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 8 units Alcohol/Drug Studies 101 and 103. Recom- INTERNSHIP I may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, mended preparation: Psychology 113. 4 Units and USC Alcohol/Drug Studies 152 is one of two semes- 102 119 ter-length internships in which the student is AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE II CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY AND CO- assigned to an alcohol/drug related treatment 4 Units OCCURRING DISORDERS p r o g r a m o r a g e n c y t o a c q u i r e w o r k ex p e r i e n c e. American Sign Language 102 is designed 3 Units The student functions under agency supervi- to provide a continuation of the introductory Alcohol/Drug Studies 119 assists the student sion to gain case management experience course. The major focus of this course is to to better understand and interact with clients which may include working with individuals, develop students’ American Sign Language with various mental health disorders that couples, and/or families, as well as groups. vocabulary and comprehension of signed complicate coexisting substance abuse The course explores the extent to which material. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory ½ hour. problems. It includes personality and mood knowledge of personal family history impacts Prerequisite: A m e r i c a n S i g n L a n g u a g e 101 o r disorders and various other pathologies, counselor competencies and relationships with equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 as well as organic brain disorder and their agencies and clients. Internship experiences times; a maximum of 8 units may be earned. synergistic effect with alcohol and other drugs. are explored as they relate to lecture content. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, and USC The course also covers the diagnostic, thera- The internship hours apply to the additional 103 peutic, and recovery phases for these clients. hours required for state/national credentialing. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE III Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Alcohol/Drug Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 6 hours. Prereq- 4 Units Studies 105. Recommended preparation: uisite: Alcohol / Drug Studies 110, 111, or 112. American Sign Language 103 expands on the Psychology 115. Transfer credit: CSU fi rst courses by developing smooth transitions in production of American Sign Language in dialogue form. Emphasis is placed on realistic dialogue situations and discussion groups conducted in the target language. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: American Sign Language 102 or equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 12 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE American Sign Language/Anthropology 91
104 ANTHROPOLOGY 104 AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE 1V MAGIC, RELIGION, AND 4 Units 101 WITCHCRAFT American Sign Language 104 is a continued PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY 3 Units expansion of the preceding three courses 3 Units Anthropology 104 is a cross-cultural survey emphasizing the course of dialogue form and Anthropology 101 is a study of human of religion and the supernatural. The course develops narrative forms such as story telling genetics; the relationship of humans to includes an examination of magic, witchcraft, and daily events. Emphasis will be placed on the animal world; evolutionary theory; and forms of religious expression in a wide realistic dialogue situations and abstract situa- fossil humans; racial differentiation, clas- variety of cultures around the world. The course tions. Conducted in the target language. Lecture sification, and distribution; and current considers the forms and functions of super- 4 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: and ongoing evolution. Lecture 3 hours. natural beliefs and rituals in various societies to American Sign Language 103 or equivalent. Recommended preparation: Eligibility derive insight into the roles of religious beliefs Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: and institutions in human life. The course covers CSU, UC, USC (CAN ANTH 2) ritual, witchcraft, magic, symbolism, altered 151 states of consciousness, and religious change. INTRODUCTION TO THE STRUCTURE 102/102H Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: OF AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY/ Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer 2 Units HONORS CULTURAL credit: CSU, UC, USC NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE ANTHROPOLOGY American Sign Language 151 focuses on 3 Units 105 the grammatical and syntactical structures Anthropology 102 is a study of the origin CULTURE AND COMMUNICATION of American Sign Language (ASL). Topics and development of human cultures and 3 Units covered include sociolinguistic variation, includes description of the material culture Anthropology 105 provides students with discourse styles, syntax, morphology, and as well as social organization. It includes an overview of what is known about human phonology. Emphasis is placed on instruction description of the material kinship patterns, languages, including the unique nature of in vocabulary, and basic sentence structure. political systems, religious beliefs and human language, its structure, its universality, Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prereq- insights gained through linguistic study. The and its diversity. The course includes an intro- uisite: None. Note: This course may be emphasis is placed on recent and contemporary duction to linguistics: the universal and struc- taken 4 times; a maximum of 8 units may be tribal societies. tural properties of language; as well as a look at earned. Lectures will be conducted entirely The honors course will be enhanced in one language use in its social and cultural settings. in ASL. or more of the following ways: This includes analysis of the ways in which 1. Students will read three selected short culture and communication shape each other, 201 ethnologies by Elman Service out of Profi les with discussions of language socialization, THE STRUCTURE OF AMERICAN in Ethnology. gender, and socioeconomic factors in language SIGN LANGUAGE FOR 2. Students will be required to write a use. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepa- PROFESSIONAL INTERPRETERS research paper (8-12 pages) on approved ration: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. 3 Units theses in the general fi eld of cultural anthro- Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC American Sign Language 201 is a skills- pology. 3. There will be an increased emphasis 111 based course for working interpreters to PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY improve their interpreting skills by incorpo- on critical thinking skills by increasing the value of essay answers on midterm LABORATORY rating features of American Sign Language 1 Unit (ASL) structure into their interpretations. examinations. Emphasis is placed on interpreting issues Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Anthropology 111 is the laboratory course for created by the difference in linguistic struc- Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer Physical Anthropology. Laboratory exercises tures between English and ASL. Lecture credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN ANTH 4) include the observation and interpretation of: natural selection and evolution; Mendelian, 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: This 103 course is designed for non-certifi ed work- molecular, and population genetics; non- ARCHAEOLOGY human primate taxonomy and behavior; ing interpreters interested in pursuing their 3 Units certifi cation, as well as certifi ed working inter- fossil evidence of hominid evolution; forensic preters needing to earn Continuing Educa- Anthropology 103 is a general course in anthropology; and human physical variation. tion Units for their Certifi cation Maintenance archaeology for beginning students. The Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Anthropol- Program for Registry of Interpreters for the material covered includes professional ogy 101 (Anthropology 101 may be taken Deaf (RID) and the National Association of opportunities, methods of locating and concurrently). Recommended preparation: the Deaf (NAD). digging sites, preserving and restoring Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151.Transfer artifacts, and methods of dating artifacts. credit: CSU, UC, USC Pre-history is traced through the various Stone Ages in the Old World into recorded historical times, emphasizing famous classical sites. Attention is similarly given to pre-history in the Americas. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN ANTH 6)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 92 Architecture
ARCHITECTURE 105 125 PERSPECTIVE GRAPHICS ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN II 101 3 Units 3 Units DRAFTING AND BASIC DESIGN Architecture 105 is a course in technical Architecture 125 presents a study of the numer- 3 Units perspective. Skills are developed in drawing of ous considerations required to build a typical Architecture 101 is a study in the fundamentals various architectural subjects and their shad- two story single family home, a typical two story of drafting techniques used in architectural ows, rendering in various media, sketching in apartment complex, or a small store. Discussion drawing, and the basic design procedure rela- people, objects and landscape background and reviews fundamentals of design, building code tive to good residential planning. The course foreground. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. considerations, techniques of construction, and studies residential building codes, drafting of Prerequisite: Art 130, 150, and 151. (Art 151 introduces working drawings and construction working drawings, scale drawing of construc- may be taken concurrently.) Recommended detail. Additional work includes beam loading tion details, framing concepts, and proper preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL calculation, heating, insulation, sound proofi ng, dimensioning techniques. Lecture 2 hours, 151. Note: Required for architecture majors. This sanitary systems, soil problems, presentation laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art 130. course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 techniques, and model building techniques. (Art 130 may be taken concurrently.) Recom- units may be earned. Transfer credit: Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Prereq- mended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 CSU, UC, USC uisite: Architecture 120. Note: This course or ESL 151. Note: Required for architecture may not be taken for credit by students who majors. Recommended for art majors. Transfer 106 have completed Architecture 109. Transfer credit: CSU BUILDING CODES I credit: CSU 3 Units 102 130 Architecture 106 offers students fundamen- ARCHITECTURAL DRAFTING AND ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN III tal instruction regarding the use of current, DESIGN 3 Units relevant codes and standards required to 3 Units review and check plans and specifi cations in Architecture 130 is a study of the concepts Architecture 102 is the study of the design compliance with non-structural aspects of the of basic commercial building construction. of the single family dwelling with emphasis uniform Building Code (UBC). Lecture 3 hours. Emphasis is placed on the basic planning on the ranch type structure. Discussion Prerequisite: Architecture 101 or equivalent. and design of a small commercial build- covers the latest construction innovations, Recommended preparation: Eligibility for ing of concrete block construction. Current framing techniques, scale detail drawing, English 120 or ESL 151. construction techniques, and applicable and the drafting of working drawings. Study building codes are covered. Lecture 2 hours, explores in greater detail the applicable build- 107 laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art 130 and ing codes pertinent to residential construc- BUILDING CODES II Architecture 125. Note: This course may not be tion, modular construction, solar planning, 3 Units taken for credit by students who have completed Architecture 110. Transfer credit: CSU insulation requirements, orientation, and Architecture 107 provides additional informa- other facets of construction. Lecture 2 hours, tion regarding the application of standards 135 laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: Architecture and codes necessary for competence in the ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN IV 101. Transfer credit: CSU inspection and evaluation of new and exist- 3 Units ing buildings for compliance with the Uniform 103 Architecture 135 is a study of the concepts Building Code (UBC). Lecture 3 hours. DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY of basic commercial building construction. Prerequisite: Architecture 106 or equivalent. 3 Units Emphasis is placed on the basic planning Recommended preparation: Eligibility for and design of a small commercial build- Architecture 103 is an applied science treat- English 120 or ESL 151. ing of concrete block construction. Current ing of graphic representation of lines, planes, construction techniques, and applicable build- 120 surfaces, and solids. Architectural applica- ing codes are covered. Lecture 2 hours, labora- ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN I tions are used for subject matter. Simple tory 4 hours. Prerequisite: Architecture 130. 3 Units shades and shadows. Lecture 2 hours, Note: This course may not be taken for credit laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: One Architecture 120 presents a study of the by students who have completed Architecture year of architectural or mechanical draw- numerous considerations required to build 110. Transfer credit: CSU ing or Architecture 101 or Engineering 101. a two story dwelling, a two story apartment Recommended preparation: Eligibility for complex, or a retail building. Discussion English 120 or ESL 151 Note: Required for covers fundamentals of design, building architecture majors. This course may not code considerations, and techniques of be taken for credit by students who have construction. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory completed Engineering 103. Transfer credit: 4 hours. Prerequisite: Architecture 101 CSU, UC, USC and 105. Note: This course may not be taken for credit by students who have completed Architecture 109. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Architecture/Armenian 93
141 110 116 INTERIOR DESIGN BASIC CONVERSATIONAL ARMENIAN FOR THE ARMENIAN (Also listed as Art 141) ARMENIAN I SPEAKING II 3 Units 3 Units 5 Units Architecture 141 begins with the study of Armenian 110 is an introduction to Arme- Armenian 116 is a continuation of Armenian the fl oor plan and architectural background nian with emphasis on developing essen- 115. Emphasis is on reading comprehension, and moves through the selection and tial skills in communication. The verbal composition, oral communication, spelling arrangement of furniture, fl oor, and window active method is used, stressing oral rules, intensive vocabulary, and a more treatments, lighting, and accessory plan- expression. The course develops a begin- advanced study of the structure of the ning. Emphasis is placed on the use of ning knowledge of reading and writing in language. Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: Armenian design elements such as color, line, shape, Armenian, and also introduces the student to 115 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC texture, pattern, space, and their interaction Armenian culture. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: with one another in the interior environ- None. Note: Not open to students who have oral 125 ment. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended profi ciency or who have attended schools where ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ARMENIAN preparation: Art 130. Note: This course Armenian was the language of instruction. This LITERATURE may not be taken for credit by students course may not be taken for credit by students 3 Units who have completed Art 141. Transfer who have completed Armenian 115 and/or Armenian 125 will provide students with a credit: CSU Armenian 116. This course may be taken 2 basic knowledge of Armenian literature and times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. culture from the 5th to 19th century. Topics ARMENIAN to be covered include the characteristics 111 and evolution of the Armenian language, 101 BASIC CONVERSATIONAL an overview of Armenian mythology, and ancient BEGINNING ARMENIAN I ARMENIAN II and medieval literature. Lecture 3 hours. Prereq- 5 Units 3 Units uisite: Armenian 102 or 116, or equivalent. Armenian 101 covers the Armenian Armenian 111 continues the improvement of Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC alphabet, its letters and their sounds, and communication skills acquired in Armenian the fundamentals of Armenian grammar. 110. It further develops language skills, 126 Students are taught to pronounce correctly, including the reading and comprehension ARMENIAN LITERATURE IN THE to acquire a practical vocabulary, and to of simple texts; gives a broader idea of the ENLIGHTENMENT ERA understand, read, write and speak simple structure of the language; and attempts to 3 Units Armenian. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory ½ generate interest in the Armenian culture and Armenian 126 will provide students with hour. Recommended preparation: Eligibility further study. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: a basic knowledge of Armenian literature for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: Students Armenian 110 or equivalent. Note: This from the early 19th century to the early 20th with oral profi ciency or who have attended course may be taken 2 times; a maximum century. Topics to be covered include: the schools where Armenian was the language of 6 units may be earned. impact of the European Enlightenment on of instruction should enroll in Armenian 115. Armenian literature, secularism, language Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 115 reform in the mid-19th century, classicism ARMENIAN FOR THE ARMENIAN and romanticism in Armenian literature, 102 SPEAKING I realism and critical realism in late 19th century BEGINNING ARMENIAN II 5 Units literature. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: 5 Units Armenian 115 provides intensive training in Armenian 102 or 116, or equivalent. Transfer Armenian 102 continues the development oral and written Armenian for students who credit: CSU, UC, USC of fundamental language skills, including already have a familiarity with the language comprehension, reading of simple texts in but little and/or no formal instruction in it. Thus, 127 poetry and prose, and writing with a fair structure of the language, basic grammar, 20TH AND 21ST CENTURY ARMENIAN degree of grammatical correctness. The spelling rules, vocabulary, composition, and LITERATURE course teaches the speaking of everyday oral communication are included. Lecture 5 3 Units Armenian, and also prepares the student for hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibil- Armenian 127 will provide students with more advanced work in the language. Lecture ity for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This a basic knowledge of Armenian literature 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: course may not be taken for credit by students from the 1910s to date. Topics to be covered Armenian 101 or equivalent. Note: This who have completed Armenian 101 or 102. include: the revolutionary poems of the 1920s course may not be taken for credit by students Students with oral profi ciency or who have in Soviet Armenia, the so-called “literature of who have completed Armenian 115 or 116. attended schools where Armenian was the nostalgia” of the post-genocide Armenian Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC language of instruction should enroll in Arme- Diaspora, literary hardship and stagnation nian 115. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC in Stalinist-era Armenian literature, the moderately relaxed period of post-Stalinist Armenia, and the contemporary literature in both Armenia and Diaspora. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Armenian 102 or 116, or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 94 Art
ART 104 109 GREEK AND ROMAN ART ART OF THE EASTERN WORLD II ART HISTORY 3 Units 3 Units 101/101H Art 104 provides an in-depth study of the Art 109 is a survey of the sculpture, painting, SURVEY OF ART HISTORY I/ architecture, painting, and sculpture of and architecture of India, China, Southeast HONORS SURVEY OF ART HISTORY 1 ancient Greece and Rome. The infl uence Asia, Japan, and the Islamic expansion in the 3 Units of the philosophy and politics of the period Near East and Spain. The philosophical, social, Art 101 is a survey of architecture, paint- is considered. The student examines the and political ideas that produced Oriental art ing, sculpture, and related art forms created impact of the culture, styles, and art forms from 1200-1850 are considered. Lecture 3 by early western cultures and civilizations. of the Classical World upon the Twentieth hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : The visual arts of prehistoric times, Meso- Century. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended CSU, UC, USC potamia, ancient Egypt, Greece, and Rome preparation: Art 101. Transfer credit : CSU, and the development of Christian art from its UC, USC 110 origins through the medieval era are discussed. ART/MUSIC APPRECIATION Emphasis is placed on integrating the develop- 105 (Also listed as Music 110) ment of art forms with the geographic, social, MEDIEVAL ART 3 Units political, philosophical, and religious charac- 3 Units Art 110 is a team-taught course which provides teristics of these cultures. Art 105 is a survey of the architecture, painting, a comparative historical overview of western The honors course will be enhanced in one and sculpture of the period between ancient art and music from the prehistoric era to the or more of the following ways: Rome and the Renaissance. It introduces the present. This introductory course presents 1. Students will take essay exams that require student to the philosophical ideas, economic infl uential fi gures in each period and analyzes analysis of artworks in terms of style, subject trends, and political events that produced the art important infl uences on their work. The rela- matter, and social and historical context. of the period. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended tionship between music and art is explored, 2. Students will read assignments prior to preparation: Art 101. Transfer credit : CSU, along with changing trends in thought and class sessions in order to use class time UC, USC techniques. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: more productively for further analysis and None. Note: This course may not be taken for discussion of specifi c examples. 106 credit by students who have completed Music 3. Students will read and prepare a written RENAISSANCE/BAROQUE ART 110. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC analysis of one or more journal articles from 3 Units scholarly art historical publications. Art 106 is a survey of the art, sculpture, 111 4. Students will visit a local art museum and architecture, religious ideas, economic HISTORY OF WORLD CERAMICS write an analysis of a work of art. This analy- trends, and politics that refl ect the life of (Formerly listed as Art 198) sis must include a discussion of the subject the fourteenth through eighteenth century 3 Units matter and style of the artwork selected as Europe and their effect on our time. Lecture Art 111 is a survey of the most impor- well as a discussion of how it refl ects the 3 hours. Recommended preparation: tant and infl uential periods of pre-historic, time in which the object was created. Art 102. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC Mediterranean, European, Middle Eastern, 5. Students will be required to write a traditional Pre-Columbian, and Asian ceramic art. Lecture 5-10 page term paper on a topic relevant to 107 3 hours. Prerequisite: none. Transfer credit: the content of the course. This paper must MODERN ART UC, CSU, USC be correctly cited and referenced. 3 Units Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer Art 107 is a survey of the growth of Nineteenth 112 credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN ART 2) (Art 101 and Twentieth Century trends in painting, sculp- PRECOLUMBIAN ART OF THE & 102 CAN ART SEQ A) ture, and architecture in Europe and the United AMERICAS States. It explores the relationship between 3 Units 102 contemporary art and our historical and social SURVEY OF ART HISTORY II Art 112 is a study of the arts of Precolum- values. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended 3 Units bian Mesoamerica and Andean South preparation: Art 102. Transfer credit : CSU, America. Major monuments of sculpture, Art 102 is a survey of architecture, painting, UC, USC architecture, ceramics, and textiles from and sculpture from the Renaissance to modern civilizations including the Maya, Aztec, and times. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. 108 Inca are examined in their cultural contexts. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC (CAN ART ART OF THE EASTERN WORLD I Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer 4) (Art 101 & 102 CAN ART SEQ A) 3 Units credit: CSU, UC, USC Art 108 is a survey of the sculpture, paint- 103 ing, and architecture of India, China, Japan, 113 ANCIENT ART Korea, and Persia from prehistoric times ART OF THE AMERICAS 3 Units to 1200 A.D. It includes an introduction (1600 to the Present) Art 103 is a survey of the architecture, to the religious, philosophical, social and 3 Units painting and sculpture from their origins in political ideas which infl uenced the art of these Art 113 is the study of the art of the United prehistoric time through their development regions and times. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequi- States, Canadian, Mexican, South American in ancient Egypt and Mesopotamia. The impact site: None. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC cultures and their European origins. Lecture 3 of these works on today’s art is also considered. hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: CSU, UC, USC Art 101. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Art 95
116 125 132 ART OF AFRICA, OCEANIA, AND HISTORY OF MOTION PICTURES TYPOGRAPHY I NORTH AMERICA 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units Art 125 is the historical and aesthetic Art 132 is an introduction to basic composi- Art 116 is an introduction to the art of primi- introduction to the appreciation of motion tion and principles of typography. The course tive Africa, Australia, New Guinea and North pictures through the analysis of audio and includes a survey of type from its origins to America. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. visual techniques which can make the fi lm current technology and an introduction to typo- Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC an expressive means of communication. graphic nomenclature and type specifi cation. Selected motion pictures are screened. Using hand skills and the Macintosh computer, 118 Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: projects focus on typographic design, reso- WOMEN IN VISUAL ARTS Each week students will be required to see nance and composition. Students develop skills 3 Units one fi lm chosen from the instructor’s list regarding visually interesting letter forms and Art 118 is an introduction to the history of pertinent fi lms available on television and their uses in typographic design. Critiques of of women as artists in European and in local theaters. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, fi nal art projects focus on appropriate solutions, American traditions. Women’s roles in non- USC visual interest, and craftsmanship. Lecture 2 Western cultures are also discussed as well hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art 130. as images of women in art. Lecture 3 hours. 199 Transfer credit : CSU Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : CSU, HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY UC, USC 3 Units 133 Art 199 is a survey of international photography DIGITAL ILLUSTRATION 120 from its beginnings through contemporary 3 Units HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE I developments in the fi eld. Students examine Art 133 is a beginning level digital illustration 3 Units photography as a medium of artistic and social course. Students explore illustration style, Art 120 is a survey course of architectural styles communication. Prerequisite: None. Transfer problem solving, and the creative use of from their origin in prehistoric times to the Gothic credit: CSU, UC, USC Adobe Illustrator on the Macintosh computer. period. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Students create projects using course infor- Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC DESIGN mation. The course covers various problem- solving methods, appropriate solutions for 121 130 spot illustrations, and basic Illustrator tools: HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE II DESIGN I palettes, creating and converting anchor 3 Units 3 Units points, creating and reshaping paths, basic Art 121 is a survey course of architectural styles Art 130 is an introduction to the structure of coloring, gradients, layers, and creating, styl- from the Renaissance to the present. Lecture two-dimensional art. This course provides ing, and editing type. Lecture 2 hours, Studio 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : fundamental understanding and control of the 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art 130 or equivalent. CSU, UC, USC elements of design and the principles by which Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a they can be related to solving design problems. maximum of 6 units may be earned. 124 The course is basic for art students and is helpful SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ART 134 to students in related fi elds. Lecture 2 hours, MUSEUMS GRAPHIC DESIGN I studio 2 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: 1 Unit 3 Units Students receiving a score of 4 or 5 on the Art 134 is an introduction to the art of visual Art 124 is an introduction to the history of art Advanced Placement Examination (CEEB) in communication. Through a series of projects, museums, specifi cally the Southern California Studio Art may be given credit for Art 130 and Art the course introduces students to the funda- Art Museums. The course covers collections, 150 at Glendale Community College contingent mentals of design, problem solving strategies, current exhibitions, conservation of artifacts upon approval of their portfolio by the art faculty. and historical and practical aspects of graphic and administrative functions. There are guided Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC visits to: The J. Paul Getty Museum’s Greek design. Using the Macintosh computer and and Roman art collection as well as research, 131 traditional design materials and processes, conservation and administration departments; DESIGN II students develop both hand and computer skills. The Huntington Library Art Museum’s educa- 3 Units Students are introduced to the use of current software applications and local service bureaus tional setting for and collection of Eighteenth Art 131 is advanced study in two-dimensional for the fi nal production of assigned projects. Century English art; The Norton Simon Collec- art structure. The study is developed in a series During class critiques of fi nal art projects, the tion; and The Los Angeles County Museum of problems. Some problems concentrate verbal and visual presentation skills neces- of Art’s major current exhibit. Lecture 3 hours. on advanced color study; some on space sary to communicate with future clients are Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : CSU manipulation, some on understanding (through introduced. Critiques focus on appropriate solu- practice) the current concepts at work in the fi ne tions, visual interest and craftsmanship. Lecture and decorative art fi elds. Whenever possible 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: problems refl ect directions dominating the Art 132. (Art 132 may be taken concurrently.) current art scene. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 Transfer credit: CSU hours. Prerequisite: Art 130. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 96 Art
135 138 144 GRAPHIC DESIGN II THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN COLOR THEORY AND APPLICATION 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units Art 135 provides the creative and analytical Art 138 offers the study of space and form Art 144 is an introductory course in color methods used to create appropriate and visually relationships expressed three dimension- theory and application designed to meet interesting graphic designs. Course projects ally in line, plane, volume, texture and color, the needs of art/non-art majors and minors explore alternative methods for creating design and the interaction of these basic design in related fi elds of study such as: drama, music, imagery. Macintosh computer skills are further elements. Experiences are provided in vari- production, apparel design, architecture, interior developed using current software applications. ous materials appropriate to three dimen- design, set design, lighting, fabric design, adver- During class critiques of fi nal art projects, the sional considerations with emphasis on t i s i n g a n d p o s t e r a r t . T h i s c o u r s e a l s o d e a l s w i t h verbal and visual presentation skills necessary design concepts and mastery of technical the nature and properties of color, its expressive to communicate with future clients are further skills. This course is required for art majors potential and symbolic qualities. Lecture developed. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. and recommended for students of graphic 2 hours, laboratory 2 hours. Recommended Prerequisite: Art 134. Transfer credit: CSU and industrial design, architecture, interior preparation: Art 130. Transfer credit : CSU and environmental design, stage design, 136 and related fi elds. Lecture 2 hours, studio 146 GRAPHIC DESIGN III 2 hours. Recommended preparation: VISUAL LITERACY 3 Units Art 130. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC 3 Units Art 136 is an advanced design course. Students Art 146 is an introduction to the creative develop complex graphic identities, logos 140 problem solving process. This course and publication structures. Students experi- PASTE-UP AND LAYOUT provides students with a fundamental ment with two dimensional graphics on three 1 Unit understanding of strategies for achieving dimensional forms. Visual and verbal skills are Art 140 presents the methods and techniques of creative and innovative solutions which studied to instruct students in the professional paste-up and layout. The course develops the emphasize personal interpretation and skills needed in creative design presentations. ability to layout various media for the graphics expression. Students analyze various modes of Students develop computer skills by using and desk top publishing industry. This includes problem solving, image generation, and image current software applications. Class critiques of fl yers, brochures, newsprint and technical combination to select the appropriate mode for fi nal art projects focus on appropriate solutions, illustrations. Students design and use photo creating visual imagery. Projects introduce the visual interest, and craftsmanship. Lecture layouts, discover the principles of color sepa- use of metaphor, cliche, symbol, art history, 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: rations, and learn the techniques that develop and signifi ers in art conceptualization. Lecture Art 135. Transfer credit: CSU professional paste-up skills for employment in 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Recommended 137 business or industry. Lecture 2 hours, labora- preparation: Art 130. Transfer credit: CSU, GRAPHIC DESIGN IV tory 2 hours. (8 week class) Recommended UC, USC 3 Units preparation: Art 130 or 134. Note: This course Art 137 includes extensive study of visual may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 3 units DRAWING may be earned. This course may not be taken communication and graphic identities. 150 Course projects provide in-depth investi- for credit by students who have completed Technical Graphics 178. DRAWING I gation of problem solving strategies and 3 Units design fundamentals used in the creative 141 Art 150 is a basic drawing course dealing with process of design. Through the develop- INTERIOR DESIGN ment and synthesis of concept, image, and the fundamentals of pictorial organization. (Also listed as Architecture 141) The various means of representing the three- text, students begin to formulate a personal 3 Units language to express a personal vision. dimensional aspects of forms on a fl at surface Multi-faceted projects continue the students’ Art 141 begins with the study of the fl oor plan and are emphasized. Drawings for this course development of problem solving and project architectural background and moves through are normally size 18” x 24” unless otherwise management skills. The most appropriate the selection and arrangement of furniture, fl oor, specifi ed for special projects. Lecture 2 hours, computer software, hand tools, and tech- and window treatments, lighting, and acces- studio 2 hours. Recommended preparation: niques are used to produce portfolio quality sory planning. Emphasis is placed on the use Art 130. Note: Students receiving a score of 4 designs. During class critiques of fi nal art of design elements such as color, line, shape, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examination projects the verbal and visual presenta- texture, pattern, space, and their interaction with (CEEB) in Studio Art may be given credit for tion skills needed to communicate with one another in the interior environment. Lecture Art 130 or 150 at Glendale Community College future clients are emphasized. Critiques 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Art 130. contingent upon approval of their portfolio by focus on appropriate solutions, visual Note: This course may not be taken for credit the art faculty. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC interest, and craftsmanship. Lecture 2 by students who have completed Architecture (CAN ART 8) 141. Transfer credit : CSU hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: 151 Art 136. Recommended preparation: DRAWING II Photography 121 or Computer Science/ 3 Units Information Systems 126. Transfer credit: CSU Art 151 is a second semester drawing course designed to enable students to further their abilities in drawing forms in depth, composi- tion, and various drawing techniques. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. Prerequisite: Art 150. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Art 97
152 156 161 LIFE DRAWING I ILLUSTRATION I PAINTING II 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units Art 152 is a beginning course in drawing Art 156 is designed to acquaint the student with Art 161 is the application of principles, theories the fi gure from life. Quick drawings, as well various types of illustration such as book, movie and techniques of drawing and painting to as progressively longer drawings are done poster, editorial, spot, and magazine story. problems of still life, fi gure, landscape, and to explore the relationship of movement Emphasis is placed on learning a number of non-objective painting. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 to form. Emphasis is placed on personal specifi c techniques which enable the student hours. Prerequisite: Art 160. Transfer credit : expression and interpretation as well as on to work quickly while achieving a professional CSU, UC, USC proportion and structure. Special studies in look. A variety of media is explored. The focus artistic anatomy are also developed. This course of this course is fi ne arts rather than technical 162 is recommended for all art majors. Lecture 2 or product illustration. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 ADVANCED PAINTING I hours, studio 2 hours. Prerequisite: Art 150. hours. Prerequisite: Art 130, 150, 151. (Art 151 3 Units (Art 150 may be taken concurrently.) Recom- may be taken concurrently.) Note: This course Art 162 applies the principles of art in drawing mended preparation: Art 130. Transfer may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units and painting for the more advanced student. credit: CSU, UC, USC may be earned. Transfer credit : CSU Contemporary concepts in painting are explored. Individual assignments are given 153 157 which emphasize personal interpretation and LIFE DRAWING II GALLERY STUDIES/ expression. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. 3 Units ART PRESENTATION Prerequisite: Art 161. Recommended Art 153 is the continuation of basic stud- 3 Units preparation: Art 151. Transfer credit : CSU, ies in drawing the fi gure from life. Further Art 157 is an introduction to the principles and UC, USC emphasis and attention is given to arrangement practices for gallery/museum presentations of and compositional studies incorporating the various art media. The course includes: basic 163 fi gure. Expressive use of media for drawing preparator and curatorial work; installation tech- ADVANCED PAINTING II the fi gure is explored. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 niques in a professional gallery setting utilizing 3 Units hours. Prerequisite: Art 152. Transfer credit : various art media; publicity; administrative tasks Art 163 is a continuation of Art 162. Special CSU, UC, USC and procedures. Also included is the develop- problems are assigned to the student on ment of a personal artist statement, resume, an individual basis. Painting problems may 154 visual materials and a cover letter for individual include fi gure painting and the fi gure in rela- ADVANCED LIFE DRAWING I portfolio presentation. Lecture 2 hours. Studio 4 tion to architectural forms. The student is 3 Units hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: This course encouraged to work from imagination as well Art 154 is the continuation of basic studies may be taken two times; a maximum of 6 units as from direct visual experience. Field trips in drawing the fi gure from life. Emphasis is may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU to museums and galleries are included in the placed on using the fi gure in compositions. course of instruction. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 Creative use of the fi gure is stressed. Draw- 158 hours Prerequisite: Art 162. Transfer credit : ings should extend beyond “studies’’ and LIFE DRAWING LABORATORY CSU, UC, USC become personal statements. Increases 1 Unit emotional expression in drawings. Students NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE 164 may do one or more problems in three Art 158 enables life drawing students to WATER COLOR I dimensions. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. have additional supervised life drawing 3 Units Prerequisite: Art 153. Transfer credit : CSU, studio time, and to increase their techni- Art 164 is a study of the water color medium UC, USC cal drawing and design skills relative to and techniques. The problems of painting con current enrollment in a life drawing course. are directed with a regard for the special 155 Studio 4 hours. Corequisite: Enrollment in qualities of water color. Class problems ADVANCED LIFE DRAWING II one of the following: Art 152, 153, 154, 155, include various approaches to landscape paint- 3 Units 201, 205, or 206. Note: This course may ing, still life, and fi gure painting. Other problems Art 155 is the continuation of basic studies be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may emphasizing abstraction and non-objective in drawing the figure from life. Figure be earned. painting are explored. Outdoor painting trips compositions are stressed. Students are are used to help gain experience and skill in encouraged to use the fi gure in creative and PAINTING landscape painting. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 expressive drawings. A major project is hours. Prerequisite: Art 150. (Art 150 may be required; this may follow an avenue of 160 taken concurrently.) Recommended prepara- individual interest. Lecture 2 hours, studio PAINTING I tion: Art 130. Note: This course may be taken 2 hours. Prerequisite: Art 154. Transfer credit : 3 Units 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. CSU, UC, USC Art 160 develops skill, technique, and Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC composition in drawing and painting, using media such as oils and acrylics. Problems include representation and abstraction. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. Prerequisite: Art 150. (Art 150 may be taken concurrently.) Recom- mended preparation: Art 130. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN ART 10)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 98 Art
165 173 177 WATER COLOR II LITHOGRAPHY II AIR BRUSH I 3 Units 3 Units 1 Unit Art 165 is a continuation of the study of Art 173 explores various approaches to color Art 177 is designed to develop the ability of water color painting for the more advanced printing involving multiple plates as well as the student to use the ingredients, methods, student. The application of general prin- stones. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. and techniques of air brush from start to fi nish. ciples and theories of painting in reference Prerequisite: Art 172 or equivalent. Note: Though the course does not require skilled art to the special qualities of the water color This course may taken 2 times; a maximum application, it deals with the fundamentals of medium is expanded. Class problems of 6 units may be earned. Transfer credit : design, layout, lines, dots, shading, black and include experimentation of a variety of CSU, UC, USC white water color, types of frisket, and paper. techniques and stylistic approaches. Indi- Students have the opportunity to use two types vidual interpretation and expression are 174 of air brushes and to learn about other avail- encouraged. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. SILK SCREEN PRINTING able types. Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Art 164. Note: This course may 3 Units (8 week class) Recommended preparation: be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be Art 174 is an introduction to silk screen printing. Art 130 and 150 or 134. Note: This course earned. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC The course includes preparation of equipment, may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 3 units various methods of stencil preparation, printing may be earned. PRINTMAKING on paper and cloth and printing with a variety of paints and dyes. The fi rst two or three problems 178 170 are designed for all beginning students. The AIR BRUSH II PRINTMAKING I following projects provide options for choice. 1 Unit 3 Units Students may choose an option that relates Art 178 teaches the advanced operation and Art 170 is an introduction to various print- to their personal interests and career plans. use of the air brush. The course introduces color ing processes including linoleum cuts, The range of these optional project choices into the designs and uses the basic knowledge woodcuts, engraving, drypoint, etching, and includes fi ne arts, graphic arts, decorative obtained in Art 177. Students develop the skills aquatint. Creative personal approaches arts, and artist craftsman type projects. In the of blending and selecting color, creating texture, to printmaking are encouraged. Techni- second semester, students are encouraged to and focusing on creative design to achieve the cal and expressive qualities of the various do more challenging projects. Each new project desired results. Lecture 1 hour, laboratory media are explored. Lecture 2 hours, studio provides a gain in the student’s command of 3 hours. (8 week class) Prerequisite: 2 hours. Prerequisite: Art 130 or 150. Note: screen printing techniques. Individual interests Art 177. Note: This course may be taken This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum are used to personalize the instruction to the 3 times; a maximum of 3 units may be of 6 units may be earned. Transfer credit : maximum. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. earned. CSU, UC, USC Recommended preparation: Art 130. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum SCULPTURE 171 of 6 units may be earned. Transfer credit : PRINTMAKING II CSU, UC, USC 180 3 Units SCULPTURE I Art 171 explores various approaches and tech- 175 3 Units niques of intaglio printing with special emphasis SILK SCREEN PRINTING Art 180 is a series of sculptural problems in on color printing. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. 3 Units relief and in the round, which leads the student Prerequisite: Art 170. Note: This course may Art 175 is an advanced study of silk screen through exploratory investigations of various be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be printing. The course includes the preparation media and techniques, such as clay model- earned. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC of specialized equipment and research and ing, plaster, and stone carving, construction experimentation to encourage creative use and assemblage. Emphasis is on problems 172 of the medium. Challenging problems are of historical and contemporary interest and LITHOGRAPHY I selected which relate to the personal interests importance. This course is recommended for 3 Units of each student. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. art majors and pre-dental, industrial design, Art 172 is an introduction to the techniques Prerequisite: Art 174. Note: This course may and stage design students. Lecture 2 hours, and methods of lithography using metal plates be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be studio 2 hours. Recommended prepara- as well as stone. This fi rst semester course in earned. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC tion: Art 130 and 138. Note: This course may lithography deals primarily with black and white be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may as the graphic foundation for lithography. The be earned. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC student is encouraged to explore the creative (CAN ART 12) possibilities of the medium and its wide variety of expressive qualities. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. Prerequisite: Art 171 or equivalent. Note: This course may taken 2 times; a maxi- mum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Art 99
181 285 188 SCULPTURE II SCULPTURE LAB ADVANCED CERAMICS I 3 Units 1 Unit 3 Units Art 181 allows the student to continue NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE Art 188 is an advanced course involving work explorations into the sculptural discipline. A Art 285 enables sculpture students to on the potter’s wheel requiring consistency series of sculptural problems, including have additional supervised studio time, and and accuracy of results. Students learn how to modeling the complete fi gure in clay, build- to increase their laboratory skills relative create ceramic vessels of matching sizes and ing three-dimensional forms with plaster and to concurrent enrollment in sculpture shapes by designing and forming multiples wire armature, carving in hard stone such classes. Studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: and sets of objects. Awareness of three- as alabaster, carving in wood, construc- None. Co-requisite: Students enrolled in dimensional form and surface design are tion and assemblage, and mixed media are this course must be concurrently enrolled in heightened by individual and group critiques. studied in depth. Emphasis is on mastery of Art 138, 180, 181, 282, 283, or 284. Note: This The students work towards a more individual technique, further development of aesthetic course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 statement by further experimentation with and conceptual consideration, and self- units may be earned. a variety of clay bodies, glazes, and fi ring motivation. The instructor works with each techniques. Under supervision the students student on an individual basis to provide CERAMICS assist in the loading and fi ring of kilns. Lecture technical and conceptual assistance. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art 2 hours, studio 2 hours. Prerequisite: Art 180 186 187. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a CERAMICS 189 maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer 3 Units ADVANCED CERAMICS II credit: CSU, UC, USC Art 186 is an introductory study in the fi eld of 3 Units ceramics. Students will learn various forming 282 Art 189 is a course designed for the advanced techniques, with an emphasis on wheel- student who wishes to pursue an individual METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR THE throwing and the production of functional SCULPTOR direction in depth. Students propose a pottery forms. Surface design techniques, semester research project, concentrating 3 Units such as stamping, carving, slip and oxide Art 282 explores a variety of methods on specifi c techniques, materials, and fi ring decoration, wax resist and glaze application procedures. Upon instructor approval of the and materials available to the artist today, methods will be covered. Introductory clay including techniques for working in wood, proposal, students are expected to work and glaze composition are covered as well semi-independently, formulating personal plastic, and metal. The students continue as basic kiln design. Lecture 2 hours; studio 4 to improve their understanding of construc- clay bodies, glazes, and fi ring techniques. hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: Reading and research assignments will be tive processes, and learn safety in the CSU, UC, USC sculpture laboratory. Lecture 2 hours, studio made where applicable. A written analysis 2 hours. Recommended preparation: Art 138 187 of a current ceramic exhibition is required. or 180. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; CERAMICS Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: a maximum of 6 units may be earned. 3 Units Art 188. Note: This course may be taken 3 Art 187 is a continued study in the funda- times; a maximum of 9 units may be earned. 283 mentals of the ceramic process that focuses Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC FIGURE MODELING on wheel throwing techniques. These skills 190 3 Units are sharpened by concentrated exercises CERAMIC HANDBUILDING Art 283 develops an understanding of measure- to increase the student’s ability to produce 3 Units ment, proportion, movement, geometric shape, work of greater quality, size, and range of Art 190 is an introduction to basic ceramic and the basic form of the human body through form. Students will research, formulate, and hand-building techniques and processes. observation of live models. Students explore test a glaze of their own choice. Various Traditional methods of forming, joinery their expressive sculptural sensibilities using methods of fi ring ceramic vessels will be and construction are introduced. Students clay as the primary medium. Lecture 2 hours, explored. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. learn to design and analyze functional and studio 2 hours. Recommended preparation: Prerequisite: Art 186. Transfer credit: non-functional objects. The class explores Art 138, 180 or equivalent. Note: This course CSU, UC, USC traditional hand-built pottery, as well as may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units contemporary, expressive hand-built may be earned. forms. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. 284 Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : CSU, MOLD MAKING FOR THE SCULPTURE UC, USC 3 Units Art 284 explores a variety of mold making techniques, and experiments with a variety of casting materials. While the concentra- tion in this class is on technical processes, students acquire these skills in order to expand and enhance their options for expressive sculpture. Lecture 2 hours, studio 2 hours. Recommended preparation: Art 138 or 180. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 100 Art
191 195 206 ADVANCED CERAMIC GLAZE CALCULATION FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION II HANDBUILDING 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units Art 195 is an introduction to basic glaze and Art 206 provides students with the opportu- Art 191 allows students to explore complex clay calculation. The students learn to calculate nity to conceive and execute an animated problems of design and construction. They molecular weights, empirical formula, unity short fi lm, which requires the student to use work with the ceramic medium in conjunc- formula, and batch formula. Students use representational skills in service of express- tion with other materials while exploring general glaze theory with calculating proce- ing a well-designed story idea. Lecture 2 possibilities of designing for architecture. dures to analyze and substitute (or create from hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art In-depth studies of surface design and beginning) glazes and clay bodies. The course 205 or equivalent. Recommended Prepa- decorative techniques are included. Lecture involves simple arithmetical computations and ration: Art 130. Note: this course may be 1 hour, studio 5 hours. Prerequisite: Art includes certain ceramic laboratory skills and taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may 190. Note: This course may be taken safety precautions for handling chemicals. This be earned. 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. course prepares the vocational student for 207 Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC employment in the ceramic industry. Lecture 2 ANIMATION PRE-PRODUCTION 192 hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art 187 or 3 Units EARTHENWARE 191. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Art 207 provides students the opportunity to 3 Units build upon their knowledge of the fundamental Art 192 is an intermediate course in ceram- 198 concepts and techniques of classical anima- ics dealing specifi cally with earthenware, or (See Art 111) tion. Students learn the procedures involved in low-fi red ceramics. A variety of forming tech- developing a creative idea in a situation modeled niques are studied, including slab, coil, and ANIMATION on the professional animation fi lm production wheel. Students experiment with earthenware, process. Emphasis is placed on developing clay bodies, glazes, underglazes, and slips. 201 interesting characters in a simple story. Lecture Specifi c projects will include nerikomi (colored DRAWING FOR ANIMATION 2 hours, studio 2 hours. Prerequisite: Art 206 clay inlay), majolica (onglaze painting), and 3 Units or equivalent. overglaze (lusters, china paints, and decals). Art 201 provides students with instruction 208 Students learn how to load and fi re an electric in introductory drawing for animation. The ANIMATION PRODUCTION kiln. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequi- course focuses on enhancing students’ 3 Units site: Art 186 or 190. Recommended prepara- capacity to create drawings of people and Art 208 offers the student experience with tion: Art 130. Note: This course may be taken animals depicting inner structure, weight, the production and post-production aspects 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. energy, movement, personality, and emotion. of creating a traditional character animated Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC Students are required to keep a drawing project. Students learn the procedures journal and engage in daily observation and 193 i n v o l v e d i n b r i n g i n g a c r e a t i v e i d e a f r o m c o n c e p t representation exercises. Lecture 2 hours, RAKU to fi nal product. The focus of the semester is the studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art 152 or 3 Units creation of a short fi lm in a pencil-test format. equivalent. Recommended preparation: Lecture 3 hours, studio 2 hours. Prerequisite: Art 193 is an introductory course in ceramics Art 130. Note: This course may be taken 2 Art 207 or equivalent. dealing exclusively with the raku fi ring process. times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Projects are drawn from a variety of forming Transfer credit: CSU 210 methods including coil, slab, pinch, and wheel, ANIMATION STORYBOARDS which are fi red by the Japanese raku process. 205 3 Units Students also prepare raku clays and glazes to FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION I use in the execution of their projects. Lecture 3 Units Art 210 prepares students to analyze scripts 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art 186 and represent a story visually for fi lm or or 190. Recommended preparation: Art 130. Art 205 provides students with instruction videotape. Issues of basic story structure, Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a in the fundamentals of classical animation. character development, staging, continu- maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer Emphasis is placed on developing in the ity, clarity, and appeal in visual design are credit: UC, USC student the ability to represent life in motion. examined. Students focus on translat- Students use their life-drawing skills to create ing written text into a storyboard with an elementary animations, such as that of a emphasis on maintaining story fl ow and using bouncing ball, a leaf falling in the wind, or camera angles and movement. Lecture 2 hours, a simple walking fi gure. Broader concerns studio 2 hours. Prerequisite: Art 201 or equiva- like effective composition and the impact lent. Recommended preparation: Art 130, of color in motion are introduced. Lecture 205, 206, English 115 or 116, and Theatre Arts 2 hours; studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art 103. Note: This course may be taken 4 times; 201 or equivalent. Recommended Prepa- a maximum of 12 units may be earned. ration: Art 130. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Art/Astronomy 101
218 231 251 INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA II THREE-DIMENSIONAL ANIMATION I WEB PAGE CREATION (Also listed as Computer Science/ 3 Units (Also listed as Photography 251) Information Systems 218 and Media Art 231 emphasizes fundamental character 3 Units Arts 218) set-up and keyframing techniques. Students Art 251 is an intermediate-level web design 3 Units learn forward and inverse kinematic animation course. Using industry standard wysiwyg Art 218 provides students with advanced train- techniques. Lighting, surfaces texturing, and software, students design and create web ing and experience in the creation of interac- rendering skills are developed. Lecture 2 pages, using layout controls, tables, frames, tive multimedia programs. Industry standard hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art 230 layers, cascading style sheets, form creation, software, such as Macromedia Director, is or equivalent. various types of links, rollovers, and layer used with primary emphasis placed on the animation. Design quality and concept are authoring process. Topics covered in the course 232 emphasized throughout the course. Lecture 2 include: Lingo scripting, interface design, THREE DIMENSIONAL ANIMATION II hours, studio/lab 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art/ navigation principles, cross-platform develop- 3 Units Photography 250. Note: Students who have ment, integration of audio, video, animated and Art 232 explores character set-up and completed Photography 251 may not take this virtual reality (VR) elements; and distribution design. Sophisticated skeleton inverse class for credit. for CD-ROM, DVD, and the Internet. Students kinematics is explored. Advanced key- create their own multimedia CD-ROM as a fi nal framing, shading, and rendering techniques 255 project. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. are examined and used. Students learn to INTERACTIVE WEB ANIMATION Prerequisite: Media Arts 111 or Computer develop and implement dynamic simulations WITH FLASH Science/Information Systems 111. Recom- and visual effects. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 (Also listed as Photography 255) mended preparation: Art 146, 220, and Media hours. Prerequisite: Art 231 or equivalent. 3 Units Arts 101. Note: This course may not be taken Transfer credit: CSU Art 255 is a web design course using industry for credit by students who have completed standard software to create full-page, interactive Computer Science/Information Systems 218 233 vector-based web animations. Students learn or Media Arts 218. THREE-DIMENSIONAL ANIMATION III the construction of multiple-layered animations 3 Units with interactive buttons, movieclips, graphics, 220 Art 233 explores advanced character set-up and embedded sound fi les with optimization TWO DIMENSIONAL DIGITAL and design. Students create unique characters for the web. Design quality and concept are ANIMATION and animation effects. Emphasis is placed on emphasized throughout the course. Lecture 2 3 Units refi ning movement and character development. hours, studio/lab 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art/ Art 220, a Macintosh course, introduces vari- Advanced lighting and surface shading tech- Photography 250. Note: Students who have ous two dimensional animation techniques and niques are employed. Students create a short completed Photography 255 may not take this styles using current software applications. The high-quality animation for their fi nal project. class for credit. course focuses on creating two dimensional Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: digital animation with photos, video, or fl at art, Art 232 or equivalent. ASTRONOMY by using storyboarding concepts, digitizing images for the computer, and digitally manipu- 239 102 lating motion, timing, framing, sequencing, and 3D ANIMATION LAB OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY sound. Concept development and effective use 1 Unit 1 Unit of composition, color and motion, are empha- Art 239 is a supplemental laboratory Astronomy 102 maps the sky by means sized throughout the course. Lecture 2 hours, course designed to help students further of bright stars and constellations. Small studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Photography 122, develop their production skills using three- telescopes are used for observing celestial or equivalent. Recommended preparation: dimensional digital animation media on the objects. Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 3 hours. Art 205, 210, and either Photography 112 or SGI platform. Laboratory 6 hours. Prereq- Prerequisite: Astronomy 110 or 120. Transfer Theatre Arts 133. Note: This course may be uisite: Art 231 or equivalent. Note: This credit: CSU, UC, USC taken 4 times; a maximum of 12 units may be course may be taken 4 times. A maximum earned. Transfer credit: CSU of 4 units may be earned. 103 TOPICS IN MODERN ASTRONOMY 230 250 3 Units INTRODUCTION TO THREE- DESIGNING WEB GRAPHICS Astronomy 103 is designed for students who DIMENSIONAL ANIMATION AND (Also listed as Photography 250) have completed a survey course in astronomy. MODELING 3 Units This course deals with recent developments in 3 Units Art 250 is an introductory web design course astronomy. Specifi c topics covered are explora- Art 230 familiarizes students with key that covers web design principles, web graphic tion of the solar system with spacecraft, general concepts and terminology in three-dimen- creation and preparation, graphic interchange relativity and black holes, active galaxies and sional digital animation and modeling. The format (gif) animations, project planning, and cosmology. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: focus of the course is on basic movement, web environment issues that affect design. Astronomy 110 or 120. Transfer credit : CSU, perspective, and theory. Topics including Students create assigned projects with industry UC, USC inverse kinematics, dynamic simulations, standard software. Concept and design are and motion capture are discussed. Lecture 2 emphasized throughout the course. Lecture hours, studio hours 4. Prerequisite: Art 138 hours 2, studio/lab hours 4. Prerequisite: and Art 220 or equivalents. Recommended Photography 121 or equivalent. Note: Students preparation: Theatre Arts 133. Transfer who have completed Photography 250 may not credit: CSU take this class for credit.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 102 Astronomy/Aviation and Transportation
110 /110H 112 115 ASTRONOMY OF THE SOLAR PRIVATE PILOT LABORATORY I COMMERCIAL FLIGHT TRAINING SYSTEM 1-2 Units 4 Units HONORS ASTRONOMY OF THE Aviation and Transportation 112 is a fl ight Aviation and Transportation 115 is a fl ight SOLAR SYSTEM training laboratory course intended to training laboratory course preparing the 3 Units begin the student’s preparation for the student for the Federal Aviation Administration Astronomy 110 is a survey of the methods Federal Aviation Administration Private Commercial Pilot Practical Examination. Topics astronomers use and the fi ndings they have Pilot Certifi cate Oral and Practical Tests. Topics addressed include: operation of complex and made in their studies of the planets, satellites, covered include: prefl ight inspection, weather high-performance aircraft including the use asteroids, comets and other objects that make briefi ngs, starting procedures and use of check- of constant-speed propellers and retractable up the solar system. lists, taxi procedures, normal and cross wind landing gear, maximum performance takeoffs The honors course will be enhanced in one or takeoffs and landings, slips, four fundamentals and landings, steep turns, chandelles, lazy more of the following ways: of aircraft control, emergency procedures, traffi c eights, and eights on pylons. Students will log 1. Students will read and work through a study patterns, ground reference maneuvers, stalls, fi fteen hours of complex aircraft time. Lecture guide of Galileo’s The Sidereal Messenger. and radio communications. Laboratory 6 hours. 2 hours, laboratory 6 hours. Prerequisites: 2. Students will visit a local observatory or plan- Prerequisite: Aviation and Transportation 120. Aviation and Transportation 114 or possession etarium and write a report about their visit. (Aviation and Transportation 120 may be taken of Federal Aviation Administration Private Pilot 3. Working in teams, students will prepare Inter- concurrently.) Certifi cate (airplane, single-engine land) with net-based report on the following topics: instrument rating, and; minimum of 200 hours 113 • The chronology of space exploration for of total fl ight time, and; AT 135 or proof of PRIVATE PILOT LABORATORY II a selected solar object. satisfactory completion of the Federal Aviation 1-3 Units • Surface or atmosphere features seen on Administration Commercial Pilot Knowledge a selected solar object. Aviation and Transportation 113 is a fl ight Examination (Aviation and Transportation 135 • What we know about a selected small training laboratory course intended to may be taken concurrently). body in the solar system. complete the student’s preparation for the 117 Summaries of Reports will be presented in Federal Aviation Administration Private AVIATION INSTRUCTOR COURSE class. Pilot Certifi cate Oral and Practical Tests. Topics 3 Units Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: covered include: night fl ying techniques, short This course may not be taken for credit by and soft fi eld takeoffs and landings, navigation, Aviation and Transportation 117 is a course students who have completed Astronomy 101. emergency procedures, power on/off stalls, s- of ground instruction designed for the Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC turns across a road, turns around a point, and student who wishes to become an aviation instrument fl ight procedures. Laboratory 9 hours. fl ight instructor. Teaching theory, and types 120 Prerequisite: Aviation and Transportation and methods of instruction an effective ASTRONOMY OF STARS AND 112 or equivalent. Corequisite: Aviation and instructor uses are discussed. Analysis and GALAXIES Transportation 121. performance of fl ight maneuvers are stressed. 3 Units Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Aviation and 114 Astronomy 120 is a survey of the methods Transportation 119 and 120 or successful INSTRUMENT FLIGHT LAB astronomers use and fi ndings they have made completion of the Private Pilot Written Examina- 4 Units in their studies of the stars and galaxies. Lecture tion or a Private Pilot Certifi cate. 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: This course Aviation and Transportation 114 is a fl ight 119 may not be taken for credit by students who training laboratory course instructing PRACTICAL FLIGHT CONCEPTS have completed Astronomy 101. Transfer students to operate an airplane by reference 3 Units credit: CSU, UC, USC to instruments. Topics include: basic and advanced attitude instrument flying, Aviation and Transportation 119 is a ground AVIATION AND recovery from unusual attitudes, hold- training course designed for the student ing patterns, IFR en-route procedures, who is receiving flight training to gain TRANSPORTATION IFR cross-country planning, departure and experience necessary to meet the qualifi cations arrival procedures, and precision and non- of a private pilot with an airplane rating. The Students enrolling in some Aviation and precision approach procedures. Lecture course covers the practical fl ight concepts a Transportation courses will be required to 2 hours, laboratory 6 hours. Prerequisites: pilot may encounter in most fl ight situations. purchase certain tools and equipment to Aviation and Transportation 113 or posses- Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Aviation and meet the requirements of those courses. sion of a FAA Private Pilot Certifi cate (Single Transportation 120 or successful completion Students wishing to obtain tool and Engine Land) and; Aviation and Transpor- of the Private Pilot Written Examination or a equipment lists in advance of registration tation 125 or proof of satisfactory comple- Private Pilot Certifi cate. should contact the appropriate in- tion of FAA Instrument Rating Knowledge structor or department chair or go to Examination (AT 125 may be taken concur- the Aviation Web site at www.glen- rently). dale.edu/aviation. Prior to applying for the FAA Examination, students are required to submit the proper paper work to Admissions and Records to obtain the offi cial certifi cate. Note: All Aircraft Maintenance programs previously listed as AT 141-146 have been changed to AT 160-169.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Aviation and Transportation 103
120 124 128 BASIC AERONAUTICS RADIO PROCEDURES AND FLIGHT AIRPORT OPERATIONS 5 Units REGULATIONS 3 Units Aviation and Transportation 120 prepares 3 Units Aviation and Transportation 128 is an the student for the Private Pilot Written Aviation and Transportation 124 is designed analytical lecture course of study which Examination, and is taught under Federal to provide the commercial pilot student with acquaints the student with practical airport Aviation Administration approved Private the necessary knowledge of radio naviga- administration problems that exist today. Pilot Ground School Certifi cate HH8S190Q. tion, radio-telephone communication proce- Completion of this course enables the student The course covers powerplant operations, dures, and Federal Aviation Regulations to perform and function effectively in any of the radio procedures and radio navigation, required to pass the Federal Aviation many diversifi ed airport operations. meteorology, and enroute navigation proce- Administration Commercial Pilot Written Course coverage includes airport devel- dures common to the private pilot. Lecture 5 Examination. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended opment, site selection, local advertising, hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : preparation: Aviation and Transportation 120 financial considerations and benefits to CSU or possession of a private pilot’s certifi cate. the community. Aviation safety within the Transfer credit : CSU confi nes of the airport, airport maintenance, 121 familiarization with the Federal Aviation NAVIGATION 125 Administration and Federal Air Regulations 3 Units INSTRUMENT PROCEDURES AND governing airports as well as the National Aviation and Transportation 121 introduces RADIO NAVIGATION Transportation Safety Board. Lecture 3 hours. the student to the aspect of dead-reckon- 3 Units Recommended preparation: Aviation and ing and pilotage navigation using the aero- Aviation and Transportation 125 introduces Transportation 120 and 130. Transfer credit : nautical chart. Composite navigation and the student to the use of radio navigation, CSU vector analysis using the fl ight computer famil- weather briefing, advanced navigation, 129 iarizes the student with the practical features of standard instrument approaches, proce- FLIGHT ATTENDANT I navigation. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended dures and Federal Aviation Regulations 3 Units preparation: Aviation and Transportation 120 pertaining to instrument fl ight. Students are or possession of a private pilot’s certifi cate. prepared for the Federal Aviation Admin- Aviation and Transportation 129 prepares Transfer credit : CSU istration Instrument Pilot Written Exami- men and women for the highly competitive nation. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: fl ight attendant positions and travel careers 122 Aviation and Transportation 120 or in the airlines and travel industry. Lecture METEOROLOGY successful completion of the Private Pilot 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Aviation 3 Units Written Examination or a Private Pilot and Transportation 120. (Aviation and Transpo- Aviation and Transportation 122 presents the Certificate. Corequisite: Aviation and ration 120 may be taken concurrently.) basic principles of meteorology with emphasis Transportation 131. Transfer credit : CSU 130 placed on the physical laws that operate in the AIR TRANSPORTATION atmosphere, particularly as they affect aircraft 126 3 Units fl ight. Weather maps, reports, and forecasts AIRCRAFT POWERPLANTS Aviation and Transportation 130 intro- and their interpretation are stressed. Lecture 3 Units duces the student to the development of air 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Avia- Aviation and Transportation 126 introduces the transportation, problems in commercial air tion and Transportation 120 or possession of student to aircraft powerplants, their construc- transportation, commercial aircraft, organiza- a private pilot’s certifi cate. Transfer credit : tion, operation, maintenance, and servicing tion and functions of the airlines, regulations, CSU as they apply to the pilot. This course meets airline routes in the United States and the pilot the requirements of the Federal Aviation qualifi cations, schedules and services, revenue 123 Administration for Commercial Pilots in the sources and potential operating overhead. The AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE AND study of aircraft engines. Lecture 3 hours. importance of airports, airways, advertising, and AERODYNAMICS Recommended preparation: Aviation and public relations is stressed. Lecture 3 hours. 3 Units Transportation 120 or possession of a private Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : CSU Aviation and Transportation 123 provides pilot’s certifi cate. Transfer credit : CSU the pilot with the necessary understanding of the aerodynamics of the aircraft and of 127 the construction techniques and processes FLIGHT TRAINING MANEUVERS involved in the building of aircraft. This course 3 Units meets the requirements for commercial Aviation and Transportation 127 presents pilots in the study of aircraft. Lecture 3 hours. in detail the procedures and methods for Recommended preparation: Aviation and conducting the maneuvers required for the Transportation 120 or possession of a private safe, skillful operation of the airplane. The pilot’s certifi cate. Transfer credit : CSU performance and application of the various maneuvers required by the Federal Avia- tion Administration for the Private and Commercial Pilot Flight Tests are examined. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Aviation and Transportation 120 or posses- sion of a private pilot’s certifi cate. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 104 Aviation and Transportation
131 135 147 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER COMMERCIAL PILOT GROUND HELICOPTER MAINTENANCE 5 Units SCHOOL 4 Units Aviation and Transportation 131 prepares 3 Units Aviation and Transportation 147 provides students for the Federal Aviation Admin- Aviation and Transportation 135 prepares instruction in rotary wing aerodynamics, istration Control Tower Operator Written students for the Federal Aviation Administra- main rotors, tail rotors, transmission and drive Examination and assists them in the tion Commercial Pilot Knowledge Examina- components. Field maintenance and servic- requirements necessary to apply for the tion. Topics addressed include: advanced ing procedures are covered along with rotor position of air traffi c control specialist, and aerodynamics, advanced aircraft weight and system track and balancing. Lecture 4 hours, is of value to those students preparing for the balance computations, advanced meteorol- laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: Aviation position of dispatcher, meteorologist, commer- ogy, advanced aerospace physiology; opera- and Transportation 143 or a powerplant or cial pilot, and positions concerned with aircraft tion of complex and high-performance aircraft airframe license. operations. Student and private pilots fi nd this including use of constant-speed propellers, 150 course informative; students preparing for retractable landing gear, anti-icing/de-icing, AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES their instrument rating receive much valuable oxygen, and cabin pressurization systems; 4-8 Units Federal Aviation Regulations Parts 61, 91, information which assists them in preparing for Aviation and Transportation 150 is a course and 135; maximum performance takeoffs the written examination and the fl ight check. to prepare the student for employment in and landings, steep turns, chandelles, lazy Lecture 6 hours. Prerequisite: Aviation and the aircraft industry in the area of structural eights, and eights on pylons. Lecture 3 hours. Transportation 120 or successful completion construction and repair. Lecture 12 hours, Prerequisite: Aviation and Transportation of the Private Pilot Written Examination or a laboratory 18 hours. Prerequisite: None. Private Pilot Certifi cate. 120 or equivalent. 132 136 151 FLIGHT ATTENDANT II AVIATION PSYCHOLOGY INFLIGHT TRAVEL SAFETY 3 Units 3 Units 1 Unit Aviation and Transportation 151 surveys Aviation and Transportation 132 prepares Aviation and Transportation 136 acquaints travel safety precautions and federal regula- men and women for the highly competitive the professional pilot and fl ight attendant tions pertaining to air travel. Course topics fl ight attendant positions and travel careers with an overview of aviation psychology. include passenger psychology, ground and in the airline and travel industry. Lecture The influence of psychological factors infl ight safety equipment, anti-terrorism and 3 hours. Prerequisite: Aviation and Trans- on aviation safety, and the aviation pro- hijacking concerns. Lecture 1 hour. Recom- portation 129. Recommended preparation: fessional’s personal and occupational life mended preparation: Health 102. Aviation and Transportation 120. (Avia- is examined. Topics include human factors, tion and Transportation 120 may be taken human error, motivation and leadership, 160 concurrently.) aviation stress management, group dynam- AIRCRAFT POWERPLANT ics, attitudes and persuasion, assertive- 134 MAINTENANCE & OVERHAUL ness training, aircraft accident analysis, 11 Units AMERICAN AVIATION TRAVEL passenger psychology, career development, Aviation and Transportation 160 consists of HISTORY AND OPERATIONS training, fl ight physiology, self-assessment, theoretical study and practical application of 3 Units family and relationship issues, communica- general subject topics, precision inspections, Aviation and Transportation 134 introduces tions, ethics in professional aviation, and cleaning and corrosion control, and Federal the students to aviation travel history and applications in space technology. Lecture 3 Aviation Administration regulations. Concepts the manner in which related events have hours. Prerequisite: None. affected the nation socially, economi- of mathematics and physics relating to aircraft cally and politically. This study of aviation 137 maintenance are also covered. The course emphasizes the development, testing, and AIRLINE TRAVEL CAREERS content is based on standards required for utilization of aircraft in California. Lecture 3 Units FAA Certifi cated Schools. The Glendale Community College Aviation and Transporta- 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligi- Aviation and Transportation 137 is designed tion division is approved FAA Maintenance bility for English 120 or ESL 151. for students pursuing careers in airline travel. Technician School No. CL9TO64R. The The course presents the current industry completion of Aviation and Transportation 160 hiring qualifi cations and requirements for through 165 prepares students with practice entry level industry employees. Lecture 3 and theory to take the Federal Aviation Admin- hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibil- istration written exam for their Powerplant ity for English 120 or ESL 151. Rating. Successful passing of this written exam qualifi es applicant for the FAA oral and practical exams. Lecture 8 hours. Laboratory 10 hours. Recommended Preparation: Eligibility for English 191 or ESL 141.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Aviation and Transportation 105
161 163 165 AIRCRAFT POWERPLANT AIRCRAFT POWERPLANT AIRCRAFT POWERPLANT MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL 4 Units 4 Units 4 Units Aviation and Transportation 161 consists of Aviation and Transportation 163 consists of Aviation and Transportation 164 consists of theoretical study and practical application of theoretical study and practical application theoretical study and practical application materials used in aircraft construction, ground of engine inspection, ignition and starting of engine inspection, ignition and starting operations, servicing of aircraft and mechanic systems. The course content is based on stan- systems. The course content is based on stan- certifi cation procedures. The course content dards required for FAA Certifi cated Schools. dards required for FAA Certifi cated Schools. is based on standards required for FAA Certifi - The completion of Aviation and Transporta- The completion of Aviation and Transporta- cated Schools. The Glendale Community tion 160 through 165 prepares students tion 160 through 165 prepares students College Aviation and Transportation Division with practice and theory to take the Federal with practice and theory to take the Federal is approved FAA maintenance Technician Aviation Administration written exam for their Aviation Administration written exam for their School No. CL9TO64R. The completion of Powerplant Rating. Successful passing of this Powerplant Rating. Successful passing of this Aviation and Transportation 160 through 165 written exam qualifi es the applicant for the written exam qualifi es the applicant for the prepares students with practice and theory FAA oral and practical exams. The Glendale FAA oral and practical exams. The Glendale to take the Federal Aviation Administration Community College Aviation and Transporta- Community College Aviation and Transporta- written exam for their Powerplant Rating. tion Division is approved FAA Maintenance tion Division is approved FAA Maintenance Successful passing of this written exam Technician School (No. CL9T064R). Lecture Technician School (No. CL9T064R). Lecture qualifi es applicant for the FAA oral and 9 hours, Laboratory 9 hours. Prerequisite: 9 hours, Laboratory 9 hours. Prerequisite: practical exams. Lecture 9 hours. Labora- Aviation and Transportation 162. Transfer Aviation and Transportation 164. Transfer tory 9 hours. Prerequisite: Aviation and credit: CSU credit: CSU Transportation 160. 164 166 162 AIRCRAFT POWERPLANT AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE AND AIRCRAFT POWERPLANT MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL OVERHAUL MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL 11 Units 11 Units 11 Units Aviation and Transportation 164 consists of Aviation and Transportation 166 consists of Aviation and Transportation 162 consists of theoretical study and practical application theorectical study and practical application theoretical study and practical application of of turbine engines, and engine electrical and fabrication of airframe structural repairs fuel metering systems, engine fuel systems, systems and propellers. The course content is (sheet metal and composites). This course is induction systems, piston engine theory, based on standards required for FAA Certifi - based on the standards required by the FAA and engine lubrication systems. The course cated Schools. The completion of Aviation for certifi cated schools. The completion of AT content is based on standards required for and Transportation 160 through 165 prepares 166 through AT 169 prepares and qualifi es FAA Certifi cated Schools. The completion of students with practice and theory to take the the student to test for their FAA Airframe certi- Aviation and Transportation 160 through 165 Federal Aviation Administration written exam fi cation. The Glendale Community College prepares students with practice and theory for their Powerplant Rating. Successful pass- Aviation and Transportation Department is to take the Federal Aviation Administration ing of this written exam qualifi es the applicant approved FAA Maintenance Technical School written exam for their Powerplant Rating. for the oral and practical exams. The Glendale No. LC9T064R. Lecture 8 hours, Laboratory Successful passing of this written exam Community College Aviation and Transporta- 10 hours. Prerequisite: AT 161 or equivalent. qualifi es the applicant for the FAA oral and tion Division is approved FAA Maintenance Transfer credit: CSU practical exams. The Glendale Community Technician School (No. CL9T064R). Lecture College Aviation and Transportation Division 8 hours, Laboratory 10 hours. Prerequisite: 167 is approved FAA Maintenance Technician Aviation and Transportation 163. Transfer AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE AND School (No. CL9T064R). Lecture 8 hours, credit: CSU OVERHAUL Laboratory 10 hours. Prerequisite: AT 161 4 Units or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU Aviation and Transportation 167 consists of theoretical study and practical application of hydraulic, pneumatic, fuel, and landing gear systems. This course is based on the standards required by the FAA for certifi cated schools. The completion of AT 166 through AT 169 prepares and qualifi es the student to test for their FAA Airframe certifi cation. The Glendale Community College Aviation and Transportation Department is approved FAA Maintenance Technical School No. LC9T0064R. Lecture 9 hours, laboratory 9 hours. Prerequisite: AT 166 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 106 Aviation and Transportation/Biology
168 2. Library research workshops will provide a 103/103H AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE AND more in-depth examination of instructed MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND OVERHAUL materials. GENETICS 11 Units Lecture 3 hours, discussion 1 hour, laboratory HONORS MOLECULAR BIOLOGY Aviation and Transportation 168 consists 2 hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. AND GENETICS of theoretical study and practical applica- Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC (CAN BIOL 4 Units tion of aircraft inspection, assembly and 2) (Biology 101 & 102 CAN BIOL SEQ A) Biology 103 is an extension of the study of rigging, airframe electrical systems, and molecular biology, cell biology and genet- instrumentation. This course is based on the 102/102H ics introduced in Biology 101/102. This standards required by the FAA for certifi cated GENERAL BIOLOGY course examines the structure and function of schools. The completion of AT 166 through HONORS GENERAL BIOLOGY nucleic acids and proteins in the living cell, as AT 169 prepares and qualifi es the student 5 Units well as how these molecules are studied and to test for their FAA Airframe certifi cation. Biology 102 provides a continuation of the manipulated in the laboratory. Topics include The Glendale Community College Aviation study of fundamental biological processes regulation of gene expression, recombinant and Transportation Department is approved introduced in Biology 101. The course DNA technology, chromosome mapping and FAA Maintenance Technical School No. begins with developmental processes, viral and prokaryotic genetics. LC9T064R. Lecture 8 hours, Laboratory 10 followed by anatomy and physiology of plants The honors course (as an added option) will hours. Prerequisite: AT 167 or equivalent. and the anatomy and psysiology of animals. be enhanced in one or more of the follow- Transfer credit: CSU The fi nal unit covers evolutionary biology, ing ways: systematics, chemosynthetic theories of 1. Scholars will be held to a higher standard 169 the origin of life, population biology, and on the Internet Search assignment. AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE AND ecological principles. Laboratory is essen- 2. Library research workshops will provide a OVERHAUL tially a separate course involving a student more in-depth examination of instructed 4 Units research project on Drosophilia genetics, material. Aviation and Transportation 169 consists of developmental biology labs, and an extensive Lecture 4 hours. Prerequisite: Biology 101 theoretical study and practical application of survey of biodiversity. and Chemistry 105 (Chemistry 105 may be cabin atmosphere control systems, ice and The honors course will be enhanced in one taken concurrently). Transfer credit: CSU, rain protection systems, airframe fi re protec- or more of the following ways: UC, USC tion systems, and communication and navi- 1. Students will complete assignments derived gation systems. This course is based on the from peer review journals or current scholarly 112 standards required by the FAA for certifi cated biology books. Scholars will be held to a MICROBIOLOGY schools. The completion of AT 166 through higher standard in completing these assign- 5 Units AT 169 prepares and qualifi es the student ments than the non-scholars. Biology 112 is a study of life using micro- to test for their FAA Airframe certifi cation. 2. Scholars will complete a semester long organisms (algae, bacteria, molds, proto- The Glendale Community College Aviation zoa, viruses, and yeasts) as prototypes. and Transportation Department is approved re s ear c h pr o j e c t . S c h o l ar s w i l l b e re q u ire d to do an additional manipulation on the project The course includes microbial biochem- FAA Maintenance Technical School No. istry, genetics, cellular and ultra-cellular LC9T064R. Lecture 9 hours, Laboratory 9 and be held to a higher standard that non- scholars on their fi nal report. activities, applied uses, and pathogenicity of hours. Prerequisite: AT 168 or equivalent. these forms of life. In the laboratory students Transfer credit: CSU 3. Library research workshops will provide a also identify one unknown microbial organ- more in-depth examination of instructed ism. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 6 hours. material. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101 or 110 or BIOLOGY Lecture 3 hours, discussion 2 hours, laboratory 120. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN 4 hours. Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 101/101H BIOL 14) Chemistry 101. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, GENERAL BIOLOGY USC (CAN BIOL 6) (Biology 101 & 102 CAN 115 HONORS GENERAL BIOLOGY BIOL SEQ A) HUMAN BIOLOGY 4 Units 4 Units Biology 101 is the fi rst half of a one-year Biology 115 is an introductory course cover- course designed for biological science ing biological principles as they apply to majors. It covers fundamental biological prin- the human body. The central theme is the ciples and processes from the philosophy of structure and function of the human organ- the scientifi c method through biochemistry, ism. Topics covered include: human evolution, molecular biology, cell respiration and photo- the human species in the environment, cells, synthesis, cell structure and function, mitosis tissues, the major body systems, heredity, and and meiosis, Mendelian genetics, molecular the major human conditions and diseases. genetics and gene regulation. A weekly laboratory allows students the The honors course will be enhanced in one opportunity to gain practical experience in or more of the following ways: the techniques necessary to study the health 1. Students will complete assignments sciences. Lecture 3 hours, discussion 1 hour, derived from peer review journals or current laboratory 2 hours. Recommended prepara- scholarly biology books. Scholars will be held tion: High school biology. Note: This course to a higher standard in completing these may not be taken for credit by students who assignments than the non-scholars. have completed Biology 120 or 121. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Biology 107
118 122 2. Students will be required to attend a fi eld PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY trip to the intertidal zone of a local Marine 3 Units 4 Units Life Refuge. After supervised collection of Biology 118 is a television survey course Biology 122 is designed to give an over- organisms, the students will have a discus- covering the major concepts in biological view of the biological sphere of life and an sion about the specimens collected and their science. The emphasis is on the dynamic elementary working knowledge of the fi elds interactions with the environment. processes and inter-relationships occurring studied. It takes a liberalized approach to 3. The students will have additional readings in the living world. This course is designed the study of fi ve kingdoms of living organ- throughout the semester. Readings may for students majoring in fi elds other than the isms. The emphasis is on the dynamic include articles from science journals such biological sciences. Lecture and discussion, 3 processes and functional inter-relation- as Oceanus, American Scientist, Scientifi c hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: This course ships between which shape and infl uence American or books like Song for The Blue may not be taken for credit by students who the world. The problems facing the planet Ocean by C. Safi na and The Edge of the have completed Biology 122. today are emphasized. Primarily for students Sear by R. Carson. majoring in fi elds other than the biological 4 . S t u d e n t s w i l l a t t e n d a fi eld trip where they are 120 sciences. Lecture 3 hours, discussion 1 expected to work in-groups for the collection, HUMAN ANATOMY hour, laboratory 2 hours. Recommended analysis, and discussion of the data. 5 Units preparation: Eligibility for English 120 is Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer Biology 120 comprehensively covers the strongly recommended. Note: This course credit: CSU, UC, USC systems of the human body. The labora- allows only 1 unit of credit for those students 126 tory includes the study of tissues using the completing Biology 118. Transfer credit: FIELD AND LABORATORY microscope and a detailed study of the human CSU, UC, USC skeleton. Dissections on the cat muscles and INVESTIGATIONS IN MARINE blood vessels, sheep brain, and cow eye, 123 BIOLOGY as well as the human cadaver, are included EVOLUTION 1 Unit to illustrate comparative parts of human 3 Units Biology 126 is an introductory science anatomy. Lecture 3 hours, discussion 2 hours, Biology 123 deals with the emergence and laboratory offering a general survey of the laboratory 4 hours. Recommended prepara- development of life. Evidences for and against diversity of life in the marine environment tion: Biology 115 is strongly recommended the theory of evolution are discussed with and an introduction to some of its major for students with a limited background in topics including mechanisms and theories ecosystems. The laboratory exercises utilize the biological sciences. Note: Primarily for of evolution, biogeography, origins of life the comparative method in order to study nursing, physical education, and health (including extra terrestrial possibilities), the anatomy, physiology and evolution of science majors. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, genetics, the emergence of primates and some of the major phyla of marine organ- USC (CAN BIOL 10) (BIOL120 & 121 CAN humans, cooperation, competition, racism, isms. This course requires the participa- BIOL SEQ B) and war. The future of evolution, humans, and tion in at least four fi eld trips. Field trips civilization concludes the course. Lecture 3 introduce the student to the ecology of 121 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: marine ecosystems. Laboratory/fi eld work INTRODUCTION TO PHYSIOLOGY CSU, UC, USC 3 hours. Field trips totaling a minimum of 4 Units 9 hours are required. Prerequisite: Biology Biology 121 studies the functions of the 125/125H 125. (Biology 125 may be taken concurrently.) systems of the human body. Course format MARINE BIOLOGY Note: Field trips require student contribution includes lecture and extensive lab activity HONORS MARINE BIOLOGY for meals and transportation. Transfer credit: including EEG, EKG, spirometry, urinalysis, 3 Units CSU, UC, USC blood analysis, etc. Physiology is required for Biology 125 is an introduction to biology 127 nursing students and is elective for others. offering a general survey of the ecosystems HUMAN ECOLOGY Lecture 3 hours, discussion 1 hour, labora- and diversity of life in the marine environ- 3 Units tory 2 hours. Prerequisite: Biology 120 and ment. The course includes an introduction Chemistry 101, 110, or 120. Transfer credit: to the sciences of geological, chemical Biology 127 is a survey course that intro- CSU, UC, USC (CAN BIOL 12) (BIOL120 & and physical oceanography as the basis to duces the student to basic ecological prin- 121 CAN BIOL SEQ B) understand the environment where marine ciples and the impact of human activities on organisms exist. A comparative approach ecosystems from historic to modern times. is used to learn about the physiological This survey course covers: basic principles and anatomical adaptations of the different of population biology and ecology, nutrient marine organisms to their environment. and energy cycling, agricultural impact and Aspects of the three major areas of biology, natural resource consumption by humans, the evolutionary, cell and molecular theory, are long-range needs for human coexistence with addressed throughout the course. natural environments, the human population The honors course will be enhanced in one issue, the energy challenge and pollution. or more of the following ways: Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Trans- 1. Students will complete a set of selected fer credit: CSU, UC, USC readings. Critical analysis of these readings is expected and the student will be evaluated during discussions and essays in regular examinations.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 108 Biology
128 131 138 ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION NATURAL HISTORY FIELD STUDIES HORTICULTURE LABORATORY 1-3 Units 3 Units 1 Unit Biology 131 offers individual and group Biology 138 is a study of the names and Biology 128 is offered as a practical supple- investigation of the biological environment r e q u i r e m e n t s o f e x o t i c a n d n a t i v e p l a n t s u s e d i n ment to Biology 127. Ecology and conserva- and the impact of human activities upon ornamental horticulture in the Los Angeles area. tion allows the student to apply concepts it. The course format includes discussion Basic principles and practices in propagation, and theory presented in Biology 127 to sessions as well as fi eld studies. Students pruning, diseases, and insect control as well as practical field situations. Students learn examine the inter-relationship between extensive laboratory work with living specimens environmental monitoring and analysis tech- biological organisms and their habitats by in the greenhouse are elements included in this niques along with research data analysis and special projects dealing with a particular course. Field trips to local nurseries and parks problem. Library research, a scientifi c paper, interpretation. Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequi- are planned. Lecture 2 hours, discussion 1 and/or an oral presentation of the directed site: Biology 127 (Biology 127 may be taken hour, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. studies may be a part of the course. Field concurrently). Transfer credit : CSU, UC, studies investigate a variety of world locali- Transfer credit : CSU USC ties. The cost of land and air arrangements 139 is borne by each student, and are kept to 129 PLANT PROPAGATION a minimum while still providing clean and DIRECTED STUDIES IN MARINE comfortable lodging. 3-9 hours field and 3 Units ECOLOGY laboratory study. Prerequisite: A biology Biology 139 is the study and practice of (See Note) or ecology course in high school or college, growing plants from seed and by asexual Biology 129 is a course emphasizing individual or the equivalent. Note: Three hours are methods for commercial or home use. Propa- investigation of the natural marine environment required for each unit earned. The course may gation methods, structures, plant pests and through fi eld and laboratory studies. Students be taken for one, two, or three units according diseases, and control of the plants being examine the inter-relationship between marine to the schedule. This course may be taken 4 propagated are discussed. Laboratory work organisms and their habitats by special proj- times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. in seeding, transplanting, cutting, budding, ects dealing with a particular problem. Library Transfer credit : CSU and grafting are done by the student. Lecture research, a scientifi c paper, and an oral presen- 2 hours, discussion 1 hour, laboratory tation of the directed studies are an integral 132 2 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : part of the course. Field studies investigate INTRODUCTION TO MARINE SCIENCE CSU various localities during different semesters; 3 Units such as, Baja California, the Channel Islands, Biology 132 serves as an introduction to 145 the northern California coast, and local marine oceanography, marine biology, and the BIOLOGY OF BIRDS habitats. 3-9 hours fi eld and laboratory study. related marine technologies. Topics covered 2 Units Prerequisite: Biology 125 or Biology 101 and include sea fl oor topography and geologic Biology 145 is a nine-week introductory course processes, water circulation, and the diversity 102. Note: Three hours are required for each dealing with the identifi cation, classifi cation, of marine organisms and their physiological and unit earned. The course may be taken for one, e c o l o g y, a n a t o m y, a n d b e h av i o r o f b i r d s . C o u r s e ecological adaptations to the marine technolo- two, or three units according to the schedule. gies dealing with the development and utilization study emphasizes the natural history of local The course may be repeated for a maximum of of marine biological and geological resources. birds as well as representative bird groups from 6 units. Field trips require student contribution Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer around the world. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory, for meals and transportation. Transfer credit : credit: CSU, UC, USC see Note. Prerequisite: None. Note: Several CSU, UC, USC laboratory sessions are required with each 135 session lasting fi ve hours. (See current sched- 130 INTRODUCTION TO BOTANY ule of classes.) Transfer credit : CSU NATURAL HISTORY OF SOUTHERN 4 Units CALIFORNIA Biology 135 is an introductory course covering 146 4 Units biological principles as they apply to the plant MARINE MAMMALS Biology 130 is the ecological studies of alpine to world. The central theme is the importance of 2 Units lower desert and aquatic communities. Empha- plant structure and variation in life on earth. Biology 146 is an eight-week introductory sis is placed on laboratory investigation of the Topics covered include plants and human course dealing with the identifi cation, classifi ca- types, distribution, and diversity of plants and affairs, plant cells, photosynthesis, the role of tion, ecology, anatomy, and behavior of marine animals within each community. Environmental plants in ecological cycles, and a survey of the mammals. Course study emphasizes the factors such as climate, soils, and landforms earth’s plant forms. Lecture 3 hours, discussion natural history of local marine mammal species are integrated with community studies. Lab 1 hour, laboratory 2 hours. Recommended as well as representative marine mammal studies are reinforced through two overnight preparation: High school biology. Transfer groups from the oceans of the world. Lecture fi eld trips to desert or mountain areas. (See credit: CSU, UC, USC 3 hours, laboratory, see Note. Prerequisite: current class schedule.) Lecture 3 hours, labo- None. Note: One fi eld session lasting three 137 ratory 3 hours. Recommended preparation: days and two fi eld sessions lasting one day FIELD BOTANY A course in either high school or college biol- each are required. (See current schedule of 5 Units ogy or equivalent. Note: Overnight fi eld trips classes for location and dates of fi eld session.) will require student contribution for meals and Biology 137 is a study of the plant materials Transfer credit : CSU transportation. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, and the ecology of the plant communities of Southern California. Two weekend fi eld trips USC are included. Lecture 3 hours, discussion 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Business Administration 109
BOTANY 110 134 HUMAN RELATIONS IN BUSINESS INVESTMENTS See Biology 135, 137 3 Units 3 Units Business Administration 110 aids future Business Administration 134 is designed to employees, as well as present employees, develop the student’s understanding of the BUSINESS in understanding and utilizing human rela- various public investments available, their ADMINISTRATION tions concepts as they apply to the busi- potential risks and rewards, and the situations ness environment. Topics cover such areas in which they are best utilized. Topics include 101 as morale, personal effi ciency, personality, investment principles and objectives, the INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS motivation, communication, decision making, operation of securities markets, investment 3 Units job adjustment and leadership. Lecture banking, and asset selection and allocation. Business Administration 101 orients students 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Trans- to the fi eld of business, introducing, in Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: fer credit: CSU survey form, the functions, characteristics, Students with no prior business experience organization, and problems of business. should complete Business Administration 135 The course serves as a foundation for later 101 or Offi ce Administration 101 before MONEY AND BANKING specialized study, and directs the thinking taking this course. This course counts 3 Units of students to possible careers. Lecture 3 toward social science units required for Business Administration 135 is a course hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: graduation. Transfer credit: CSU designed to help students secure employ- CSU, UC, USC ment with investment banking houses, 120 commercial banks, fi nance companies, stock 106 BUSINESS LAW I and commodity exchanges, and securi- WRITTEN BUSINESS 3 Units ties dealers. It is a study of the American COMMUNICATIONS Business Administration 120 is a study monetary system and American fi nancial 3 Units of law as it infl uences business conduct, institutions. The course allows students to Business Administration 106 is a writing including growth of law and recent changes, obtain a critical understanding of the Federal course for students completing programs especially the new Uniform Commercial Reserve structure, monetary and fiscal in business. The course prepares students Code, and principles of contracts, sales, policy, and the commercial banking process. to accomplish tasks and solve problems and agency. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Trans- through the written word. The mechanics, None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN fer credit: CSU strategies, and processes of technical writ- BUS 8) ing, as well as creative and critical thinking 136 skills, are applied to a variety of tasks which 125 MONEY MANAGEMENT simulate typical events in business. Tech- BUSINESS LAW II 3 Units niques are covered for creating effective 3 Units Business Administration 136 covers the basic business letters, information summaries, Business Administration 125 deals with the principles of effi cient money management. proposals, and reports, including references law of sales, negotiable instruments, partner- The fundamentals of fi nancial planning and and research sources and appropriate styles ships, corporations, and trade regulation. the control of current fi nancial actions to reach and formats. In addition, original essays Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Business future fi nancial goals are studied, including responding to a review of rhetorical works Administration 120 or equivalent. Transfer such topics as providing for major invest- in the fi elds of business and economics credit: CSU, UC, USC ments, retirement and pension planning, the are prepared. The impact of organizational tax environment, and the effect of new laws procedures on business communications 131 and regulations. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequi- is explored, and the automated technol- INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE site: None. Transfer credit: CSU ogy which facilitates this communication is 3 Units applied to a variety of tasks common to Business Administration 131 introduces 138 the business organization. Lecture 4 hours. the student to the many fi nancial decisions BUYING AND SELLING A BUSINESS Prerequisite: Computer Applications and faced by a modern business, along with the 3 Units Business Offi ce Technologies 105 or eligbility analytical tools and concepts necessary for Business Administration 138 presents all for English 101. Recommended prepara- an evaluation of these decisions. The mate- the information necessary to conduct the tion: Keyboarding skill at the rate of 30 w.p.m. rial is applicable to large corporations, small purchase or sale of a small business. This Transfer credit: CSU businesses and nonprofi t organizations. course focuses on what a real estate agent Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: should know so that he or she could prop- One year of accounting is recommended. erly list, offer, negotiate and sell a business. Transfer credit: CSU The techniques of marketing, fi nancing, fi nancial reporting, taxation, merging and business management are covered in detail. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: This course may not be taken for credit by students who have completed Real Estate 200. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 110 Business Administration
141 162 170 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL 3 Units 3 Units BUSINESS Business Administration 141 introduces the Business Administration 162 is an introduc- 3 Units student to the basic managerial functions tory course intended to acquaint students Business Administration 170 is an over- within an organization, which include planning with the business practices involved in the view of basic issues with which someone and decision making, organizing, staffi ng, activities of moving goods and services involved in international business must directing, leading, and controlling. These from the producer to the ultimate consumer. deal. These include deciding on a business functions apply to managers at all levels, from The course reviews the marketing system organization for foreign operations, establishing small business to top executive management. and the psychology and sociology of banking relationships, raising capital, currency Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepara- consumer decisions. Additional areas of exchange, marketing in a foreign environment, tion: One year of occupational training or interest include retailing, wholesaling, new with particular emphasis on Pacifi c Rim, West- equivalent service, industrial or business product decisions, pricing, distribution, ern European and South American markets; experience before taking this course. Trans- advertising, and marketing research. Lecture import-export regulations, and problems with fer credit: CSU 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer locating manufacturing abroad. Lecture 3 hours. credit: CSU Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : CSU 144 PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 164 175 3 Units RETAIL SELLING IMPORT/EXPORT BUSINESS IN THE Business Administration 144 presents person- 3 Units PACIFIC RIM nel techniques for which supervisors are Business Administration 164 is a class 3 Units partially responsible and for which they should in which fundamental principles of retail- Business Administration 175 is a project have some training in selection, testing, place- ing, wholesaling, and specialty selling are course teaching the real-world process of ment, orientation, training, counseling, merit discussed. Students select several retail sales establishing an import/export business. rating, promotion, transfer, and training for situations and present them before the class. The student is guided in preparing a business responsibility. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: The methods of approaching a prospect, plan for an import/export activity. Each country None. demonstrating the product, and closing the in the Pacifi c Rim is discussed in terms of their sale are discussed and reviewed. The course current business conditions and import/export 152 covers plans for promotion, merchandising opportunities. Asia, our largest trading area, is MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATIONS— policies, and consumer behavior. Lecture 3 the most successful, fastest growing economic ORAL hours. Prerequisite: None. area in the world. The special business cultures 3 Units and techniques contributing to its success and Business Administration 152 covers planning 166 the success of its fi rms are presented. A major interpersonal communication, speaking tech- ADVERTISING p a r t o f t h e c o u r s e i s a d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e b u s i n e s s niques, conducting question-and-answer peri- 3 Units aspect of the cultural views and practices neces- ods, conference leading on the job, objectives Business Administration 166 is an introduc- sary to do business in these countries. Lecture of good presentations, effective use of visuals tory course in the purpose and principles of 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: Students in oral presentations, interviewing, bridges and advertising, including the organization and are expected to have a strong background in barriers to communications, and what to do functions of advertising agencies. Buying business and an interest in participating in the about rumors. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended motives and the writing of good copy are global economy. It is recommended that those preparation: One of the following: Composite studied. Radio, television, and outdoor students without practical business experience of academic background and professional advertising methods and costs are cov-ered. fi r s t c o m p l e t e B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 101 a n d experience; or Eligibility for Business This course is not intended to develop artistic 170. Transfer credit : CSU Administration 106 or English 120 or ESL 151 ability, but those who can illustrate their copy or ESL 155. Transfer credit: CSU will fi nd an opportunity to do so. Courses in advertising art are offered by the Art Depart- 158 ment. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. STARTING AND MANAGING A SMALL Transfer credit: CSU BUSINESS 3 Units 168 Business Administration 158 teaches small FASHION MERCHANDISING business start up and small business manage- 3 Units ment. The course includes the role of small busi- Business Administration 168 is a study of prin- ness in our free enterprise system, a profi le of ciples of fashion. It includes a study of fashion the successful entrepreneur, and instruction in retailers, apparel producers, and manufactur- starting and managing a small business. Some ers. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. of the topics covered are marketing, budgeting, Note: This course may not be taken for credit pricing, staffi ng, accounting, capital acquisition, by students who have completed Fashion 125 or principles of management, the business plan, Fashion Design Merchandising 168. Transfer and a survey of the retail, wholesale, service, credit: CSU and manufacturing industries. The course is directly aimed at persons who wish to start their own small business or improve the profi tability of their existing small business. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Business Administration/Chemistry 111
176 3. Working in teams, students will complete 103 IMPORT/EXPORT WITHIN NAFTA AND an environmental research project utilizing QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES equipment located either on campus or at 4 Units 3 Units a local university. Research project fi ndings Chemistry 103 emphasizes the principles Business Administration 176 discusses the will be presented in a seminar style format and techniques of quantitative analysis, special issues of doing business with NAFTA at the end of the semester. including calibration, volumetric, gravimetric countrie s (Canada and Mexico) and with Lecture 3 hours, discussion 2 hours, laboratory and spectro-metric procedures. Many illustra- Latin America. The NAFTA countries are not 4 hours. Prerequisite: All three of the following tive examples are solved. Lecture 2 hours, only geographically the closest countries to must be satisfi ed. discussion 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Prereq- the United States but have the most favorable 1. Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. uisite: Chemistry 102. Note: Chemistry 103 is trading conditions. These facts make NAFTA 2. One of the following: required of pre-medical students. Chemistry countries strong candidates for establishing an a) Mathematics 101, or 103 is recommended for majors in chemistry, import/export business. Other Latin American b) One and one-half years of algebra physics, pharmacy, mining engineering, geol- countries are also analyzed from the govern- in high school with a grade of “C’’ or ogy, metallurgical or petroleum engineering, mental, social, economic, and geographic better. sanitary and municipal engineering, certain systems in these business opportunities. A 3. One of the following: agriculture and public health curricula, and major part of this course is a discussion of a) Chemistry 110 or medical technologists. Transfer credit : CSU, the business aspect of the cultural views and b) One year of high school chemistry UC, USC (CAN CHEM 12) practices necessary to do business in the (which included regularly scheduled 105 Americas. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: laboratory work) with a grade of “C” or None. Note: Students are expected to have a ORGANIC CHEMISTRY better and a satisfactory composite of 5 Units strong background in business and an interest test scores for the Mathematics and in participating in the global economy. Practical Chemistry Placement Exams. Chemistry 105 is an introductory study of business experience, especially in international Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN the compounds of carbon, including the business, is the best background for this course. CHEM 2) (CHEM 101 & 102 CAN CHEM preparation, properties, and reactions of However, it is recommended that those students SEQ A) both aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, without practical business experience fi rst halogen derivatives, alcohols, and ethers. complete Business Administration 101 and 102/102H Methods of synthesis are stressed, and 170. Transfer credit : CSU GENERAL CHEMISTRY reaction mechanisms and modern struc- HONORS GENERAL CHEMISTRY tural principles are introduced. Lecture BUSINESS OFFICE 5 Units 3 hours, discussion 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. Note: TECHNOLOGY(See Chemistry 102 is a continuation of the study of the basic concepts of general chem- Required of pre-medical and pre-dental Computer Applications istry introduced in Chemistry 101, with an students; recommended for majors in chem- and Business Offi ce emphasis on the theory and technique of istry, petroleum engineering, sanitary and Technologies) qualitative analysis. municipal engineering, and pharmacy; and Working in teams, the honors course will be for certain home economics, public health, enhanced in one or more of the following and agriculture majors. Transfer credit : CSU, CHEMISTRY ways: UC, USC 1. Prepare a research project utilizing methods 106 101/101H such as modern library search techniques, GENERAL CHEMISTRY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY scientist interviews, and environmental 5 Units HONORS GENERAL CHEMISTRY monitoring on a current topic such as: 5 Units • the ozone Chemistry 106 is a study of the prepara- tion, properties, and reactions of aliphatic, Chemistry 101 is a course in fundamental • drug resistant TB and aromatic acids, amines, aldehydes, chemistry designed to set forth the most impor- • human genome project. ketones, carbohydrates, heterocyclic tant facts and theories with which chemistry is Research project fi ndings will be presented compounds, amino acids and proteins. concerned. Basic laws and chemical calcula- in a seminar style format at the end of the Analysis as well as synthesis of compounds tions are stressed. semester. is stressed. Lecture 3 hours, discussion The honors course will be enhanced in one or -OR- 2. Complete the following: 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: more of the following ways: Chemistry 105 or an equivalent course with 6 1. Students will be expected to gain an a.) Prepare four different compounds in succession from a metal and write a weekly hours of laboratory discussion. Transfer increased conceptual understanding of the credit: CSU, UC, USC subject either through the use of an “Honors” report based on this experiment; textbook or supplements. Mastery will be b.) Perform two quantitative analysis experi- assessed through exams given in essay ments analyzing the specifi c chemical and quantitative calculation format. content of common substances. 3. Students will be expected to gain an 2. Laboratory will include increased emphasis increased conceptual understanding of the on error analysis and record keeping. All subject either through the use of an “honors” experimental data and results will be entered textbook or supplements. into a research lab notebook. Lecture 3 hours, discussion 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN CHEM 4) (CHEM 101 & 102 CAN CHEM SEQ A)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 112 Chemistry/Child Development
110 120 CHILD DEVELOPMENT ELEMENTS OF GENERAL FUNDAMENTALS OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY CHEMISTRY (Inorganic) 130 5 Units 5 Units PARENTING YOUNG CHILDREN Chemistry 110 is a basic course in the Chemistry 120 is a course in the fundamentals of 1 Unit fundamental principles, laws, and compu- chemistry with the emphasis on health science Child Development 130 assists parents tations of chemistry emphasizing the related examples. This course and Chemistry and child development students to gain descriptive phases and including a brief 121 are designed for health science (e.g. competency in handling issues related to the introduction to the chemistry of the carbon nursing), home economics, physical therapy, growth and development of young children. compounds. Lecture 4 hours, discussion and other majors that need a year of college Students are introduced to the skills and 1 hour, laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: chemistry that includes inorganic, organic and methods of observing and recording behavior, Mathematics 141 or one year of algebra in high biochemistry. Chemistry 120 covers inorganic and they assess techniques that encour- school. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC chemistry. Chemistry 120 does not involve age self discipline. This course meets the the level of mathematical applications that requirements of the current California 114 are found in Chemistry 101. Lecture 4 hours, Community Colleges Home Economics THE CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT discussion-laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Program Plan for child development students. 4 Units Mathematics 141 or one year of algebra in high Lecture 2 hours (8 weeks). Prerequisite: None. Chemistry 114 is a college-level course in school. Note: This course is not for science Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a chemistry for non-chemistry majors. The term majors. At Glendale Community College, maximum of 2 units may be earned. environment is used in the broadest sense, Chemistry 120 satisfi es the prerequisite for including, for example, foods, drugs, biomol- Chemistry 121 only. Transfer credit : CSU, 133 ecules, metals, plastics, fertilizers, pesticides, UC, USC (CAN CHEM 6) INTRODUCTION TO EARLY fossil fuels, technology, the earth, water, CHILDHOOD atmosphere, and pollution. Fundamentals of 121 3 Units chemistry including kinetic theory, structure, FUNDAMENTALS OF COLLEGE Child Development 133 introduces the bonding, reactions, energetics, and nomen- CHEMISTRY (Organic and beginning student to Early Childhood Educa- clature are developed to provide a framework Biochemistry) tion, the discipline’s history, the career ladder for interpretation of environmental phenomena. 5 Units within the profession, and educational prepa- Scientifi c thinking is analyzed and related to Chemistry 121 is the second half of the year ration options. An introductory experience in everyday thought. The strengths and limitations sequence and covers the fundamentals of the campus laboratory school as a classroom of science are considered, with some exposure organic and biochemistry. Lecture 4 hours, aide provides initial exposure to observation, to social and philosophical implications. Current discussion-laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: routines, and responsibilities in an early child- events in science are emphasized. Elementary Chemistry 120. Note: This course is not for hood classroom. Particular emphasis is on mathematical concepts are introduced as science majors. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, observation in all contexts, recording tools and needed. Written reports are required. Field trips USC assessment methods. The course work does not may be required. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 3 assume background in developmental theory. hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : 143 The course meets the recommendation of CSU, UC, USC INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY the California Community Colleges Home 4 Units Economics Program Plan for child development 115 Chemistry 143 is an introductory course empha- students. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 3 hours. CHEMISTRY FUNDAMENTALS FOR sizing the essential principles of chemistry Recommended preparation: Eligibility for NURSES with a descriptive survey of chemical facts. English 120 or ESL 151. 3 Units Reference is made to industrial and practical Transfer credit: CSU Chemistry 115 is a course in fundamental home chemistry. Lecture 3 hours, discussion 1 chemistry for nurses (lecture only) designed hour, laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: None. to give the basic concepts of chemis- Note: Recommended as a foundation course try necessary for the nursing profession. for either Chemistry 110 or Chemistry 101. This Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Concurrent course satisfi es the chemistry requirement for enrollment in Allied Health 101, 103, 105, many schools of nursing. 107, and 108 if not completed previously, or anticipated acceptance into the Vocational Nursing Program.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Child Development 113
135 138 141 PRESCHOOL CHILD CHILD HEALTH FIELD PRACTICE IN A PRESCHOOL 3 Units 3 Units PROGRAM Child Development 135 covers the nature Child Development 138 seeks to analyze the 3 Units of the growth and development of the child responsibilities of the home, the school, and the Child Development 141 enables the from conception through age five. Other community for health protection. The charac- student to participate in the entire routine of topics include the meaning and value of teristics of good health and the recognition of a child development program, fi rst as an play, the signifi cance of creative activities, the symptoms of communicable diseases are observer, then as a classroom assistant, and the interpretation of child-adult relation- examined. The habits and attitudes essential for fi nally as a classroom teacher. Practicum ships, standards for wholesome routines, physical and mental health of teachers, parents sites are chosen based on certifi cate goals, guidance and discipline. Students make and children are studied. The course meets and vary relative to the student’s chosen observations of infants and preschool age the requirements of the California Commis- age group: infant/toddler, preschool, school- children in the classroom and in nearby child sion of Teacher Preparation and Licensing age. Practicum assignments are done at the development centers. This course meets the for teachers of child development centers, Glendale Community College Child Devel- requirements of the California Commission of extended day care centers, and other opment Center Laboratory, or in commu- Teacher Preparation and Licensing for teachers publicly funded children’s centers and nity sites under the supervision of a state in child development centers, extended day care applies to the California Administrative Code, approved mentor. Questions arising from centers, and other publicly funded children’s Title 22 for teachers and directors of state fi eld practice experience form a foundation centers; and, also meets the requirements of the licensed preschools, day nurseries, and for the lecture component of the course, California Administrative Code, Title 22 for infant centers. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended along with content related to professional teachers and directors of state licensed preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL preparation and development. This course preschools, day nurseries and infant centers. 151. Transfer credit : CSU meets the requirements of the California Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Commission on Teacher Credentialing for Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer 140 teachers of child development centers, credit: CSU, UC, USC PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES IN extended day care centers, and other PRESCHOOL EDUCATION publicly funded children’s centers; and, also 136 4 Units THE CHILD FROM FIVE TO TWELVE meets the requirements of the California 3 Units Child Development 140 is an introduction to Administrative Code, Title 22 for teachers preschool teaching and the distinctive features, and directors of state licensed preschools, Child Development 136 considers the curricula, and traditions of this fi eld. Attention is day nurseries, and infant centers. Lecture growth and development of the school-age given to the value of emergent curriculum plan- 2 hours, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: child emphasizing the interrelationships of ning in all areas of the program. Opportunities to Child Development 140, and verifi cation of TB mental, physical, and social abilities with observe preschool child behavior and the role clearance. Note: This course may be taken 3 the accompanying changes in attitudes and of the preschool teacher in various settings are times; a maximum of 9 units may be earned. behaviors. Observations of the school age provided. This course meets the requirements of Transfer credit : CSU child are included. This course meets the the California Commission on Teacher Creden- requirements of the California Commis- tialing for teachers of child development centers, 142 sion of Teacher Preparation and Licensing extended day care centers, and other publicly HOME, SCHOOL, AND COMMUNITY for teachers of child development centers, funded children’s centers; and, also meets the RELATIONS extended day care centers, and other requirements of the California Administrative 3 Units publicly funded children’s centers and Code, Title 22 for teachers and directors of state Child Development 142 explores the applies to the California Administrative Code, licensed preschools, day nurseries and responsibilities of the home, the school, and Title 22 for teachers and directors of state infant centers. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory the community to each other. The students licensed preschools, day nurseries and 3 hours. Prerequisite: Child Development develop a resource fi le which includes the infant centers. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: 135. Recommended preparation: Eligibility locations and services of various community Child Development 135. Recommended for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit : agencies—voluntary, private, and public. preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL CSU This course meets the requirements of the 151. Transfer credit : CSU, UC, USC California Commission of Teacher Prepa- 137 ration and Licensing for teachers of child SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN IN CHILD development centers, extended day care CARE centers, and other publicly funded chil- 3 Units dren’s centers; and, also meets the require- Child Development 137 examines needs and ments of the California Administrative Code, concerns relating to school-age child care. It Title 22 for teachers and directors of state provides background in the guidance of children licensed preschools, day nurseries, and ages 5-12, through knowledge of developmental infant centers. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended ages and stages. Students discover the kinds preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL of group programs which exist in the commu- 151. Transfer credit : CSU nity, and analyze the quality environments and activities which safeguard the growth of chil- dren. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Child Development 136. Transfer credit : CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 114 Child Development
143 152 156 SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION MUSIC FOR YOUNG CHILDREN TEACHING CHILDREN OF VARIOUS OF CHILD CARE CENTERS 3 Units CULTURES 3 Units Child Development 152 explores musical 3 Units Child Development 143 explores the role of a experiences appropriate to the development of Child Development 156 is designed to child development center meeting the needs of the infant, the preschool child, the elementary increase teacher competence through children and their families. Particular emphasis school child, and the exceptional child. It meets examination of various cultures in the U.S. is given to the establishing, licensing, staffi ng, the requirements of the California Commission and diversity issues of race, gender, age, and and equipping of a children’s center with curri- of Teacher Preparation and Licensing for teach- ability, resulting in the potential for classroom cula appropriate to children of different ages, ers of child development centers, extended enrichment and child ego development. Lecture capacities, and interests. This course meets the day care centers, and other publicly funded 3 hours. Prerequisite: Child Development 135. requirements of the California Commission of children’s centers and applies to the California Transfer credit : CSU Teacher Preparation and Licensing for teach- Administrative Code, Title 22 for teachers and 158 ers of child development centers, extended directors of state licensed preschools, day MOVEMENT DEVELOPMENT: BIRTH day care centers, and other publicly funded nurseries, and infant centers. Lecture 3 hours. THROUGH TWELVE YEARS children’s centers; and applies to the California Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit : CSU (Also listed as Dance 158) Administrative Code, Title 22 for teachers and 3 Units directors of state licensed preschools, day 154 nurseries, and infant centers. Lecture 3 hours. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION AND Child Development 158 provides those Prerequisite: Child Development 135 and 141 THE ART EXPERIENCE students who are interested in teaching or equivalent including teaching experience. 3 Units movement to children the opportunity to Transfer credit : CSU Child Development 154 provides students acquire knowledge and techniques related to motor development. The course intro- 147 with the basic knowledge of the content and style of children’s art and its link to thinking. duces basic principles and theories of WORKING WITH INFANTS AND motor development in children from birth to TODDLERS Emphasis is placed on the developmental areas of children’s growth and the ways age twelve, focusing on designing devel- 3 Units opmentally-appropriate and creative dance Child Development 147 is designed to teachers can provide appropriate and stimu- lating activities. Students have the oppor- experiences for young children. Lecture 3 hours. provide specialization in the milestones of Prerequisite: None. Note: This course will not infant and toddler development, and the tunity to merge theory and practice and gain skills to facilitate creative expression. fulfi ll physical education activity requirements. various programs currently available. Transfer credit: CSU Students consider principles of care-giving, Exceptional children, diversity, and the Reggio 174 and learn appropriate play activities and Emilia approach are featured. Lecture 3 hours. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION materials necessary to enhance early Recommended preparation: Eligibility for OF EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS I childhood education. Observation of English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: 3 Units infants and toddlers is required, both in the class- CSU room and outside in the community. Lecture 3 Child Development 174 addresses the 155 functions common to the management of hours. Prerequisite: Child Development 135. CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS Transfer credit : CSU programs for young children. Topics covered 3 Units include the general responsibilities of a 151 Child Development 155 provides skill in iden- director, various program types, licensing CREATIVE ACTIVITIES FOR tifying normal and special development of and accreditaiton criteria, and the process PRESCHOOL CHILDREN children, and includes methods of management for starting a new center or a new year in 3 Units and teaching techniques which prove helpful an existing school. Particular emphasis is Child Development 151 provides teaching in working with children with special needs. on developing sound fi scal and program techniques and opportunities to personally A humanistic view of the whole child and the management skills. Finance and budgeting, experience creative activities geared to the valuing and supporting of his/her rights is organizational structure, record keeping, equip- young child. It focuses on integrating these emphasized. Parents of exceptional or special ment and space requirements, food services, activities into the curriculum and encouraging children are considered, along with educational and establishing general program policies are the preschool children to explore and enjoy services and community agencies. Lecture considered. This course partially meets the learning from their environment. Creative areas 3 hours. Prerequisite: Child Development requirements of the California Commission include: arts and crafts, carpentry, blocks, 135. (Child Development 135 may be taken of Teacher Credentialing for master teachers, dramatic play, science, and cooking. Lecture concurrently.) Note: This course meets the site supervisors and program directors of Title 3 hours. Prerequisite: Child Development requirements of the California Commis- 5 state subsidized child care and child develop- 140. (Child Development 140 may be taken sion of Teacher Preparation and Licensing ment programs. The course meets the require- concurrently.) Note: This course meets the for teachers of child development centers, ments of the California Administrative Code. requirements of the California Commission of extended day care centers, and other Title 22 for directors of state licensed infant, Teacher Preparation and Licensing for teachers publicly funded children’s centers and toddler, preschool and school-age centers, and of child development centers, extended day applies to the California Administrative Code, the recommendations of the California Commu- centers, and other publicly funded children’s Title 22 for teachers and directors of state nity Colleges Home Economics Program Plan centers and applies to the California Administra- licensed preschools, day nurseries and for child development students. Lecture 3 tive Code, Title 22 for teachers and directors of infant centers. Transfer credit : CSU hours. Prerequisite: Child Development 135 state licensed preschools, day nurseries and and 140 or equivalent including preschool infant centers. Transfer credit : CSU teaching experience. Recommended prepa- ration: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151 and preschool teaching experience. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Child Development/Chinese 115
175 202 102 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION EMERGENT LITERACY IN EARLY BEGINNING CHINESE II OF EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS II CHILDHOOD III 5 units 3 Units 1 Unit Chinese 102 continues to present the funda- Child Development 175 explores issues Child Development 202 is the fi nal course in mentals of Chinese grammar. Students are regarding communication, supervisory the series for future childhood teachers and further trained to pronounce Mandarin correctly, processes, goal consensus, team building, covers the fi ve gateways to literacy learn- to build their conversational and written vocabu- leadership style, center climate, and other ing: oral language, playing, reading, writing, lary, and to read and write approximately 300 organizational issues. Comprehensive meth- and learning the code. Lecture 2 hours. more Chinese characters. Lecture 5 hours, ods for analyzing the different components (8 weeks). Prerequisite: Child Development laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: Chinese 101 of an early childhood program to effect orga- 201. or equivalent. Note: In addition to the regular nizational change are discussed. Particular class hours, the student must do one half-hour emphasis is on the art of leadership and 210 a week of language laboratory work. Transfer interpersonal relationships. This course SCAFFOLDING LEARNING IN EARLY credit: CSU, UC, USC partially meets the requirements of the Califor- CHILDHOOD EDUCATION nia Commission of Teacher Credentialing for 3 Units 110 master teachers, site supervisors and program Child Development 210 compares current BASIC CONVERSATIONAL CHINESE I directors of Title 5 state subsidized child care cognitive theories and provides methods for (MANDARIN) and child development programs. The course bridging the gap between research and class- 3 Units meets the requirements of the California room practice. Strategies and skills necessary to Chinese 110 is an introduction to the Chinese Administrative Code, Title 22 for directors of preparing environments that encourage active language (Mandarin) with emphasis on state licensed infant, toddler, preschool and learning and problem-solving skills for children developing essential skills in communi- school-age centers, and the recommendations are developed. Particular emphasis develps the cation. The verbal active method used of the California Community Colleges Home project approach to implementation, using the stresses oral expression. This course Economics Program Plan for child development acclaimed, innovative Reggio Emilia tech- develops a working knowledge of reading and students. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Child niques. This course meets the recom- writing as well, and includes the use of tapes, Development 174. Transfer credit: CSU mendations of the California Community cassettes, and fi lms. Lecture 3 hours. Prereq- Colleges Home Economics Program Plan. uisite: None. Note: Not open to students who 176 Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Child have oral profi ciency or who have attended MENTOR TEACHER PRACTICES Development 135 and 140 or equivalents. schools where Chinese was the language of 3 Units Recommended preparation: Eligibility for instruction. This course may be taken 2 times; Child Development 176 studies the methods English 120 or ESL 151 and preschool teaching a maximum of 6 units may be earned. and principles of supervising student teachers experience. Transfer credit: CSU in early childhood classrooms. Emphasis is on 111 the role of classroom teachers with experience BASIC CONVERSATIONAL able to function as mentors to new teachers CHINESE CHINESE II while simultaneously addressing the needs 3 Units of children, parents, and other staff. Lecture 101 Chinese 111 is a continuation of basic conver- 3 hours. Prerequisite: State of California BEGINNING CHINESE I sational Chinese. It teaches the students Child Development Permit (formerly known as 5 Units to communicate on a more advanced California Children’s Center Permit). Transfer Chinese 101 teaches the fundamentals of level and provides them with the ability to credit: CSU Chinese grammar. Students are trained to read and write basic Chinese as a route pronounce Chinese (Mandarin) correctly, to to further study. The classroom activities 200 acquire a small working vocabulary which emphasize conversational repetition and EMERGENT LITERACY IN EARLY they use in conversation and phonetic oral expression. Reading and writing is CHILDHOOD I writing, to read and write in phonetic transcrip- introduced on a limited basis. Lecture 3 hours. 1 Unit tion and to read and write approximately 150 Prerequisite: Chinese 110 or equivalent. Note: Child Development 200 prepares current or Chinese characters. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum future childhood teachers to enhance the ½ hour.Recommended preparation: Eligibil- of 6 units may be earned. early literacy outcomes of young children by ity for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: Not open improving teachers’ knowledge of early literacy to students with oral profi ciency or who have development and their skills in teaching pre- attended schools where Mandarin Chinese was literacy activities to young children. Lecture 2 the language of instruction. In addition to the hours. (8 weeks). Prerequisite: Child Devel- regular class hours, the student must spend opment 140. one-half hour a week in the foreign language laboratory. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 201 EMERGENT LITERACY IN EARLY CHILDHOOD II 1 Unit Child Development 201 further prepares future childhood teachers by presenting the devel- opmental continuum of reading and writing, assessment, curriculum, teaching, and learn- ing environments. Lecture 2 hours. (8 weeks). Prerequisite: Child Development 200.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 116 Colloquia/Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies
COLLOQUIA 230 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS COMPUTER AIDED 150 MANUFACTURING, BASIC MILLING AND BUSINESS OFFICE COLLOQUIA PRACTICE TECHNOLOGIES 1-3 Units 1-2 Units (Formerly Business Offi ce Glendale Community College may make avail- Computer Aided Manufacturing 230 is a labora- Technology) able in the curriculum of each division, lower tory class that allows students to practice on division units of study known as colloquia. the MasterCam program and complete assign- 90 The purposes of a colloquium are to broaden ments from Computer Aided Manufacturing 210. SELF-PACED INTRODUCTION TO a student’s general education, to provide a Laboratory 3-6 hours. Prerequisite: Computer ADAPTED WORD PROCESSING means for a specifi c study in depth, to offer Aided Manufacturing 210 (Computer Aided (Formerly CS/IS 104) areas of study of meaningful interest to the Manufacturing 210 may be taken concurrently.) 1 Unit student, to stimulate serious thought, and to Recommended preparation: Prior comple- NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE encourage greater student-faculty relation- tion of a basic machine technology course. Computer Applications and Business Offi ce ships. Emphasis shall be on discussion and Note: This course may be taken 4 times; a Technologies 90 is designed to provide indi- analysis based on subjects, issues, or ideas of maximum of 8 units may be earned. vidualized, self-paced instruction to students continuing importance or lasting signifi cance. with disabilities. The course combines specially 231 Prerequisite: None. Note: 15 hours minimum designed assistive computer technology and INTERMEDIATE MILLING of Colloquia per unit of credit. Transfer credit: a word processing application program to LABORATORY CSU, UC enhance basic skill acquisition and facilitate 1 Unit p r o d u c t i o n o f s i m p l e w r i t t e n d o c u m e n t s . L e c t u r e Computer Aided Manufacturing 231 is a labora- COMPUTER AIDED 1 hour, laboratory 2 hours. Recommended tory class for students to practice on the Master- preparation: Eligibility for English 189 or ESL MANUFACTURING Cam program and complete assignments from 131 or ESL 133. Note: This course may be Computerized Numerical Control 211. This class 210 taken 3 times; a maximum of 3 units may be provides additional time on computers to expand earned. COMPUTER AIDED knowledge of and profi ciency in the use of MANUFACTURING, BASIC MILLING Computer Aided Manufacturing programs. 91 3 Units Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Computer INTRODUCTION TO ADAPTED WORD Computer Aided Manufacturing 210 intro- Aided Manufacturing 211 (Computer Aided PROCESSING FOR STUDENTS WITH duces the use of computers in programming Manufacturing 211 may be taken concurrently). VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS numerical control milling machines. Lecture Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a (Formerly CS/IS 106) 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Prior maximum of 2 units may be earned. 3 Units completion of a basic machine technology NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE course. Note: This course may be taken 240 Computer Applicationns and Business Offi ce 4 times; a maximum of 12 units may be COMPUTER AIDED Technologies 91 is designed to instruct earned. MANUFACTURING, BASIC LATHE students with visual impairments. The course PRACTICE combines either screen reading or text enlarg- 211 1-2 Units INTERMEDIATE MILLING ing assistive computer technology and a word Computer Aided Manufacturing 240 is a labora- 3 Units processing application program in order to tory class that allows students to practice on Computer Aided Manufacturing 211 is an inter- enhance basic skill acquisition and facilitate the MasterCam program and complete assign- production of written documents and academic mediate course in the use of computers to aid ments from Computer Aided Manufacturing 220. in the programming of numerical control milling assignments. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory Laboratory 3-6 hours. Prerequisite: Computer 3 hours. Recommended preparation: machines in manufacturing. Lecture 3 hours. Aided Manufacturing 220 (Computer Aided Prerequisite: Computer Aided Manufacturing Moderate keyboarding skills and ability to Manufacturing 220 may be taken concurrently.) read Braille or enlarged text. Note: This 210. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; Recommended preparation: Prior comple- a maximum of 6 units may be earned. course may be taken 4 times; a maximum tion of a basic machine technology course. of 12 units may be earned. 220 Note: This course may be taken 4 times; a COMPUTER AIDED maximum of 8 units may be earned. MANUFACTURING, BASIC LATHE 3 Units Computer Aided Manufacturing 220 intro- duces the operation of computers in programming numerical control lathe machines. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Prior completion of a basic machine technology course. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 117
92 101 104 ADAPTED WORD PROCESSING BUSINESS OFFICE PROCEDURES FILING METHODS AND SYSTEMS (Formerly CS/IS 107) 3 Units 1 Unit 3 Units Ccmputer Applications and Busi- Computer Applications and Busi- NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE ness Office Technologies 101 is a ness Office Technologies 104 covers Computer Applicationns and Business Offi ce detailed study of general offi ce procedures, principles and procedures for establish- Technologies 92 is designed to instruct students including the selection of offi ce supplies; ment and use of various fi ling systems. This with disabilities in the use of the combination processing of mail; use of postal and telegraph includes practice in alphabetic, numeric, of specially designed assistive computer services; receptionist and telephone tech- geographic, and subject fi ling methods and technology and a word processing appli- niques; handling travel arrangements; data covers principles and procedures for storage cation program to enhance basic skill processing; preparation of reports; banking and retrieval, retention, transfer, and disposal acquisition and facilitate production of writ- procedures; payroll, insurance, and tax records; of records. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended ten documents and academic assignments. legal forms; and job interviews. Lecture 3 preparation: Eligibility for Computer Applica- Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 3 hours. Prereq- hours. Prerequisite: Computer Applications tions and Business Offi ce Technologies 102 uisite: Computer Applications and Business and Business Offi ce Technologies 205 or or English 120. Offi ce Technologies 90 or 91 or equivalent. one year of typing and one of the following: Recommended preparation: Eligibility for Eligibility for Computer Applications and Busi- 105 English 191 or ESL 141. Note: This course ness Offi ce Technologies 102, or English 191, INTRODUCTION TO OFFICE may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 1 or ESL 141. CORRESPONDENCE 3 Units 102 93 Computer Applications and Business Offi ce ENGLISH FOR BUSINESS ADAPTED COMPUTER LABORATORY Technologies 105 is an entry-level writing 4 Units (Formerly CS/IS 108) course for students completing programs in 1-2 Units Computer Applications and Business Offi ce business. The course prepares students to NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE Technologies 102 is a course designed to help accomplish tasks and solve problems through Computer Applicationns and Business Offi ce students improve their written communication the written word. Techniques are covered for Technologies 93 is designed for the disabled in English. The course offers a systematic creating effective documents in appropriate student who has completed the regular approach to building a foundation in the styles and formats. These documents include Adapted Computer Technology but who must structure, mechanics, and application of the business letters, memos, e-mail messages, use adapted technologies to effi ciently access English language to the business environment telephone messages, and other written the computer. Individualized projects will be by constructing and editing sentences, para- communications typically generated by an developed and implemented. Laboratory 3-6 graphs, and documents for logical expression employee in an entry-level position. In addition, hours. Prerequisite: Computer Applications of thought using proper sentence structure, short original essays responding to a review of and Business Offi ce Technologies 92 or grammar, syntax, punctuation, and business rhetorical works in the fi elds of business and demonstration of comparable knowledge and vocabulary. Appropriate computer software is economics will be prepared. Lecture 3 hours. skills. Note: This course may be taken 4 times; used. Students develop composition skills at Prerequisite: One of the following: a maximum of 8 units may be earned. progressively complex levels. Lecture 4 hours. 1. CABOT 103 and eligibility for ENGL 120. Prerequisite: Computer Applications and 94 2. CABOT 103 and eligibility for ESL 151. Business Offi ce Technologies 103 and one of 3. CABOT 102. ADVANCED ADAPTED APPLICATIONS the following: Eligibility for English 191 or ESL (Formerly CS/IS 109) Recommended preparation: Keyboarding 141. Recommended preparation: Keyboard- skill at rate of 30 wpm. Transfer credit: CSU 3 Units ing skill at the rate of 25 w.p.m. or concurrent NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE enrollment in a keyboarding course. Note: This 106 Computer Applicationns and Business Offi ce course allows one unit of credit for students ELECTRONIC CALCULATORS Technologies 94 is designed to instruct who have completed English 101, and 2 units of 1 Units students with disabilities to use assistive credit for students who have completed English Computer Applications and Business Offi ce computer technology and mainstream appli- 120 or English 131. Technologies 106 develops skill in the opera- cation programs in order to facilitate produc- tion of ten-key electronic display/printing tion of written documents. Concepts related 103 BUSINESS VOCABULARY calculators. Students apply calculating machine to basic spreadsheet/database applications skills to actual business problems. Lecture and advanced word processing features are DEVELOPMENT 3 Units /Demonstration 2 hours (8-week course). included. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: Recommended Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Prerequisite: Computer Applicationns and for business certifi cates. Business Offi ce Technologies 92 or equivalent. Technologies 103 is designed to develop skill in Note: This course may be taken 4 times; a the acquisition and proper use of English vocab- maximum of 12 units may be earned. ulary used in business communications. Both general and specialized vocabularies specifi c to business professions are covered. In addition, methods for independent study are explored to promote vocabulary expansion beyond the classroom. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ESL 133 or English 189. 118 Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies
110 130 165 COLLEGIATE BUSINESS SHORTHAND SPEED DEVELOPMENT MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION—LEGAL MATHEMATICS 1-2 Units 2 Units 3 Units Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Computer Applications and Busi- Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 130 is a course offering short- ness Office Technologies165 is a Te c h n o l o g i e s 110 i s a c o m p l e t e c o u r s e i n m a t h e - hand speed development on an individualized machine transcription course which matical topics needed for success in modern busi- basis with dictation ranging from 50 words a enables students to transcribe legal commu- ness. Students concentrate on analyzing word minute to 120 words a minute. Lecture 2 hours. nications and to type legal forms commonly problems by generating and solving appropriate Prerequisite: Computer Applications and used in legal offi ces. Emphasis is placed on algebraic equations and selecting appropriate Business Offi ce Technologies 120 (3 units), excellence in typing and profi ciency in use of mathematical procedures to solve problems or Computer Applications and Business Of fi ce English skills, such as spelling, grammar, and arising in complex business situations. Empha- Technologies 125 (3 units), or one year of high punctuation. Lecture 1½ hours, laboratory sis is on real-world problems in such areas as school shorthand (any recognized method), or 1½ hours. Prerequisite: Computer Applica- payroll, cash and trade discounting, simple and equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 4 tions and Business Offi ce Technologies 210 compound interest, depreciation, installment times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. or equivalent, Computer Applications and purchases, and note and mortgage valuation. Business Offi ce Technologies 254 or 265 or This course offers students a solid preparation 155 equivalent, and eligibility for Computer Applica- for entering courses in accounting, retailing MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION AND tions and Business Offi ce Technologies 102 or and marketing and is a core requirement for VOICE RECOGNITION English 191 or ESL 141. 3 Units Computer Applications and Business Offi ce 182 Technologies certifi cate programs. It also Computer Applications and Business Offi ce MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY increases the student’s chances of success on Technologies 155 provides instruction on 5 Units pre-employment mathematics tests. Lecture 3 transcribing dictation from transcribing hours. Prerequisite: None. machines. It emphasizes excellence in Computer Applications and Business typing and profi ciency in the use of English Office Technologies 182 is designed 120 skills, such as spelling, grammar, and punc- to familiarize students interested in the ABC SHORTHAND tuation. In addition, students learn to use medical field with origin, correct spell- 1-3 Units voice-recognition software to input informa- ing, pronunciation, meaning and current Computer Applications and Business tion into the computer. Voice commands usage of common medical terms and their Office Technologies 120 integrates the for formatting and editing documents are application to clinical records and reports. principles of notemaking with a phonetic included. Lecture/demonstration 3 hours. Emphasis is placed on the roots, prefi xes, system of briefhand for classroom and Prerequisite: (1) Computer Applications suffi xes, and word combinations. Lecture 5 vocational use. Adaptable for note-making and Business Offi ce Technologies 205 or hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility in college classes, offi ces, business con- equivalent, (2) Computer Applications and for English 120. ferences, seminars, interviews, and for Business Offi ce Technologies 103, and (3) 183 research report writing. notemaking should be Computer Applications and Business Offi ce MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING of interest to (a) all business majors who do not Technologies 265. (Computer Applications 3 Units enroll in the secretarial programs, (b) majors and Business Offi ce Technologies 265 may in other subject areas where a great deal of be taken concurrently.) Recommended Computer Applications and Business Offi ce notemaking is essential, and (c) business and preparation: Computer Applications and Technologies 183 is designed to familiarize professional people who must attend confer- Business Offi ce Technologies 105. students with the tools necessary to complete billing and coding procedures in a medical ences and meetings and who prepare reports, 162 speeches, articles, and research papers. setting. Students will learn to use the Current LEGAL OFFICE PROCEDURES Procedural Terminology (CPT-4) and Inter- Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 3 Units Computer Applications and Business Offi ce national Classifi cation of Diseases (ICD-9) Technologies 102 or English 120. Computer Applications and Business reference books and will be given hands-on Offi ce Technologies 162 is a course offer- experience with a popular medical billing soft- 125 ing specialized training in preparation ware program. Lecture/demonstration 3 hours. BEGINNING SHORTHAND of legal paperwork and forms, develop - Prerequisite: CABOT 182 and CABOT 205 1-5 Units ment of specialized vocabulary and spelling, or equivalent. Recommended preparation: Computer Applications and Business Offi ce familiarization with law offi ce routines, and Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Technologies 125 is an introductory course other legal procedures. Lecture 3 hours. in shorthand covering theory, speed devel- Prerequisite: (1) Computer Applications and opment, and beginning transcription skills. Business Offi ce Technologies 210 or equiva- Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: Computer lent; (2) Computer Applications and Business Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies Offi ce Technologies 101, and (3) Computer 205 or equivalent. and eligibility for Business Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies Offi ce Technology 102. (Computer Applications 254 or 265 or equivalent. (Computer Applica- and Business Offi ce Technologies 205 may be tions and Business Offi ce Technologies 254 taken concurrently.) Note: Students who can or 265 may be taken concurrently.) Transfer take dictation at least 60 words a minute should credit: CSU enroll in Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 130. This course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 5 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 119
185 200 208 MEDICAL FRONT OFFICE INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER WINDOWS BASICS PROCEDURES KEYBOARDING (Also listed as Computer Science/ 3 Units (Also listed as Computer Science/ Information Systems 208) Computer Applications and Business Information Systems 200) 1 Unit Office Technologies 185 is a course 1 Unit Computer Applications and Business Offi ce offering an introduction to the medical Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 208 provides students with a office and concentrating on the medical Technologies 200 develops the basic skills basic introduction to the Windows environment. assistant’s role in the maintenance of a profes- and keyboard techniques needed to work with Topics covered include the skills necessary to sional and effi cient medical offi ce, including a computer keyboard. Accuracy is stressed manage the desktop, to use the mouse and career guidelines and professional qualifi ca- because a single error may result in inputting or pull-down menus, to create and manipulate tions; public relations; courteous and effective retrieving incorrect information or no information folders, fi les, windows, and perform other handling of patients, doctors, and co-workers; at all. The effect of modifi er and function keys standard windows operations, and to perform preparation and care of medical records; corre- unique to the computer keyboard is reviewed. simple internet searches. Lecture 2 hours, spondence; fi nancial records; insurance; and Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 3 hours. (8 weeks) laboratory 1 hour. (8 weeks). Prerequisite: general management of a medical facility. Train- Recommended preparation: Eligibility for None. Note: This course may be taken 4 times ing is applicable in offi ces of physicians, medical Computer Applications and Business Offi ce using different operating systems; maximum of hospitals and clinics, dental and mediolegal Technologies 102 or equivalent. Note: This 4 units may be earned. agencies and government-sponsored medi- course may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 3 209 cal facilities. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: units may be earned for Computer Applications ADVANCED WINDOWS Computer Applications and Business Offi ce and Business Offi ce Technologies 200 and/or (Also listed as Computer Science/ Technologies 182 or equivalent. Computer Science/Information Systems 200. Information Systems 209) 1 Unit 190 205 MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION— COMPUTER KEYBOARDING/ Computer Applications and Business Offi ce MEDICAL I TYPING I Technologies 209 reviews the fundamental 2 Units 3 Units skills taught in Computer Applications and Business Office Technologies 208 and Computer Applications and Busi- Computer Applications and Business Offi ce continues with more advanced features. ness Office Technologies 190 is a Technologies 205 develops the basic skill of Topics covered include modifying the desktop machine transcription course which keyboard techniques to give the foundation for work environment, customizing with control enables students to transcribe medical advanced training in typing. Training is given in the panel, and advanced file and document communications and to type medical preparation of memorandums, personal letters, management. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 forms commonly used in medical offi ces. business letters, simple tabulation, outlines, hour. Prerequisite: Computer Applications Emphasis is placed on excellence in and manuscripts. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory and Business Offi ce Technologies 208 or typing and proficiency in use of English 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Computer Science/Information Systems 208 skills, such as spelling, grammar, and English 191 or ESL 141. Note: Students who can or equivalent. Recommended preparation: punctuation. Lecture 1½ hours, labora- type at least 30 words a minute should enroll Knowledge of computer keyboarding. Note: tory 1½ hours. Prerequisite: (1) Business in Computer Applications and Business Offi ce This course may be taken 4 times using differ- Offi ce Technology 182, (2) Business Offi ce Technologies 210. Transfer credit: CSU ent operating systems; a maximum of 4 units Technology 210 or equivalent, (3) Computer may be earned. Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 206 103, (4) Computer Applications and Business MACINTOSH BASICS 210 Offi ce Technologies 254 or 265, or equivalent. (Also listed as Computer Science/ COMPUTER KEYBOARDING/ Recommended preparation: Eligibility for Information Systems 206) TYPING II Computer Applications and Business Offi ce 1 Unit 3 Units Technologies 105. Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 206 provides students with a Technologies 210 is a continuation of Computer 195 basic introduction to the Macintosh Operat- Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION— ing System. Topics covered include the skills 205, providing refi nement and development of MEDICAL II necessary for managing the desktop, using technique with increased emphasis on accu- 2 Units the mouse and pull-down menus, creating and racy and speed. The course provides a detailed Computer Applications and Business Offi ce manipulating folders, fi les, and windows, and study of business letters, special offi ce forms, Technologies 195 covers machine transcrip- o t h e r s t a n d a r d o p e r a t i o n s u s e d i n e v e r y M a c i n - tabulated reports, and manuscripts. Lecture tion of case histories, surgical and pathological tosh application. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 2 hours, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: reports for hospital records, and letters dictated 1 hour. (8 weeks) Prerequisite: None. Computer Applications and Business Offi ce by physicians representing the medical special- Technologies 205 (3 units) or equivalent. ties. Lecture 1½ hours, laboratory 1½ hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for Prerequisite: Computer Applications and one of the following: Computer Applications Business Offi ce Technologies 190. and Business Offi ce Technologies 102 or English 120. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 120 Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies
220 256 266 WORD PROCESSING FOR WORD PROCESSING II MICROSOFT WORD II ACADEMIC WRITING 3 Units 3 Units (Formerly CS/IS 220) Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Computer Applications and Business Offi ce 1 Unit Technologies 256 is a continuation of Computer Technologies 266 provides students with Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Applications and Business Offi ce Technolo- advanced features and functions of Microsoft Technologies 220 is a course designed to gies 254. This course is designed to prepare Offi ce Word, a word processing software benefi t students who are required to write students with the advanced skills and knowl- program. This course prepares students for essays, term papers, and research papers. edge to handle more diffi cult and challenging the Microsoft Offi ce Specialist (MOS) expert The course teaches students to use a word tasks. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 1 hour. certifi cation exam in Word. Some of the topics processing program, enabling them to edit Prerequisite: Computer Applications and for this course consist of: creating a professional their writing easily and encouraging a more Business Offi ce Technologies 254 with same newsletter in multiple columns with a table; using finshed product. Students will also learn software or equivalent. imported graphics; creating an online form with how to format citations and reference pages combo boxes and check boxes; working with using proper MLA and/or APA documen- 260 tables of contents and indexes; and generating tation styles. Lecture/demonstration 1½ BEGINNING MICROSOFT OFFICE form letters, mailing labels and envelopes with hours, laboratory 1½ hours. Recommended APPLICATIONS mail merge. Lecture/demonstration 6 hours. preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or 4 Units (8 weeks). Prerequisite: Computer Applica- ESL 151 and basic knowledge of Windows and Computer Applications and Business Offi ce tions and Business Offi ce Technologies 265 keyboarding. Transfer credit: CSU, Technologies 260 provides students with the or equivalent. necessary skills and training to create, enhance, 230 manipulate, and manage fi les in four different 270 COMPUTER KEYBOARDING/ software programs. Some of the topics for this MICROSOFT EXCEL I TYPING SPEED DEVELOPMENT course consist of: creating a document with 3 Units 1 Unit a table, a chart, and a watermark; working Computer Applications and Busi- Computer Applications and Business Offi ce with large worksheets, data tables, amortiza- ness Office Technologies 270 provides Technologies 230 is designed to provide tion schedules, and hyperlinks; designing, students with instruction in beginning intensive training and practice in build- maintaining, and querying databases; and features and functions of Microsoft Offi ce ing typewriting speed and control. The creating slide shows with embedded visuals. Excel, a spreadsheet software program. This student is allowed to pursue individual goals. Lecture/demonstration hours 4. Prerequisite: course prepares students for the Microsoft Lecture 1½ hours, laboratory 1½ hours. Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Offi ce Specialist (MOS) core certifi cation (8 weeks). Prerequisite: Computer Applica- Technologies 200 and CS/IS 208, or equivalent. exam in Excel. Some of the topics for this tions and Business Offi ce Technologies 205 (CABOT 200 and CS/IS 208 may be taken course consist of: creating a worksheet with (3 units) or equivalent. Note: This course may concurrently.) Note: CABOT 260 does not fully an embedded chart; working with fi nancial be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may prepare the student for MOS certifi cation, nor functions, data tables, amortization schedules, be earned. does it lead directly to advanced courses taught and hyperlinks; and creating static and dynamic in Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Web pages. Lecture/demonstration 6 hours. (8 254 Technologies. Transfer credit: CSU weeks) Prerequisite: Computer Applications WORD PROCESSING I and Business Offi ce Technologies 200 and 3 Units 265 CS/IS 208, or equivalent. (CABOT 200 and Computer Applications and Business Offi ce MICROSOFT WORD I CS/IS 208 may be taken concurrently.) Technologies 254 enables students to develop 3 Units competency in operating a microcomputer Computer Applications and Business Offi ce 271 using word processing software. This is an intro- Technologies 265 provides students with begin- MICROSOFT EXCEL II ductory course that involves learning basic oper- ning features and functions of Microsoft Offi ce 3 Units ating system commands, along with creating, Word, a word processing software program. Computer Applications and Business Offi ce editing, printing, and storing simple documents. This course prepares students for the Micro- Technologies 271 provides students with It also includes learning routine formatting and soft Offi ce Specialist (MOS) core certifi cation advanced features and functions of Microsoft t e x t e d i t i n g f e a t u r e s s u c h a s s e a r c h a n d r e p l a c e , exam in Word. Some of the topics for this Offi ce Excel, a spreadsheet software program. merge, sort, headers and footers, redline and course consist of: creating and editing a word This course prepares students for the Microsoft strikeout, footnotes and endnotes, etc. Lecture document; creating a research paper; using a Offi ce Specialist (MOS) expert certifi cation 3 hours, laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: wizard to create a resume; creating a cover letter e x a m i n E x c e l . S o m e o f t h e t o p i c s f o r t h i s c o u r s e Computer Applications and Business Offi ce with a table; and creating a document with include using Visual Basic for Applications Technologies 205 or equivalent and Computer a table, a chart, and a watermark. (VBA), creating templates and working with Science/Information Technology 208. Recom- (8 weeks) Lecture/demonstration 6 hours. multiple worksheets and workbooks. Lecture/ mended preparation: Eligibility for one of Prerequisite: Computer Applications and Busi- demonstration 6 hours. (8 weeks) Prerequisite: the following: Business Administration 106 or ness Offi ce Technologies 208 or equivalent. Computer Applications and Business Offi ce English 120 or ESL 151 and a recommended (CABOT 208 may be taken concurrently) and Technologies 270 or equivalent. typing speed of 25 wpm. Note: This course CABOT 205 or equivalent or ability to type by may be taken 3 times using different software touch at a minimum of 25 wpm. or hardware; a maximum of 9 units may be earned.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies/Computer Integrated Manufacturing 121
275 281 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MICROSOFT ACCESS I MICROSOFT POWERPOINT II 3 Units 3 Units MANUFACTURING Computer Applications and Busi- Computer Applications and Business Offi ce 101 ness Office Technologies 275 provides Technologies 281 provides students with INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS students with instruction in beginning advanced features and functions of Microsoft 1.5 Units features and functions of Microsoft Offi ce Offi ce PowerPoint, a presentation software Computer Integrated Manufacturing 101 is an Access, a database software program. This program. This course prepares students for introductory course that provides a compre- course prepares students for the Microsoft the Microsoft Offi ce Specialist (MOS) expert hensive study of the fundamentals of industrial Offi ce Specialist (MOS) core certifi cation exam certifi cation exam in PowerPoint. Some of robotics. It prepares the student for more in Access. Some of the topics for this course the topics for this course consist of creating advanced studies in robotic automation and consist of: creating a database using design a presentation containing interactive object related technologies. Specifi c areas of concen- and datasheet views; querying a database; Linking and Embedding (OLE) documents; tration include power and positioning of robots, maintaining a database; and creating reports creating a self-running presentation using robot actuators and motors, motion control, and forms. Lecture/demonstration 6 hours (8 animation effects; and using Visual Basic for industrial electronics, and micro-control- weeks). Prerequisite: Computer Applications Applications (VBA). Lecture/demonstration ler technology, communication interfacing, and Business Offi ce Technologies 200 and 6 hours. (8 weeks). Prerequisite: Computer programming concepts, and industry applica- CS/IS 208, or equivalent. (CABOT 200 and Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies tions. Lecture 3 hours. (8 weeks) Prerequisite: CS/IS 208 may be taken concurrently) 280 or equivalent. None. Transfer credit: CSU 276 285 102 MICROSOFT ACCESS II MICROSOFT OUTLOOK AUTOMATION AND PRODUCTION 3 Units 3 Units CONTROLS Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Computer Applications and Business Offi ce 1.5 Units Technologies 276 provides students with Technologies 285 introduces students to the Computer Integrated Manufacturing 102 is the advanced features and functions of Microsoft beginning features and functions of Microsoft continuation of electronic control automation Offi ce Access, a database software program. Offi ce Outlook. This course prepares students systems, emphasizing the terms, principles, This course prepares students for the Microsoft for the Microsoft Offi ce Specialist (MOS) certi- and techniques used in automated manufac- Offi ce Specialist (MOS) expert certifi cation fi cation exam in Outlook. Lecture/Demonstra- turing processes. Programmable logic control exam in Access. Some of the topics for this tion 6 hours. Prerequisite: CABOT 200 and applications are emphasized in central system course consist of creating a report using design CABOT 208 or equivalent. (CABOT 200, 208, industrial design. Lecture 3 hours. (8 weeks) view; enhancing forms with Object Linking and 285 may be taken concurrently.) Prerequisite: Computer Integrated Manufac- and Embedding (OLE) fi elds, hyperlinks, and turing 101. Transfer credit: CSU subforms; and customizing forms using Visual 286 Basic for Applications (VBA), charts, and Pivot MICROSOFT PUBLISHER Table objects. Lecture/demonstration 6 hours. 3 Units COMPUTER SCIENCE/ (8 weeks). Prerequisite: Computer Applica- Computer Applications and Business Tech- INFORMATION SYSTEMS tions and Business Offi ce Technologies 275 nologies 286 introduces students to the or equivalent. beginning features and functions of Micro- 99 soft Offi ce Publisher, a desktop publishing ORIENTATION TO COMPUTER SKILLS 280 program. Students create fl yers, brochures, ½ Unit MICROSOFT POWERPOINT I newsletters, letterheads, forms, and other NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE 3 Units publications that incorporate text, graphics, Computer Science/Information Systems Computer Applications and Business Offi ce illustrations, and photographs. Lecture/ 99 is designed to provide orientation in Technologies 280 provides students with Demonstration 6 hours. Prerequisites: laboratory procedures to students wishing to instruction in beginning features and functions CABOT 200 and CABOT 208 or equivalent. have access to the computer laboratories. of Microsoft Offi ce PowerPoint, a presenta- (CABOT 200, 208, and 286 may be taken Lecture 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. Coreq- tion software program. This course prepares concurrently.) uisite: Concurrent enrollment in any class at students for the Microsoft Offi ce Specialist Glendale Community College. (MOS) core certifi cation exam in PowerPoint. Some of the topics for this course consist of: using a design template and auto layouts to create a presentation; using outline view and clip art to create a slide show; using embed- ded visuals to enhance a slide show; and creating a presentation on the Web. Lecture/ demonstration 6 hours. (8 weeks) Prerequi- site: Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies 200 and CS/IS 208, or equivalent. (CABOT 200 and CS/IS 208 may be taken concurrently.)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 122 Computer Science/Information Systems
100 110 116 COMPUTER CONCEPTS INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING PRESENTATION SOFTWARE 3 Units 3 Units 2 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 100 Computer Science/Information Systems Computer Science/Information Systems is a survey course designed to introduce 110 is a course in programming computers 116 teaches the use of microcomputer concepts and applications to students with using the BASIC programming language. presentation software such as Power- no previous exposure to computing. It is The course teaches the student to defi ne the point, Persuasion or Astound for business directed toward students who want a single problem, outline the solution (via fl owcharting applications. Presentations, handouts and survey course in computer concepts, and or equivalent technique), code and debug the notes are designed, created, and formatted, who may be using a computer in a work program and develop documentation. Lecture using presentation software. The students use situation. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 1 hour. 3 hours, laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: graphics, templates, and objects to enhance Recommended preparation: Eligibility ECT 100 or Computer Applications and Busi- presentations. The content of this course for English 120 or Business Administration ness Offi ce Technologies 110 or eligibility for differs each time it is offered with a different 106 or ESL 151. Note: This course is not Mathematics 101, and eligibility for Computer software package. Students who repeat the intended for MIS or CS majors and may not be Science/Information Systems 101. (ECT 100 course will therefore gain additional skills and taken for credit by students who have completed may be taken concurrently.) Note: Students knowledge. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 3 hours Computer Science/Information Systems 101. with no prior computer experience are (8 weeks). Recommended preparation: Transfer credit: CSU advised to take Computer Science/Infor- Computer Science/Information systems 101 mation Systems 101 before attempting or 105 and eligibility for English 120 or ESL 101 Computer Science/Information Systems 110. 151 or Business Administration 106. Note: This INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER AND This course may be satisfied by Credit- course may be taken 3 times using different INFORMATION SYSTEMS by-Examination. Transfer credit: CSU, software or hardware; a maximum of 6 units 5 Units UC, USC may be earned. Computer Science/Information Systems 101 is 118 111 an in-depth study course designed to present INTRODUCTION TO ADOBE INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA I the concepts and technology of processing ILLUSTRATOR (Also listed as Media Arts 111) information to students who plan to continue 3 Units 3 Units their studies in business information systems Computer Science/Information Systems or computer science or who plan to work in the Computer Science/Information Systems 118 teaches the fundamentals of a micro- fi eld. This course has a hands-on component 111 introduces students to the aesthetics computer based two-dimensional/three- where the student learns basic application and techniques employed in the creation of dimensional graphics program. The course software. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory 1 hour. interactive multimedia programs. Topics introduces the student to an array of draw- Recommended preparation: Eligibility for presented in the course include: project plan- ing tools, menu functions, projection meth- English 120, Business Administration 106, or ning, interactive design principles, digital video ods, and presentation options. This course ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC and audio, computer animation, graphics, and does not teach basic design concepts, cross-platform distribution. Students create but teaches the student to use specialized 102 projects using industry standard software such software tools. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory BUSINESS COMPUTER as Macromedia Director. Lecture 2 hours, labo- 2 hours. Prerequisite: Computer Science/ APPLICATIONS ratory 4 hours. Recommended preparation: Information Systems 105 or 101, or one year 2 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 206 of computer experience. Recommended Computer Science/Information Systems or equivalent. Note: This course may not be preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 102 is specifi cally intended for students who taken for credit by students who have completed 151 or Business Administration 106. Note: This wish to transfer to a business program in a Media Arts111. Transfer credit: CSU course may be taken 2 times using different four-year university. The course is problem software or hardware; a maximum of 6 units 112 oriented and solves advanced business may be earned. problems with commonly-used software INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING packages in word processing, spreadsheets, USING JAVA 119 and databases as well as operating systems. 3 Units ADVANCED 2D/3D GRAPHIC The knowledge gained in this course allows Computer Science/Information Systems SOFTWARE students to effectively compete in the rigor- 112 is a course in programming computers 3 Units ous computer environment demanded by using the Java programming language, Computer Science/Information Systems 119 upper-level business courses. Lecture 3 which includes defi ning the problem; fl ow- teaches the advanced capabilities of a micro- hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: charting; writing, executing, and debug- computer based two-dimensional/three dimen- Accounting 101, 102 or equivalent; ging application programs; and program sional graphics program. This course does not Computer Science/Information Systems 101. documentation. Students process programs teach basic design concepts, but teaches the (Accounting 102 may be taken concurrently.) using the equipment of the on-campus student to make use of the symbol, animation, Recommended preparation: Eligibility for computer. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 2 hours. worksheet, and database capabilities of the English 120 or Business Administration 106. Prerequisite: CS/IS 101. Transfer credit: software. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 2 hours. Transfer credit: CSU CSU, UC, USC Prerequisite: Computer Science/Information 2 units may be earned. Transfer credit: Systems 118. Note: This course may be taken CSU 2 times using different software or hardware; a maximum of 6 units may be earned.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Computer Science/Information Systems 123
120 125 129 VISUAL BASIC DISCRETE STRUCTURES FOR PRINTING BUSINESS MATERIALS 3 Units COMPUTING 1½ Units Computer Science/Information Systems 120 5 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 129 is an extended study of the capabilities of Computer Science/Information Systems 125 teaches the student how to select and evalu- Visual Basic, an object-oriented programming is a course in discrete mathematics which ate processes for producing printed business language. The course includes fi le input/output, furnishes a strong foundation of mathemati- materials. The course includes the funda- working with controls, windows, buttons, cal tools for modeling problems in computer mentals of the printing process, ink, paper, menus, multiple forms, databases and design- science for the computer science major. Topics and binding techniques most used in today’s ing printed reports. Applications programs in include logic operations, combinatorics, undi- business environment. Lecture 3 hours (8 business, education, science, mathematics, rected and directed graphs, Boolean algebra, weeks). Recommended preparation: Eligi- or engineering will be written. Lecture 3 hours, algebraic systems, and fi nite state automata and bility for English 120, Business Administration laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: Computer Turing machines. Lecture 5 hours. Prerequi- 106 or ESL 151. Science/Information Systems 110 or equiva- site: Mathematics 101 or a satisfactory score lent. Recommended preparation: Computer on the Mathematics Placement Examination. 130 Science/Information Systems 101. Transfer Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER credit: CSU, UC, USC SCIENCE WITH PASCAL 126 4 Units 123 DIGITAL IMAGING Computer Science/Information Systems DESKTOP PUBLISHING 3 Units 130 is a course in programming, algorithm 2 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 126 is development and problem-solving using the Computer Science/Information Systems 123 is an in-depth study course which introduces and Pascal language with a structured approach. intended to acquaint the student with currently teaches the concepts of Digital Imaging. Current It includes a study of the syntax and data available desktop publishing technology. imaging editing software, such as Photoshop, structures of the language with applications in Students compose and create fl yers, brochures is used in the class. This course does not science, engineering, and industry. The course and newsletters as well as explore the use of teach basic design concepts, but teaches is suitable either for students planning to transfer graphics programs. Students develop the skills the student techniques for the production of or those wishing to develop a marketable skill. necessary to plan, install and maintain a desktop digital fi les which can be used for printing and Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequi- publishing system. This course does not teach display. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 2 hours. site: Computer Science/Information Systems basic design concepts, but rather provides the Recommended preparation: Completion of 101 and 110 or equivalent or Mathematics 128; student with new production tools. Lecture Computer Science/Information Systems 101 or one year of full-time, professional experience. 3 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Recommended or 105 and eligibility for English 120, Business Recommended preparation: Mathematics preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or Busi- Administration 106 or ESL 151. 110. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC ness Administration 106 or ESL 151. Note: This course may be taken 3 times using different 127 135 hardware or software; a maximum of 6 units INTRODUCTION TO HYPERCARD PROGRAMMING IN C/C++ may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU 3 Units 4 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 127 is Computer Science/Information Systems 124 a programming language for the Macintosh. It 135 is a course in programming using the ADVANCED DESKTOP PUBLISHING allows students to create new ways to retrieve, C/C++ languages which are easily transport- 3 Units organize, individualize, and present information. able languages with uses in applications Computer Science/Information Systems 124 Cards are organized into stacks, the equivalent programming for realtime, business, and is designed to acquaint students with the of fi les, which may be linked together in vari- image processing systems, as well as systems advanced features of publishing software ous ways. The scripting part of HyperCard is programming. Types, operators, control fl ow in order to produce quality printed graphics mate- HyperTalk, whose most obvious advantage is functions, object-oriented programming, rial. Students compose and create a four-page its fl exibility. The language is useful for many classes, data abstraction, and program struc- magazine or newsletter using state-of-the-art things from creating calendars to preparing ture pointers and arrays are covered in the graphic design tools. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory slide presentations and animation. Lecture 3 programming assignments. Lecture 3 hours, 1 hour. Prerequisite: Computer Science/Infor- hours. Recommended preparation: Student laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Computer mation Systems 123 or two years of professional should be familiar with the Macintosh. Transfer Science/Information Systems 101 or equivalent Desktop Publishing experience. Note: This credit: CSU and Computer Science/Information Systems course may be taken four times using different 130 or two years of full-time, professional software; a maximum of 12 units may be earned. 128 experience using a block structured language. Transfer credit: CSU HYPERCARD STACK DEVELOPMENT Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 3 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 128 is an extension of CS/IS 127. It includes stack design and scripting in greater depth. While languages such as Pascal are similar to the scripting part of HyperCard (HyperTalk), HyperCard also easily controls other media. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Computer Science/Information Systems 127 or equiva- lent. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 124 Computer Science/Information Systems
137 141 155 ADVANCED C AND C++ ADVANCED JAVA PROGRAMMING IN ADA PROGRAMMING 4 Units 4 Units 4 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 141 is Computer Science/Information Systems Computer Science/Information Systems 137 a hands-on course in which students work with 155 is a course in programming in the ADA applies the full range of C and C++ program- advanced features of the Java programming language. ADA is a modern, block struc- ming tools to problems in data base design, language such as Java Database Connectivity, tured language which is required by the interactive and non-interactive graphics, and Servlets, Remote Method Invocation, and multi- U.S. Department of Defense (DOD). This the interface between the C language and media. Emphasis for the course is on creating course provides the necessary skills for various operating systems. It also provides a complete, distributable project incorporating the student to be a productive ADA an opportunity for students working with other these features. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 3 programmer. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 3 types of computing problems or programming hours. Prerequisite: Computer Science/Infor- hours. Prerequisite: Computer Science/ environments to specify work of their own mation Systems 139 or equivalent. Transfer Information Systems 110 or equivalent, and choosing within the scope of the course. Lecture credit: CSU, UC, USC Computer Science/Information Systems 130 or 3 hours, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: two years of full-time, professional programming Computer Science/Information Systems 135 experience using a block structured language. or 1 year of C programming in the workplace. 145 Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC COBOL PROGRAMMING II 4 Units 156 139 Computer Science/Information Systems 145 INTRODUCTION TO EXPERT JAVA is a further study of elements in COBOL, SYSTEMS 4 Units a computer language for business, stress- 3 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 139 ing a structured approach. It includes such Computer Science/Information Systems 156 is a hands-on course where the student works advanced techniques as file structures, presents the integration of current concepts of with programs to develop a knowledge of Java report writing, table creation, sorts, data knowledge representation, deduction, and infer- concepts in an interactive environment. Stand- structures, data checking, and common ence making in expert systems. This fi eld is the alone applications and network applets are programming problems. Lecture 3 hours, most visible application of artifi cial intelligence. It created and tested across operating systems and laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Computer includes a survey of current available application hardware platforms. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory Science/Information Systems 101 or equiva- packages with references to programming in 3 hours. Prerequisite: Computer Science/ lent and Computer Science/Information LISP and PROLOG. Lecture 3 hours, labora- Information Systems 135 or equivalent Systems 140 or two years of full-time, tory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Computer Science/ experience, or 2 years of working experience professional programming experience in Information Systems 101. Transfer credit: in computer programming. Transfer credit: COBOL. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC CSU CSU, UC, USC 150 160 140 FORTRAN PROGRAMMING MICROCOMPUTER ASSEMBLY COBOL PROGRAMMING I 3 Units LANGUAGE 4 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 150 4 Units Computer Science/Information Systems is a course in programming computers in the Computer Science/Information Systems 160 140 presents the elements and capabilities FORTRAN language for those who plan to be o f f e r s s t u d e n t s a n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o p r o g r a m m i n g of COBOL (common business oriented programmers or for those whose work may and the basic design of software for microcom- language), using a structured approach. be related to computer applications in busi- puters. It is intended to develop an understand - COBOL programming applies to most ness, education, or industry. Lecture 3 hours, i n g o f t h e u n d e r l y i n g p r i n c i p l e s o f c o m p u t e r l o g i c . common computer system confi gurations laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: Computer Students learn to write and to modify programs and business problem-solving applications. Science/Information Systems 101 or equivalent to suit their needs by examining general prin- The course includes rules for COBOL words, and Computer Science/Information Systems ciples that may be applied to the processor statements, divisions, literal, editing, and 110 or one year of full-time, professional for a specifi c microcomputer. Lecture 3 hours, other features. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory programming experience. Note: This course laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Computer 3 hours. Prerequisite: Computer Science/ may not be taken for credit by students who Science/Information Systems 110 or Information Systems 101 or equivalent. have completed Mathematics 130. Transfer Mathematics 128 or their equivalents, or Computer Science/Information Systems credit: CSU, UC, USC one year of full-time professional experi- 110 or Mathematics 130 or two years of full- ence. Note: This course may be taken time, professional programming experience. 3 times, using different software or hardware; a Recommended preparation: Accounting maximum of 12 units may be earned. Transfer 101 or 110. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN CSCI 8)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Computer Science/Information Systems 125
165 172 186 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND UNIX/LINUX OPERATING SYSTEM WORKSTATION SECURITY AND ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE 4 Units SUPPORT 4 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 172 3 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 165 discusses the various features of the UNIX Computer Science/Information Systems 186 introduces the student to computer architecture operating system. This operating system familiarizes the student with workstation security as well as the world of assembly language was developed by Bell Labs and is becom- measures and workstation operations. The programming utilizing the PEP/7 assembly ing an industry standard in modern computer Internet environment has spawned privacy and language simulator. This course is intended systems. This course will be taught using UNIX security issues; network administrators must for the serious computer student as well as on Glendale Community College Sun comput- be trained to solve security threats as well as the computing professional. Lecture 3 hours, ers and LINUX on student home computers. maintain user workstations. The student will laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: CS/IS 101 Lecture 3 hours. Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequi- learn to recognize threats to workstation secu- or equivalent, and two semesters of program- site: CS/IS 135 or 139 or equivalent. Transfer rity. This course also prepares the student to ming beyond CS/IS 110, or two years of full- credit: CSU, UC, USC build and maintain workstations in a network time professional programming experience. and Internet environment as well as work in a Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 180 helpdesk or support capacity. Lecture/demon- SYSTEMS ANALYSIS stration 3 hours. Recommended preparation: 166 3 Units Knowledge of the Windows operating system ADVANCED COMPUTER Computer Science/Information Systems and basic Internet tools. ARCHITECTURE AND ASSEMBLY 180 is a study of systems and procedures, LANGUAGE design of a system, its implementation and 190 3 Units installation, and fi nally its operation, evalu- NETWORKING AND Computer Science/Information Systems 166 ation, and modifi cation. Includes analysis TELECOMMUNICATIONS covers the extension of basic addressing of various existing applications in business 3 Units concepts to more advanced address ability such and industry. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Computer Science/Information Systems 190 as base register and self-relative addressing, Computer Science/Information Systems is a course designed to acquaint the student as well as comparative computer architecture 101 or equivalent, and one of the following with the essential elements of networking focusing on such organizations as multiple courses: Computer Science/Information and telecommunications used in Local register processors and stack machines. The Systems 120, 130, 140; or two years of full- Area Networks (LAN), Wide Area Networks student will study the basics of virtual memory time professional programming experience. (WAN), Intermediate or Metropolitan Area, input-output and an introduction to the concept Recommended preparation: Business and Internet Network environments. Lecture of microprogrammable systems. Low-level Administration 101 and either Accounting 101, 3 hours. Recommended Preparation: system translation processes associated with 102, or 110. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Computer Science/Information Systems 100 assemblers, system functions such as relo- or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU catable loading and memory management, 185 applications of data structures, and hashing DATABASE MANAGEMENT 191 techniques will be covered. Lecture 3 hours. 3 Units INTERNET ORIENTATION Prerequisite: Computer Science/Informa- Computer Science/Information Systems 1 Unit tion Systems 165. Transfer credit: CSU, 185 is a course designed to acquaint the Computer Science/Information Systems 191 UC, USC student with the elements of data base is a brief orientation to the Internet and to the management which creates fi le structures to facilities available at Glendale Community reduce the time and cost of writing programs C o l l e g e . S t u d e n t s a r e i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e I n t e r n e t , 170 to store and retrieve information. Topics include learn to use an E-Mail utility and also learn to LARGE COMPUTER OPERATING mass storage devices, access methods, and conduct searches for information. This course SYSTEMS the relationship of fi les to the total system. satisfi es the requirement for an Internet account. 4 Units Particular emphasis is placed on the on-line Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour (8 weeks). Computer Science/Information Systems data base management system and its relation- Prerequisite: CS/IS 208 or equivalent. 170 is designed to acquaint the student ship to the operating system. Lecture 3 hours. with the standard large scale operating Prerequisite: Computer Science/Information 192 system. Topics include control language, fi le Systems 101 or equivalent, and two semesters INTERNET: BEYOND THE BASICS structures, input/output techniques, virtual of programming beyond Computer Science/ 1 Unit memory, multi-programming/processing Information Systems 110; or two years of full- Computer Science/Information Systems concepts, memory allocation, security and time professional programming experience. 192 is an intermediate level course that inter-program transfer and communication. Transfer credit: CSU enables the student to identify, analyze, and Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequi- retrieve specifi c subject information across site: Computer Science/Information Systems the Internet. Students select interest areas, 101 or equivalent, and two semesters of exploring and evaluating a variety of programming beyond Computer Science/Infor- resources on the Internet. Lecture 2 hours, mation Systems 110; or two years of full-time laboratory 2 hours (8 weeks). Prerequisite: professional programming experience. Note: Computer Science/Information Systems 191. This course is presently being taught using the VAX VMS operating system. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 126 Computer Science/Information Systems
195 200 203 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER COMMAND LINE OPERATING 3 Units KEYBOARDING SYSTEMS Computer Science/Information Systems 195 (Also listed as Computer Applications 3 Units presents a formal, engineering approach and Business Offi ce Technologies 200) Computer Science/Information Systems to the design, coding, testing, implementa- 1 Unit 203 is an introduction to operating systems tion, and maintenance of software. It is Computer Science/Information Systems concepts. Hardware architecture, fi le systems, presented in a project oriented environment 200 develops the basic skills and keyboard computer interfaces, multiprogramming, so the principles are learned through their techniques needed to work with a computer resource management, and virtual memory application in software projects. Lecture 3 keyboard. Accuracy is stressed because a are covered. Capabilities and limitations of hours. Prerequisite: Computer Science/ single error may result in inputting or retrieving different systems are analyzed. Windows Information Systems 180, 130 and one other incorrect information or no information at all. The 2000 Command Line (MS-DOS) and UNIX programming course; or signifi cant profes- effect of modifi e r a n d f u n c t i o n k e y s u n i q u e t o t h e are used to demonstrate operating system sional programming experience using a block computer keyboard is reviewed. Lecture 1 hour, internal structure, commands, and shell structured programming language such as C, laboratory 3 hours (8 weeks). Recommended programming. Lecture/Demonstration 3 hours. Pascal, ADA or PL/I. Transfer credit: CSU preparation: Eligibility for Computer Applica- Recommended preparation: Computer 196 tions and Business Offi ce Technologies 102 or Science/Information Systems 101. ADVANCED NETWORKING: equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 3 SECURITY times; a maximum of 3 units may be earned for 206 3 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 200 MACINTOSH BASICS and/or Computer Applications and Business (Also listed as Computer Applications Computer Science/Information Systems 196 Offi ce Technologies 200. and Business Offi ce Technologies is a course designed to help prepare the 206) student for industry-recognized certifi cation in 201 1 Unit advanced networking infrastructure. This course INTRODUCTION TO MS-DOS Computer Science/Information Systems will focus on security installation, confi guration 1 Unit 206 provides students with a basic introduc- and administration in the modern networking tion to the Macintosh Operating System. environment. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Computer Science/Information Systems 201 is Topics covered include the skills neces- Computer Science/Information Systems 190 an introduction to MS-DOS and the operating sary for managing the desktop, using the or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU system used in the IBM Personal Computer. It covers DOS commands, utilities, disk mouse and pull-down menus, creating 197 management, and managing the PC. Instruc- and manipulating folders, fi les, and windows, ADVANCED NETWORKING: SERVER tion includes both fl oppy and hard disk drives. and other standard operations used in every OPERATIONS No prior computer experience is necessary. Macintosh application. Lecture 2 hours, labora- 3 Units Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. (8 weeks) tory 1 hour. (8weeks). Prerequisite: None. Computer Science/Information Systems Prerequisite: None. 197 is a course designed to acquaint the 208 student with network servers. This course 202 WINDOWS BASICS focuses on server installation, confi guration ADVANCED MICROCOMPUTER (Also listed as Computer Applications and administration in the modern networking OPERATING SYSTEMS and Business Offi ce Technologies environment. It includes practical experience 1 Unit 208) with several current server operating systems. Computer Science/Information Systems 202 is 1 Unit Lecture/Demonstration 3 hours. Prerequi- a n a d v a n c e d c o u r s e i n M S - D O S a n d t h e o p e r a t - Computer Science/Information Systems site: CS/IS 190 or equivalent. ing system used in the IBM Personal Computer. 208 provides students with a basic introduc- It covers advanced DOS commands, technical tion to the Windows environment. Topics aspects of DOS, and hard disk management. covered include the skills necessary to Instruction includes both fl oppy and hard disk manage the desktop, to use the mouse and drives. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. (8 pull-down menus, to create and manipulate weeks) Prerequisite: Computer Science/Infor- folders, fi les, windows, and perform other mation Systems 201 or a working knowledge standard windows operations, and to perform of MS-DOS simple internet searches. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. (8 weeks). Prerequisite: None. Note: This course may be taken 4 times using different operating systems; a maximum of 4 units may be earned.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Computer Science/Information Systems 127
209 212 230 ADVANCED WINDOWS ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES APPLICATIONS SOFTWARE/ (Also listed as Computer Applications 3 Units SPREADSHEETS and Business Offi ce Technologies Computer Science/Information Systems 212 1½ Units 209) is designed to provide a thorough coverage of Computer Science/Information Systems 230 1 Unit data structures with data abstraction applied is intended to teach the student to use a micro- Computer Science/Information Systems to a broad spectrum of practical applications. computer spreadsheet program to produce 209 reviews the fundamental skills taught Students who take this course will master practical, well-designed models of moderate in Computer Science/Information Systems the principles of programming as a tool for complexity. The content of this course differs 208 and continues with more advanced problem solving. The students will solve each time it is offered with a different software features. Topics covered include modifying practical problems in a computer-equipped package and students who repeat the course the desktop work environment, customizing laboratory using an object oriented program- will therefore gain additional skills and knowl- with control panel, and advanced fi le and ming language, such as JAVA. Some specifi c edge. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 1 hour (8 document management. Lecture 2 hours, Lab topics that will be covered include hash tables, weeks). Recommended preparation: Eligibil- 1 hour. Prerequisite: Computer Science/Infor- trees, persistent structures, indexed fi les, and ity for English 120, Business Administration 106 mation Systems 208 or equivalent. Recom- databases. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: or ESL 151. Note: Students with no previous mended preparation: Knowledge of computer Computer Science/Information Systems microcomputer experience are advised to take keyboarding. Note: This course may be taken 211 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, Computer Science/Information Systems 101 4 times using different operating systems; a UC, USC or 105 before taking this course. This course maximum of 4 units may be earned. may be taken 4 times using different software 218 or hardware; a maximum of 6 units may be 210 INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA II earned. COMPUTER OPERATIONS (Also listed as Art 218 and 3 Units Media Arts 218) 231 3 Units APPLICATIONS SOFTWARE/ Computer Science/Information Systems ADVANCED SPREADSHEETS 210 studies the use, operation, and capa- Computer Science/Information Systems 218 1½ Units bilities of computer systems. Students learn to provides students with advanced training and Computer Science/Information Systems operate a mainframe computer and peripheral experience in the creation of interactive multi- 231 is a continuation of Computer Science/ equipment, with major emphasis of schedul- media programs. Industry standard soft ware, Information Systems 230 and is intended ing, data fl ow, and distribution of reports and such as Macromedia Director, is used with to teach the student the use of advanced maintenance. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: primary emphasis placed on the authoring microcomputer spreadsheet software for busi- Computer Science/Information Systems 101 process. Topics covered in the course include: ness applications. Advanced functions and the or equivalent. Recommended preparation: Lingo scripting, interface design, navigation use of macros are covered. The content of this Accounting 101 or 110. Transfer credit: CSU principles, cross-platform development, inte- course differs each time it is offered. Students gration of audio, video, animated and virtual who repeat the course gain additional skills and 211 reality (VR) elements, and distribution for knowledge. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 1 hour DATA STRUCTURES CD-ROM, DVD, and the Internet. Students (8 weeks). Prerequisite: Computer Science/ 5 Units create their own multimedia CD-ROM as a fi nal Information Systems 230 or equivalent. Note: Computer Science/Information Systems 211 project. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 4hours. This course may be taken 4 times using different is designed to provide a thorough cover- Prerequisite: Media Arts 111 or Computer software or hardware; a maximum of 6 units age of data structures with data abstraction Science/Information Systems 111. Recom- may be earned. applied to a broad spectrum of practical mended preparation: Art 146, 220, and Media applications. Students who take this course Arts 101. Note: This course may not be taken 232 will apply the principles of programming for credit by students who have completed ORACLE/SQL as a tool for problem solving. The students Art 218 or Media Arts 218. 1 ½ Units will solve practical problems in a computer- Computer Science/Information Systems equipped laboratory using a current 232 is an introduction to the Oracle Rela- programming language. Lecture 5 hours. tional Database Management System Prerequisite: Any two of the following and the use of Oracle’s Structured Query programming classes: Computer Science Language (SQL*Plus) query tool. This class Information Systems 120, 130, 135, 137, 139, will focus on the design and organization 140, 150, 165, or the equivalent. Transfer of a specifi c schema diagram and how to credit: CSU, UC, USC build SQL statements to access the data. Lecture/Demonstration: 3 hours. (8 weeks) Recommended preparation: Eligibility for CABOT 105, English 120 or ESL 151. Note: Students with no previous computer experience are advised to take Computer Science/Information Systems 100 or 101 before taking this course. Students without keyboarding skills are advised to take CABOT 200 concurrently.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 128 Computer Science/Information Systems/Culinary Arts
233 260 COOPERATIVE ADVANCED ORACLE/SQL WEB SITE DEVELOPMENT 1 1 ½ Units 3 Units EDUCATION Computer Science/Information Systems Computer Science/Information Systems 260 101 233 is a more advanced look at the Oracle provides students with training and experi- GENERAL WORK EXPERIENCE Relational Database Management System, ence in developing and managing Internet 1-3 Units the use of Oracle’s Structured Query Web sites. Primary emphasis is placed on Cooperative Education 101 is the super- Language (SQL*Plus) query tool, as well the development of the client-side of the vised employment of students with the as an introduction to PL/SQL. This class will Web for business purposes. Topics include intent of assisting them in acquiring desirable build on the skills learned in CS/IS 232 and forms, scripting, authoring, and fi le manage- work habits, developing career awareness, focuses primarily on DML (Data Manipula- ment software. Students use Web-building and promoting positive attitudes about jobs tion), DDL (Data Defi nition), and DCL (Data development techniques for the client-side and the world of work. Laboratory 5-15 hours. control). The student will also be introduced of the Web. Lecture/Demonstration 3 hours. Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in 7 units, to Procedural Language/Structured Query Recommended preparation: Knowledge of including Cooperative Education. Note: This Language (PL/SQL), the programming Windowss or Mac and Internet tools. course may be taken 4 times. Not to exceed language that uses SQL. Lecture/Demonstra- 6 units for Cooperative Education 101. A 261 tion 3 hours. (8 weeks) Prerequisite: CS/IS maximum of 16 units may be earned for all WEB SITE DEVELOPMENT 11 232 or equivalent. Cooperative Education. 3 Units 250 Computer Science/Information Systems 261 102 WORD PROCESSING SYSTEMS provides students with training and experi- OCCUPATIONAL WORK EXPERIENCE 1½ Units ence in developing and managing an Internet 1-4 Units Computer Science/Information Systems Web server for business. Current industry Cooperative Education 102 expands occu- 250 enables students to develop compe- software such as APACHE, Microsoft’s 3, pational learning opportunities and career tency in operating a microcomputer using and Netscape is analyzed and discussed. awareness programs for students through word processing software. Hardware used Topics include choosing and installing server employment in occupational fi elds for which in this course will be either IBM compat- software, gateways, scripting languages, and their college majors are designed. Empha- ible or MacIntosh. Word processing software security. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. sis is placed on synthesizing and applying offered is WordPerfect, Microsoft Word, Prerequisite: Computer Science/Information the knowledge gained in other course work WordStar, etc. Skills learned in this course Systems 260 or equivalent. to the work environment using the devel- include basic operating system commands opment of measurable job-related objec- and the creating, editing, printing, and stor- 280 tives the students accomplish during the ing of simple documents. Lecture 5 hours. CONCEPTS OF PROGRAMMING course. Laboratory 5-20 hours. Corequisite: (8 weeks) Recommended preparation: LANGUAGES Employment related to major and concurrent Computer Applications and Business Offi ce 3 Units registration in 7 units (including Cooperative Technologies 200 or 205 and eligibility for Busi- Computer Science/Information Systems 280 Education). Recommended preparation: ESL ness Administration 106. (Computer Applica- discusses issues in the design, implementation 151 or English 120 or Business Administration tions and Business Offi ce Technologies 200 and use of high-level programming languages, 106. Note: The course may be taken 4 times; or 205 may be taken concurrently. Note: This the historical background, and how languages a maximum of 16 units may be earned for all course may be taken 4 times, using different refl ect different design philosophies and user Cooperative Education. Transfer credit: CSU software or hardware; a maximum of 6 units requirements. Technical issues in the design of (Max. 8 units) may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU major procedural programming languages and other approaches to programming languages, CULINARY ARTS 255 s u c h a s f u n c t i o n a l p r o g r a m m i n g , l o g i c p r o g r a m - 110 INTRODUCTION TO ECOMMERCE/ ming, and object oriented programming, FOODS FOR MODERN LIVING EBUSINESS are studied. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: 3 Units 3 Units Computer Science/Information Systems 135 Computer Science/Information Systems 255 and 139 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, Culinary Arts 110 offers practical, scientifi c, is a course designed to acquaint the student UC, USC and artistic approaches to foods. Emphasis is with Electronic Commerce. This course on basic information relating to food groups. focuses on the fundamentals of doing busi- Students gain experience in planning, purchas- ness on the Internet. It includes hardware i n g , a n d p r o c e d u r e s o f f o o d p r e p a r a t i o n t o m e e t and software requirements, security strage- individual situations. Lecture 2 hours, labora- gies, payment systems, business strate- tory 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer gies and integration with existing business credit: CSU systems. Lecture/Demonstation 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Knowledge of Windowss or Mac and Internet tools.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Culinary Arts 129
111 116 124 BEGINNING FOOD PREPARATION QUANTITY FOOD PURCHASING BASIC BAKING AND DESSERT 5 Units 3 Units MAKING Culinary Arts 111 provides an introduction and Culinary Arts 116 examines purchasing of 3 Units application of the principles of food preparation food for institutions with regard to season, Culinary Arts 124 is a professional for the consumer by professionals. The course convenience, price, kind, and principles of approach to all aspects of the pastry kitchen emphasizes high production standards, attrac- storage and use. Learn to prepare purchas- as related to the food service industry. The tive service, use of proper equipment, and ing schedules, inventory forms, and graphs course emphasizes various methods of cake effi cient use of time. The course also stresses showing seasonal variations. Lecture 3 hours. preparation, as well as the basics of baking food selection, food storage, food sanitation, Prerequisite: None. technology. The course is designed to give and recipe and product evaluation. Lecture 3 117 students enough knowledge to understand hours, laboratory 6 hours. Prerequisite: None. FOOD MANAGEMENT AND COST the works of the pastry kitchen and bake shop. Transfer credit: CSU CONTROL Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: 3 Units This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum 112 of 6 units may be earned. ADVANCED FOOD PREPARATION Culinary Arts 117 is an analysis of menu 5 Units planning procedures: inventories, costs, 125 Culinary Arts 112 is a continuation of Culinary profi t and loss sheets, menu work sheets, ELEMENTS OF NUTRITION Arts 111. It is the introduction and application of and weight and measures in quality recipes. 3 Units the principles of food preparation. The course Students learn to prepare weekly, monthly, Culinary Arts 125 presents an overview of the emphasizes high production standards, attrac- and annual reports and determine food many aspects of nutrition including problems tive service, use of proper equipment, and cost per meal, labor cost per meal, operational of today, the nutritive processes of the body effi cient use of time. The course also stresses and total cost per meal. Lecture 3 hours. and dietary planning. Functions, utilization, work simplifi cation, nutrition requirements, and Prerequisite: None. and recommended allowances of nutrients are preparation of specialized food. Lecture 3 hours, 118 emphasized. Consumer education is included. laboratory 6 hours. Prerequisite: Culinary Arts DIETARY HEALTH CARE Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: 111 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU 3 Units Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer Culinary Arts 118 is a study of the function credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN H EC 2) 113 of a health care facility dietary department, SANITATION AND SAFETY CONTROL its policies, financial management and 128 3 Units organization of the food service. Consid- NUTRITION AND PHYSICAL FITNESS Culinary Arts 113 studies personal cleanliness, eration is given to appropriate menus for (Also listed as PE 128 and sanitary practices in food preparation, cause, all age groups, modifi ed diets, terminology Health 128) control and investigation of illness caused by used, types of food service available, stan- 3 Units food contamination. Dishwashing procedures, dards of tray and cafeteria service, uniform Culinary Arts 128 is a course in nutrition and sanitation of kitchen equipment, storage and system of accounting, and general legal physical fi tness. It provides the student with an refrigeration procedures are investigated. and operational problems. Lecture 3 hours. overall study of the relationship between nutri- Investigation of cleansing materials and use Prerequisite: Culinary Arts 114. Recom- tion and physical fi tness. The effects of nutrition of proper disposal of garbage and refuse mended preparation: Eligibility for English on the anatomical and physiological aspects according to Environmental Protection Agency 120 or ESL 151. of the body are emphasized. The course also standards are presented. Necessary safety examines the production of energy from the precautions and accident prevention to meet 122 intake of a variety of nutritional sources. The O.S.H.A. standards are offered. Lecture 3 INTERNATIONAL COOKING process of metabolism as a means toward hours. Prerequisite: None. 3 Units energy production and physical activity is also Culinary Arts 122 is an introduction to culi- discussed. Meal planning, basic physiology, 114 nary principles and techniques derived from current nutritional practices, eating disorders, NUTRITION AND MENU PLANNING countries throughout the world. Specific weight control and athletic training are exam- 3 UNITS areas of instruction covered include selec- ined as they relate to the nutritional aspects of Culinary Arts 114 examines the principles tion of proper equipment and utensils, physical fi tness. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: of nutrition and their relation to quantity correct methods of preparation and proce- None. Note: This course may not be taken for food preparation and menu planning. The dures. Food preparation and presentation credit by students who have completed Health course emphasizes menu planning in relation are also emphasized. Lecture 3 hours. 128 or Physical Education 128. Transfer credit: to various food customs, numerous age groups, Prerequisite: None. Note: This course may CSU, UC, USC and identifi ed defi ciency diseases applicable be taken 4 times emphasizing a different to quantity food production. Lecture 3 hours. cuisine each time; a maximum of 12 units may 141 Prerequisite: None. be earned. NUTRITION AND WEIGHT CONTROL 2 Units 115 Culinary Arts 141 explores causes and (SEE HOTEL RESTAURANT MANAGE- control of various eating disorders: includ- MENT 115) ing overweight, underweight, and Bulemia (Anorexia Nervosa). The relationship of correc- tive dietary planning to these disorders is stud- ied. Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: None.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 130 Culinary Arts/Dance
142 216 105 NUTRITION CONTROVERSIES WINE SELECTION AND STEP AEROBICS 2 Units PRESENTATION (Also listed as Physical Education 105) Culinary Arts 142 is a presentation of 3 Units 1-2½ Units current nutrition and dietary controversies. Culinary Arts 216 covers all aspects of wine Dance 105 is a contemporary, high intensity, Emphasis is placed on dietary planning for opti- production including, but not limited to, the low impact fi tness class designed for both mum health and disease prevention as it relates production of wine, wine cellar organization, men and women, to improve each participant’s to menu planning in the food service industry. characteristics of the most popular wine strength, fl exibility, and cardiovascular fi tness Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: None. varieties, matching wine with food, wines level through steady-state stepping move- from numerous countries, and wine tast- mens. The student is exposed to a graduated 201 ing techniques. This course includes wine continuous system of rhythmic stepping at RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT tasting and a fi eld trip to a winery. Lecture various platform heights. The class includes 3 Units 3 hours. Prerequisite: Students must be at lecture on basic nutrition, exercise concepts, C u l i n a r y A r t s 2 01 c o v e r s t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f o p e r a t - least 21 years of age and possess a valid form and stress management as the factors apply ing a food service which are common to all types of picture identifi cation to verify age. Recom- to a personal fi tness program. Class sessions of commercial and industrial food service. The mended preparation: Eligibility for English include a warm-up, an exercise routine fi tted course covers such areas as sales promotion, 189 or ESL 133. to each student’s level of fi tness, and a cool advertising, personnel, legal aspects, insur- down. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory ½-3½ ance, labor management relations. Lecture 3 DANCE hours. Prereguisite: None. Note: Dance 105 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility Physical Education 105 may be taken 4 times; for English 120 or ESL 151. It is recommended that a variety of activi- a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer ties be taken during a student’s attendance credit: CSU, UC, USC 207 at Glendale Community College. Courses DINING ROOM SERVICES in dance satisfy the physical education 110 3 Units requirement. The following classes do not BALLET TECHNIQUE I Culinary Arts 207 is an introduction and appli- meet the physical education requirement: ½-2½ Units cation of the principles of preparing food sales Child Development 158, Dance 158. Dance Dance 110 provides practical experience, and presenting service at special events and classes may be taken four (4) times; a maxi- through exercise and discussion, to enable functions within the scope of the hospitality mum of six (6) units may be earned in any one the student to develop a basic knowledge of industry such as teas, receptions, weddings and course. All classes are coeducational unless the necessary physical and mental discipline banquets. The course covers the management otherwise noted. in ballet technique. Lecture ½-1½ hours, of a dining room including good housekeeping laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. techniques, fi ne food, and effi cient service. 100 Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Types of dining service included are: waited SURVEY OF DANCE HISTORY table service (French, Russian, American, 3 Units 111 English), limited service, counter, tray service, Dance 100 is a survey of dance forms created BALLET TECHNIQUE II catering, and vending. Lecture 2 hours, labora- by western cultures and civilizations. An intro- ½-2½ Units tory 4 hours. Recommended preparation: duction of the prehistory of dance and devel- Dance 111 provides practical experience, Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. opment of dance in ancient Egypt, Greece, through exercise and discussion, to develop and Rome is followed by an investigation of further a knowledge of the physical and mental 212 the history of dance in the western world discipline in ballet technique at the intermediate COMMERCIAL FOOD PREPARATION through the Chrisitan era into contemporary level. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ 5 Units times. Elements relating to social dance, hours. Prerequisite: Dance 110 or equivalent. Culinary Arts 212 is designed for students ethnic dance, court dance, ballet, modern Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC pursuing a career in the hotel and restau- dance, musical theater dance, jazz, and rant industry. Students will be working in a tap dance are included. Emphasis is placed 112 commercial hotel kitchen where they will learn on integrating the development of dance BALLET WORKSHOP: HISTORICAL large scale food preparation and production. forms with the geographic, social, political, OVERVIEW Lecture 3 hours. Laboratory 6 hours. Prereq- philosophical, and religious characteristics of 1-2 Units uisite: Culinary Arts 111. Recommended these cultures. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Dance 112 provides an opportunity for Preparation: Culinary Arts 112. None. Transfer credit: CSU. technical development with emphasis given to varied styles and training methods that 214 101 develop performance abilities to meet the BEVERAGES AND WINE SERVICE INTRODUCTION TO DANCE current professional demands of ballet. 3 Units ½-2½ Units Emphasis is on historic and traditional forms of Culinary Arts 214 is a study of the beverage Dance 101 presents a wide variety of concrete ballet. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-2½ costs and uses in commercial restaurants experiences in movement relative to the acquisi- hours. Prerequisite: Dance 111 or equivalent. and hotels. Analysis of the operation, sales, tion of concepts for a structure of understanding (Dance 111 may be taken concurrently.) Note: costs and profit functions are studied. of dance as an art form. Lecture ½-1½ hours, An audition may be required. No more than 12 Produce information and the study of the laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. units may be earned for Dance 112 and 113. historical background of beverages are Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC covered. The organization of the operation of a bar, wine cellar, or catered services is studied. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Dance 131
113 122 126 BALLET WORKSHOP: REPERTOIRE JAZZ WORKSHOP: VIDEO TAP DANCE II 1-2 Units ½-2½ Units 1-2½ Units Dance 113 provides an opportunity for Dance 122 provides an opportunity to further Dance 126 provides students with advanced, technical development with emphasis given the student’s knowledge of jazz dance, to study practical experience in tap dance techniques. to varied styles and training methods of more technical detail in the development and Through discussion and movement, the selected contemporary choreographers. conditioning of the body for jazz, to develop course emphasizes the development of Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½- performance values, and to further meet the coordination, rhythm, and performance skills. 2½ hours. Prerequisite: Dance 111 or demands of current professional dance and Students learn advanced tap dance combi- equivalent. (Dance 111 may be taken theatre, fi lm, and television, using current video nations and dances. Lecture ½-1½ hours, concurrently.) Note: An audition may be techniques. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: Dance required. No more than 12 units may be earned 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: Dance 121 or 125 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU for Dance 112 and 113. Transfer credit: CSU, equivalent. (Dance 121 may be taken concur- 130 UC, USC rently). Note: An audition may be required. No CHOREOGRAPHY more than 12 units may be earned for Dance 122 ½-2½ Units 115 and 123. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC MODERN DANCE TECHNIQUE I Dance 130 provides the student the oppor- ½-2½ Units 123 tunity for further advancement in knowledge Dance 115 provides an opportunity for JAZZ WORKSHOP: REPERTOIRE and practical movement experience in the personal development in modern dance tech- ½-2½ Units choreographic aspect of the dance as an art nique. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ Dance 123 provides an opportunity to further form. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: the student’s knowledge of jazz repertoire, to hours. Prerequisite: Dance 101 or equivalent. CSU, UC, USC study more technical detail in the develop- Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC ment and conditioning of the body for jazz, to 116 131 develop performance values, and to further MODERN DANCE TECHNIQUE II COMMERCIAL DANCE meet the demands of current professional ½-2½ Units 1-2½ Units dance. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ Dance 116 provides an opportunity to hours. Prerequisite: Dance 121 or equivalent. Dance 131 is a course designed to give extend the student’s knowledge of modern (Dance 121 may be taken concurrently.) Note: the serious student a working knowledge dance technique. It provides greater technical An audition may be required. No more than 12 of dance in the entertainment industry. It detail for the personal development and control units may be earned for Dance 122 and 123. provides opportunity for the further devel- of the body needed in advanced modern dance Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC opment of technical excellence and style production. Lecture: ½-1½ hours, laboratory in various commercial dance forms. It 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: Dance 115 or 124 provides an inside look at fi lm, television, equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC HIP-HOP and stage work. The student prepares for 120 1-2½ Units entrance into the commercial dance fi eld JAZZ TECHNIQUE I Dance 124 provides students with practical with information about agents, auditions, ½-2½ Units experience in current hip-hop techniques, unions, wardrobe, classes, and other general details needed for participating in Dance 120 provides an opportunity to learn such as popping, locking, and ticking. professional dance in Los Angeles. Lecture the functions of the body, in relationship Through exercise and discussion the course ½-2 hours, laboratory 1½-3 hours. Prerequi- to music; the opportunity to develop and emphasizes the development of coordination, site: One of the following: Dance 110, 115, condition the body for jazz dance; and the strength, cardiovascular fi tness, and rhythm 120, or equivalent. Note: An audition may opportunity to meet the demand for profes- necessary to meet the demands of high be required. No more than 12 units may be sional dance in theatre today. Lecture intensity performance skills in the popular earned for Dance 131 and 132. Transfer ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. street dancing trends. The students are also credit: CSU Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, encouraged to develop individual interpreta- tion and personal style indigenous to this UC, USC 132 dance form. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory ARTIST-IN-RESIDENCE 121 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer 1-2½ Units JAZZ TECHNIQUE II credit: CSU ½-2½ Units Dance 132 is a course designed to give the Dance 121 provides an opportunity to further 125 serious student a working knowledge of dance the student’s knowledge of jazz dance; TAP DANCE in the entertainment industry. It provides oppor- study more technical detail in the devel- 1-2½ Units tunity for the further development of technical opment and conditioning of the body for Dance 125 provides students with practical excellence and style in a commercial dance jazz, and to further meet the demands for experience in basic tap dance techniques. form through extended study with a choreogra- professional dance in theatre today. Lecture Through discussion and movement, the pher-in-residence. Opportunity for participation ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. course emphasizes the development of in a completed choreographic presentation is Prerequisite: Dance 120 or equivalent. Trans- coordination, rhythm, and performance skills. provided. Lecture ½-2 hours, laboratory 1½-3 fer credit: CSU, UC, USC Students learn tap dance combinations and hours. Prerequisite: One of the following: dances. A brief history of the development of Dance 110, 115, 120, or equivalent. Note: An the tap dance medium is included. Lecture audition may be required. No more than 12 ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Recom- units may be earned for Dance 131 and 132. mended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 Transfer credit: CSU or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 132 Dance
134 141 160 CHOREOGRAPHY WORKSHOP MOVEMENT FOR THEATRE II INTERNATIONAL WORKSHOP ½-2½ Units 1 Unit ½-2½ Units Dance 134 offers experience in understand- Dance 141 provides the opportunity for Dance 160 gives dance students an oppor- ing the principles that govern movement, advanced study of stage movement and tunity to learn the techniques of internation- ability to control the body as an instru- introduces a comparison of stage, fi lm and ally-known dance masters. The seminar also ment of expression, and understanding of video movement techniques. Lecture ½ hour, gives students the chance to experience other the use of space, time, and force factors laboratory 1½ hours. Prerequisite: Dance 140 cultures and interact with dance students from related to the basic principles that govern art or equivalent. Corequisite: Theatre Arts 104. many nations. Tours through the host country forms. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC are an integral part of this course. Opportunity hours. Prerequisite: Dance 130 or equivalent. is also provided for student participation in Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 145 a dance performance. Lecture ½-1½ hours, MOVEMENT FOR MUSICAL THEATRE laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. 135 ½-2½ Units Transfer credit: CSU DANCE PRODUCTION—REPERTOIRE Dance 145 provides an opportunity for ½-3 Units studying the problems of stage movement, 164 Dance 135 provides practical experience character movement, and dance movement RHYTHMIC AEROBICS in utilization of knowledge and understand- as related to theatre. Attention is also given (Also listed as Physical Education 164) ing of dance as an art form. Opportunity is to the demands placed upon the student who ½-2½ Units provided for student participation in dance wishes to participate in stage performance. Dance 164 offers vigorous exercise set productions choreographed by faculty and Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. to contemporary music. The course is alumni. Lecture ½-2½ hours, laboratory Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, designed for students wishing to develop or 1½-5½ hours. Prerequisite: One of the UC, USC maintain aerobic fi tness while also learning following: Dance 112, 113, 116, 122, 123 about the physiology of fi tness. Routines of or equivalent. Note: An audition may be 150 rhythmic exercise are designed to develop or required. No more than 12 units may be earned PHYSICAL REINTEGRATION maintain cardio-respiratory endurance and for Dance 135 and 136. Transfer credit: CSU, 1-2½ Units body fl exibility. The course is designed for UC, USC Dance 150 is an experimental movement students at all levels of fi tness. Lecture ½-1½ class for students with learning disabilities hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: 136 and/or minor physical limitations. Areas None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC DANCE PRODUCTION—STUDENT covered include exploration of body image CHOREOGRAPHY awareness and integration of sensory 171 ½-3 Units modalities with motor processes. Also CHOREOGRAPHY TECHNIQUES FOR Dance 136 provides practical experience included is orientation and relaxation with the SCHOOL SPIRIT LEADERS in utilization of knowledge and understand- integration of both into the student’s daily life 1 Unit ing of dance as an art form. Opportunity through dance movement. Lecture ½-1½ hours, Dance 171 provides an opportunity for is provided for student choreography and laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. students to gain knowledge and technical participation in dance productions. Lecture Note: Verifi cation of disability must be on fi le in skills in the choreography and techniques ½-2½ hours, laboratory 1½-5½ hours. Prereq- the Disabled Student Center. Transfer credit: of pep arts through practical application and uisite: One of the following: Dance 112, 113, CSU, UC, USC discussion. Emphasis is placed on leadership 116, 122, 123 or equivalent. Note: An audition training, personal and professional develop- may be required. No more than 12 units may 158 ment. Lecture ½ hour, laboratory 1½ hours. be earned for Dance 135 and 136. Transfer MOVEMENT DEVELOPMENT: BIRTH Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU credit: CSU, UC, USC THROUGH TWELVE YEARS (Also listed as Child Development 194 140 158) PILATES MOVEMENT FOR THEATRE I 3 Units (Also listed as Physical Education 194) 1 Unit Dance 158 provides those students who are ½-2½ Units Dance 140 provides the student the oppor- interested in teaching movement to children Dance 194 provides practical experi- tunity to study stage movement, physical the opportunity to acquire knowledge and ence through exercise in conjunction with characterization and mime as related to techniques related to motor development. discussion periods to enable the student to theatre. The students will increase their The course introduces basic principles and develop a knowledge of body-mind interaction knowledge through practical application of theories of motor development in children in the area of athletics. The student learns the movement aspects of theatre. Lecture from birth to age twelve, focusing on design- how to infl uence and control this interaction, ½ hour, laboratory 1½ hours. Prerequisite: ing developmentally-appropriate and creative with regard to pain and energy fl ow, supple- None. Corequisite: Theatre Arts 103. Transfer dance experiences for young children. Lecture ness, relaxation, stretch and strength factors. credit: CSU, UC, USC 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note:This Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. course will not fulfi ll physical education activity Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, requirements. Transfer credit: CSU UC, USC
DRAFTING See ENGINEERING
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Economics/Electronics and Computer Technology 133
ECONOMICS 110 EGYPTIAN HIEROGLYPHS ECONOMICS OF THE ENVIRONMENT 101 3 Units 101 BEGINNING HIEROGLYPHS PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Economics 110 searches for an economic 3 Units 3 Units understanding of contemporary environmental Economics 101 is a fundamental course problems. Economic theory is used to explain Egyptian Hieroglyphs 101 presents the funda- in microeconomic analysis. It covers why there is ineffi cient resource use and pollu- mentals of hieroglyphic writing and Egyptian price theory, economic scarcity, consumer tion. Public policy to correct environmental grammar. The aim of the course is to train behavior, market equilibrium and disequilibrium, problems is examined critically, looking at students in the reading and writing of simple production costs, theory of the fi rm, market the costs and benefi ts of such programs as hieroglyphs. The course includes reading, structures and income distribution. Other Superfund cleanup, government regulation, translation of simple ancient Egyptian prose as optional topics include the history of economic and market incentives. The course also studies well as exercises to illustrate each new point thought, externalities, market failure, interna- the effect of environmental problems and poli- of grammar. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended tional economics. The course emphasizes cies on wealth distribution, economic growth preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer analytical problem solving and mathematic and international relations. Lecture 3 hours. credit: CSU methods wherever possible. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for 102 Prerequisite: Economics 102. Transfer credit: English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: UC, BEGINNING HIEROGLYPHS CSU, UC, USC (CAN ECON 4) CSU, USC 3 Units 102/102H 111 Egyptian Hieroglyphs 102 presents the funda- PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED mentals of hieroglyphic writing and Egyptian HONORS PRINCIPLES OF STATES grammar. The aim of the course is to train MACROECONOMICS (Also listed as History 116) students in the reading and writing of simple 3 Units 3 Units hieroglyphs. The course includes reading, Economics 102 is a fundamental course in Economics 111 is a history of the economic translation of simple ancient Egyptian prose as economic analysis. Emphasis is placed on development of the United States from its well as exercises to illustrate each new point of theories of output determination, consump- settlement to the present. Emphasis is placed grammar. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Egyp- tion, investment, infl ation, unemployment, on the growth and development of economic tian Hieroglyphs 101. Transfer credit: CSU and fiscal and monetary policy. Other institutions, slavery, reconstruction, work, the selected topics may include international industrial revolution, workers’ movement, and ELECTRONICS AND balance of payments, growth and development, U.S. imperialism. This course meets the Cali- COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY and urban problems. fornia State requirement in American History. The honors course will be enhanced in one Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepara- 100 or more of the following ways: tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS FOR 1. Students will use a macroeconomic computer Note: This course may not be taken for credit ELECTRONICS model to explore macroeconomic policies by students who have completed History 116. 3 Units and be able to explain the theoretical basis Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Electronics and Computer Technology 100 is of the results achieved in the computer designed to offer the student a comprehensive model. EDUCATIONAL MEDIA study in the mathematics specifi cally used 2. Students will write an essay critically assess- TECHNOLOGY in the electronics and computer technology ing macroeconomic policies relative to differ- fi eld. Phases covered include application ent political viewpoints. 103 of algebra, DC circuit analysis, AC funda- 3. Students will complete writing assignments MEDIA EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND mentals, simultaneous equations, AC circuit using critical thinking skills to assess macro- TECHNIQUES analysis, complex numbers, logarithms, and economic policies. 3 Units computer number systems. Lecture 3 hours. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Educational Media Technology 103 is an Recommended Preparation: Electronics Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer introduction to the operating principles and and Computer Technology 109 and eligibility credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN ECON 2) utilization of media equipment, materials, for English 120 or ESL 151. 105 and facilities. Students gain hands-on THE AMERICAN ECONOMY experience as technician trainees by par tici- 3 Units pating in laboratory experience in the Media Services Department where they learn to Economics 105 provides an introduction to the operate and maintain such media equip- American economy, a foundation for under- ment as public address systems, record standing it and the problems that it faces. The players, tape recorders, projectors, cameras course provides a description of the important and other instructional materials. Lecture 2, institutions of our system and an analytical laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: None. approach to the understanding of the basic economic problems generally suited for non- business majors. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- mended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: No credit will be granted for Economics 105 if Economics 101 and 102 have been taken previously. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 134 Electronics and Computer Technology
101 104 112 ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS I (DC) INTRODUCTION TO MICROCOMPUTER 3 Units MICROPROCESSORS TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR Electronics and Computer Technology 101 3 Units 3 Units offers a modern approach to electronics Electronics and Computer Technology 104 Electronics and Computer Technology 112 theory that is more compatible with the introduces the characteristics, architecture, is a course designed to give the student a needs of industry. The study of DC theory and operation of microprocessors, intro- comprehensive foundation in the methods and principles are integrated with computer- ducing peripheral interfacing techniques. of microcomputer repair at the board as well assisted problems using BASIC program- Lab develops skills in microprocessor as the component level. Also included in this ming language. The use of matricies to solve peripheral interfacing and assembly language course are the methods and operation of elementary problems is introduced. Funda- programming. Lecture 3 hours. Corequisite: related test equipment, computer diagnostics mental theorems are developed in lecture Electronics and Computer Technology 251. and component failure analysis. This course and put into practice in the laboratory. The Prerequisite: Electronics and Computer e m p h a s i z e s h a n d s - o n e x p e r i e n c e w i t h p r a c t i - laboratory develops the basic skills needed Technology 103 or equivalent. Transfer cal applications. Lecture 3 hours. Corequi- in using meters, power supplies, along with credit: CSU site: Electronics and Computer Technology wiring and assembling DC circuits. Lecture 250. Prerequisite: None. Recommended 3 hours. Corequisite: Electronics and 109 preparation: Electronics and Computer Computer Technology 250. Prerequisite: BASIC FOR ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS Technology 103 and 110. Note: This course Electronics and Computer Technology 100. 3 Units may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 8 units (Electronics and Computer Technology 100 Electronics and Computer Technology 109 may be earned. may be taken concurrently.). Recommended introduces a diagnostic form of analysis 113 preparation: Electronics and Computer of electronic circuits, integrating the use HIGH-RELIABILITY SOLDER, WIRE Technology 109 and eligibility for English 120 of the programming language BASIC with WRAP, AND PRINTED CIRCUIT or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU fundamental electronics mathematics. BOARD REWORK AND REPAIR Students explore the elementary concepts TECHNOLOGY 102 of BASIC germane to electronics math- 3 Units ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS II (AC) ematics and apply them to the solution of 3 Units Electronics and Computer Technology 113 is electronic circuit problems. All applications a comprehensive course providing functional Electronics and Computer Technology 102 is are practiced using computers in the training in the concepts of high-reliability a n e x t e n s i o n o f t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f D C e l e c t r o n i c s Electronics and Computer Technology soldering, solder extraction, and electronics applied to AC circuit problems. The exten- Department lab. Specific areas of con- component removal/replacement, including sion of BASIC programming is used to solve centration include writing and running terminal interconnections using wire-wrap complex AC circuits. The laboratory further elementary programs in BASIC and using techniques, and specialized high-technol- develops equipment skills, introducing the BASIC programming and electronic math- ogy industrial equipment. This course also use of oscilloscopes and signal generators. ematics concepts and procedures to perform encompasses rework, repair, and modifi - Lecture 3 hours. Corequisite: Electronics calculations in solving electronic DC and cation of electronic printed circuit boards. and Computer Technology 251. Prerequisite: AC circuit confi guration problems. Lecture 3 Additionally, automated industrial wave Electronics and Computer Technology 101 or hours. Corequisite: Electronics and Computer solder processes are studied. Laboratory equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU Technology 100. work emphasizes hands-on experience 103 110 in detailed applications using specialized INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL LOGIC BASIC ELECTRICITY—ELECTRONICS industrial work stations, and automated 3 Units 3 Units industrial wave solder processes equipment. Lecture 3 hours. Corequisite: Electronics and Electronics and Computer Technology 110 Electronics and Computer Technology 103 Computer Technology 250. Prerequisite: presents a survey of the basic principles of is an introduction to digital systems, number None. Note: This course may be taken 2 electronics (for non-electronics majors). It systems, Boolean Algebra, logic techniques, times; a maximum of 8 units may be earned. is designed to provide the students with logic gates, multivibrator circuits, counters, Students who have taken Electronics and an understanding of the basic principles of multivibrators, programming and codes. Computer Technology 111 will receive only 2 electronic circuits and their applications. Construction and development of TTL logic, units of credit for Electronics and Computer Lecture 3 hours. Corequisite: Electronics using integrated circuits. Lecture 3 hours. Technology 113. Corequisite: Electronics and Computer and Computer Technology 251. Prerequi- Technology 250. Prerequisite: None. site: None. Recommended preparation: Recommended preparation: Mathematics Mathematics 145 or equivalent and eligibility 145 or equivalent and eligibility for English 120 for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU may not be taken for credit by students who have completed Electronics and Computer Technology 101 and /or 102.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Electronics and Computer Technology 135
114 116 119 CISCO 1 TRAINING CISCO 3 TRAINING CISCO CERTIFIED NETWORK 3 Units 3 Units PROFESSIONAL 2 Electronics and Computer Technology 114 Electronics and Computer Technology 116 is 3 Units provides students with classroom and labo- the third of four modules designed to introduce Electronics and Computer Technology 119 ratory experience in current and emerging new content and extend previously learned emphasizes building Cisco Multilayer Switched networking technologies. This course meets network skills which enable students to enter Networks, using high speed Ethernet technolo- current industrial and occupational require- the workforce and/or further their education gies. This course includes both routing and ments. Instruction includes safety, networking, and training in the computer networking fi eld. switching concepts, covering both switched network terminology and protocols, network Instruction introduces and enhances the network schemes (Level 2) and hierarchical standards, Local Area Networks (LANs), student’s knowledge of and practical experi- topology (Level 3) technologies. This course is Wide Area Networks (WANs), Open System ence with the design, confi guration, and main- the second of four that are part of the training Interconnection (OSI) models, cabling, cabling tenance of switches, Local Area Networks path for those students seeking Cisco Certi- tools, routers, router programming, star topol- (LANs) and Virtual Local Area Networks fi ed Network Professional (CCNP) certifi ca- ogy, Internet Protocol (IP) addressing, and (VLANs). Students gain practical experience tion. Lecture 4.5 hours, laboratory 4.5 hours. network standards. Emphasis is given to related to confi guring LANs, WANs, Novell Prerequisite: Electronics and Computer use of decision-making and problem-solving networks, Internet Packet Exchange (IPX) Technology 118 or equivalent. techniques in applying science, mathematics, routing, and Interior Gateway Routing Protocol communication, and social studies concepts (IGRP) and network troubleshooting. Lecture 124 to solve networking problems. Additionally, 4.5 hours, laboratory 4.5 hours (eight weeks). INTRODUCTION TO students analyze recent local, state, and Prerequisite: Electronics and Computer MICROPROCESSORS—DIGITAL federal safety, building, and environmental Technology 115. TECHNOLOGY codes and regulations.( 8 weeks). Lecture 3 Units 4.5 hours, laboratory 4.5 hours. Prerequisite: 117 Electronics and Computer Technology 124 Electronics and Computer Technology 212 or CISCO 4 TRAINING introduces the characteristics, architec- equivalent. 3 Units ture and operation of 8-bit microproces- Electronics and Computer Technology 117 is sors. This course also introduces assembly 115 the fourth of four classes preparing students language programming and peripheral CISCO 2 TRAINING with the skills they need to design, build, and interfacing techniques of single board 3 Units maintain small to medium size networks. computers. Practical labs reinforce skills in Electronics and Computer Technology Students perform a series of practical labs to programming and interfacing techniques. 115 is the second of four courses provid- include emulating frame relay, confi guring and Lecture 3 hours. Corequisite: Electronics ing students with laboratory experience in writing access list, and custom confi guring of and Computer Technology 251. Prerequisite: current and emerging CISCO technology a Cisco router. Student responsibility includes Electronics and Computer Technology 103 or that will enable them to enter employment completion of a threaded case study, complete equivalent. Note: This course may not be taken and/or obtain further education and training design of a local and wide area network of a for credit by students who have completed in the computer networking fi eld. Instruction typical school district to include information Electronics and Computer Technology 104 includes safety, networking, network termi- developed in the current as well as previous and 203. nology and protocols, network standards, classes. Lecture 4.5 hours, laboratory 4.5 Local Area Networks (LANs), Wide Area hours (eight weeks). Prerequisite: Electronics 201 Networks (WANs), Open System Intercon- and Computer Technology 116. SOLID STATE DEVICES nection Ethernet (OSI), Token Ring, Fiber 3 Units Distributed Data Interface, TCP/IP address- 118 Electronics and Computer Technology ing protocol, dynamic routing, routing and CISCO CERTIFIED NETWORK 201 encompasses the study of Solid-State the network administrator’s role and func- PROFESSIONAL 1 semiconductor theory, including diode recti- tion. Instruction and training are provided in 3 Units fi ers, fi ltered power supplies, transistor and the proper care, maintenance, and use of Electronics and Computer Technology 118 FET amplifi ers, IC oscillators, and thyristor networking software, tools, and equipment. focuses on building scalable Cisco networks, devices. Laboratory experiments consist (8 weeks). Lecture 4.5 hours, laboratory using Cisco routers connected to local area of constructing solid-state circuits, and 4.5 hours. Prerequisite: Electronics and networks (LAN) and wide area networks performing circuit analysis and diagnostics Computer Technology 114. (WAN) typically found at medium to large of electronic parameters using state-of-the- network sites. This course is the fi rst of four art digital electronic test equipment. Lecture that are part of the training path for those 3 hours. Corequisite: Electronics and students seeking Cisco Certifi ed Network Computer Technology 252. Prerequisite: Professional (CCNP) certifi cation. Lecture Electronics and Computer Technology 102 4.5 hours, laboratory 4.5 hours. (8 weeks). or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU Prerequisite: CCNA (Cisco Certifi ed Network Associate) certifi cation.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 136 Electronics and Computer Technology/Engineering
202 212 251 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ELECTRONICS ADVANCED MICROCOMPUTER ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER 3 Units REPAIR TECHNOLOGIES TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY II Electronics and Computer Technology 202 is a 3 Units 1 Unit comprehensive study and applied analysis of Electronics and Computer Technology 212 Electronics and Computer Technology 251 linear integrated circuit (IC) electronics technol- teaches students the methods of troubleshoot- is the laboratory course providing hands-on ogy. Lab develops skills in constructing, testing, ing and repairing advanced microcomputer application of classroom theory for basic ECT and analyzing operational amplifi er, differentia- systems. Specific areas of concentration courses. Laboratory 3 hours. Corequisite: tor and integrator, voltage and current regulator, include network hardware for both IBM and ECT 102, 104, 110, or 124. Note: This class oscillator and function generator, active fi lter, Apple systems. Some emphasis on network may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units converter, and phase-lock loop IC circuits, using software, such as Novell and X.25, is placed on may be earned. advanced electronics test equipment. Lecture 3 troubleshooting and repairing of the systems. hours. Corequisite: Electronics and Computer Lab experiences consist of diagnosis and repair 252 Technology 253. Prerequisite: Electronics of computer systems at campus locations, or ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER and Computer Technology 201 or equivalent. during lab experience. Lecture 3 hours. Coreq- TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY III Transfer credit: CSU uisite: Electronics and Computer Technology 1 Unit 252. Prerequisite: Electronics and Computer Electronics and Computer Technology 252 203 Technology 112. is the laboratory course providing hands-on MICROCOMPUTER TECHNOLOGY I application of classroom theory for intermediate 3 Units 223 ECT courses. Laboratory 3 hours. Corequi- Electronics and Computer Technology COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS site: ECT 201 or 212. Note: This class may 203 presents the basic principles of micro- 2 Units be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may computer integrated circuit technology. It is Electronics and Computer Technology be earned. designed to provide the students with an 223 is a comprehensive study of electronic understanding of the basic principles of inte- communications systems, from the funda- 253 grated circuit microprocessor technology and mentals of radio frequency (RF) circuits to ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER its applications in 8-bit computers. Lecture 3 complex space-age technology. Specific TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY IV hours. Corequisite: Electronics and Computer areas of concentration in this course include 1 Units Technology 253. Prerequisite: Electronics RF theory, devices, circuits, and systems; Electronics and Computer Technology 253 and Computer Technology 104 or equivalent. including oscillators, amplifi ers, modulators, AM is the laboratory course providing hands-on Transfer credit: CSU and FM techniques, data communications, and application of classroom theory for advanced satellite communications. Laboratory experi- ECT courses. Corequisite: ECT 202, 203, 204, 204 ments deal with RF circuit/system analysis or 226. Note: This class may be taken 4 times; MICROCOMPUTER TECHNOLOGY II and instrumentation applications, including a maximum of 4 units may be earned. 3 Units microcomputer simulation. Lecture 3 hours, Electronics and Computer Technology 204 is laboratory 3 hours (8 weeks). Prerequisite: EMERGENCY MEDICAL a continuation of Electronics 203. Principles of Electronics and Computer Technology 201. integrated circuits, microcomputers, mnemon- Note: A maximum of 4 units may be earned from TECHNOLOGY ics, interfacing, and application are covered, any combination of Electronics and Computer See NURSING emphasizing 16-bit and 32-bit computers. Technology 222, 223, or 224. Lecture 3 hours. Corequisite: Electronics and Computer Technology 253. Prerequisite: 226 ENGINEERING PREPARATION FOR A+ Electronics and Computer Technology 203 or 100 equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU CERTIFICATION 3 Units INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING 3 Units 210 Electronics and Computer Technology 226 ELECTRONICS INSTRUMENTS AND prepares students for the A+ professional Engineering 100 introduces students to MEASUREMENTS certification examination by presenting the profession and disciplines of engineer- 3 Units current Windows operating systems and ing and the engineering design process. Electronics and Computer Technology 210 peripheral equipment troubleshooting and Instruction includes computer skills and is a comprehensive study of the theory of repair. Lecture 3 hours. Corequisite: Electron- communication strategies utilized in engineer- operation, characteristics, and applica- ics and Computer Technology 253. Prerequi- ing. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. tions of electronics specialized test and site: ECT 112 and 212 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC measurement instruments, including analog 101 and digital meters, oscilloscopes, oscilla- 250 ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING DRAWING tors, generators, electronic counters, and 3 Units impedance bridge networks. Precision TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY I measurements and relevant mathemati- 1 Unit Engineering 101 is an in-depth study course cal procedures are emphasized in the Electronics and Computer Technology 250 designed to present training in the manipulation test, measurement and analysis of the is the laboratory course providing hands-on of instruments, lettering, orthographic projec- operational parameters and performance of application of classroom theory for introductory tion, sketching, drawing auxiliary and pictorial electronic printed circuits. Lecture 3 hours. ECT courses. Laboratory 3 hours. Corequisite: views, sectioning and dimensioning. Lecture Prerequisite: None. Recommended prepara- Electronics and Computer Technology 101, 103, 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Recommended tion: Electronics and Computer Technology 110 112, or 113. Note: This class may be taken 4 preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. 151. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Engineering 137
102 105 108 ENGINEERING PRINT READING GEOMETRIC/DIMENSIONAL AND ELECTRO-MECHANICAL PACKAGING 2 Units TRUE POSITIONAL TOLERANCING 3 Units Engineering 102 is a study of the fundamen- 3 Units Engineering 108 is a course in tool design tals of orthographic drawing to develop the Engineering 105 presents current geomet- and strength of materials and advanced student’s ability to understand and utilize ric/dimensional and true positional toleranc- electro-mechanical packaging. Emphasis the information presented on a blueprint. ing (GD&T) trends and industrial usage is placed on various individual and group Such areas as size dimensional systems, throughout various engineering disciplines. design projects, covering piping, fi xture tolerancing, S1 metrics, value engineer- Both ANSI Y14.5 82M and ASTM Y14.5 design, package design, and mechanical ing and related industrial terminology are 96M are presented with an emphasis on design. Students are responsible for the presented to strengthen the student’s ability the latest issue of the standard. Lecture 3 complete design, drawings and all related to interpret an engineering drawing. Lecture hours. Prerequisite: None. Recommended paper work for each project. Lecture 2 hours, 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Recommended preparation: Engineering 101 or related laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Engineer- preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL industry experience and eligibility for English ing 106. Note: Students must register for the 151. Note: A recommended course for basic 120 or ESL 151. full number of hours for which the course is drafting review and non-drafting majors. This scheduled. Transfer credit: CSU course may not be taken for credit by students 106 who have completed Engineering 104, 106, ELECTRONIC DRAWING 109 or 108. Transfer credit: CSU 3 Units BASIC AUTOCAD APPLICATIONS Engineering 106 is a course in electro- 3 Units 103 mechanical packaging. Specializing in elec- Engineering 109 is an introductory course DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY tronic drafting, printed circuit design, basic in Computer-Aided Drafting and Design 3 Units packaging, cabling and military standards. systems. Fundamental operational applica- Engineering 103 presents a study of a valu- Emphasis is placed on the actual design and tions will be presented which will enable able engineering tool which facilitates the construction of various electronic packages the students to expand their knowledge of solution of engineering problems graphi- in both individual and group design projects. Computer Graphics into other course struc- cally. A study of lines and planes in space. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 3 hours. Prereq- tures that will require further knowledge as The representation of surfaces, solids, uisite: None. Note: Students must register for part of their course of instruction. Lecture interferences, and intersections. Excellent the full number of hours for which the course 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: training in visualization and interpretation of is scheduled. Transfer credit: CSU Engineering 101 or Architecture 101. Transfer engineering drawings. Lecture 2 hours, labo- credit: CSU ratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: Architecture 101 107 or Engineering 101 or one year of mechanical ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICS 110 drawing in high school. Note: This course DRAWING ADVANCED AUTOCAD may not be taken for credit by students who 2 Units APPLICATIONS have completed Architecture 103. Transfer Engineering 107 is primarily intended 3 Units credit: CSU, UC, USC for the student majoring in Electronics Engineering 110 is an advanced course in Computer Technology (ECT). It provides an engineering design. Advanced techniques 104 introduction to the fundamentals of draft- and concepts of computer-aided design ADVANCED ENGINEERING DRAWING ing and technical drawing with specifi c will be presented with an emphasis on 3 Units applications to ECT standards and devices. three dimensional design and modeling Students who satisfactorily complete this Engineering 104 is designed to acquaint for both architectural and engineering course are considered to have acquired the trainee with delineation of simple applications. Prerequisite: Engineering the minimum drafting skills necessary for machine parts including problems in visual- 109 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, entry-level ECT technicians. Lecture 2 hours, ization, dimensioning and tolerances, screw UC, USC laboratory 1 hour. Recommended prepara- threads and fasteners, freehand sketching, tion: Engineering 102 or equivalent. (Engi- 111 pictorial drawing, piping, welding, gears neering 102 may be taken concurrently.) Note: BASIC SOLID WORKS and cams, assembly and working draw- This course is not intended for engineering or 3 Units ings. Special emphasis is laid upon the drafting majors. This course may not be taken interpretation and production of drawings Engineering 111 is a basic course in for credit by students who have completed which conform to standard practice. Lecture engineering, drafting and design, utilizing Drafting 131 or Engineering 101. 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: Solid Works software, with an emphasis Engineering 101 or one year of mechanical on three-dimensional design, modeling, drawing in high school. Transfer credit: and engineering applications. Lecture 2 CSU, UC, USC hours, laboratory 4 hours. Recommended preparation: Engineering 101 or equivalent and eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 138 Engineering/English
120 ENGLISH 103 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID IMAGING CREATIVE WRITING WORKSHOP TECHNOLOGY 101/101H 3 Units 2 Units FRESHMAN ENGLISH English 103 consists of an introduction to the Engineering 120 provides students with the HONORS FRESHMAN ENGLISH theory and practice of creative verbal expres- basic knowledge of solid imaging and its 3 Units sion in the major imaginative literary forms: impact within the engineering and manufac- English 101 is a foundation course in critical (1) non-fi ction and fi ction prose, (2) poetry, turing community. Emphasis is placed on reading and writing skills required of those and (3) drama. Emphasis is placed on step by combining both engineering and manufactur- students intending to transfer to a univer- step instruction in creating the fi nished piece of ing processes into a rapid prototype model. sity. Through their reading and discussion writing, with much group discussion of student Students have the opportunity to explore the of selected prose works, students learn to writing. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility interaction between computer aided design identify problems, examine possible solutions, for English 101 or equivalent. Note: This course (CAD), computer aided manufacturing (CAM), recognize unstated assumptions and values, may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 9 units and solid imaging systems by participating in appraise evidence, evaluate arguments, draw may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, the engineering, manufacturing, prototyping inferences, and test conclusions. Through USC (CAN ENGL 6) and production of an actual part designed by their writing, students learn to analyze, 104 the class. Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: None. synthesize, organize information logically, CRITICAL THINKING AND Recommended preparation: English 120 or and propose original ideas. ARGUMENTATION ESL 151, Engineering 102 or equivalent. The honors course will be enhanced in one 3 Units or more of the following ways: English 104 is designed to be a continuation of 121 1. Accelerated standards of reading levels, English 101. Consequently, the primary focus of SOLID IMAGING TECHNOLOGY emphasizing primary sources. the course is instruction in writing. In addition, 3 Units 2. Accelerated standards of critical thinking, students learn to read and think critically and Engineering 121 provides students with including critical writing and problem- to develop their analytical and argumentative comprehensive and working knowledge of centered research. writing skills. The course takes students beyond solid imaging applications and procedures Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Placement the level of English 101 by providing a more with relationship to the engineering, manu- is based on a composite of test scores and advanced understanding of the relationship facturing and design community. Fabrication academic background or satisfactory of language to logic and by further promoting of three-dimensional models from students’ completion of English 120 or ESL 151. the ability to reason effectively and reach valid computer aided designs will demonstrate Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN ENGL conclusions. Writing forms and strategies are various types of imaging software currently 2) (ENGL 101 & 102 CAN ENGL SEQ A) being used. Three-dimensional printing and taught within the contexts of contemporary fused deposition modeling techniques are 102/102H ideas and cultural diversity as refl ected in features. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory/study CRITICAL THINKING AND LITERARY selected readings. Lecture 3 hours. Prereq- 4 hours. Prerequisite: Engineering 110 or ANALYSIS uisite: English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, Computer Aided Manufacturing 211, Art 231 HONORS CRITICAL THINKING AND UC, USC or equivalent. Recommended preparation: LITERARY ANALYSIS 105 English 120 or ESL 151, Engineering 120. 3 Units SURVEY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE English 102 helps students to develop their FROM THE ANGLO-SAXON PERIOD 150 critical thinking and writing skills beyond TO 1780 ADVANCED COMPUTER AIDED the level achieved in English 101. The 3 Units DRAFTING LABORATORY course emphasizes the application of logi- English 105 is a survey course covering 1-4 Units cal reasoning, analysis, and strategies of the development of English literature from the Engineering 150 allows students or industry argumentation in critical thinking and writing, beginning to 1780 and emphasizing the devel- workers to improve and update their engi- using literature (both fi ction and non-fi ction) opment of thought in relation to historical and neering and architecture skills. Techniques and literary criticism as subject matter. social backgrounds. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequi- are practiced using engineering software. The honors course will be enhanced in one or site: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: Inspection standards for the purpose of job more of the following ways: CSU, UC, USC (CAN ENGL 8) (ENGL 105 & advancement are presented. Laboratory 3- 1. Accelerated standards of both critical think- 106 CAN ENGL SEQ B) 12 hours. Prerequisite: Engineering 110 or ing and literary analysis, including critical equivalent. writing. 106 2. Introduction to and emphasis on types SURVEY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE 151 or schools of literary criticism, including FROM 1780 TO THE PRESENT TIME COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING professional models of such. 3 Units LABORATORY Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: English 101. English 106 is a survey course covering the 1-4 Units Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN ENGL development of English literature from 1780 Engineering 151 provides practice drafting and 4) (ENGL 101 & 102 CAN ENGL SEQ A) to the present time. English 106 continues engineering computer equipment. Students to study the development of thought as an work on individual projects. Training received expression of our cultural heritage. Lecture 3 in this course develops an ability to visualize hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 101. and perform various computer functions Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN ENGL necessary in the engineering trade. Labora- 10) (ENGL 105 & 106 CAN ENGL SEQ B) tory 3-12 hours. Prerequisite: Engineering 109 or equivalent. 107
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE English 139
ENGLISH COURSE SEQUENCE
COMPOSITION COURSES READING COURSES English 187---1 unit English 186---1 unit Basic English Lab ------Basic Reading Lab Non-Degree Applicable Non-Degree Applicable
COMPOSITION COURSES English 189---3 units English 188---3 units Writing Workshop I ------Intro. to Academic Reading Non-Degree Applicable Non-Degree Applicable
English 191---4 units English 190---3 units Writing Workshop II ------Intermediate Academic Reading Non-Degree Applicable Non-Degree Applicable
English 120---3 units ------English 192---3 units Composition and Reading Advanced College Reading Degree Applicable Degree Applicable
English 101---3 units Freshman English LITERATURE COURSES Transfer to UC & CSU Transfer to UC & CSU English 103 Creative Writing English 105 & 106 British Survey English 102---3 units English 107 & 108 20th Century Poetry Critical Thinking and Literary English 109 & 110 World Literature Analysis English 111 Women in Literature Transfer to UC & CSU English 112 Screenwriting English 114 Intro. to Poetry English 115 Intro. to Fiction English 104---3 units English 116 Intro. to Drama Critical Thinking and English 117 Film as Literature Argumentation English 122 & 123 American Survey Transfer to UC & CSU English 124 Contemporary Fiction English 125 Shakespeare English 126 The Modern Drama English 127 Children's Literature CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT REQUIRED ------English 128 Bible as Literature English 130 Science Fiction REQUIRED NOTE: Eligibility for English 101 is recommended or required for all literature classes except English 107 and 108.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 140 English
TWENTIETH CENTURY POETRY I 112 116 3 Units SCREENWRITING INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA English 107 consists of an historical orienta- 3 Units 3 Units tion to twentieth century poetry a discussion English 112 is a basic course in the principles English 116 is an historical survey of drama of the signifi cant poets to approximately mid- and practice of writing for movies and televi- as a genre from the Classical period to century, and an intensive study of the most sion. Emphasis is placed upon the essentials the present day. The course introduces important modernist and contemporary poets of structure, characterization, and format as students to the elements of drama, and of this period. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: required by this t ype of writing. Students must emphasizes class analysis or representative None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC complete a fi nished script by the end of the plays from selected periods. Students are course. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended encouraged to express their interpretations of 108 preparation: Eligibility for English 101. plays and write critical papers about dramatic TWENTIETH CENTURY POETRY II Note: This course may be taken 3 times; a works. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligi- 3 Units maximum of 9 units may be earned. Transfer bility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, English 108 consists of a historical orienta- credit: CSU UC, USC tion to twentieth century poetry from about mid-century to the present. The course 113 117 examines the influences of modernist AN INTRODUCTION TO LIBRARY FILM AS LITERATURE poets on contemporary English and American RESOURCES AND RESEARCH 3 Units poetry, including the innovations of Russian, METHODS English 117 is the study of fi lm as literature European, and Latin-American poets. An in- 1 Unit from thematic, cultural, historical, and aesthetic depth study of the major poets of this period English 113 offers an introduction to using perspectives. Students are encouraged to emphasizes the development of new trends in libraries and doing research. It provides incorporate analytical perspectives from response to aesthetic and cultural changes in practical experience with traditional and literary and fi lm criticism into discussion and society. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. computerized means of determining and written work. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC evaluating a research topic, locating informa- preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Trans- tion, gathering data, evaluating sources, and fer credit: CSU, UC, USC 109 formulating search strategies. The student INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE OF participates in a sequence of tutorial-style 118 THE WESTERN WORLD modules and laboratory exercises. Labora- ANALYTICAL READING 3 Units tory 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer 3 Units English 109 is a survey of the literature of credit: CSU, UC English 118 provides students with the the Western World from ancient times to the techniques to analyze and critically evaluate Renaissance. It includes selections from the 114 written and oral communication, to make Old and New Testaments; Celtic, Germanic, INTRODUCTION TO POETRY logical judgments about that material, and to Norse, and French mythologies; and repre- 3 Units reach independent conclusions on the views sentative works from the Middle Ages and English 114 consists of an introduction to and ideas that have been presented. Lecture the Renaissance. Emphasis is placed on the basic structural, stylistic, and thematic 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English the Greek and Roman classics. Lecture 3 elements of poetry with emphasis on the 101. Transfer credit: CSU hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 101. major poets and their contribution to the Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC craft. An analysis of poetic techniques 120 allows students to compare and contrast COMPOSITION AND READING 110 the development of various forms of poetry 3 Units INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE OF including traditional and experimental verse. English 120 is designed for students who want THE WESTERN WORLD Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for to prepare for the writing required in college 3 Units English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, classes and other settings. The course empha- English 110 is a survey of the literature of USC sizes practice in the writing of thesis-based the Western World from the Enlightenment essays and the critical analysis of selected to the present time. Emphasis is placed on 115 prose works dealing with important contem- the cultural history and history of important INTRODUCTION TO FICTION porary ideas. English 120 provides practice ideas refl ected in the literary works, as well 3 Units in the mechanics, style, and organization of as the development of literary techniques English 115 introduces students to a vari- paragraphs and essays. Lecture 4 hours. and style. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: ety of structural and stylistic elements, Prerequisite: English 191 or placement based Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: critical concepts, and themes that help them on a composite of test scores and academic CSU, UC, USC analyze and appreciate works of fiction. background. Recommended preparation: Students are encouraged to express their English 192. (English 192 may be taken 111 interpretations of readings in classroom concurrently.) WOMEN IN LITERATURE discussions, and they learn and practice 3 Units effective methods of writing about works of English 111 is a comparative study of the fi ction. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligi- roles assigned to women in literature by both bility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, male and female authors. The course critically UC, USC examines the literary and cultural stereotypes of women in the short story, novel, poetry, and drama. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Trans- fer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE English 141
121 125 128 READING LITERATURE SHAKESPEARE THE BIBLE AS LITERATURE 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units English 121 is designed to introduce students English 125 is an introduction to the works of English 128 is a general introduction to to the major forms of creative literature Shakespeare. The course is focused on a close the Bible: its characters, recurrent themes, - short story, novel, drama, and poetry study of Shakespeare’s major plays. It also images and symbols. The course presents written by the best modern authors and provides a background and insights into the information regarding the literary divisions, poets. The course is planned to develop Elizabethan world so that the student may more the language, and text of each book as well a greater appreciation and understanding fully understand and appreciate Shakespeare’s as its composition, authorship, date, and of the literature of our time, with special empha- writings. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended contents. Attention is given to literary, historical, sis on the literary expression of contemporary preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer geographical, archaeological, and theological issues. It is designed for the non-English major credit: CSU, UC, USC matters, including the formation of the canon, and for the student planning to earn an Associate modern approaches to biblical study, and in Arts degree. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: 126 principal English versions of the Scriptures. Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. THE MODERN DRAMA Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepara- 3 Units 122 tion: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1865 English 126 is a survey of modern plays and CSU, UC, USC 3 Units playwrights. Representative works of European and American dramatists are read with special 130 English 122 is designed to give the student attention given to the literary and sociological SCIENCE FICTION LITERATURE a generous sample of the works of major importance of plays written since 1870. Also 3 Units American writers from Colonial days to the Civil considered are important developments in English 130 is a survey of science fi ction War, and to relate these works to the history stagecraft and theatre construction which from the late 19th Century to the present, of ideas. Important historical movements are have had an infl uence on the playwrights. concentrating on 20th Century writers. traced so that students may gain increased The aim of the course is to enable students to Students read, analyze, and discuss the understanding of America’s heritage. Lecture recognize differing views of human problems history of science fiction, major themes, 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibil- as dramatized by a wide variety of playwrights genres (short story, novels, drama, poetry), ity for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, in the last one hundred years and to encour- media (radio, cinema, television), fandom USC (CAN ENGL 14) (ENGL 122 & 123 CAN age objective, analytical judgments of literary (clubs, fan publications, conventions), and the ENGL SEQ C) excellence. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: function of science fi ction as a literary form 123 Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: that refl ects human concern with solving AMERICAN LITERATURE FROM 1865 CSU, UC, USC or escaping problems in an increasingly TO THE PRESENT scientific and technological age. Lecture 3 Units 127 3 hours. Recommended preparation: English 123 is designed to give a generous CHILDREN’S LITERATURE English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC sample of the works of major American writ- 3 Units ers from the Civil War to the present day. The English 127 is designed to develop the ability 131 course is intended to enrich the student’s of students to select and use literature with TECHNICAL ENGLISH understanding of selected major American children. As students read and discuss a broad 3 Units works. The important literary movements, with range of children’s literature, including both English 131 is a course designed especially for their sociological implications, are traced so that prose and poetry, they develop standards for students taking technical education courses. It the student can acquire a background for critical judging children’s literature and determining stresses training in technical writing, including judgment of contemporary American writing. the appropriateness of a given literary work the related skills of grammar usage, sentence Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: for an individual child. Students practice story- and paragraph structure, and spelling. A major Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, telling techniques and prepare activities to help emphasis in writing is placed on practical types UC, USC (CAN ENGL 16) (ENGL 122 & 123 children appreciate literature and grow through of communication, such as brief memos and CAN ENGL SEQ C) exposure to it. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: summaries, and detailed formal reports and Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer proposals. It also includes other forms of 124 credit: CSU expository writing, such as refi ning paragraph CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE structure, sentence style, and diction. Lecture 3 Units 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English English 124 is an introduction to representa- 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course may not be tive literature after World War II, focusing taken for credit by students who have completed on fi ction, drama and poetry. The course English 101 or English 120, or Business Admin- explores recent advances in technology, istration 106. multicultural diversity, and gender equity, plus other artistic, political and cultural developments and how these changes have affected contemporary literature; emphasis is on American authors, including recent immigrants. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 142 English
141 151 157 SOUTHWESTERN ETHNIC DEVELOPING FUNDAMENTAL ESSENTIAL SPELLING SKILLS LITERATURE WRITING SKILLS FOR ADULTS WITH 1 Unit 3 Units LEARNING DISABILITIES NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE English 141 is a study of representative 2 Units English 157 is a course designed to pieces of fi ction, drama, and poetry written NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE improve spelling proficiency with special by Chicano and Native American writers of English 151 is designed to provide the learn- emphasis on developing practical spelling the Southwestern United States, primarily ing disabled student with skills in the areas techniques. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory from California, Arizona, and New Mexico. of sentence construction, syntax, language 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: This The course examines ethnic context, artistic development, and an understanding of the course may be taken 4 times; a maximum technique, and literary themes, providing relationship between correct oral and written of 4 units may be earned. a window to the rich Native American and English communication. Lecture 2 hours, labo- Chicano cultures. The course also makes ratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: This 181 connections between the literature, art, and course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of BASIC COMMUNICATION-SPELLING philosophy of Chicanos and Native Ameri- 8 units may be earned. 1 Unit cans. Students develop sensitivity to and an NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE understanding of cultural differences from 152 English 181 is a course specifically for a literary standpoint with attention paid to WRITING AND READING STRATEGIES the community college student who lacks historical, psychological, and sociological 2 Units basic spelling skills. It is a practical see, analysis. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE hear, and write approach to spelling the Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: English 152 is designed for students with words of a basic and everyday vocabulary. CSU, UC, USC learning disabilities who are enrolled in Its emphasis is on the world of work; its mainstream English classes. Students method is based on programmed learning 142 learn a variety of multi-sensory approaches techniques as assisted by audio coaching. ASIAN AMERICAN LITERATURE to writing and reading in order to improve Diagnostic testing locates specific weak- 3 Units their management of written language. nesses and prescribes a program to meet English 142 is a study of representative pieces Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 2 hours. these needs. Credit to be awarded upon of poetry, fi ction, and non-fi ction written by Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in completion of all the modules. Laboratory Asian American writers. The course examines English 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, or 120. 3 hours. Prerequisite: None ethnic context, artistic technique, and literary 182 themes, providing a window to the rich cultures 155 BASIC COMMUNICATION- of Asia, which underlie the perspective of VOCABULARY BUILDING I VOCABULARY Asian American minority groups in America. 1 Unit 1 Unit The course also makes connections between NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE literature and art, as well as philosophy, of English 155 is a course designed to help Asian American minority groups. Students Title 5 eligible students increase their basic English 182 is designed to help students develop sensitivity to and an understanding of vocabulary comprehension and usage. develop a wide variety of vocabulary skills. cultural differences from a literary standpoint Through class discussion, written assign- The modular system allows students to work with attention paid to historical, psychologi- ments, and computer aided laboratory on one skill at a time and to work fi rst on the cal, and sociological enhancement. Lecture assignments, students enhance their basic skills they need the most. The audio-tutorial 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English vocabulary. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. format allows students to work individually, 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (8 weeks) Prerequisite: None. Note: This progressing at their own rate and reviewing a course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of topic as many times as necessary to achieve 150 4 units may be earned. full understanding and mastery of it. Credit is READING SKILL BUILDING awarded upon completion of all the modules. FOR ADULTS WITH LEARNING 156 Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. DISABILITIES VOCABULARY BUILDING II 183 2 Units 1 Unit BASIC COMMUNICATION-GRAMMAR NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE 1 Unit English 150 is designed for the learning English 156 is a continuation of English NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE disabled adult with disorders in processing 155 and is designed to help Title 5 eligi- English 183 is designed to provide the written information or with dyslexia. The course ble students increase their course related student with the basic background and skills provides exposure to and practice in reading vocabulary comprehension and usage. necessary for recognizing and remedying skills appropriate to the student’s demon- Through class discussion, written assign- frequently made grammatical errors. This strated strengths and weakness. Lecture 2 ments, and computer aided laboratory course, which is individualized, self-paced, hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. assignments, students enhance their technical interactive, and audio tutorial, introduces the Note: This course may be taken 4 times; a vocabulary. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. student to basic English constructions and maximum of 8 units may be earned. (8 weeks) Prerequisite: None. Note: This sentence-level writing problems. Credit is course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of awarded upon completion of all the modules. 4 units may be earned. Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: None.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE English 143
184 188 190 BASIC SPELLING INTRODUCTION TO ACADEMIC INTERMEDIATE ACADEMIC READING 1 Unit READING 3 Units NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE 3 Units NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE English 184 is designed for students who need NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE English 190 is a reading course designed to practice spelling English words the way they English 188 is a reading course designed for for students who wish to improve their s o u n d . S t u d e n t s p r a c t i c e s p e l l i n g b o t h s h o r t a n d students who need to improve their basic skills. college reading skills. Various textbook longer words in English. The course focuses Various word attack skills are covered, includ- study methods are covered, as are memory on sound-letter relationships, taking into ing phonics, word analysis through the study of improvement, vocabulary building through account the factors of position, environment, prefi xes and word roots, and the use of context the study of prefi xes and roots, and the use and stress. In other words, students learn to clues. Methods to improve comprehension are of context clues. Some basic word attack predict the letter or combination of letters that c o v e r e d . S t u d e n t s a r e g r o u p e d i n t o a b i l i t y l e v e l s skills are reviewed, but the emphasis of will most likely be used to spell each English and organized into study sessions. There is the course is on strengthening higher level sound at the beginning, middle, and end of extensive use of computer assisted instruc- reading comprehension as well as improving English syllables or words. Lecture 1 hour. tion to drill vocabulary and to practice skills critical reading. Methods to improve literal Prerequisite: None. covered in class. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory and inferential comprehension are cov- 1 hour. Prerequisite: Placement is based ered. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 1 hour. 185 on a composite of test scores and academic Prerequisite: Placement is based on a ADVANCED SPELLING background. English 188 must be taken prior composite of test scores and academic back- 1 Unit to or concurrently with English 189. Note: This ground. English 190 must be taken prior to or NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE course may be taken 3 times; a maximum of concurrently with English 191. English 185 is designed for students who 3 units may be earned. spell words the way they sound, but who 191 need practice in applying more complex 189 WRITING WORKSHOP II spelling generalizations, and in spelling WRITING WORKSHOP I 4 Units longer words or words that do not follow 3 Units NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE these generalizations. The course reviews NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE English 191 is designed for students who sound-letter relationships, but focuses on English 189 is designed for students who need to practice writing more thoughtful the changes that take place in words as need to practice writing clear sentences and well-organized short compositions in they change form or part of speech. Context, and paragraphs in standard English. The standard English. Conducted as a writing history, and meaning are emphasized course is a writing workshop. It involves workshop, the class also involves reading, as ways to predict the correct spelling of the students actively in reading, writing, and discussion of articles, stories and possi- English words. Lecture 1 hour. Prerequisite: discussing, and re-writing. Individualized bly longer works. Individualized computer None. computer lessons provide tutorials and lessons provide tutorials and practice in practice in the grammar and mechanics the grammar and mechanics of writing. 186 of writing. Word processors help students Word processors help students plan, write, BASIC READING LABORATORY plan, write, check, and revise what they have check, and revise what they have written. 1 Unit written. The course helps students increase The course helps students increase their NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE their familiarity with the style, form and familiarity with the style and organizational English 186 is an individualized course structures of written English and improves format of written English and improves their of study designed to improve a student’s their ability to compose and edit sentences ability to compose, edit, and revise sentences, English reading skills. The course covers and paragraphs in English. Lecture 3 hours, paragraphs, and short compositions. Lecture reading techniques, vocabulary develop- laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: Place- 4 hours, laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: ment, and comprehension and analysis skills. ment is based on a composite of test scores Placement is based on a composite of test Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Placement and academic background. Concurrent scores and academic background or satisfac- is based on a composite of test scores and enrollment in or satisfactory completion of tory completion of English 189. Concurrent academic background. English 188 is required. Note: This course enrollment in or satisfactory completion of may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 3 units English 190 is required. 187 may be earned. BASIC ENGLISH LABORATORY 1 Unit NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE English 187 is an individualized course of study designed to improve a student’s English writing skills. The course covers the basics of sentence and paragraph composi- tion, including an introduction to mechanics, grammar, spelling, and paragraph form. Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Place- ment is based on a composite of test scores and academic background and completion of English 186 (English 186 may be taken concurrently).
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 144 English/English As A Second Language
192 ENGLISH AS A SECOND 116 ADVANCED COLLEGE READING READING AND VOCABULARY FOR 3 Units LANGUAGE ESL I STUDENTS English 192 is a reading course designed for 111 3 Units students who are generally good readers, GRAMMAR AND WRITING I NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE but who wish to improve their reading speed 5 Units English as a Second Language 116 is and comprehension. Various speed reading NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE designed to help beginning ESL students techniques are covered, as well as vocabulary English as a Second Language 111 is read simple passages. The course places building through the study of prefi xes and designed for students at the beginning level heavy emphasis on basic vocabulary roots, and the use of context clues. Compre- of English. This course provides instruction development and dictionary skills. Students hension skills are reviewed as are the use of in vocabulary, basic sentence structure, study the relationships between sounds and analogies and critical reading methods. Written and simple reading and writing. Students spelling, and practice using various reading book reviews and summaries are assigned. write short paragraphs with correct punctua- strategies to increase their reading comprehen- Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prereq- tion and spelling. They practice idiomatic sion. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prereq- uisite: Placement is based on a composite expressions used in writing and discuss cultural uisite: Placement is based on a composite of test scores and academic background differences to help them adapt more quickly of test scores and academic background. or satisfactory completion of English 190. to college life in the United States. Lecture 5 Recommended preparation: Concurrent Recommended corequisite: Concurrent hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Place- enrollment in an appropriate ESL listening and enrollment in English 120. Note: This course ment is based on a composite of test scores speaking course and an ESL grammar and may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 3 units and academic background. Recommended writing course and a reading course. may be earned. preparation: Concurrent enrollment in an 117 appropriate ESL listening and speaking course 197 LISTENING COMPREHENSION & and a reading course. LITERACY TRAINING METHODS VOCABULARY DEVELOPMENT 2 Units 115 3 Units English 197 is a course designed to help LISTENING AND SPEAKING I NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE literacy tutors with no formal training in educa- 3 Units English as a Second Language 117 is tion promote the development of reading NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE a telecourse designed to help beginning skills in children and adults. General tutoring English as a Second Language 115 is ESL students improve their listening compre- methods, practice, responsibilities, and ethics designed for students who cannot commu- hension skills and vocabulary develop- are covered, as are specifi c methods to help nicate effectively even in the most basic ment. Students view videos specifically build various reading skills. Lecture 2 hours. situations on the community college campus. designed for this level and do listening Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL Dialogues are presented, and students comprehension and vocabulary develop- 151. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; participate in role plays of campus-related ment exercises in a workbook written to a maximum of 4 units may be earned. situations in class and on the campus at large. match the videotapes. Students participate in Clear speaking, listening, and pronounc- additional drills and activities assigned by 200 ing are stressed in classroom drills and the instructor. Lecture 5 hours. Prerequi- SPEED READING activities. Laboratory assignments may be site: Placement is based on a composite 1 Unit made by the instructor based on individual of test scores and academic background. English 200 is a college-level speed read- student needs. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory Recommended preparation: Concurrent ing course designed for advanced students 1 hour. Prerequisite: Placement is based enrollment in an appropriate ESL grammar and who read well yet who need to increase their on a composite of test scores and academic writing course and a reading course. Note: This reading rate. There is heavy emphasis on background. Recommended preparation: course may not be taken for credit by students matching improvements in reading rates with Concurrent enrollment in an ESL grammar who have completed ESL 125. The course consistent or increased comprehension. A and writing course. Note: The course grade grade will be “Credit” or “No Credit.” There will variety of self-pacing techniques are taught. will be “credit” or “no credit.” There will be no be no letter grades for ESL 117. Also covered are ways to increase eyespan letter grades for ESL 115. and to cut down on vocalization and regres- 118 sion. Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility BASIC SPELLING FOR NON-NATIVE for English 101. Note: The instructor may SPEAKERS require up to 2 hours of laboratory work each 2 Units week in the Learning Center. This course NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 2 units ESL 118 is a course designed to improve may be earned. the spelling profi ciency of those students whose native language is not English. There is a special emphasis on the relationship of pronunciation to spelling. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ESL 123.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE English As A Second Language 145
CREDIT ESL COURSE SEQUENCE
GRAMMAR LISTENING & & COMPOSITION SPEAKING READING VOCABULARY SPELLING COURSES COURSES COURSES DEVELOPMENT SPELLING
ESL 111 ESL 115 ESL 116 ESL 117 LEVEL 1 LEVEL 1 LEVEL 1 LEVEL 1
ESL 125 ESL 123 or ESL 126 ESL 127 ESL 118 LEVEL 2 ESL 125 Intensive LEVEL 2 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 2
ESL 135 ESL 133 or ESL 136 ESL 128 LEVEL 3 ESL 135 Intensive LEVEL 3 LEVEL 3
ESL 141 ESL 145 ESL 146 LEVEL 4 LEVEL 4 LEVEL 4
ESL 151 ESL 155 LEVEL 5 LEVEL 5
English 101 Speech 101 Freshman Composition
It is recommended that students enroll in grammar and writing, listening and speaking, and reading classes in the same semester. Placement in the Credit ESL course sequence is based on a composite of test scores and academic background.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 146 English As A Second Language
123 127 133 GRAMMAR AND WRITING II LISTENING COMPREHENSION & GRAMMAR AND WRITING III 4 Units VOCABULARY DEVELOPMENT II 4 Units English as a Second Language 123 is 3 Units English as a Second Language 133 is designed for students at the low intermediate NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE designed for students at the high intermedi- level of English. This course focuses on gram- English as a Second Language 127 is a ate level of English. The course focuses on mar, reading, and composition. Students write telecourse designed to help high-beginning grammar, controlled composition, and reading. one- to two paragraph compositions. Special to intermediate ESL students improve their Students study increasingly complex grammati- emphasis is placed on the acquisition of listening comprehension skills and vocabu- cal structures and incorprate these structures vocabulary, idioms, and structures appropriate lary development. Students view videos into essays of three to fi ve paragraphs in length for writing. The course stresses the correct use specifi cally designed for this level and do (approximately 300 words). Lecture 5 hours, of a variety of grammatical structures and verb listening comprehension and vocabulary laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Placement tenses within compositions. Lecture 5 hours, development exercises in a workbook is based upon a composite of test scores and laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Placement written to match the videotapes. Students academic background or satisfactory comple- is based on a composite of test scores and participate in additional drills and activities tion of ESL 123. Recommended preparation: academic background or satisfactory comple- assigned by the instructor. Lecture 5 hours. Concurrent enrollment in an appropriate ESL tion of ESL 111. Recommended preparation: Prerequisite: Placement is based on a listening and speaking course and a reading Concurrent enrollment in an appropriate ESL composite of test scores and academic course. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC listening and speaking course and a reading background or satisfactory completion of course. ESL 117. Recommended preparation: 135 LISTENING AND SPEAKING III 125 Concurrent enrollment in an appropriate ESL 2 Units LISTENING AND SPEAKING II grammar and writing course and a reading 2 Units course. Note: This course may not be taken English as a Second Language 135 stresses NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE for credit by students who have completed listening comprehension as well as oral commu- English as a Second Language 125 presents ESL 135. The course grade will be “Credit” or nication by means of reports, short speeches, listening comprehension strategies as well “No Credit.” There will be no letter grades for and small group and class discussion of high- as practice in the pronunciation of individual ESL 127. interest topics. The standard pronunciation of sounds, word and sentence stress, and into- individual sounds, as well as stress and intona- nation patterns. Oral communication skills 128 tion patterns are presented, drilled and tested. are strengthened through such activities as ACADEMIC SPELLING FOR NON- The students will study formal and informal dialogues and role playing, as well as pair, NATIVE SPEAKERS idioms and vocabulary to improve their ability group, and class discussion. Both formal and 2 Units to communicate orally. Some work is done to informal vocabulary and idioms are taught NON DEGREE APPLICABLE correct the problems of individual students. and tested. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory 1 English as a Second Language 128 is In addition, laboratory assignments may be hour. Prerequisite: Placement is based on designed to promote the spelling profi ciency made based on individual student needs. a composite of test scores and academic of ESL students at the intermediate level. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prereq- background or satisfactory completion of ESL There is special emphasis given to the rela- uisite: Placement is based on a composite 115. Recommended preparation: Concurrent tionship of pronunciation and morphology to of test scores and academic background enrollment in an appropriate ESL grammar and spelling. Vocabulary pertaining to study-skills, or satisfactory completion of ESL 125. writing course and a reading course. academic endeavor, and the higher education Recommended preparation: Concurrent environment generally is a special feature of enrollment in an appropriate ESL grammar and 126 the course. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. writing course and a reading course. Transfer READING AND VOCABULARY FOR Prerequisite: Eligibility for ESL 133. Recom- credit: CSU ESL II STUDENTS mended preparation: Concurrent enrollment 3 Units 136 in an appropriate ESL listening and speaking, READING AND VOCABULARY FOR English as a Second Language 126 is grammar and writing, and/or reading and ESL III STUDENTS designed to help lower-intermediate ESL vocabulary course. students read academic materials. The course 3 Units emphasizes vocabulary development by infer- English as a Second Language 136 is ring meaning from context and by understand- designed to encourage intermediate ESL ing affi xes. Reading skills are practiced on students to read extensively and promote passages from various fi elds, and a complete English language profi ciency and reading skills. work is read. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 1 Students read complete works of fi ction and hour. Prerequisite: Placement is based on non-fi ction, determine what questions those a composite of test scores and academic works raise, and discuss and write about their background or satisfactory completion of ESL understanding of the texts. Lecture 3 hours, 116. ESL 121 (or 123) must be taken prior to laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Placement or concurrently with ESL 126. Recommended is based on a composite of test scores and preparation: Concurrent enrollment in an academic background or satisfactory comple- appropriate ESL listening and speaking course tion of ESL 126. ESL 131 (or 133) must be taken and an ESL grammar and writing course. prior to or concurrently with ESL 136. Recom- mended preparation: Concurrent enrollment in an appropriate ESL listening and speaking course and in an ESL grammar and writing course. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE English As A Second Language/Ethnic Studies 147
141 146 155 GRAMMAR AND WRITING IV READING AND VOCABULARY FOR LISTENING AND SPEAKING V 4 Units ESL IV STUDENTS 2 Units English as a Second Language 141 is 3 Units English as a Second Language 155 concen- designed for students at the advanced level English as a Second Language 146 is trates on reducing foreign accents in the speech of grammar and writing. Critical analysis of designed to encourage advanced ESL of otherwise articulate non-native students. academic reading materials encourages students to read extensively and to promote Intensive practice in the production of individual independent thinking and the expression of English language proficiency and read- sounds, rhythm, stress, intonation, phraseol- informed opinion. Compositions are written ing skills. Students read complete works ogy helps students communicate more effec- in response to readings and discussions and on related topics, analyze what ques- tively and helps prepare them for upper division become the vehicle for showing the ability to use tions those works raise, and discuss and ESL phonetics courses. Students learn to use advanced grammatical structures of English. write about their understanding of the formal diction by making oral presentations Lecture 5 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prereq- texts. Students are asked to read texts and participating in class debates. They prac- uisite: Placement is based on a composite from content courses or from literature. Lecture tice expressive speaking, appropriate facial of test scores and academic background or 3 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Place- expressions, and hand and body ges -tures. satisfactory completion of ESL 133. Recom- ment is based on a composite of test scores Laboratory assignments may be made at mended preparation: Concurrent enrollment and academic background or satisfactory the discretion of the instructor. Lecture 3 in an appropriate ESL listening and speaking completion of ESL 136. ESL 141 must be taken hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: course and in an approprate reading course. prior to or concurrently with ESL 146. Recom- Placement is based on a composite of Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC mended preparation: Concurrent enrollment test scores and academic background or in an appropriate ESL listening and speaking satisfactory completion of ESL 145. Recom- 145 course and in an appro priate ESL grammar and mended preparation: It is strongly recom- LISTENING AND SPEAKING IV writing course. Note: I n a d d i t i o n t o r e g u l a r c l a s s mended that a student be concurrently 2 Units hour s, students must s pend one hour a week in enrolled in an ESL grammar and writing class at English as a Second Language 145 stresses the laboratory. Transfer credit: CSU the 141 level or higher. Transfer credit: CSU fl uency and clarity in delivery of speeches as well as in various communicative activi- 151 177 ties. These may involve the preparation and READING AND COMPOSITION V ENGLISH FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES presentation of reports, summaries, and 4 Units 2 Units persuasive speeches. Students are exhorted English as a Second Language 151 is NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE to use the vocabulary and grammatical struc- designed for non-native students who English as a Second Language 177 is tures appropriate to formal settings. Culturally are profi cient in English and are able to designed to familiarize vocational educa- appropriate subtleties such as body language compete with native students in most college tion students with the terminology used are reviewed in order to maximize the effi cacy courses except those that may require in individual vocational training programs. of communication. Listening comprehension essay exams. The course gives students Students learn effective notetaking tech- and lecture/note-taking skills are practiced extensive practice in rhetorical modes of expo- niques and study the idiomatic expressions and evaluated. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 1 sition and argument. It emphasizes analytical and basic introductory material needed for hour. Prerequisite: Placement is based on a and expository writing at the essay level, as them to understand and complete entry level c o m p o s i t e o f t e s t s c o r e s a n d a c a d e m i c b a c k- well as critical reading, and gives students course work. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 ground or satisfactory completion of ESL 135. practice in writing essay examinations. The hour. Prerequisite: None. Recommended Recommended preparation: It is strongly course stresses both organization and in-depth preparation: Concurrent enrollment in an recommended that a student be concurrently essay development. Students work to elimi- appropriate ESL listening and speaking enrolled in an ESL grammar and writing class nate weaknesses in syntax, idiomatic usage, course, ESL grammar and writing course, at the 133 level or higher. Note: This course and grammar. Library research techniques and a reading course. is taught at a level of vocabulary equivalent are introduced and a short research paper to ESL 141. Transfer credit: CSU is completed. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory 1 ETHNIC STUDIES hour. Prerequisite: Placement is based on a composite of test scores and academic 101 background or satisfactory completion of ESL LATIN AMERICAN CULTURAL 141. Recommended preparation: Concur- EXPRESSION rent enrollment in an appropriate ESL listening 3 Units and speaking course. Transfer credit: CSU, Ethnic Studies 101 surveys the cultural back- UC, USC ground that has shaped the present Latin American societies. The course analyzes such areas as: society culture, the psychol- ogy of the Latin American, city and rural life styles, religion, women, education and the role of the university, the artists and their role in politics, cultural imperialism, music and artistic expression, Latin American cinema, art in revolutionary societies, new song movement. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepara- tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 148 Ethnic Studies/Fire Technology
102 124 FIRE ACADEMY LATINOS IN THE UNITED STATES JAPANESE EXPERIENCE IN AMERICA 3 Units 3 Units The Glendale Arroyo Seco Fire Academy is Ethnic Studies 102 surveys the social, Ethnic Studies 124 is an in-depth survey a State Board of Fire Services and California political, economic and cultural develop- of the history of Japanese immigrants and State Fire Marshal’s accredited Regional Fire ment and experience of the various Latin their descendents in America from the Academy sponsored by Glendale Community Americans in the United States. The survey 19th century to the present. The course is College and the Glendale Fire Department. includes the following groups: Mexicans, designed to meet the needs of students who Instructors for the program are fi re service Puerto Ricans, Cubans and other Caribbeans, w i s h to m ore full y u n d er s t an d t he ex p er i e n c e of professionals drawn from many fi re depart- Central and South Americans. The course also the Japanese immigrants and their descendants ments in Southern California. analyzes the contributions made by the Latin in America. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended The academy requires approximately 780 Americans to the economic development of preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL hours of classroom and drill ground instruc- the North American society. Lecture 3 hours. 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC tion totaling thirty two units (32). The four Recommended preparation: Eligibility for courses, Fire Technology 116, 117, 118, English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: 125 and 119 are currently offered in sequential CSU, UC, USC NATIVE AMERICAN STUDIES semesters as an extended program solely 3 Units on weekends. 110 Ethnic Studies 125 examines indigenous Students receive a variety of California CONTEMPORARY ETHNIC WOMEN American societies, from before European State Fire Marshal’s certifi cates upon gradu- 3 Units contact through the present. This historical ation from the academy in addition to their Ethnic Studies 110 is a survey of the contempo- examination compares regional cultural groups, basic academy completion certifi cate. rary status of ethnic women in North American using an interdisciplinary approach to reach an society. This course makes relevant cross- understanding of pre-literate peoples. A primary 116 cultural comparisons using contemporary goal is to develop skills for critical cross-cultural FIRE ACADEMY I issues and their relation to the ethnic women comparisons. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended 12 Units of today. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL Fire Technology 116 is designed to train preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC students in the theory and practice of fi re 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC fi ghting technology. Topics include organiza- 132 tion of the fi re service, characteristics and 111 THE AFRICAN AMERICAN the behavior of fi re, fi re prevention and public EUROPEAN IMMIGRANTS IN EXPERIENCE IN THE UNITED STATES education, extinguishing agents, fi re protection AMERICA, 1776 TO PRESENT 3 Units systems, properties of hazardous materials, 3 Units Ethnic Studies 132 surveys the African and wildland fi re fi ghting. This course, together Ethnic Studies 111 is a survey course which American experience in the United States. with Fire Technology 117, Fire Technology 118, examines the history and experiences of It traces the role and contributions of African and Fire Technology 119, meets the State European immigrants in America from the American people in the development of the Board of Fire Services training requirements for late eighteenth century to the present. The United States. The course includes such major Fire-fi ghter I certifi cation. Experience require- course examines the immigration process topics as: the slave trade, the Revolutionary ments will need to be met prior to application itself, consider specifi c groups (British, Irish, War and Civil War, the development of African for Firefi ghter I certifi cation. Lecture 10 hours, German, Italian, Polish, Jewish, Greek, etc.) American communities and culture, as well laboratory 6 hours. Recommended prepara- assess the reaction to immigration by white as contemporary African American issues. tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. A m e r i c a n s , a n d e v a l u a t e t h e c o n t r i b u t i o n m a d e Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepara- by European immigrants to American society. tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. 117 Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC FIRE ACADEMY II Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer 4 Units credit: CSU, UC, USC 164 Fire Technology 117 is designed to train THE ARMENIAN DIASPORA students in the theory and practice of fi re 122 3 Units fi ghting technology. Topics include techniques INTRODUCTION TO ASIAN Ethnic Studies 164 examines the develop- of confi ned space rescue, use of ropes and AMERICAN CULTURE ment of the Armenian Diaspora from the knots, trench rescue, and river and fl ood rescue 3 Units abandonment of the Armenian Question by procedures. This course together with Fire Ethnic Studies 122 is a survey course which the United States and the European Powers Technology 116, Fire Technology 118, and Fire will introduce students to the special elements in 1923, to the unfolding of current events Technology 119 meets the State Board of Fire unique to Asian culture. This course also that are critically affecting the Armenian case Services training requirements for Firefi ghter focuses on the various dilemmas faced by today. The course focuses on: the growing I certifi cation. Experience requirements will Asian Americans as their respective cultural Armenian-American community; Armenian need to be met prior to application for Firefi ghter “roots’’ come into contact with the cultural emigration from the Middle East and Soviet I certifi cation. Lecture 12 hours, laboratory 4 values of the dominant society. Lecture 3 Armenia; pressures of assimilation in the U.S.; hours. Prerequisite: Fire Technology 116. hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility activities of community organizations toward for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: preserving Armenian culture; current Arme- CSU, UC, USC nian affairs and U.S. foreign policy. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Fire Technology 149
118 131 103 FIRE ACADEMY III FIREFIGHTER SKILLS FIRE PREVENTION TECHNOLOGY 12 Units ENHANCEMENT ½-3 Units Fire Technology 118 is designed to train students ½ - 2 Units Fire Technology 103 continues to present in the theory and practice of fi re fi ghting technol- Fire Technology 131 presents advanced organization and function of the fi re preven- ogy. Topics include techniques of ladder use, skill enhancement for students who have tion organizations; inspection; surveying ventilation techniques, loss control methods, recently completed a fi re academy and are and mapping procedures; recognition of rescue and extrication, rapid intervention currently employed in fi re service. Topics fi re hazards; engineering a solution to the company operations, vehicle extrication tech- include advanced fi re fi ghting skills, advanced hazard; enforcement of the solution; public niques, rescue systems I, and multi-company equipment utilization, fi re fi ghting tactics and relations as affected by fire prevention. evolutions. This course together with Fire strategies, and advanced rescue techniques Fire Technology 103 meets or exceeds the Technology 116, Fire Technology 117, and Fire and physical fi tness. Laboratory 1½-6 hours. California State Fire Marshal’s Offi ce core Technology 119, meets the State Board of Fire Prerequisite: Fire Technology 117 or employ- requirement for Fire 2. Lecture 3 hours. Prereq- Services training requirements for Firefi ghter I ment in a related fi eld. Note: This course may uisite: Fire Technology 101 or equiv-alent. certifi cation. Experience requirements will still be taken four (4) times; a maximum of two (2) Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a need to be met prior to application for Firefi ghter units may be earned. Participants are required maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer I certifi cation. Lecture 10 hours, laboratory 6 to have appropriate personal protective equip- credit: CSU hours. Prerequisite: Fire Technology 117. ment (PPE) to include: helmet, eye protection, 104 safety boots, fi refi ghter structural gloves and FIRE FIGHTING TACTICS AND 119 an approved uniform. This course is offered STRATEGY FIRE ACADEMY 1V credit/no credit only. 4 Units ½-3 Units Fire Technology 119 is designed to train FIRE TECHNOLOGY Fire Technology 104 presents the review of fi re students in the theory and practice of fi re fi ght- chemistry, equipment, and personnel; basic ing technology. Topics include use of fi re hose Classes in Fire Technology are offered for fi re fi ghting tactics and strategy; methods of and appliances, heavy fi re streams, fl ashover students interested in preparing for careers attack; pre-planning fi re problems. Review recognition and survival, structural fi re fi ghting, in fi re prevention and fi re fi ghting. The course of related codes and ordinances. Lecture 3 multiple company evolutions, and compressed also provides in-service and upgrading hours. Prerequisite: Fire Technology 101 or gas and fl ammable liquid fi re fi ghting. This instruction for fi re fi ghting personnel. A certifi - equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 course together with Fire Technology 116, cate of completion may be earned. times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Fire Technology 117, and Fire Technology 118, Transfer credit: CSU meets the State Board of Fire Services train- 101 105 ing requirements for Firefi ghter I certifi cation. INTRODUCTION TO FIRE FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AND Experience requirements will still need to be PROTECTION SYSTEMS met prior to application for Firefi ghter I certi- ½-3 Units ½-3 Units fi cation. Lecture 7 hours, laboratory 9 hours. Fire Technology 101 presents the philosophy Prerequisite: Fire Technology 118. and history of fi re protection; history of loss of Fire Technology 105 presents the meth- life and property by fi re; review of municipal ods, techniques and practical application 130 fi re defenses; study of the organization and of port able fi re extinguishing equipment; FIRE ACADEMY SKILL function of Federal, State, and County, and sprinkler systems; protection systems for MAINTENANCE private fi re protection agencies; and survey of special hazards; and fi re alarm and detec- ½ - 2 Unit professional fi re protection career opportuni- tion systems. Fire Technology 105 meets or Fire Technology 130 is a refresher for Firefi ghter ties. Fire Technology 101 meets or exceeds exceeds the California State Fire Marshal’s I participants. Equipment, drills, and practice the California State Fire Marshal’s Offi ce core Offi ce core requirement for Fire 3. Lecture 3 are provided for Firefi ghter I skills maintenance. requirement for Fire 1. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- hours. Prerequisite: Fire Technology 101 or Topics include a review of fi re fi ghting manipu- mended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 lative skills, building construction and assem- or ESL 151. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. blies, basic fi refi ghting tactics, rescue, and fi re times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU prevention and physical fi tness. Laboratory 1 Transfer credit: CSU 107 ½ - 6 hours. Prerequisite: Fire Technology FIRE HYDRAULICS 117 or equivalent. Note: This course may be 102 ½-3 Units taken four (4) times; a maximum of two (2) FIRE BEHAVIOR AND COMBUSTION units may be earned. Participants are required 3 Units Fire Technology 107 is designed for review of to have appropriate personal protective equip- Fire Technology 102 offers instruction in fi re basic mathematics; hydraulic laws and formu- ment (PPE) to include: helmet, eye protection, behavior and control, matter and energy, units of las as applied to the fi re service; application of safety boots, fi refi ghter structural gloves and measurement, fl ammable liquids, toxic gases, formulas and mental calculation to hydraulic an approved uniform. This course is offered chemicals, radioactive hazards, and fi re fi ght- problems; water supply problems; under- credit/no credit only. ing techniques. Fire Technology 102 meets or writers’ requirements for pumps. Lecture 3 exceeds the California State Fire Marshal’s hours. Prerequisite: Fire Technology 101 or Offi ce core requirement for Fire 5. Lecture equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 3 hours. Prerequisite: Fire Technology 101 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. or equivalent. Recommended preparation: Transfer credit: CSU Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course may be taken 2 times. A maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 150 Fire Technology
108 112 151 FIRE APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT WILDLAND FIRE CONTROL FIRE INSTRUCTOR 1B ½-3 Units ½-3 Units 2 Units Fire Technology 108 covers the general Fire Technology 112 is designed to provide Fire Technology 151 is the second of a two- technical knowledge of driving laws, driving the employed firefighter or fire science course series providing fi re service personnel techniques, construction, and operation of major with a fundamental knowledge of the with a variety of methods and techniques pumping engines, ladder trucks, aerial plat- factors affecting wildland fi re prevention, fi re for selection, development, application and forms, specialized equipment, and apparatus behavior, and control techniques. Lecture 3 analysis of evaluative measures applicable maintenance. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: hours. Prerequisite: Fire Technology 101 or to fi re service instruction. Student teaching Fire Technology 101 or equivalent. Note: This equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 demonstrations are required of each partici- course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. pant. Prerequisite: Fire Technology 150 or units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU Transfer credit: CSU equivalent.
109 114 152 RESCUE PRACTICES HAZARDOUS MATERIALS FIRE MANAGEMENT I ½-3 Units ½-3 Units 2 Units Fire Technology 109 offers instruction in Fire Technology 114 is an introduction to basic Fire Technology 152 offers instruction to rescue practices, the human body, emer- fi re chemistry and physics. This course covers develop supervisory management skills. The gency care of victims, childbirth, artifi cial problems of fl ammability as encountered by course introduces key management concepts respiration, toxic gases, chemicals and fi re-fi ghters when dealing with toxic substances, and practices utilized and include decision- diseases, radioactive hazards, rescue fuels, explosives, oxidizers and radioactive making, time management, and leadership problems and techniques. Lecture 3 hours. materials. It also covers fi re fi ghting practices styles, personnel evaluations and counseling Prerequisite: Fire Technology 101 or equiva- pertaining to hazardous materials in storage guidelines. This course applies to California Fire lent. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; and transit. Lecture ½-3 hours. Prerequisite: Service Training and Education System certifi - a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer Fire Technology 101 or equivalent. Note: This cations. Lecture 2½ hours. Prerequisite: Fire credit: CSU course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 Technology 110 or employment in a fi re related units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU occupation. Recommended preparation: 110 Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. FIRE COMPANY ORGANIZATION AND 115 PROCEDURE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 153 ½-3 Units 3 Units FIRE INVESTIGATION 1A Fire Technology 110 consists of the review of Fire Technology 115 investigates the compo- 2 Units fi re department organization; fi re company nents of building construction that relate to fi re Fire Technology 153 is a course presenting organization; the company offi cer; personnel safety. The elements of construction and design methods of investigation of the cause and administration; communications; fi re equip- of structures are shown to be key factors when origin of structure, vehicle, wildland, and ment; maintenance; training; fi re prevention; inspecting buildings, preplanning fi re opera- other types of fi res, including relevant laws fi re fi ghting, company fi re fi ghting capability; tions, and operating at fi res. The development and case histories. This course applies to the records and reports; supervision and leader- and evolution of building and fi re codes are California Fire Service Training and Educa- ship techniques. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: studied in relationship to past fi res in residential, tion System Certifi cations. Lecture 2.5 hours. Fire Technology 101 and 103 or equivalent. commercial, and industrial occupancies. Fire Prerequisite: Fire Technology 116, 117, Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a Technology 115 meets or exceeds the California 118 and 119 or equivalent. Recommended maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer State Fire Marshal’s Offi ce core requirement preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL credit: CSU for Fire 4. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Fire 151. Note: This course may be taken 3 times; Technology 101. Transfer credit: CSU a maximum of 6 units may be earned. 111 FIRE INVESTIGATION TECHNOLOGY 150 154 ½-3 Units FIRE INSTRUCTOR 1A FIRE COMMAND 1A Fire Technology 111 offers an introduction 2 Units 2 Units to arson and incendiarism, arson laws, Fire technology 150 offers students the basic Fire Technology 154 provides instruction and types of incendiary fi res. Methods of methods and techniques employed by fi re pertaining to the initial assessment and action determining fire cause, recognizing and service personnel to select, develop and orga- processes at a working fi re. The course includes preserving evidence, interviewing and nize material for in-service training programs, discussion concerning the roles and responsi- detaining witnesses. Procedures in handling evaluation, and application of principles of bilities of the fi re offi cer, fi re behavior, available juveniles; court procedure and giving court skills development through practice teaching fi re ground resources, operations and manage- testimony. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: demonstrations. This is the initial offering of ment. This course applies to the California fi re Fire Technology 101 or equivalent. Note: This a two-course series. This course applies to Service Training and Education System certifi - course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 California Fire Service Training and Education cations. Lecture 2 ½ hours. Prerequisite: Fire units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU System. Prerequisite: Fire Technology 101 or Technology 110,or Incident Command System employment in a fi re related occupation. (ICS) 200, or employment in a fi re related occupation. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Fire Technology/French 151
155 FRENCH 105 FIRE COMMAND 1B CONVERSATIONAL FRENCH 2 Units 101 3 Units Fire Technology 155 contains instruction in BEGINNING FRENCH I French 105 is an intensive practice in oral tactics, strategies, and scene management 5 Units expression and comprehension of spoken principles for hazardous materials incidents, French 101 presents the fundamentals of French. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: French emergency medical services (EMS) multi- French grammar. The students are trained to 102 or equivalent. Note: This course may be casualty incidents, and wildland fi re fi ghting pronounce correctly, to acquire a small work- taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be incidents. This course also includes simulation ing vocabulary which they use in conversation earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC time pertaining to the initial decision processes and writing, and to learn to read simple French. at a working incident. The course includes areas Lecture 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Recom- 106 of discussion on the fi re offi cer; components mended preparation: Eligibility for English ADVANCED CONVERSATIONAL of triage, fi re behavior, fi re ground resources, 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course is not FRENCH operations, and management. This course intended for students with oral profi ciency or 3 Units applies to California Fire Service Training and who have attended schools where French was French 106 is designed for those students Education System certifi cations. Lecture 2 ½ the language of instruction. Transfer credit: who wish to sharpen their ability to articulate hours. Prerequisite: Fire Technology 154, CSU, UC, USC (CAN FREN 2) (FREN 101 & in French issues that go beyond concrete or Incident Command Systems (ICS) 200, 102 CAN FREN SEQ A) descriptions into the area of ideas. Lecture 3 or employment in a fi re related occupation. hours. Prerequisite: French 105 or equivalent. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for 102 Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a English 120 or ESL 151. BEGINNING FRENCH II maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer 5 Units credit: CSU, UC, USC 156 French 102 continues to present the funda- FIRE PREVENTION 1A mentals of French grammar. It trains further 110 2 Units in correct pronunciation, and presents more BASIC CONVERSATIONAL FRENCH I Fire Technology 156 is the fi rst in a three-course difficult elementary prose. The discus- 3 Units series and provides fundamental instruction sions in French will stress the correct use of French 110 is an introduction to French with regarding the history and philosophy of fi re verbs and idioms and effi cient methods of emphasis on developing essential skills in prevention, organization, and operation of vocabulary building. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory communication. The verbal active method a fi re prevention bureau, use of fi re codes, ½ hour. Prerequisite: French 101 or equivalent. used stresses oral expression. The course identifi cation and correction of fi re hazards, Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN FREN also develops a working knowledge of reading and the relationship of fi re prevention to fi re 4) (FREN 101 & 102 CAN FREN SEQ A) and writing French. Lecture 3 hours. Prereq- safety education and detection and suppression uisite: None. Note: Not open to students who systems. This course applies to the California 103 have oral profi ciency or who have attended fi re Service Training and Education System INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I schools where French was the language of certifi cations. Lecture 2 ½ hours. Prerequisite: 5 Units instruction. This course may be taken 2 times; Fire Technology 110 or employment in a fi re- French 103 offers a review of French gram- a maximum of 6 units may be earned. related occupation. Recommended prepara- mar stressing structure, word analysis, tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. vocabulary building and composition. The 111 student is introduced to simple texts of French BASIC CONVERSATIONAL FRENCH II 157 prose and poetry. Discussions in French of 3 Units FIRE PREVENTION 1B contemporary literature and topics of interest French 111 is an introduction to French with 2 Units will enable the student to gain fl uency in speak- emphasis on developing essential skills in Fire Technology 157 is the second in a three- ing the French language. Lecture 5 hours, communication. The verbal active method course series presenting the methods and laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: French 102 is used and oral expression is stressed. The techniques for fi re prevention, use of codes, or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, and course also develops a working knowledge of identifi cation and correction of fi re hazards in USC (CAN FREN 8) (FREN 103 & 104 CAN reading and writing French. Lecture 3 hours. buildings and facilities containing hazardous FREN SEQ B) Prerequisite: French 110 or equivalent. Note: materials. This course applies to the California This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum fi re Service Training and Education System 104 of 6 units may be earned. certifi cations. Lecture 2 ½ hours. Prerequisite: INTERMEDIATE FRENCH II Fire Technology 156 or employment in a fi re 5 Units related occupation. Recommended prepara- French 104 reviews the fundamentals of tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: French grammar. It continues to stress This course may be taken 3 times; a maximum correct diction and efficient methods of of 6 units may be earned. vocabulary building. Students will read intermediate French prose of increasing diffi culty and engage in conversation and composition with emphasis on critical think- ing. They will evaluate aspects of their own and French culture in the new medium of the French language. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: French 103 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN FREN 10) (FREN 103 & 104 CAN FREN SEQ B)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 152 French/Geography
121 GEOGRAPHY 111 INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY LITERATURE IN ENGLISH 101 LABORATORY TRANSLATION PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 1 Unit 3 Units 3 Units Geography 111 is the laboratory course for Fr e n c h 121 i s a n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Fr e n c h l i t e r a t u r e Geography 101 is a study of the basic physi- Physical Geography. Laboratory exercises for students with no knowledge of the French cal elements of geography, their correlation include the observation and interpreta- language. French 121 provides a study of and integrated patterns of world distribution. tion of weather data, statistical analysis representative French works in major genres Special attention is given to the earth and its of climate data, development of carto- in English translation. This course, conducted astronomical relationships, weather, climate, graphic techniques, map interpretation, aerial in English, acquaints students with French and landforms. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- photography interpretation, and landform literature and gives them a solid basis on which mended preparation: Eligibility for English description and analysis. Local fi eld trips are to continue further reading. Lecture 3 hours. 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, required. Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Recommended preparation: Eligibility for USC (CAN GEOG 2) Geography 101. (Geography 101 may be English 101. Note: This course may not be taken concurrently). Transfer credit: CSU, 102 taken for credit by students who have completed UC, USC CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY French 124. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 3 Units 114 124 Geography 102 is a systematic study of the GEOGRAPHY OF BAJA CALIFORNIA INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH cultural variables of humankind: popula- 2 Units LITERATURE: GENRES tion, religion, language, economic activities, Geography 114 is a fi eld study of Mexi- 3 Units settlements. Emphasis upon selected cultural co’s Baja California peninsula using the geographic methodology. Emphasis is placed French 124 is an introduction to French litera- problems of humankind’s occupance. Lecture 3 on the physical and cultural landscape; ture through a study of representative works hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility students are exposed to basic geographic of major genres. This course, conducted for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: data collection techniques and concepts, exclusively in French, naturally maintains and CSU, UC, USC (CAN GEOG 4) allowing for students to observe and docu- enriches the students’ language skills, but 105 ment elements of Baja California’s climate, its primary purpose is to acquaint them with ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY hydrology, wildlife, geomorphology, agri- French literature and give them a solid basis 3 Units culture, economy, religion, and history, and on which to continue further reading. Lecture 3 how these elements interact to create Baja’s hours. Prerequisite: French 104 or equivalent. Geography 105 is a study of the physical and unique landscape and culture. Lecture 2 hours. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC cultural elements of environment and their relation to the economic activities of human- Prerequisite: Geography 101 or 102 or 105 or 125 kind. Special attention is given to the climatic 110 or equivalent. Note: This class is taught in INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH regions, the soils, the products and the resultant conjunction with a fi eld trip to Baja California. LITERATURE: MIDDLE AGES economy. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended Transfer credit: CSU THROUGH THE 18TH CENTURY preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 3 Units 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 120 French 125 is an introduction to early French INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHICAL 106 literature through a survey of its historical devel- INFORMATION SYSTEMS HUMAN IMPACT ON THE opment and representative works. This course, 3 Units ENVIRONMENT conducted exclusively in French, naturally main- 3 Units Geography 120 is an introduction to the tains and enriches the students’ language skills, basic principles of geographical information but its primary purpose is to acquaint them with Geography 106 is a description and analy- systems (GIS), including data gathering, French literature and give them a solid basis sis of humanity’s impact on the natural analysis, and display through digital methods. on which to continue future reading. Lecture 3 environment over time. Natural earth systems Students will be introduced to examples of hours. Prerequisite: French 104 or equivalent. and natural climatic change are studied in the how GIS is currently being used to answer Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC contest of geologic time, followed by systematic spatial questions on environmental and analyses of human impact on the atmosphere, social issues. Lecture/demonstrations will 126 hydrosphere, lithosphere, and biosphere. demonstrate these principles through hands INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH Emphasis is placed on the human activities on demonstration of a GIS package on micro- LITERATURE: 19TH CENTURY TO that cause environmental change, as well as computers. Lecture/demonstration 3 hours. PRESENT potential solutions and pathways to sustain- Recommended preparation: Geography 3 Units ability. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: none. 101, 102, 105, 106, or equivalent. Familiarity French 126 is an introduction to modern Transfer credit: UC, CSU, USC with Microsoft Windows Operating Systems. French literature through a survey of its histori- 110 Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC cal development and representative works, GEOGRAPHY OF CALIFORNIA covering the 19th Century to the present. 3 Units This course, conducted exclusively in French, naturally maintains and enriches the students’ Geography 110 is a systematic study of language skills, but its primary purpose is the spatial distributions of California’s bio- to acquaint them with French literature and physical and cultural phenomena. Special give them a solid basis on which to continue emphasis is placed on the impact of human future reading. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: occupancy. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended French 104 or equivalent. Transfer credit: preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL CSU, UC, USC 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Geography/Geology 153
121 103 111/111H INTERMEDIATE GEOGRAPHIC GEOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA PHYSICAL GEOLOGY LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 Units HONORS PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 3 Units Geology 103 is a study of the characteristics and LABORATORY Geography 121 provides further study in the historical development of the geologic provinces 1 Unit principles and application of geographical of California. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Geology 111 is an introduction to common labo- information systems (GIS), including data None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC ratory practices and exercises in physical geol- gathering, analysis, and display through ogy, such as identifying common minerals and digital methods. Students will integrate 104 rocks and understanding simple topographic geographic concepts and techniques used FIELD GEOLOGY and geological sections and maps. in spatial analysis, network analysis and 2-6 Units The honors course will be enhanced in one 3D analysis with both raster and vector Geology 104 is a fi eld study of geologic or more of the following ways: data. GIS analysis through spatial statistics, features within several geologic provinces. 1. Lab exercises will regularly involve exercises network routing and 3D surface modeling Emphasis is placed on the recognition, utilizing skills expected of students who are are emphasized. Lecture/demonstrations will interpretation, recording, and reporting of eligible for Math 110. introduce these principles through examples geologic information observed in the fi eld. 2. Students will perform lab exercises in which and demonstrations of a GIS package on Petrologic, paleontologic, structural, and strati- they will: microcomputers. A student project that graphic information is compiled and integrated a.) Learn how to read a geological map at demonstrates map display and analysis of into an interpretation of the geologic history of an advanced level data is required. Lecture/demonstration 3 the area investigated. An extended period in b.) Manipulate geophysical and/or geochem- hours. Prerequisite: Geography 120 or equiva- the fi eld may be substituted for a number of ical datasets using a computer. lent. Recommended preparation: Familiarity shorter fi eld trips. Field trips will normally be c.) Identify a larger number of rocks and with Microsoft Windows Operating Systems. taken on weekends and/or during vacation minerals than non-honors students Transfer credit: CSU periods. The itinerary, schedule, and fi eld area Laboratory 3 hours (including 5 hours of super- will be determined at the fi rst class meeting vised fi eld observations). Prerequisite: Geol- GEOLOGY (see current class schedule). The student is ogy 101. (Geology 101 may be taken concur- responsible for the cost of food and transporta- rently.) Note: This course may not be taken for 101/101H tion; the approximate cost is $35 for each two credit by students who have completed Geology PHYSICAL GEOLOGY units of work; this fi gure may vary considerably 110. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC HONORS PHYSICAL GEOLOGY depending on the location of the study area. 3 Units Travel is usually by chartered bus. Field Geol- 112 Geology 101 is a study of the physical materials ogy requires a great deal of rigorous activity ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY and processes of the earth. and living conditions in the fi eld are often LABORATORY The honors course will be enhanced in one primitive. Lecture and fi eld study will be the 1 Unit or more of the following ways: semester equivalent of one hour of lecture and Geology 112 is an introduction to the common 1. Students will do weekly quantitative problem three hours of laboratory per week for each laboratory practices and exercises in environ- sets in the geosciences using skills expected two units of credit; a typical semester of work mental geology. Laboratory exercises include of students who are eligible to take Math would include 16 hours of lecture and six days analyzing topographic and geological maps and 110. in the fi eld. Prerequisite: Completion of one of aerial and satellite imagery. Also included are 2. Students will prepare a research project and the following courses: Geology 101, 102, 103, identifying common mineral and rock samples, present it in class. Relevant topics include: 105; Oceanography 115; Paleontology 101; or water and soil analysis and integrating data • global geochemical cycles equivalent. Note: Two units of non-overlapping from the World Wide Web in problem solving • planetary geology from remotely fi eld study will often be offered for the fall and exercises. Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: sensed data spring semesters; extended periods of study Geology 102. Note: Geology 102 may be • problems in plate tectonic may be available during summer session. taken concurrently with Geology 112. Transfer • climate change history Weather conditions may require rescheduling of Credit: CSU, UC, USC • history of life some trips. This course may be taken 3 times; • local geological history a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer 120 • interactions of man with earth credit: CSU, UC, USC EARTHQUAKES Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: 3 Units This course may not be taken for credit by 105 Geology 120 introduces the student to the students who have completed Geology 110. HISTORICAL EARTH SCIENCE current knowledge of earthquakes, with Second semester standing or a good high 4 Units special reference to California, emphasizing school record is recommended. Transfer Geology 105 is a study of the geologic and their occurrence, causes and properties and credit: CSU, UC, USC paleontologic history of the North American the way the dangers from earthquakes can be continent. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 3 hours. reduced. The material presented is appropriate 102 Prerequisite: Completion of any one of the for students seeking to fulfi ll general science ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY following courses: Geology 101, 102, 103; requirements as well as for those wishing to 3 Units Oceanography 115; Paleontology 101; or acquire a specialized knowledge of the subject. Geology 102 is a study of the earth or natural equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer hazards like earthquakes, volcanism, climate (CAN GEOL 4) credit: CSU, UC, USC change, pollution and human interactions with the earth environment. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 154 German/Health
GERMAN 105 126 CONVERSATIONAL GERMAN INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN 101 3 Units LITERATURE BEGINNING GERMAN I German 105 offers intensive practice in oral 3 Units 5 Units expression and comprehension of spoken German 126 is an introduction to German German 101 presents the fundamentals of German. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: literature. It provides a survey of its historical German grammar. The students are trained to German 102 or equivalent. Note: This course development as seen in representative works pronounce correctly, to acquire a small working may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may covering the period of the 18th Century to the vocabulary that they use in conversation and be earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC present. Reading and lectures will be in German. writing, and to learn to read simple German. To supplement the text, records, and tapes Lecture 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Recom- 106 will be used. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: mended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONAL German 104 or equivalent. Transfer credit: or ESL 151. Note: This course is not intended GERMAN CSU, UC, USC for students with oral profi ciency or who have 3 Units attended schools where German was the German 106 is designed for those students who HEALTH language of instruction. Transfer credit: CSU, wish to learn more advanced conversational UC, AND USC (CAN GERM 2) (GERM 101 & topics in order to further improve their language 101 102 CAN GERM SEQ A) skills. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: German FIRST AID 105 or equivalent. Note: This course may be 1 Unit 102 taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be Health 101 covers prevention and cause BEGINNING GERMAN II earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC of accidents or sudden illness. It meets the 5 Units requirements of the American Red Cross German 102 continues to present the funda- 110 for certifi cation in Community First Aid and mentals of German grammar. It trains further BASIC CONVERSATIONAL CPR. Lecture and skill practice 2 hours. in correct pronunciation, and presents more GERMAN I (8 weeks) Prerequisite: None. Note: Recom- diffi cult elementary prose. The discussions in 3 Units mended for physical education majors. Trans- German will stress correct use of verbs and German 110 is an introduction to the German fer credit: CSU, UC, USC idioms and effi cient methods of vocabulary language with emphasis on developing building. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. essential skills in communication. The 102 Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. verbal active method used stresses oral STANDARD FIRST AID AND CPR Transfer credit: CSU, UC, and USC (CAN expression. The course develops a working 2 Units GERM 4) (GERM 101 & 102 CAN GERM knowledge of reading and writing as well, and Health 102 covers the prevention and care of SEQ A) includes the use of tapes, cassettes, and fi lms. accidents or student illnesses. It meets the Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: requirements of the American Red Cross for 103 Not open to students who have oral profi ciency certifi cation in Community First Aid and CPR. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN I or who have attended schools where German Lecture and skill practice 2 hours, laboratory 5 Units was the language of instruction. This course 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: Health 102 German 103 offers a review of German gram- may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units allows only 1 unit of credit for students who mar stressing sentence structure, word analy- may be earned. have completed Health 101 or Health 107 and sis, vocabulary building and composition. The no credit for those who have completed both student is intro duc ed to simple tex ts of Ger man 111 Health 101 and Health 107. Transfer credit: prose and poetry. Discussions in German of BASIC CONVERSATIONAL CSU, UC, USC contemporary literature and topics of interest GERMAN II will enable the student to gain fl uency in speak- 3 Units 104 ing the German language. Lecture 5 hours, German 111 is a further study of the language HEALTH EDUCATION laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: German with continued emphasis on developing essen- 3 Units 102 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, tial skills in communication. The verbal active Health 104 covers current issues in health USC (CAN GERM 8) (GERM 103 & 104 CAN method used stresses oral expression. The and their effect upon the quality of human GERM SEQ B) course further develops a working knowledge life. The course emphasizes the holis- of reading and writing as well, and includes the tic approach to health and wellness and 104 use of tapes, cassettes, and fi lms. Lecture 3 explores the latest concepts in nutrition, INTERMEDIATE GERMAN II hours. Prerequisite: German 110 or equivalent. disease prevention, mental health and stress 5 Units Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a management, sexual relationships and life- German 104 reviews the fundamentals of maximum of 6 units may be earned. styles, drug use and abuse, and consumer German grammar. It continues to stress 125 and envirnomental health issues. Instruction word analysis, vocabulary building and INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN focuses on individual responsibility for wellness, correct diction. Students read intermedi- LITERATURE cultural diversity, and effective interpersonal ate German of increasing difficulty and 3 Units communication. Lecture 3 hours. Note: No engage in conversation and composition with credit allowed for students who have completed German 125 is an introduction to German emphasis in critical thinking. They evaluate Health 106 or Psychology 111. Transfer credit: literature. It provides a survey of Germany’s aspects of their own and German culture in CSU, UC, USC the medium of the German language. Lecture historical and cultural development as seen 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: in representative works from 100 A.D. to German 103 or equivalent. Transfer credit: the present. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: CSU, UC, USC (CAN GERM 10) (GERM 103 German 104 or equivalent. Transfer credit: & 104 CAN GERM SEQ B) CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Health/History 155
106 128 103 WOMEN’S HEALTH EDUCATION NUTRITION AND PHYSICAL FITNESS HISTORY OF EARLY LATIN AMERICA 3 Units (Also listed as Physical Education 3 Units Health 106 explores the various dimensions 128 and Culinary Arts 128) History 103 is a general survey of the history of health as they relate to women. Topics 3 Units of Latin America from discovery to inde- explored include disease development, fi tness Health 128 is a course in nutrition and physical pendence. The planting of the European and nutrition, substance abuse, reproduc- fi tness. It provides the student with an overall civilization in Latin America, the growth of tive health, and age-associated changes. A study of the relationship between nutrition the different colonies, viceroyalties, support- preventive care approach is taken for promo- and physical fi tness. The effects of nutrition ing systems, the international contest for the tion of lifetime wellness and enhanced quality on the anatomical and physiological aspects continents, and the wars of independence of life. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. of the body are emphasized. The course also in Latin America. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- Note: No credit allowed for students who examines the production of energy form the mended preparation: Eligibility for English have completed Health 104 or Psychology intake of a variety of nutritional sources. The 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 111. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC process of metabolism as a means toward energy production and physical activity is also 104 107 discussed. Meal planning, basic physiology, HISTORY OF CONTEMPORARY LATIN CARDIO-PULMONARY current nutritional practices, eating disorders, AMERICA RESUSCITATION weight control and athletic training are exam- 3 Units 1 Unit ined as they relate to the nutritional aspects of History 104 is a general survey of 19th and Health 107 is a course covering the life-saving physical fi tness. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: 20th century Latin American history. The techniques of cardio-pulmonary resuscitation None. Note: This course may not be taken for course focuses on the political, economic and stresses mouth-to-mouth resuscitation, credit by students who have completed Culinary and social development of Latin America. manual cardiac compression, fi rst aid for Arts 128 or Physical Education 128. Transfer In addition, the course offers an historical obstructed airway, one and two-person CPR, credit: CSU, UC, USC review of U.S.-Latin America relations. The and infant/child CPR. Lecture 2 hours. (8 weeks) course is designed to acquaint the student Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU HISTORY with the area’s basic history so as to better appreciate and understand contemporary 109 101 social and political change in Latin American DECISIONS IN CHILD HEALTH AND HISTORY OF WESTERN EUROPE societies. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended CRISIS 3 Units preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Trans- 3 Units History 101 studies the growth of western fer credit: CSU, UC, USC Health 109 is a course which includes the European civilization from the decline of the fundamentals of basic anatomy and physiology Roman Empire to the 17th Century. An intro- 105 of children, common childhood acute illness duction to the study of history, giving a general 20TH CENTURY CENTRAL AMERICA and injury, the emergency medical system, perspective of the development of those AND THE CARIBBEAN principles of emergency care of children, political, economic, and social institutions 3 Units and safety and preventive techniques. The which explain our present-day civilization. An History 105 is an introductory course course enables the student to be aware of the a t t e m p t i s m a d e t o o r i e n t t h e s t u d e n t ’s t h i n k i n g focusing on the contemporary political, day-to-day health care problems of children to present world problems. Lecture 3 hours. economic and social history in Central and the overwhelming complexity of today’s Recommended preparation: Eligibility for America and the Caribbean. The course emergency medical services system. Those English 101. Note: Students who have taken stresses the 20th Century, with special who are in contact with children on a regular History 108 will receive only 1 unit of credit attention given to the role and impact of basis learn to cope with day-to-day and emer- for History 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, United States policy in the region. Lecture gency situations and are able to respond in the USC (CAN HIST 2) (HIST 101 & 102 CAN 3 hours. Recommended preparation: most appropriate manner upon completion HIST SEQ A) Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: of this course. Lecture 2½ hours, laboratory CSU, UC, USC 1½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: This 102 course satisfi es the First Aid requirement for HISTORY OF WESTERN EUROPE 106 graduation. Transfer credit: CSU 3 Units HISTORY AND POLITICS OF THE History 102 studies the growth of western RUSSIAN PEOPLE 110 European civilization from the 17th Century 3 Units PREVENTION AND CARE OF to the present time. It is introduction to the History 106 is a study of the political, social, ATHLETIC INJURIES study of history; giving a general perspec- economic and cultural development of the 2 Units tive of the development of those political, Russian people from earliest days to the Health 110 is a course of in-depth examina- economic, and social institutions which contemporary period. Emphasis will be laid tion of selected topics in sports medicine. The explain our present-day civilization. An on the development of the modern Soviet course provides a thorough knowledge of attempt is made to orient the student’s thinking ideology and power politics. Lecture 3 hours. the prevention and care of injuries commonly to present world problems. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for occurring during physical activity. Lecture 2 Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Health English 101. Note: Students who have taken USC 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC History 109 will receive only 1 unit of credit for History 102. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN HIST 4) (HIST 101 & 102 CAN HIST SEQ A)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 156 History
107 110 114 HISTORY OF CIVILIZATION UNITED STATES HISTORY HISTORY OF BAJA CALIFORNIA (Pre-History to 800) 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units History 110 is an interpretation of the more History 114 is a survey of the prehistory, History 107 is a general political survey of meaningful and signifi cant issues, events, discovery, exploration, settlement, and modern the world from earliest times to the Caro- and ideas which have played a major role in development of the Baja California states of lingian Empire, c. 800, with emphasis on shaping present day America. Main attention is Mexico. Emphasis is placed on the develop- the development of human ideas, arts, and focused upon political and economic aspects ment of their political, economic and cultural institutions. Emphasis is placed upon the with some treatment of social and cultural institutions. Their relationship with the United contributions to civilization made in ancient developments. This course meets the Cali- States, and California in particular, is analyzed times by Egypt, Greece, Rome, India, China, fornia State requirement in American History. in terms of their historical and present day and other powers. An attempt is made to give Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for experience. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended the student a perspective on the past. Lecture English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Note: 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligi- a l l o w s o n l y 1 u n i t o f c r e d i t f o r s t u d e n t s w h o h av e Optional fi eld trips to places of historical interest bility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, completed History 117, 118, or Social Science in the states of Baja California may be offered. UC, USC 131. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
108 111 115 HISTORY OF CIVILIZATION THE WOMAN IN AMERICAN HISTORY REBELLIOUS WOMEN IN MODERN (Carolingian Empire to the French 3 Units AMERICA Revolution, c. 1789) History 111 is a survey of the history of women in 3 Units 3 Units America from the colonial period to the present History 115 investigates the legal, economic, History 108 is a general political survey with emphasis on relevant political, economic, political, and social issues surrounding the of the world from the Carolingian Empire, and social factors. Traditional roles of women dramatic transformation of gender rela- c. 800, to the French Revolution, c. 1789, in society are analyzed in terms of literary tions in contemporary society. Topics to be with emphasis on the development of images, popular culture, and stereotypes. included are women’s private lives (sexuality human ideas, arts, and institutions. The char- Attitudes and prejudices held by both sexes and reproductive roles, family roles, parent- acteristics of the medieval and modern worlds toward each other, reform movements, religious ing); women’s public roles (work, volunteer- are examined. The principles—cultural, social, crusades, women’s rights, and emancipation ism, occupational segregation, education, economic, and political— which brought the movements are examined in the context of religion); women’s political roles (the gender modern world into being are analyzed. Lecture American History. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- gap, female leadership); and public policy that 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligi- mended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 has affected women’s private and public lives bility for English 101. Note: Students who or ESL 151. Note: This course allows only 1 (welfare, affi rmative action, child care legisla- have taken History 101 will receive only one unit of credit for students who have completed tion). The course focuses on leaders of the unit of credit for History 108. Transfer credit: History 117, or Social Science 131 and no credit women’s movement in the United States who CSU, UC, USC for those who have completed History 118. worked to change laws; to open doors to new Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC occupations; and to create, and infl uence new 109 institutions, as well as old. Using biography, HISTORY OF CIVILIZATION 112 primary source documents, and socio-histori- (French Revolution to the Present) PACIFIC COAST HISTORY cal studies, the course begins by focusing on 3 Units 3 Units women in the 1940s, then moves forward into History 109 is a general political survey History 112 is a survey of the discovery, the Women’s Movement of the 1950s, 1960s, of the world from the French Revolution, exploration, and settlement of Mexico, and 1970s, and the conservative reactions to the c. 1789, to the present with emphasis on California, Oregon, Washington, British movement in the 1980s and 1990s. Lecture 3 the development of human ideas, arts, and Columbia, and Alaska. Emphasis is placed hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility institutions. An attempt is made to give the upon the development of their particular for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: student a perspective and a basis for inter- political, economic, and cultural institutions, CSU, UC, USC preting current world events. Lecture 3 hours. along with their relationships with each other Recommended preparation: Eligibility for and the rest of the world. Lecture 3 hours. 116 English 101. Note: Students who have taken Recommended preparation: Eligibility for ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED History 102 will receive only 1 unit of credit English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC STATES for History 109. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, (Also listed as Economics 111) USC 113 3 Units HISTORY OF MEXICO History 116 is a history of the economic 3 Units development of the United States from its History 113 is an in-depth study of the emer- settlement to the present. Emphasis is placed gence of the Mexican institutions and traditions on the growth and development of economic from Pre-Colombian societies to the present. institutions, slavery, reconstruction, work, the The course is designed to meet the needs of industrial revolution, workers’ movement, and the college student who wishes to understand U.S. imperialism. This course meets the Cali- the development of the modern Mexican fornia State requirements in American History. nation. Modern Mexico and its development Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: is the primary concern of this course. Lecture Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligi- course may not be taken for credit by students bility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, who have completed Economics 111. Transfer UC, USC credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE History 157
117 120 132 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES HISTORY OF THE FAR EAST HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units History 117 is a survey course that looks History 120 is a general survey of China, Japan, History 132 examines the geographical, in depth at United States history from the Korea, and Southeast Asia in the international cultural, and historical realities of the Philip- colonial period to Reconstruction. The community from the nineteenth century to the pines, from the Spanish colonial period to the English colonies, the Revolutionary War, present. Primary emphasis is centered upon present. Particular emphasis is given to past the Constitution, the New Nation, Jefferso- the impact of Western culture and the major and present U.S.-Philippine relations and nian and Jacksonian democracy, slavery, political and social movements of the twenti- to the contemporary social, economic, and Civil War, and Reconstruction will all be eth century, Nationalism and Communism. political situation in the Philippines. Lecture 3 examined. This course meets the California Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepara- hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility State requirements in United States history. tion: History 119 and eligibility for English 101. for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC CSU, UC, USC English 120 or ESL 151. Note: History 117 allows only 1½ units of credit for students 121 133 who have completed History 110. History ARMENIAN HISTORY A HISTORY OF SCIENCE 117-118 allows only 3 units of credit for 3 Units 3 Units students who have completed History 110. History 121 is a survey of the history of the History 133 is a history of the notable scientifi c Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN Armenian people from 1,000 B.C. to the ideas and discoveries in Western civilization. It HIST 8) (HIST 117 & 118 CAN HIST present. Topics include: The Artashesian, is a seminar, colloquial style discussion class SEQ B) Arshaguni, Bagratuni, and Cilician kingdoms; that examines the forces in history that led to Armenia under the domination of Persian, the development of the major scientifi c revolu- 118 Roman, Byzantine, Arab, Mongol, Turkish, tions and thinkers that have shaped modern HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES and Russian empires; the religious, artistic industrialized man and his culture. Some of 3 Units and architectural dimensions of the Armenians’ the subjects and scientists studied include the History 118 is a survey course that looks in cultural heritage; the literary renaissance and philosophy of science, the scientifi c method, depth at United States History from the Post- emergence of the Armenian Question in the science and pseudoscience, how science Reconstruction period to the present. The 19th century; World War I and the Armenian interacts with other cultural elements, ancient Gilded Age, Populism and Progressivism, Genocide; the Republic of Armenia and inter- science, magic and renaissance science, Imperialism, the Great Depression and New n a t i o n a l t r e a t i e s u p t o 19 2 3 ; a n d d e v e l o p m e n t s the Copernican Revolution, the Newtonian Deal, World War II, the Cold War, Vietnam, in Soviet Armenia from 1920 to the present. Revolution, the Darwinian Revolution, Pasteur Watergate, and the Reagan years will all be Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: and the medical revolution, and the Einsteinian examined. This course meets the California Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer Revolution. The course enhances the student’s State requirements in United States history. credit: CSU, UC, USC understanding of the present by a better under- Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for standing of the past. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- English 120 or ESL 151. Note: History 118 122 mended preparation: Eligibility for English allows only 1 unit of credit for students who CALIFORNIA HISTORY 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC have completed History 151 and 1½ units of 3 Units credit for students who have completed History History 122 is a survey of the discovery, explora- 135 110. Histor y 117-118 allows only 3 units of credit tion, and settlement of California. The emphasis HISTORY OF THE VIETNAM WAR for students who have completed History 110. is on the development of particular political, 3 Units Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN HIST economic, and social institutions, along with History 135 studies the background of U.S. 10) (HIST 117 & 118 CAN HIST SEQ B) California’s relationships with the United States. involvement in Vietnam from the French Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: occupation to the winding down of the war 119 Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: during the Nixon years. The course focuses HISTORY OF THE FAR EAST CSU, UC, USC on such matters as the historical and cultural 3 Units realities of the situation, the gradual and grow- History 119 is a general survey of East Asian 131 ing U.S. commitment during the Eisenhower civilization from antiquity through the nine- A HISTORY OF AFRICA SINCE 1800 and Kennedy Administrations, and the height teenth century. Primary emphasis is placed 3 Units of the American build-up during the Johnson upon the political, religious, social, and History 131 surveys the development of Presidency. An attempt is made to discuss the economic development of China and Japan Africa from 1800 to the present. Themes ”lessons” of Vietnam and major unresolved with some attention on Korea and Southeast to be covered include: colonialization issues deriving from the war. Lecture 3 hours. Asia. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepa- and underdevelopment, neo-colonialism, Recommended preparation: Eligibility for ration: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer nationalism and African independence English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: credit: CSU, UC, USC movements. Case studies of individual CSU, UC, USC African countries are used to analyze the vari- ous themes. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 158 History/Hotel Restaurant Management
136 HOTEL RESTAURANT 222 WAR: HISTORY, CAUSES, INTRODUCTION TO HOTEL AND SOLUTIONS MANAGEMENT RESORT OPERATIONS (Also listed as Social Science 136) 115 3 Units 3 Units INTRODUCTION TO THE Hotel Restaurant Management 222 covers all History 136 explores the history, causes, HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY (FORMERLY the basics of the hotel industry and acquaints and potential solutions to the problem KNOWN AS CULINARY ARTS 115) students with front offi ce operations, house- of war. The history of individual wars is 3 Units keeping management, accounting, guest examined within a broader picture of war Hotel Restaurant Management 115 promotes services, human resources, and facilities in general, including ancient warfare, the the opportunity to evaluate occupational needs and property management. Lecture 3 hours. Middle Passage, the rise of modern war, and in the hospitality industry through study and fi eld Prerequisite: Hotel Restaurant Management the development of total war. An interdisci- experience. Local, private, as well as 115. Recommended Preparation: Eligibil- plinary approach is taken in exploring the national food service, lodging, and transporta- ity for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer immediate causes of war, including histori- tion businesses are explored. Lecture 3 hours. credit: CSU cal, economic, political, anthropological, Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU sociological, and psychological causes. 230 The course probes moral and philosophical 203 HOSPITALITY LAW aspects for the ultimate causes of war. CATERING I 3 Units Finally, solutions are considered including 3 UNITS Hotel Restaurant Management 230 covers diplomacy, treaties, the United Nations, a Hotel Restaurant Management 203 studies the all aspects of restaurant and hospitality one-world government, and the dismantling theory and practice of presenting a catering law including employer responsibilities, of nation-states. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- event. Practice is given in the managing of the occupational health and safety issues, mended preparation: Eligibility for English total operation as well as some experience in personal liability and torts, liquor laws, 101. Note: This course may not be taken specialty food preparation. Lecture 2 hours, truth in advertising, contracts, and for credit by students who have completed laboatory 3 hours. Recommended prepara- management ethics. Students have the Social Science 136. Transfer credit: CSU, tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. opportunity to develop knowledge and skills UC, USC necessary to make informed decisions 220 within professional and legal boundaries, 150 FRONT OFFICE OPERATIONS and to build progressive labor relations UNITED STATES HISTORY AND ITS 3 Units as a hospitality manager. Lecture 3 hours. ARTISTIC EXPRESSION Hotel Restaurant Management 220 Prerequisite: Hotel Restaurant Management 3 Units provides instruction and procedures in the 115. Recommended preparation: English History 150 examines the political, social, front-offi ce operation of a hospitality lodging 189 or ESL 133. Transfer credit: CSU and cultural or artistic history of the United enterprise. Emphasis is placed on the States from the Colonial Era through the 256 following aspects: public and employee MANAGEMENT OF HOSPITALITY present. Special emphasis will be given to relations, guest accommodations/ those epochs in which the ideas and institu- PERSONNEL AND OPERATIONS reservations, forecasting, offi ce routines and 3 Units tions of ”We the people of the United States” reports, machine operation, room rates, were brought forth and matured and to the and the application of computer programs. Hotel Restaurant Management 256 covers artistic expressions of the birth and growth of Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. management skills for students pursuing a the nation. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended Transfer credit: CSU career in supervision within the restaurant/ preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL hospitality industry. It includes the application 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 221 of basic management concepts and HOUSEKEEPING MANAGEMENT techniques necessary in achieving objectives 151 OPERATIONS in the management of human resources. THE UNITED STATES IN THE 3 Units Using case studies, students analyze TWENTIETH CENTURY Hotel Restaurant Management 221 the hospitality workplace, management 3 Units acquaints the student with housekeeping duties responsibilities in coaching, training, and History 151 analyzes the political, economic, as they pertain to rooms and accommodations providing employee feedback. Decision and social history of the United States since in a hotel or motel. The course focuses making and leadership development is also 1900. Special emphasis is placed on the on the comfort of guests as a priority discussed. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: post-World War II period. Current issues are concern. Emphasis is placed on effective None. Recommmended preparation: stressed with their historical background. communication between housekeeping, front Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepara- offi ce and engineering/maintenance. Students tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. receive instruction in report writing. Lecture 3 Note: This course allows only 1 unit of credit hours. Prerequisite: None. for students who have completed History 118. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Humanities 159
HUMANITIES 105/105H 110 THE HUMAN STRUGGLE SCIENCE, LITERATURE, AND HUMAN 101 HONORS THE HUMAN STRUGGLE INSIGHT EAST/WEST: CULTURE AND 3 Units 3 Units CIVILIZATION TO 1700 Humanities 105 is an interdisciplinary, Humanities 110 is an interdisciplinary, 3 Units intercultural course designed to challenge intercultural team-taught course in which Humanities 101 is an interdisciplinary, multi- students to further develop critical reading, students further apply the principles of critical cultural, team-taught course that examines the writing, and thinking abilities through compara- thinking and comparative analysis in order to historic push and pull of eastern and western tive study of materials from literature and vari- better understand the relationships among civilizations from primitive times until 1700. o u s d i s c i p l i n e s . S t u d e n t s e v a l u a t e s o m e o f t h e literature, science, and technology. Through Important themes, events, and discoveries link- most relevant issues faced by people of the directed reading, class discussion, and writ- ing east and west are shown through literature, United States and other cultures throughout ing, students continue to develop logical folklore, art history, philosophy, and science. history, with emphasis on values and ethics. thought processes enabling them to reason Students compare and contrast eastern and The course examines the creative impulses inductively and deductively, to distinguish western views of time and eternity; stan- and destructive forces that have infl uenced fact from judgment, to examine evidence and dards of excellence; decadence and decline; the human struggle for order, acceptance, credibility of sources, to propose new ideas, motives, manners, and morals; and problems knowledge, understanding, self expression, and to reach logical conclusions. Through their of extremes as they explore some of the most power, freedom, individuality and survival. study of literature, students learn about human compelling problems, questions, and issues Students improve their abilities to analyze, values, behavior and motivations; through faced by humans of both hemispheres. The synthesize, develop original ideas, distinguish their study of scientifi c and technological course centers on critical thinking; students fact from opinion or belief, and use logic and achievements, they learn about the methods are challenged to analyze, synthesize, and reason in language and thought to determine and limitations of science. Major historical and propose original ideas through the media of whether the solutions of the past are compat- contemporary themes linking science and reading, discussion, and writing. Lecture 3 ible with the problems of today and tomorrow. literature are presented for evaluation. hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 101. Writing instruction focuses on improving Writing instruction focuses on improving Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC advanced composition skills. The course may advanced composition skills. Lecture 3 hours. 102 be team-taught. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 101. Trans- EAST/WEST: CULTURE AND The honors course will be enhanced in one fer credit: CSU, UC, USC or more of the following ways: CIVILIZATION FROM 1700 111 3 Units 1. Accelerated standards of reading levels, emphasizing primary sources. IRISH HISTORY, LITERATURE, AND Humanities 102 is an interdisciplinary, multi- 2. Accelerated standards of critical thinking, CULTURE FROM THE BEGINNING TO cultural, team-taught course that examines the including critical writing and thesis-based THE PRESENT historic push and pull of eastern and western essay exams. 3 Units civilizations from 1700 until the present. Impor- Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for Humanities 111 is a broad-based, interdis- tant themes, events, and discoveries linking English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC ciplinary team-taught course that covers east and west are shown through literature, the entire history of Ireland: its mythology, folklore, art history, philosophy, and science. 106 folklore, art, music, literature, and major Students compare and contrast eastern and MODERN SOCIETY IN ITS MILIEUX political events. The course also focuses western views of science and reason; romanti- 3 Units on the impact of Irish culture on England, cism, skepticism, and pessimism; the gradual Humanities 106 is an interdisciplinary, team- Europe, Spain, Canada, and the United change of traditional morals, manners, means taught, cross-cultural course emphasizing States through the centuries. Through and measures; the concept of relativity; foreign literatures in translation. Students assigned readings, discussions, and writing, and the quantum leap into contemporary are encouraged to read, think, discuss the students gain critical insights into the thought as they explore some of the most and write critically in dealing with some causes and consequences of Ireland’s turbu- compelling problems, questions, and issues important concerns of modern times as lent history and struggle for independence as faced by humans of both hemispheres. The interpreted by different societies. Students well as its literary and socio-political contribu- course centers on critical thinking; students do comparative analyses of literature from tions to world culture and civilization. Lecture are challenged to analyze, synthesize, and various countries in their historical, political, 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English propose original ideas through the media of and social contexts. The linguistic style of 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC reading, discussion, and writing. Lecture 3 each foreign language is stressed. Lecture hours. Prerequisite Eligibility for English 101. 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 160 Humanities/Independent Studies
115 120 135 WORLD MYTHOLOGY LITERATURE AND THE CULTURAL HUMANITIES AND THE WORLD OF 3 Units ARTS WORK Humanities 115 is an interdisciplinary course 3 Units 3 Units in which students analyze ancient myths Humanities 120 is an interdisciplinary course Humanities 135 is an interdisciplinary course in the context of the cultures from which that focuses on the interrelationships of that combines instruction in fi ction and non- they arose. It provides a basis for increased literature and the cultural arts (architec - fi ction, fi lm, ethics, problem solving, and understanding of art forms from all over the ture, music, painting, and sculpture), with decision making to help students examine world, including literature, painting, sculp- emphasis on the literature, to show not only today’s multicultural society and workplace ture, and architecture. Students explore the their independence but also their synthesis. and develop values that may infuence role myths play in answering the ultimate Through critical reading, discussion, and their personal and professional growth questions of human life and in expressing writing, students analyze the infl uences of throughout their lives. Students analyze and the values of the societies which developed each genre upon the creative impulses of discuss contemporary issues, problems and/or perpetuated the stories. Students the others. Humanities 120 examines literary and trends, and become familiar with the see the impact of psychology, oral transmis- and cultural achievements, developments, history of discrimination on the basis of color, sion, and environment (social, geo-political, and values in the major periods of western ethnicity, gender, and sexual orientation and economic) on belief systems. Most history that served as a foundation for modern and the impact of this discrimination on importantly, students relate myths to questions thought and letters. The course may be educational opportunities, career choice, and issues of the present day, relevant to their team taught. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: and employability. Students participate in own lives and the lives of those with whom they Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: group and individual activities designed share the country and the planet. Lecture 3 CSU, UC, USC to develop and reinforce analytical skills. hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 101. 125 They also keep journals in which they react Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC CROSSCURRENTS: AMERICAN to assignments and class presentations. Critical analysis of course materials helps 117 SOCIAL VALUES students learn to deal with a variety of situ- CREATIVITY, CULTURE, AND 3 Units ation and tasks they may encounter in their SOCIETY: KALEIDOSCOPE Humanities 125 is an interdisciplinary career fi elds. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended 3 Units course designed to enrich students’ knowl- edge and understanding of the cultural preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or Humanities 117 is an interdisciplinary, team- ESL 151. taught course focusing on literature, drama, influences of ethnic, racial and gender dance, and fi lm and examining their relation- diversity in the shaping of American soci- INDEPENDENT STUDIES ships with other areas of college study. The ety—past and present—and to enable them to speculate critically on American society course recognizes that, like the pieces in a 101 in the future. Students analyze materials kaleidoscope, individual art works and art VOLUNTEER SERVICE from literature, history, and other disciplines. forms are only components of larger patterns. 1-3 Units As students compare and contrast works The course explores the development and current reality of commonly held American Independent Study 101 is an independent from various cultures and times, they are study course based on a cooperative effort encouraged to read, think, discuss, and write ideals, attitudes and institutions and their role in the unique balance between freedom and between the student, a volunteering faculty critically about the interaction among artist, member, and a community-based organiza- society, and work of art. Students explore the responsibility. Students are encouraged to develop their critical thinking skills through tion to provide real-world experience in a creative process and ask what has led to, as fi eld of interest while at the same time fi lling well as what results from, works of art. Students reading, writing, and discussion. This course may be interactively team-taught. Lecture a need in the community. Laboratory 3-9 learn to analyze, synthesize, draw inferences, hours. Prerequisite: Concurrent registration propose new ideas, support theses, reach 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC in 6 or more units. Recommended prepara- logical conclusions, and become active tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151 or participants in the artistic process. Lecture 3 130 Business Administration 106. This course is hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 101. THE INDIVIDUAL, THE GROUP, AND designed for students who have previously Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC THE ORGANIZATION completed a course with a service-learning 3 Units component. Transfer credit: CSU Humanities 130 is an interdisciplinary, team taught, intercultural course that emphasizes personal and global issues, problems, and patterns of communication in the work envi- ronment as they apply to individual workers, groups and organizations. Students develop critical reading, writing, and thinking skills by analyzing and discussing an international array of essays, works of fiction, plays, poems, songs, and fi lms concerning work, and by engaging in individual and collab- orative activities designed to pose ethical and decision-making problems. Writing instruction focuses on improving composition skills. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Independent Studies/Italian 161
149 INTERNSHIP 103 INDEPENDENT STUDY INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN I 1-3 Units 150 5 Units INTERNSHIP Glendale Community College may make Italian 103 includes further study of Italian 3-6 Units available in the curriculum of each divi- grammar. The aim of the course is to train sion lower division units of study known Internship 150 is a cooperative effort students in reading comprehension of as Independent Study. The purpose of the between the college and the professional intermediate prose with stress on docu- Independent Study course is to provide gifted community to provide real-world experience mentary aspects of Italian life, character students with an opportunity to explore a in the student’s major fi eld. For each 3 units, analysis, and the study of ideas. Oral and subject in greater depth than usual; to famil- interns participate in 54 hours of supervised written discussions will be stressed. Lecture iarize students with some basic research activities that correlate formal instruction 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: techniques; to interest students in possible with on-the-job learning opportunities. Italian 102 or equivalent. Transfer credit: career areas; and to take advantage of Internship 54 hours. Prerequisite: Comple- CSU, UC, USC special academic interests. Emphasis tion of 12 units with a 2.5 grade-point aver- shall be on individual research projects, age or better and concurrent enrollment in 104 library research and preparation of research 3 additional units. (For the summer term, INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN II papers. There is no prescribed course outline. concurrent enrollment in 3 additional units is 5 Units Students develop a research project, have not required.) Note: Registration will be open Italian 104 completes the review of the funda- it approved by the sponsoring instructor to those students who have been accepted mentals of grammar. The aim of the course and appropriate division chairperson, then to intern in their major fi eld at an Internship is to train students in reading intermediate submit the fi nished project, which may be training site on a nonpaid basis. A student is prose of increasing diffi culty with stress on library research, or perhaps a supervised limited to one Internship class per semester. the study of ideas. The training also includes experimental program related to a specifi c This course may be taken 2 times; a maxi- oral discussion and written exposition. Lecture course of instruction. Registration is open to mum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: any student at Glendale Community College credit: CSU Italian 103 or equivalent. Transfer credit: who is currently registered for 6 or more units CSU, UC, USC and who is admitted to Independent Study ITALIAN by the instructor. A student is limited to one 110 Independent Study per semester and to no 101 BASIC CONVERSATIONAL ITALIAN I more than 12 units for credit toward the AA BEGINNING ITALIAN I 3 Units Degree or Certifi cate and no more than 6 5 Units Italian 110 is an introduction to Italian with units per division. The units received may be Italian 101 teaches the fundamentals of Italian emphasis on developing essential skills in acceptable for college transfer subject to the grammar. Students are trained to pronounce communication. The verbal active method is approval of the individual college. The instructor Italian correctly, to acquire a small working used , stressing oral expression. The course shall make arrangements for students’ Inde- vocabulary, which they use in conversation also develops a working knowledge of reading pendent Study registration with the Admissions and writing, and to read simple Italian. Lecture and writing Italian. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequi- offi ce. Attendance accounting procedures shall 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. site: None. Note: Not open to students who be cleared with the Admissions and Records Recommended preparation: Eligibility for have oral profi ciency or who have attended Offi ce by the instructor. Prerequisite: Concur- English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course is schools where Italian was the language of rent registration in 6 or more units. Transfer not intended for students with oral profi ciency instruction. This course may be taken 2 times; credit: CSU, UC or who have attended schools where Italian was a maximum of 6 units may be earned. the language of instruction. Transfer credit: INTERNATIONAL FIELD CSU, UC, USC (CAN ITAL 2) (ITAL 101 & 102 111 CAN ITAL SEQ A) BASIC CONVERSATIONAL ITALIAN II STUDIES 3 Units 102 148 Italian 111 is a continuation of the study of BEGINNING ITALIAN II Italian as a conversational language with 1-3 Units 5 Units International Field Studies 148 provides emphasis on lifelike situations. Attention Italian 102 continues to present the funda- college credit for travel and study in foreign is given to essential grammar principles mentals of Italian grammar. It trains further countries at the student’s own expense in and cultural information. Lecture 3 hours. in correct pronunciation, and presents more programs provided by agencies approved Prerequisite: Italian 110 or equivalent. diffi cult elementary prose. The discussions in advance by the College and under the Note: This course may be taken 2 times; in Italian will stress correct use of verbs and direction of a Glendale Community College a maximum of 6 units may be earned. This idioms and effi cient methods of vocabulary instructor. Lecture 1-3 hours, laboratory course may not be taken for credit by students building. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. 3-9 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: This who have taken Italian 102 prior to Italian Prerequisite: Italian 101 or equivalent. Trans- course may be taken 4 times; a maximum 111, or who take Italian 102 concurrently with fer credit: CSU, UC, AND USC (CAN ITAL 4) of 12 units may be earned. Each repetition Italian 111. (ITAL 101 & 102 CAN ITAL SEQ A) must be in a different country and/or area of the world. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 162 Japanese/Journalism
JAPANESE 111 103 BASIC CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE STUDENT PUBLICATIONS STAFF 101 II 3 Units BEGINNING JAPANESE I 3 Units Journalism 103 is a course in writing news, 5 Units Japanese 111 is a continuation of basic feature, and editorial copy, copy reading and Japanese 101 presents the fundamentals conversational Japanese. It teaches editing, headline writing, newspaper layout of Japanese grammar. The students are the students to communicate on a more and make-up and the mechanics of newspa- trained to pronounce correctly, to acquire advanced level and provides them with per production. Study of law and ethics of the a small working vocabulary for conversa- the ability to read and write for further press and over-all emphasis on the function tion and writing, and to read and write both study. Classroom activities emphasize oral and responsibility of the newspaper. Second hiragana and katakana (native Japanese expression. Reading and writing are introduced semester stress is on interpretive reporting. alphabets). Lecture 5 hours, laboratory½ on a limited basis. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequi- Class produces the campus newspaper hour. Recommended preparation: Eligibil- site: Japanese 110 or equivalent. Note: This El Vaquero. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 4 ity for English 120 and ESL 151. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of hours. Prerequisite: Journalism 102 or Mass course is not intended for students with oral 6 units may be earned. Communications 102, or equivalen. Transfer profi ciency or who have attended schools credit: CSU where Japanese was the language of JOURNALISM instruction. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, 104 USC 101 STUDENT PUBLICATIONS EDITORS INTRODUCTION TO MASS 3 Units 102 COMMUNICATIONS Journalism 104 is an advanced course in BEGINNING JAPANESE II (Also listed as Mass Communications writing news, feature, and editorial copy, 5 Units 101) copy reading and editing, headline writing, Japanese 102 continues to present the 3 Units newspaper layout and makeup, and the fundamentals of Japanese grammar. It J o u r n a l i s m 101 i s a n i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e e x p l o r- mechanics of newspaper production. Study trains further in correct pronunciation, ing the history, institutions, and social impact of law and ethics of the press and over-all and presents kanji (Chinese characters). of mass communication media, including emphasis on the function and responsibility D i s c u s s i o n s i n J a p a n e s e w i l l s t r e s s v e r b f o r m s print, photography, recordings, fi lm, television, of the newspaper. Second semester stress and vocabulary building. Lecture 5 hours, computers, and the role of advertising and is on interpretative reporting. Class produces laboratory½ hour. Prerequisite: Japanese public relations. The course is taught from the campus newspaper El Vaquero. Lecture 101 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, a perspective of theories of persuasion, the 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: UC, USC symbolic power of images, and the relation- Journalism 103 or Mass communications 103. ship between information and knowledge. Note: An interview and instructor consent 103 Special attention is given to the impact of may be required. This course may be taken 2 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I these media on how we live and believe as times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. 5 Units individuals and as a society. Lecture 3 hours. Transfer credit: CSU Japanese 103 continues the study of Recommended preparation: Eligibility for Japanese grammar and vocabulary and English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 106 begins the study of short narrative writings. (CAN JOUR 4) INTRODUCTION TO BROADCAST Conversational fl uency, composition writing JOURNALISM I and familiarity with Japanese culture are the 102 3 Units focus of this class. Emphasis will be placed REPORTING THE NEWS Journalism 106 covers the process of gather- on the customs, culture and institutions of the 3 Units ing, writing, editing, and presenting the news Japanese people. Lecture 5 hours, labora- Journalism 102 is an introductory course on radio and television. Particular emphasis tory ½ hour. Prerequisite: Japanese 102 or in the gathering and writing news, features, is placed on writing for broadcast, news judg- equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC and editorials. Emphasis is on clear and ment, visual considerations versus sound, concise written expression with laboratory interviewing techniques, ethics, scripting, and 110 drill in English fundamentals. Study of news news organizations infrastructure. Lecture 3 BASIC CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE I sources, acceptable forms for stories, style hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. 3 Units and methods of various media, elementary Transfer credit: CSU Japanese 110 is an introduction to the Japa- editing, and law and ethics of communica- nese language with emphasis on developing tion. Newspapers and other media at the 107 essential skills in communication. The verbal local community level as well as the national MAGAZINE WRITING active method used stresses oral expression. metropolitan levels are utilized. Lecture 3 3 Units T h i s c o u r s e a l s o d e v e l o p s a w o r k i n g k n o w l e d g e hours, laboratory 1 hour. Recommended Journalism 107 focuses on feature writing of reading and writing and includes the use of preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Trans- for magazines and newspapers. Students cassettes and fi lms. Lecture 3 hours. Prereq- fer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN JOUR 2) learn how to fi nd feature ideas and develop uisite: None. Note: Not open to students them into articles for student or professional with oral profi ciency or who have attended publications. The creative story-telling side of schools where Japanese was the language of journalism is stressed. The free-lance market instruction. This course may be taken 2 times; for feature writers is discussed. Lecture 3 hours. a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Journalism/Library 163
110 102 116 PHOTOJOURNALISM BEGINNING KOREAN II KOREAN FOR THE KOREAN 3 Units 5 Units SPEAKING II Journalism 110 provides instruction in tech- Korean 102 continues to present the funda- 5 Units niques for producing photos for news and mentals of Korean grammar. Students are Korean 116 is a continuation of Korean 115. feature articles. Students learn effective ways trained to pronounce Korean correctly, to Emphasis is placed on reading comprehen- to take photos to accompany articles, as well acquire a small working vocabulary which sion, composition, oral communication, as to use photos to tell a story of their own. they use in conversation and writing, and to spelling rules, intensive vocabulary, and a Both conventional and digital photography read and write in the native Korean alphabet. more advanced study of the structure of the is used. Lecture 2 hours; laboratory 4 hours. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Prereq- language. Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: Recommended preparation: Eligibility for uisite: Korean 101 or equivalent. Note: In Korean 115 or equivalent. Note: Students English 101. Note: This course may be taken addition to the regular class hours, the student who have completed Korean 102 may not two times: a maximum of six units may be must spend one-half hour a week in the foreign take this course for credit. Transfer credit: earned. Transfer credit: CSU language laboratory. Transfer credit: CSU, CSU, UC, USC UC, USC 116 INTRODUCTION TO BROADCAST 110 LIBRARY JOURNALISM II BASIC CONVERSATIONAL KOREAN I 3 Units 3 Units 101 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION Journalism 116 continues to develop the Korean 110 is an introduction to the Korean RESOURCES AND RESEARCH process of gathering, writing, editing, and language with emphasis on developing METHODS presenting the news on radio and television. essential skills in communication. The 2 Units This course involves practical application verbal active method used stresses oral of the skills. Students produce, report, and expression. This course also develops a work- Library 101 introduces methods of contem- anchor a news segment for cable broadcast. ing knowledge of reading and writing. Lecture porary research through the use of online In addition, they will produce and host a 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: Not open databases and the Internet, as well as tradi- half-hour magazine format show for cable to students who have oral profi ciency or who tional print materials. Collaborative efforts broadcast. Emphasis is placed on writing for have attended schools where Korean was lead to well-researched and accurately broadcast, new judgment, visual versus sound the language of instruction. This course may documented term paper presentations. considerations, interviewing techniques, be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may Lecture 1½ hours, laboratory 1½ hours. ethics, scripting, and new organizations’ be earned. Recommended preparation: Eligibility infrastructure. Students will also be introduced for English 120 or ESL 151 or Business 111 to various radio formats and perform on the Administration 106, concurrent enrollment BASIC CONVERSATIONAL KOREAN II campus radio station. Lecture 3 hours, labo- in Computer Science/Information Systems 3 Units ratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Journalism 106 191. Note: No credit will be given to students or equivalent. Korean 111 is a continuation of Korean 110. who have completed Library 191 prior to It teaches the students to communicate on Library 101. Students completing both an advanced level and provides them with Library 101 and Library 191 will receive a KOREAN the ability to read and write for further study. maximum of two units for both classes. Classroom activities emphasize conversa- Transfer credit: CSU, UC 101 tional repetition and oral expression. Reading BEGINNING KOREAN I and writing will be introduced on a limited 5 Units basis. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Korean Korean 101 teaches the fundamentals of 110 or equivalent. Note: This course may be Korean grammar. Students are trained to taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may pronounce Korean correctly, to acquire a be earned. small working vocabulary which they use in conversation and writing, and to read and 115 write in the native Korean alphabet. Lecture KOREAN FOR THE KOREAN 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Recommended SPEAKING I preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or 5 Units ESL 151. Note: This course is not intended Korean 115 provides intensive training in for students with oral profi ciency or who oral and written Korean for students who have attended schools where Korean was have familiarity with the language but little the language of instruction. Transfer credit: or no formal instruction in it. Structure of CSU, UC, USC the language, basic grammar, oral commu- nication, spelling rules, vocabulary, and composition are included. Lecture 5 hours. Recommended Preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: students who have completed Korean 101 may not take this course for credit. Students with oral profi ciency or who have attended schools where Korean was the language of instruc- tion should enroll in Korean 115. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 164 Library/Machine Technology
191 MACHINE TECHNOLOGY 104 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION MACHINE TECHNOLOGY IV COMPETENCY 101 5 Units 2 Units MACHINE TECHNOLOGY I Machine Technology 104 is a continuation Library 191 is designed to teach and 5 Units of advanced and complicated operations strengthen lifelong research and information Machine Technology 101 covers the funda- of machine tools and equipment. Lectures literacy skills by introducing students to the mentals of the machinist trade. Instructions in and demonstrations include a thorough nature of research and the role of the library the proper care and use of precision and hand investigation of heat-treatment of metals, in the research process. Students learn the tools are given. Basic training in tool grinding, special metals and their uses, abrasives, core concepts of information retrieval and machine set-up, and the operation of lathes, grinding wheels, and effi cient use of surface, essential techniques for fi nding, analyzing, shapers, milling machines, drill presses, and cylindrical, and tool cutter grinders. Basic organizing, and presenting information. The grinders is presented. Lecture 3 hours, labo- tool and die work in which the student topics to be covered include: understanding ratory 6 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: designs and builds jigs and fixtures is call numbers; utilizing online catalogs to Students must register for the full number of offered to students showing advanced abilities. locate books; expanding knowledge of hours for which the course is scheduled, but late Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 6 hours. Prerequi- reference materials; developing research registration is permitted provided a vacancy in site: Machine Technology 103. Note: Students strategies; exercising critical thinking to the class exists. Transfer credit: CSU must register for the full number of hours for evaluate information; applying critical and 102 which the course is scheduled, but late regis- technical skills to periodical and online MACHINE TECHNOLOGY II tration is permitted provided a vacancy in the databases; understanding bibliographic 5 Units class exists. Transfer credit: CSU citation formats; and using the Internet as Machine Technology 102 is a continua- a research tool. Lecture /Demonstration 2 tion of the fundamentals of the machinist 107 hours. Recommended Preparation: ESL trade. Advanced training in set-up work, tool MACHINE PRACTICE I 151 or English 120. Note: No credit will be grinding, and machine operations is presented. 2 Units given to students who have completed Library Related lectures cover types of threads and NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE 101 prior to Library 191. Students completing threading, calculating and cutting of tapers, Machine Technology 107 provides practice both Library 191 and Library 101 will receive gears and gear trains. Basic design and capac- on machine shop equipment. Students a maximum of two units for both classes. ity of machine tools are investigated. Lecture work on individual projects which they Transfer credit: CSU, UC 3 hours, laboratory 6 hours. Prerequisite: retain for their use. Training received in this Machine Technology 101. Note: Students must course develops an ability to visualize and LINGUISTICS register for the full number of hours for which per-form various functions necessary in the the course is scheduled, but late registration machine trade. Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 101 is permitted provided a vacancy in the class 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: Credit per INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGE AND exists. Transfer credit: CSU semester will be indicated on the Schedule. This LINGUISTICS course may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 6 3 Units 103 units may be earned. Linguistics 101 provides an introduction to MACHINE TECHNOLOGY III the scientifi c study of language. The course 5 Units 108 MACHINE PRACTICE II provides examples from different languages Machine Technology 103 covers more 2 Units and linguistic communities in order to deter- advanced and complicated operations of NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE mine the basic nature of human languages machine tools and equipment. Precision and the extent to which languages may inspection, production and assembly are Machine Technology 108 provides practice on differ. Linguistic concepts are introduced studied. Lectures and demonstrations on machine shop equipment. Students work on and discussed to encourage critical think- specialized machine tools and equipment give individual projects which they retain for their ing as a way to understand language as a the student a better understanding of their use use. Training received in this course develops biological and social phenomenon. Areas of and capacities. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 6 an ability to visualize and perform various func- study include but are not limited to: phonetics, hours. Prerequisite: Machine Technology tions necessary in the machine trade. Lecture phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, 102. Note: Students must register for the 1 hour, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: pragmatics, language acquisition, neuro- full number of hours for which the course is Machine Technology 107. Note: Credit per linguistics, and sociolinguistics. Lecture scheduled, but late registration is permitted semester will be indicated on the Schedule. 3 hours. Recommended preparation: provided a vacancy in the class exists. Transfer This course may be taken 3 times; a maximum Eligibility for English 101. Transfer Credit: credit: CSU of 6 units may be earned. CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Machine Technology/Mathematics 165
109 112 120 PRINCIPLES OF TOOL ENGINEERING MACHINE PRACTICE III INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC 5 Units 1-4 Units RELATIONS Machine Technology 109 is an advanced Machine Technology 112 is designed to 3 Units course in machine shop training presenting allow students or industrial workers to Mass Communications 120 is a practical guide to systems of production. Interchangeability, improve and update their machining skills. effective public relations, its history and its rela- and dimensioning as they pertain to tool Techniques practiced are uses of lathe, mill, tionship with the media. The course is designed design and construction of drill jigs, mill- drill, grinder. Inspection strategies for the for persons who wish to make public relations ing, grinding, and lathe fixtures, locating purpose of job advancement are presented. a career, untrained persons who are currently and clamping of parts, tooling for horizontal Laboratory 3-12 hours. Prerequisite: or plan to be involved in publicity activities, and turret lathes, and toolroom inspection and Machine Technology 107. Note: Hours to for journalism majors or minors who wish to gauging are examined. Training required for vary according to students’ needs; 48 hours enhance their studies. Lecture 3 hours. Prereq- engineers and designers noting duties and laboratory equals one unit. This course may uisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU positions in manufacturing organizations are be taken 2 times; a maximum of 8 units may investigated. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 6 be earned. MATERIALS AND hours. Prerequisite: Machine Technology 104. 113 Note: Students must register for the full number INTERMEDIATE ENGINE LATHE PROCESSES of hours for which the course is scheduled, but PROCESSES 146 late registration is permitted provided a vacancy 2 Units in the class exists. Transfer credit: CSU MATERIALS AND PROCESSES NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE 3 Units Machine Technology 113 is a course that 110 Materials and Processes 146 is a study of the provides specialized training on the engine lathe PRINCIPLES OF NUMERICAL manufacture and properties of ferrous and processes. Building on the basic processes, CONTROL non-ferrous alloys, ceramic products, wood, this class will develop skills working on taper- 5 Units cements, plastics, fuels, glass, concrete, ing, threading, grooving, contouring both inside rubber, etc. Their uses, adaptability, and limita- Machine Technology 110 is an advanced course and out. The use of the 3 and 4 jaw chucks, tions in industry are studied. Current methods in machine technology presenting principles of faceplate, rubber chuck and collets is studied. of manufacture and technique are covered. numerical control, preparation of machining Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequi- The course covers testing of materials by the programs and development of control tapes. site: None. Design and construction of tools and fi xtures, destructive and nondestructive methods and selection and modifi cation of tooling are studied. 114 the physical properties of materials. Lecture 3 Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 6 hours. Prereq- INTERMEDIATE VERTICAL MILL hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility uisite: Machine Technology 102. Transfer PROCESSES for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: credit: CSU 2 Units CSU NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE 111 Machine Technology 114 is a course that PRINCIPLES OF NUMERICAL provides specialized training on the vertical MATHEMATICS CONTROL mill. Building on the basic processes, this class 3 Units develops skills working on vises, fi xturing, All students who have not taken a Math- ematics course at Glendale College are Machine Technology 111 presents principles angular milling, end mills, shell mills, fl y cutting, required to take a mathematics place- of numerical control, preparation of machining radius cutting, and undercutting. Lecture 1 hour, ment examination before enrolling in any programs and development of control tapes. It laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. mathematics course except Mathematics is designed for the advanced machine technol- 190. Contact your counselor for additional ogy student who wishes to explore the fi eld MASS COMMUNICATIONS information. of numerically controlled machining. Lecture 101 3 hours. Prerequisite: Machine Technology 100 101. (Machine Technology 101 may be taken INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATIONS COLLEGE ALGEBRA concurrently.) Note: This course may be 3 Units taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be (Also listed as Journalism 101) Mathematics 100 is a detailed study of earned. This course may not be taken for credit 3 Units the basic concepts of algebra, including by students who have completed Machine Mass Communications 101 is an introductory first and second degree equations and Technology 110. course exploring the history, institutions, and social impact of mass communication media, inequalities, graphs of linear and quadratic including print, photography, recordings, fi lm, functions, conic sections, polynomial func- television, computers, and the role of advertising tions, exponential functions, logarithmic and public relations. The course is taught from functions, systems of equations including a perspective of theories of persuasion, the Gaussian elimination. Lecture 4 hours. symbolic power of images, and the relationship Prerequisite: Placement is based on a between information and knowledge. Special composite of test scores and academic attention is given to the impact of these media background or satisfactory completion of on how we live and believe as individuals Mathematics 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, and as a society. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- USC (CAN MATH 10) mended preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN JOUR 4)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 166 Mathematics
101 Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: Placement 2. The students will complete a course INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA is based on a composite of test scores and computer project on an application from 5 Units academic background or satisfactory comple- biology, physics, engineering, or business. Mathematics 101 includes fundamental tion of Mathematics 110 or Mathematics 100 Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: Mathematics laws, curve plotting, linear equations, nega- & 102. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN 104. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN tive and fractional exponents, quadratic MATH 18) (MATH 103 & 104 CAN MATH MATH 22) (MATH 103 & 104 & 105 CAN equations, arithmetic and geometric SEQ B) (MATH 103 & 104 & 105 CAN MATH MATH SEQ C) SEQ C) progressions, the binomial theorem, the 107/107H remainder theorem, the factor theorem, loga- 104/104H LINEAR ALGEBRA rithms, second and third order determinants. CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC HONORS LINEAR ALGEBRA Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: Placement GEOMETRY 3 Units is based on a composite of test scores and HONORS CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC Mathematics 107 covers the topics of academic background or satisfactory comple- GEOMETRY vector spaces, linear transformations and tion of Mathematics 141, or 146, or 148. 5 Units matrices, matrix algebra, determinents, eigen- 102 Mathematics 104 is a study of transcen dental values and eigenvectors, and solutions of TRIGONOMETRY functions, techniques of integration, polar coor- systems of equations. 3 Units dinates, parametric eqations, conic sections, The honors course will be enhanced in one or Mathematics 102 is a course in plane indeterminate forms and infi nite series. more of the following ways: trigonometry with a review of geometry. The The honors course will be enhanced in one 1. Investigation and projects concerning course emphasizes the analytic aspects or more of the following ways: technologic applications of linear algebra. of the subject. Topics include properties of 1. Extensive use of the technology (TI Graphing Specifi cally, Fourier Series and the Simplex geometric fi gures, trigonometric functions calculator) through extra problems and/or method are widely used applications that of any angle, trigonometric identities, half- projects in each chapter, for the purposes would clearly benefi t our CS/IS majors. angles, trigonometric equations, applications of verifi cation, as well as experimentation 2. Concentration on the theory central to the of trigonometric functions, inverse functions, with analytical work. study of linear algebra. Specifi cally, students complex numbers, and polar and parametric 2. A written biography of a mathematician should be held responsible for statements of equations. Lecture 4 hours. Prerequisite: referenced in the textbook. theorem and their proofs. Especially central Mathematics 100. Transfer credit: CSU 3. A model to be made of a volume of revolu- theorems such as the Plus/Minus Theorem, (CAN MATH 8) tion. the Projection Theorem, etc. 4. One problem from each section of the text Lecture 4 hours. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103/103H worked out using a Scientifi c Notebook. 104. Recommended preparation: Mathemat- CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC 5. The following journal articles read along with ics 105. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN GEOMETRY questions to be answered: MATH 26) HONORS CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC “Descartes Derivative” GEOMETRY “Monte Carlo Integration” 108/108H 5 Units John Napier and the Logarithm” ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Mathematics 103 is the fi rst of a sequence of These are only examples. Other journal HONORS ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL three courses combining the subject matter of articles could be included. EQUATIONS analytic geometry and calculus. Functions and Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: Mathematics 3 Units their graphs are studied with special attention 103. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN to differentiation, limits, rules and integration MATH 20) (MATH 103 & 104 CAN MATH Mathematics 108 covers the solution of using various tech niques. Applications of both SEQ B) (MATH 103 & 104 & 105 CAN MATH ordinary differential equations using vari- differentiation and integration are covered. SEQ C) ous techniques including variation of The honors course will be enhanced in one parameters, the Laplace transform, power 105/105H or more of the following ways: series, and numerical methods. Systems of CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC 1. Extensive use of technology (TI Graphing linear differential equations and an intro- GEOMETRY calculator) through extra problems and/or duction to Fourier Series are also covered. HONORS CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC projects in each chapter, for the purposes Applications are drawn from the physical GEOMETRY of verifi cation, as well as experimentation sciences. 4 Units with analytical work. The honors course will be enhanced in one 2. A written biography of a mathematician Mathematics 105 is a course in vector or more of the following ways: referenced in the textbook. calculus. Topics covered include vector 1. Students will navigate through computer 3. A model to be made of volume of revolu- functions, vector differentiation, paramet- explorations on a software package called tion. ric equations, vectors in three and higher ODE Architect. 4. One problem from each section of the text dimensional space, multiple integration, and 2. Students will carry out computer and other worked out using a Scientifi c Notebook. an introduction to vector analysis including lab projects in each chapter of the course 5. The following journal articles read along with divergence, curl, and Stoke’s Theorem. and submit their results for grading. questions to be answered: The honors course will be enhanced in one Lecture 4 hours. Prerequisite: Mathematics “Descartes Derivative” or more of the following ways: 104. Recommended preparation: Mathemat- “Monte Carlo Integration” 1. T h e s t u d e n t s w i l l b e a s s i g n e d n o l e s s t h a n t e n ics 105. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN “John Napier and the Logarithm” computer labs to examine the concepts: MATH 24) These are only examples. Other journal • 3-dimensional vectors articles could be included. • quadric surfaces • curl and divergence
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Mathematics 167
MATH SEQUENCE
155 or 255 190 Fund. Math Overcoming 158 Math Anxiety All students who have not taken App. Pre-Alg. a math course at Glendale Community College or other 145 or 245 accredited college are required El. Alg. I to take a math placement exam 141 prior to enrolling in any math Fund. Alg. course, except Math 190. Following the initial placement, 146 or 246 students advance in the El. Alg. II sequence by successfully completing a math course, not by retesting.
140* Geometry
119 or 219 Int. Alg. I 101* Int. Alg. AA / AS Graduation Requirement* 120 or 220* Int. Alg. II
100 Coll. Alg. 110 111 112 135 136 138 Pre-calc. Finite Calc. Bus. Lib. Arts Statistics Elem. Teachers 102 Trig.
Notes: 1. Dashed lines indicate acceptable, but not recommended paths. 2. Those courses which 103 are circled are not Calculus I transferable to CSU or UC. 3. Math 102, 135 and 138 are not UC transferable. 104 4. See counselor for further Calculus II details and other options. 5. Math 105, 107 and 108 can be taken in any order 107 105 108 or concurrently. Lin. Alg. Calc. III Diff. Eq. June 2004
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 168 Mathematics
110 115 136 PRECALCULUS SURVEY OF MATHEMATICS STATISTICS 5 Units 3 Units 3 Units Mathematics 110 is a course designed Mathematics 115 is non-transferable course Mathematics 136 is a one-semester course for review of those algebraic concepts designed to satisfy the mathematics profi - designed for students whose major requires needed for the study of calculus. The course ciency requirement for the A.A. or A.S. a course in statistics. Topics in this course includes a more thorough study of algebraic degree. There is an emphasis on problem include: the nature of statistical methods, and trigonometric functions. The course solving and decision making. Topics which types of data, introductory probability, emphasizes linear and quadratic equations and may be covered include problem solving sampling theory, experimental design, inequalities, graphs of linear and quadratic func- techniques, using measurement in decision confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, tions, conic sections, polynominal functions, making, calculating possibilities, measuring regression analysis, and decision making. systems of equations, matrices and determi- certainty, tree diagrams, probabilities and Emphasis is placed on the application of nants mathematical induction, trigonometric estimation, individual and group behavior, and statistical concepts and the interpretation functions, inverse trigonometric functions, methods of recognizing consensus. Lecture of results. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: trigonometric identities and equations, and right 3 hours. Prerequisite: Placement is based Placement is based on a composite of and oblique triangles. Lecture 5 hours. Prereq- on a composite of test scores and academic test scores and academic background or uisite: Placement is based on a composite background or satisfactory completion of satisfactory completion of Mathematics of test scores and academic background. Mathematics 141, or 146 or 148. 101. Note: A maximum of 3 units may be Recommended preparation: Mathematics earned for Mathematics 136, Economics 107, 140. Note: A maximum of 6 units may be 119 Political Science 107, Psychology 107, or Soci- earned from any combination of Mathematics INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA I ology 107. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 100, 102, and 110. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, 3 Units (CAN STAT 2) USC (CAN MATH 16) Mathematics 119 is the fi rst course in a two- semester sequence. It includes fundamental 138 111 laws, solving and graphing linear equations, MATHEMATICS FOR ELEMENTARY FINITE MATHEMATICS basic rules of exponents, determinants, and TEACHERS 5 Units matrices. Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: 3 Units Mathematics 111 is an integrated course in Placement is based on a composite of test Mathematics 138 is a one-semester course mathematics for business, management, and scores and academic background or satis- designed for prospective elementary school social science majors. Topics in this course factory completion of Mathematics 146, 141, teachers. Topics in this course include: include: the mathematics of fi nance; matrices; or 148. problem-solving techniques, set operations, linear programming, including the simplex functions, number theory, ratio, proportion method, logic and set theory, probability with 120 and percent, and math study skills. Lecture 3 an introduction to statistics; Markov chains; and INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA II hours. Prerequisite: Placement is based on a game theory. Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: 2 Units composite of test scores and academic back- Placement is based on a composite of test Mathematics 120 is the second course of the ground or satisfactory completion of Mathemat- scores and academic background or satisfac- two-semester intermediate algebra sequence. ics 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC tory completion of Mathematics 101. Transfer It includes radicals and fractional exponents, credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN MATH 12) quadratic equations and inequalities, arithme- 140 tic and geometric progressions, the binomial PLANE GEOMETRY 112 theorem, logarithms, and conic sections. 3 Units CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS Lecture 4 hours. Prerequisite: Math 119 with Mathematics 140 is a comprehensive course 5 Units a grade of “C” or better or three units of Math in plane geometry. The course includes sets Mathematics 112 is a one semester course 201 with grades of “C” or better. and geometric fi gures, congruence, parallel in calculus for business, management, and lines and parallelograms, circles, inequali- social science majors. Topics in this course 135 ties, proportion and similar polygons, loci, include: techniques of differentiating; maxi- LIBERAL ARTS MATHEMATICS constructions, and areas of polygons. Lecture mum-minimum problems; curve sketching; 3 Units 3 hours. Prerequisite: Placement is based derivatives and applications of exponential Mathematics 135 is a one-semester course on a composite of test scores and academic and logarithmic functions; techniques of designed for liberal arts majors. Topics in this background or satisfactory completion of integration; simple differential equations; the course include voting systems and how to Mathematics 141, or 146 or 148. calculus of functions of several variables, measure power, game theory, apportionment, including Lagrange multipliers and multiple probability and statistical inference. Lecture integration. Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: 3 hours. Prerequisite: Placement is based Placement is based on a composite of on a composite of test scores and academic test scores and academic background or b a c k g r o u n d o r s a t i s f a c t o r y c o m p l e t i o n o f M a t h - satisfactory completion of Mathematics 101. ematics 101. Transfer credit: CSU Recommended preparation: Mathematics 100. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN MATH 34)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Mathematics 169
141 148 153 BEGINNING ALGEBRA APPLIED ALGEBRA PREALGEBRA 4 Units 4 Units 1½ Units Mathematics 141 is a one semester Mathematics 148 is a continuation of Math- NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE review course in the fundamental opera- ematics 158 and completes the topics Mathematics 153 is a remedial course in the tions of algebra. The course focuses on covered in one full year of algebra as taught fundamental processes of prealgebra, with an solution of linear and quadratic equations, in the secondary schools. The course em p has i s o n t he ar it hmet i c of s ig ne d num b er s. algebraic operations, factoring algebraic investigates problem-solving techniques Rules of exponents, fi rst degree equations, fractions, exponents and radicals, and in the context of “real-life” situations. The study and test-taking techniques related to systems of linear equations. This course is fundamental operations of algebra, including mathematics are also covered. Lecture 1½ the equivalent of one year of algebra in solutions to quadratic equations, are covered. hours. Prerequisite: Placement is based on a high school and is designed for students Students use powers, roots, systems of composite of test scores and academic back- to review their algebra. Lecture 5 hours. linear equations, factoring, and formulas ground or 2 units of credit in Mathematics 151 Prerequisite: Placement is based on a to solve problems. Radicals and rational or satisfactory completion of Mathematics 152. composite of test scores and academic expressions and equations are also Note: A maximum of 3 units may be earned background or satisfactory completion of covered. Students participate in laboratory for Mathematics 153 and 158. Mathematics 145. Note: This course may exercises that use mathematical principles not be taken for credit by students who learned in the lectures and from the text. 155 have completed Mathematics 146 or 148. A Lecture 4 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequi- ALGEBRA BASICS maximum of 4 units will be granted for Math- site: Placement based on a composite of test 4 Units ematics 141 and 145. scores and academic background or satisfac- NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE tory completion of Mathematics 145 or 158. 145 Mathematics 155 is a remedial course designed Note: This course may not be taken for credit to prepare students for their fi rst course in ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA I by students who have completed Mathemat- 2 Units algebra. It includes the fundamental processes ics 141 or 146. A maximum of 4 units may be of arithmetic and prealgebra. It is designed Mathematics 145 is designed to cover the earned for Mathematics 148 and 145. to develop skill in computation using whole fundamental operations of algebra normally numbers, fractions, decimals, percents, and included in the first semester of a year 151 properties of the decimal number system with an course taught in the secondary school, BASIC ARITHMETIC em p has i s o n t he ar it hmet i c of s ig ne d num b er s. and includes signed numbers, solution of ½-2 Units Rules of exponents, fi rst-degree equations, linear equations, algebraic manipulations, NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE fundamental facts about geometry with powers, polynomials, factoring, and rational Mathematics 151 is a self-paced remedial regard to area and perimeter are also expressions. The course should be elected course in the fundamental processes of arith- included. Study and test-taking techniques by students who have never studied alge- metic designed to develop both accuracy and related to mathematics are also covered. bra or who have studied it for less than one speed in the computation using whole numbers, Lecture 5 hours. Prerequisite: Placement year. Lecture 4 hours. Prerequisite: Place- fractions, decimals, percent, and properties of is based on a composite of test scores and ment based on a composite of test scores the decimal number system. Lecture 2 hours, academic background. Note: A maximum of and academic background or satisfactory laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Placement 4 units of credit will be granted for Mathematics completion of Mathematics 153 or 158. Note: is based on a composite of test scores and 155 and Mafhematics 255.. This course may not be taken for credit by academic background. Note: The student will students who have completed Mathematics r e c e i v e ½ u n i t o f c r e d i t f o r e a c h m o d u l e s u c c e s s - 158 141 or 148. fully completed. A maximum of 2 units may be APPLIED PREALGEBRA earned for Mathematics 151 and 152. 146 3 Units NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA II 152 Mathematics 158 is a course in the fundamental 2 Units BASIC MATHEMATICS process of prealgebra which investigates prob- Mathematics 146 is a continuation of 2 Units lem-solving techniques in the context of “real- Mathematics 145 and completes the topics NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE covered in one full year of beginning algebra life” situations. Students learn the arithmetic of as taught in the secondary school. This Mathematics 152 is a lecture-based remedial signed numbers and different ways to represent course covers the fundamental operations of course in the fundamental processes of arith- numbers. Students learn to use calculators and algebra including graphing linear equations, metic designed to develop skill in computation, measuring tools while participating in laboratory solving linear systems, roots and radicals, using whole numbers, fractions, decimals, exercises that use the mathematical principles and quadratic equations. Lecture 4 hours. percent, and properties of the decimal number learned in the lecture and problem-solving Prerequisite: Mathematics 145. Note: system. The use of calculators is integrated sessions. Metric and English unit measure- This course may not be taken for credit by into the course. Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: ments, formulas, ratios, and proportions are students who have completed Mathematics Placement is based on a composite of test explained. Introductory geometry is covered. 141 or 148. scores and academic background. Recom- T h e c o u r s e s h o u l d b e s e l e c t e d b y s t u d e n t s w h o mended preparation: Eligibility for English have never successfully completed the fi rst year 189 or ESL 131 or planning to enroll in ESL 121 of high school algebra. Lecture 3 hours, labora- during the same semester. Note: A maximum tory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Placement is based of 2 units may be earned for Mathematics 151 on a composite of test scores and academic and 152. background or 2 units of credit in Mathematics 151, or satisfactory completion of Mathematics 152, Note: A maximum of 3 units will be granted for Mathematics 153 and 158.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 170 Mathematics
190 220 246 OVERCOMING MATH ANXIETY INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA II BEGINNING ALGEBRA II 1 Unit 1-2 Units 1-2 Units NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE Mathematics 220 is the second course of the Mathematics 246 is the second course in Mathematics 190 is designed to provide two-semester sequence of self-paced courses a two-semester sequence of self-paced students of varying mathematical backgrounds covering those topics commonly taught in the courses covering the fundamental operations with the knowledge, skills, and attitudes to second year of high school algebra. Topics of algebra. Mathematics 246 is a continuation be successful in their mathematics related include quadratic equations and inequali- of Mathematics 245 and completes the topics goals. Topics include problem solving, test- ties, arithmetic and geometric progressions, covered in one year of algebra in high school. taking, and stress reduction. Lecture 2 hours the binomial theorem, logarithms, and conic The course focuses on factoring, algebraic (8 weeks). Prerequisite: None. sections. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory 1 hour. fractions, radicals and solutions of quadratic Prerequisite: Math 119 or three units of Math equations. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory 1 201 201 or math 219 with grades of “C” or better. hour. Prerequisite: Placement is based on a INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA Note: This course may be taken three times; composite of test scores and academic back- 1-5 Units a maximum of 5 units of credit will be granted ground or satisfactory completion of Math 145, Mathematics 201 is a self-paced course for Mathematics 101, 119, 120, 219, 220, and 245 or two units of Math 241. Note: This course that covers those topics commonly taught 201. may be taken three times; a maximum of 4 in the second year of high school algebra. units of credit will be granted for Mathematics Topics include: properties of real numbers, 241 141, 145, 146, 148, 245, 246 and 241. properties of exponents (rational), func- BEGINNING ALGEBRA tions and their inverses; simplifying rational, 1-4 Units 255 exponential, and logarithmic expressions; Mathematics 241 is a self-paced course in FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS using determinants; graphing lines, parabo- the fundamental operations of algebra. The 1-4 Units las, ellipses, and hyperbolas; solving linear, course focuses on solutions of linear and NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE absolute value, quadratic, exponential and quadratic equations, algebraic operations, Mathematics 255 is a self-paced basic skill logarithmic equations and inequalities; factoring algebraic fractions, exponents and course designed to prepare students for arithmetic and geometric sequences and radicals, and systems of linear equations. This their fi rst course in algebra. It includes the series; the binomial expansion. Lecture 4 course is the equivalent of one year of algebra fundamental processes of arithmetic and hours, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: in high school. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory prealgebra. It is designed to develop skill Placement is based on a composite of test 2 hours. Prerequisite: Placement is based in computation using whole numbers, frac- scores and academic background or satis- on a composite of test scores and academic tions, decimals, percents, and properties of factory completion of Mathematics 141 or background or satisfactory completion of the decimal number system with an empha- 146, or 148. Note: This course may be taken Math 155, Math 145, Math 158 or four units sis on the arithmetic of signed numbers. 4 times; a maximum of 5 units may be earned of Math 255. Note: This course may be taken Rules of exponents, fi rst-degree equations, for Mathematics 101 and 201. four times; a maximum of 4 units of credit will fundamental facts about geometry with be granted for Mathematics 141, Mathematics regard to area and perimeter are included. 219 145, Mathematics 146, Mathematics 148, and Study and test-taking techniques related to INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA I Mathematics 241. mathematics are also covered. Lecture 5 hours, 1-3 Units lab 2 hours. Prerequisite: Placement is based Mathematics 219, a self-paced course, is the 245 on a composite of test scores and academic fi rst course in a two-semester sequence that BEGINNING ALGEBRA I background. Note: This course may be taken covers those topics commonly taught in the 1-2 Units 4 times. A maximum of 4 units of credit will be second year of high school algebra. Topics Mathematics 245, a self-paced course, is granted for Mathematics 155, and Mathematics include: fundamental laws, solving, and graph- the fi rst course in a two-semester sequence 255. This course is Credit/No Credit only. ing linear equations, basic rules of exponents, covering the fundamental operations of operations with polynomials, factoring, deter- algebra. The course focuses on solutions of MATHEMATICS, BUSINESS minants, matrices, operations with rational linear equations, algebraic operations, linear expressions and radical expressions, solving equations in two variables, systems of linear See COMPUTER APPLICATIONS rational and radical equations. Lecture 5 hours, equations, exponents and polynomials. This laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Placement course is designed to cover what is normally AND BUSINESS OFFICE is based on a composite of test scores and included in the fi rst semester of one year TECHNOLOGIES 110 academic background or satisfactor y comple- of algebra in high school. Lecture 4 hours, tion of Math 141, Math 146, Math 148, four laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: Placement units of Math 241, or two units of Math 246. is based on a composite of test scores and MATHEMATICS, Note: This course may be taken three times; a academic background or satisfactory comple- TECHNICAL maximum of 3 units of credit will be granted for tion of Math 155, 158 or four units of Math 255. Mathematics 119 and Mathematics 219. Note: This course may be taken three times; See TECHNICAL EDUCATION a maximum of 2 units of credit will be granted for Mathematics 145 and 245. 142, 143; ELECTRONICS & COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 100
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Media Arts/Metallurgy 171
MEDIA ARTS 107 207 INTRODUCTION TO AUDIO INTERNET RADIO WEBCASTING 101 PRODUCTION 3 Units INTRODUCTION TO VIDEO 3 Units Media Arts 207 is designed to provide students PRODUCTION Media Arts 107 teaches students the basic a realistic working experience in Internet radio 3 Units principles, aesthetics, and techniques used production. The emphasis is on the actual Media Arts 101 provides students with in the production of audio programs and production of audio programs for the campus a basic overview of the aesthetics and soundtracks for video programs. Specifi c and community. Students gain experience with techniques required in the production of topics covered in the course include: magnetic all capabilities of the Media Arts Audio Studio video programs. The topics to be covered recording, digital recording and editing, selec- as well as being involved in programming include: basic principles of videography, tion and use of microphones, sound studio operations for Glendale Community College’s recognizing and using video and audio equip- operation, multi-tracking, mixing, editing, Internet radio “station”. Laboratory 6 hours. ment, editing, lighting, and video graphics. and synchronization with video. Hands-on Prerequisite: Media Arts 107 or equivalent. Projects consist of hands-on experiences experience with professional equipment is Note: This course may be taken three (3) times; in production situations in the Glendale emphasized. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 4 a maximum of nine (9) units may be earned. College Television Studio and on location. hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 4 hours. Prereq- CSU 218 uisite: None.Transfer credit: CSU INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA II 111 (Formerly Television 218) 102 INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA I (Also listed as Art 218 and Computer DIGITAL VIDEO PRODUCTION AND (Formerly Television 111) Science/Information Systems 218) EDITING (Also listed as Computer Science/ 3 Units 3 Units Information Systems 111) Media Arts 218 provides students with Media Arts 102 is an intermediate-level video 3 Units advanced training and experience in the production class. Emphasis will be on digital Media Arts 111 introduces students to the creation of interactive multimedia programs. video production techniques including but aesthetics and techniques employed in the Industry standard software, such as Macro- not limited to non-linear editing, digital video creation of interactive multimedia programs. media Director, is used with primary emphasis acquisition, effects, titling, and compression. Topics presented in the course include: p l a c e d o n t h e a u t h o r i n g p r o c e s s . To p i c s c o v e r e d Students will gain a working familiarity with all project planning, interactive design prin- in the course include: Lingo scripting, interface aspects of the Glendale College Television ciples, digital video and audio, computer design, navigation principles, cross-platform (GCTV) Studio and Media Arts Computer animation, graphics, and cross-platform development; integration of audio, video, Lab, where industry standard software such distribution. Students create projects using animated, and virtual reality (VR) elements; as Final Cut Pro will be used. The most recent industry standard software such as and distribution for CD-ROM, DVD, and the video technologies will be examined. Prereq- Macromedia Director. Lecture 2 hours, Internet. Students create their own multimedia uisite: Media Arts 101 or equivalent. Transfer laboratory 4 hours. Recommended prep- CD-ROM as a fi nal project. Lecture 2 hours, Credit: CSU aration: Computer Science/Information laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: Media Arts Systems 206 or equivalent. Note: This course 111 or Computer Science/Information Systems 104 may not be taken for credit by students who 111. Recommended preparation: Art VIDEO PRODUCTION PRACTICUM have completed Computer Science/Information 146, Art 220, and Media Arts 101. Note: (Formerly Television 104) Systems 111. Transfer credit: CSU This course may not be taken for credit 3 Units by students who have completed Art 218 Media Arts 104 is designed to provide a real- 202 or Computer Science/Information Systems istic working experience in video production. VIDEO STREAMING AND DVD 218. Emphasis is placed on the actual production PRODUCTION of television programs for the campus and 3 Units community. Students gain experience through Media Arts 202 is an advanced video produc- METALLURGY direct use of the production capabilities of the tion course which students explore the emerg- 150 GCTV (Glendale College Television) Studio ing use of video on the internet as well as the PRINCIPLES OF METALLURGY AND and involvement in developing programming distribution of video content on Digital Video HEAT TREATING operations for the educational cable channel. Disc (DVD). Students generate webcasts (Also listed as Metals 150) Students may also create independent video of their own video content. Students also 3 Units prepare video content and author the interac- productions in order to build a portfolio of video Metallurgy 150 is the study of principles tive interface for a fi nished video DVD. Topics production work. Studio 6 hours. Prerequi- governing the selection, use, and treatment of include digital video compression, multi-angle site: Media Arts 101 or equivalent. Recom- metals and alloys in manufacturing and related production, video streaming and webcast mended preparation: Media Arts 102, technologies. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: management. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory Theatre Arts 133. Note: This course may None. Note: This course may not be taken 4 hours. Prerequisite: Media Arts 102 or be taken 3 times; a maximum of 9 units for credit by students who have completed equivalent. may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU Metals 150.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 172 Metals/Music
METALS 103 107 KEYBOARD HARMONY I HARMONY I 150 2 Units 3 Units PRINCIPLES OF METALLURGY AND Music 103 is designed for students who Music 107 develops an understanding of HEAT TREATING have a basic knowledge of music and compositional techniques. Emphasis is (Also listed as Metallurgy 150) music notation. Students review bass and placed on scales, intervals, triads, inver- 3 Units treble clefs, notes and note values, meter sions, basic voice leading, figured bass, Metals 150 is the study of principles govern- signatures and key signatures; identify notes and simple harmonization. Music 107 is ing the selection, use, and treatment of of a piano keyboard; and develop a basic required for music majors. Lecture 3 hours. metals and alloys in manufacturing and understanding of melody, harmony, and Corequisite: Music 104. Note: For the related technologies. Lecture 3 hours. Prereq- rhythm. In addition, students learn basic piano non-pianist, concurrent study of piano is uisite: None. Note: This course may not be technique and begin the study of harmony strongly recommended. Transfer credit: taken for credit by students who have completed in the context of the piano keyboard. These CSU, UC, USC Metallurgy 150. concepts are used in the analysis and perfor- mance of musical exercises and literature. 108 MUSIC This course prepares students for advanced HARMONY II harmony and musicianship classes. Lecture 3 Units The following music performance/ensemble 2 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: Music Music 108 develops an understanding of courses may be offered for fewer than the 103 is designed for students who have a basic compositional techniques. Emphasis is stated units: Music 141, 143, 144, 145, 146, knowledge of music. Students should be able placed on cadences, modulations, domi- 147, 152, 159, 170, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, to read musical notation and understand nant sevenths, secondary dominants and 235, 236, 237, 238. concepts of melody, harmony, and rhythm. analysis. Music 108 is required for music Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC majors. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: 101 Music 107. Corequisite: Music 105. Note: MUSIC FUNDAMENTALS 104 For the nonpianist concurrent study of piano 3 Units MUSICIANSHIP I is strongly recommended. Transfer credit: Music 101 is a beginning course for those 2 Units CSU, UC, USC students who seek a basic knowledge of the Music 104 is a course designed to train the 110 fundamentals of music and music notation. student to recognize the various intervals MUSIC/ART APPRECIATION Students learn the basic elements of pitch, and rhythms used in composition and to use (Also listed as Art 110) rhythm, notation, scale structure, tonality, them in functional application through sight 3 Units intervals, chords, melody, harmony, musical singing and ear training exercises. Music terminology, and score reading. Students apply 104 is required for music majors. Lecture Music 110 is a team-taught course which offers these concepts to writing and analyzing simple 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Corequisite: a comparative overview of western art and musical examples. In addition, students learn Music 107. Recommended preparation: music from the prehistoric era to the present. to relate these concepts to the piano keyboard Study of piano is strongly recommended. This introductory course presents infl uential and to play simple examples. Lecture 3 hours. Students should have some knowledge fi gures in each period and analyzes important Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, of rhythmic patterns, scales, intervals and infl uences on their work. The relationship UC, USC (CAN MUS 2) notation. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC between music and art is explored, along with changing trends in thought and techniques. 102 105 Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: FUNDAMENTALS FOR MUSIC MUSICIANSHIP II This course may not be taken for credit by MAJORS 2 Units students who have completed Art 110. Transfer 3 Units Music 105 is a continuation of Music 104 credit: CSU, UC, USC with further emphasis on sight singing and Music 102 is a course designed for those who 113 have an elementary knowledge of music and ear training as well as the ability to perform melodic passages based on the major and KEYBOARD HARMONY II music notation. Students should be able to 2 Units read bass and treble clefs, notes and note minor modes. Basic harmonic progres- Music 113 is designed for students who have values, time signatures and key signatures, sions are also emphasized with application basic keyboard skills. Students learn transposi- identify notes of a piano keyboard, and have to melodic patterns and rhythms. Music tion, harmonization of melodies, and to work a basic understanding of melody, harmony 105 is required for music majors. Lecture w i t h h a r m o n i c p r o g r e s s i o n s i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e and rhythm. Using this basic knowledge, 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: piano keyboard. In addition, students continue fundamental concepts such as scales, Music 104. Corequisite: Music 108. Note: the study of piano technique and literature. intervals, chords, and transposition are For the non-pianist, concurrent study of These concepts are used in the analysis studied. These musical concepts are then piano is strongly recommended. Students and performance of musical exercises and applied in ear training, analysis, and compo- should have some knowledge of scales, literature. This course prepares students for sitional exercises in preparation for musician- intervals, key signatures, triad notation advanced harmony and musicianship classes. ship and harmony courses. Lecture 3 hours. and identifi cation, time signatures and note Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: Music 103 or Recommended preparation: It is strongly values. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC recommended that students entering Music 102 be able to read music (clefs, note values, time and key signatures) and identify notes on a piano keyboard. It is also recommended that students have access to a piano keyboard. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Music 173
120 126 129 MUSIC APPRECIATION HISTORY AND LITERATURE COMMERCIAL VOICE 3 Units 3 Units 2 Units Music 120 traces the evolution of music over Music 126 begins with the mid-18th century Music 129 is an introduction to the basic the past 1500 years, with a special emphasis and continues with musical history through principles of vocal production as they on understanding how to listen for greater the present day. In addition to lectures and apply to singing songs from contempo - enjoyment. Students learn the basic elements readings, the course includes a study of rary commercial idioms, including popular of music, such as form and structure, families live and recorded musical performances. songs, jazz, gospel, Broadway show tunes, and subgroups of musical instruments, as well Recognition of composers and styles is and track singing. Emphasis is placed as learning about specifi c composers and emphasized. Lecture 3 hours, directed listening on posture, breathing, resonance, style, works. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. 2 hours. Recommended preparation: It microphone technique, movement, program Note: This course may not be taken for credit is strongly recommended that students development, and presentation. Literature by students who have completed Music 125 entering Music 126 be able to read music appropriate for each voice range and ability is or 126. This course is designed especially well enough to identify key signatures and studied. Students are required to perform songs for non-music majors. Music majors should transpositions, and be able to follow a musi- from memory. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 enroll in Music 125 and 126. The student is cal score. Note: Students are required to hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: This course required to attend fi ve (5) classical concerts attend six (6) concerts featuring music from may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 8 units and submit concert reports. Transfer credit: the historical periods being studied, and to may be earned. CSU, UC, USC submit six (6) concert reports. Students are 135 urged to take Music 125 and 126 within the VOICE TRAINING I 121 same academic year. Transfer credit: CSU, 2 Units HISTORY OF ROCK MUSIC UC, USC (CAN MUS 10) (MUS 125 & 126 3 Units CAN MUS SEQ B) Music 135 stresses the principles of correct Music 121 is a course in the evolution of popular vocal production and their application to songs music in the United States since World War II. 127 and ballads in English. Emphasis is placed on Students fi rst study the musical infl uences, WORLD MUSIC the following: proper breathing habits, the rela- which led to the rise of rock and roll in the mid- 3 Units tionship between breathing and tone making, 1950’s. They then follow the development of the Music 127 is designed to provide non- vocal health, range, resonance, registration, various musical styles, which are collectively majors with a broader understanding of the poise, posture, and song presentation. The referred to as rock music. Emerging musi- multi-cultural world community. Students development of an appreciation for the vocal cal innovations are viewed as refl ections of are introduced to non-western music as it arts is an important aspect of the course. changes within our society. Lecture 3 hours. occurs in Africa, the Middle East and Asia. Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, Musical expression is viewed as an outgrowth This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum UC, USC of diverse cultural needs. Lecture 3 hours. of 4 units may be earned. Transfer credit: Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, CSU, UC, USC 125 UC, USC 136 HISTORY AND LITERATURE VOICE TRAINING II 3 Units 128 2 Units Music 125 covers the history of music from MUSIC OF AMERICA Music 136 is a continuing focus upon the the early Christian era through the Baroque 3 Units principles of correct vocal production and their Period. In addition to lectures and read- Music 128 is a survey of American music in application to songs and ballads in English. ings, the course includes a study of live and its progression from colonial psalm tunes to Foreign art songs are introduced; more diffi - recorded musical performances. Recogni- present day rap. It focuses on major musical cult exercises both musically and vocally are tion of composers and styles is empha- styles of each historical period and the events stressed. Further emphasis is placed on legato sized. Lecture 3 hours, directed listening that infl uenced them. The course covers singing, diction, interpretation, and expres- 2 hours. Recommended preparation: the musical contributions of each immigrant sion. The development of an appreciation It is strongly recommended that students group to the hybrid that is American music. for the vocal arts is of continuing importance. entering Music 125 be able to read music This exploration provides a solid basis for Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: Music 135 or well enough to identify key signatures and increased understanding of other cultural equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 transpositions, and be able to follow a musi- viewpoints. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. cal score. Note: Students are required to None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC attend six (6) concerts featuring music from the historical periods being studied, and to 137 submit six (6) concert reports. Students are VOICE TRAINING III urged to take Music 125 and 126 within the 2 Units same academic year. Transfer credit: CSU, Music 137 is a continuation and broadening of UC, USC (CAN MUS 8) (MUS 125 & 126 CAN the principles of vocal production and proper MUS SEQ B) use of the breath in singing as outlined in Music 135 and 136. More diffi cult literature is explored, including contemporary music and several songs in foreign languages. Performances and recital. Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: Music 136 or equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 174 Music
140 144 147 APPLIED MUSIC WOODWIND ENSEMBLE COMMUNITY ORCHESTRA: 1 Unit 1 Unit LITERATURE 1825-1950 Music 140 is a course in individual and ensemble Music 144 is a small instrumental group which ½-1 Unit performance. Students receive eight hours plays for college and community activities. Music 147 is a class for students who want of private instruction on a solo instrument. Emphasis is on balance, dynamics, phras- to learn and perform the standard orchestral Emphasis is on solo performance through ing, and interpretation. Performance 3 hours. repertoire from the Romantic era through the individual instruction, recital performance Prerequisite: Ability to play a musical instru- present. Concerto literature and program- through participation in a recital class, and ment in a band, orchestra, or chamber music matic music are featured. Emphasis is placed ensemble performance through participation ensemble. Note: Audition is required. Please on interpretation and style. Performance 3 in a performing ensemble. Lecture 1 hour, contact the instructor at extension 5621 prior hours. Prerequisite: The ability to perform on laboratory 0.5 hours. Prerequisite: The student to the fi rst class meeting. This course may be a standard orchestral instrument is required. must demonstrate a basic profi ciency on his or taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be Note: Audition is required. Please contact her instrument or voice. An audition is required. earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC the instructor at extension 5621 prior to the Corequisite: Students must be concurrently fi rst class meeting. Concert dress is required. enrolled in a one-unit section of one of the 145 Students must provide an appropriate instru- following performing ensembles: Music 143 BRASS ENSEMBLE ment. This course may be taken 4 times; a (instrumentalists only), 146, 147, 148, 231, 234, 1 Unit maximum of 4 units may be earned. Transfer 235, or 240. Note: This course may be taken Music 145 is a small instrumental group credit: CSU, UC, USC 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. which plays for college and community Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC activities. Emphasis is on balance, dynamics, 148 phrasing, and interpretation. Performance 3 CHAMBER MUSIC 141 hours. Prerequisite: Ability to play a musical ½-1 Unit CONCERT BAND instrument in a band or orchestra. Note: Audi- Music 148 is a class for students who want ½-1 Unit tion is required. Please contact the instructor at to learn and perform performance standard Music 141 is for students who wish to learn extension 5621 prior to the fi rst class meeting. chamber music repertoire from the Baroque the techniques used in performing concert This course may be taken 4 times; a maximum era through the present. Ensembles from band literature, and who wish to perform with of 4 units may be earned. Transfer credit: duos to quintets explore literature from vari- other instrumentalists. Emphasis is placed on CSU, UC, USC ous periods and for various instrumentations. developing music reading skills and gaining Emphasis is placed on interpretation and additional familiarity with the stylistic differ- 146 style. Prerequisite: The ability to perform on ences between composers. Selected works COMMUNITY ORCHESTRA: a standard string, wind, or keyboard instru- are rehearsed and performed. Performance LITERATURE 1725-1850 ment is required. Note: Audition is required. 3 hours. Prerequisite: Ability to perform on a ½-1 Unit Please contact the instructor at extension standard band instrument. Note: This course Music 146 is a class for students who want 5621 prior to the fi rst class meeting. Students may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units to learn and perform the standard orchestral must provide an appropriate instrument. This may be earned. Audition is required. Please repertoire from the Baroque era through the course may be taken four times; a maximum contact the instructor at extension 5621 prior Romantic periods. Literature includes over- of four units may be earned. Transfer credit: to the fi rst class meeting. Transfer credit: tures, symphonies, and suites. Emphasis is CSU, UC, USC CSU, UC, USC placed on interpretation and style. Performance 3 hours. Prerequisite: The ability to perform 152 143 on a standard orchestral instrument is required. STRING ENSEMBLE JAZZ BAND Note: Audition is required. Please contact 1 Unit ½-1 Unit the instructor at extension 5621 prior to the Music 152 is a small instrumental group Music 143 is a class for students who wish to fi rst class meeting. Concert dress is required. which plays for college and community learn the techniques used in performing jazz Students must provide an appropriate instru- activities. Emphasis is on balance, dynamics, and big band literature. Emphasis is placed ment. This course may be taken 4 times; a phrasing, and interpretation. Performance 3 on developing music reading skills and gain- maximum of 4 units may be earned. Transfer hours. Prerequisite: Ability to play a musical ing additional familiarity with improvisational credit: CSU, UC, USC instrument in a band or orchestra. Note: Audi- techniques. Students perform with other tion is required. Please contact the instructor at instrumentalists or with singers. Selected extension 5621 prior to the fi rst class meeting. works by contemporary composers are This course may be taken 4 times; a maximum rehearsed and performed. Performance 3 of 4 units may be earned. Transfer credit: hours. Prerequisite: The ability to perform in CSU, UC, USC a profi cient manner upon the trumpet, trom- bone, saxophone, drums, string bass, guitar, or piano. Note: Audition is required. Please contact the instructor at extension 5621 prior to the fi rst class meeting. Concert dress is required. Students must provide an appropri- ate instrument. This course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Music 175
156 159 162 CLASSICAL GUITAR I CLASSICAL GUITAR ENSEMBLE PIANO III 2 Units ½-1 Unit 2 Units Music 156 is for students who wish to learn Music 159 is for students who wish to learn Music 162 covers the theory and inter- the elementary techniques of guitar playing. the techniques used in performing guitar pretation of works from the preclassical, Included are the studies of fundamental duos, trios, and quartets and who wish classical, and romantic periods as well as music reading, skills, notation for guitar, to perform with other instruments or with modern or contemporary music. Emphasis on tuning, playing techniques, fi ngerings, key singers. Emphasis is placed on developing development of technique, style, tone-color, signatures and scales, and the performance music reading skills and gaining additional dynamics and phrasing. Lecture 2, hours. of easy solo guitar music in the fi rst position. familiarity with the guitar and its potential as an Prerequisite: Music 161 or one year of piano Another aspect of the course is to foster ensemble instrument. Selected works from the experience. Note: This course may be taken an appreciation for the classic guitar, its various periods of music history are rehearsed, 2 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. literature and performing artists. No previ- and performed. Performance 3 hours. Prereq- It is recommended that the student has a ous musical training is required. Lecture uisite: Music 157 or equivalent. Note: This piano available for practice and is expected to 1 hour, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 practice one (1) hour a day. Transfer credit: Note: Students are required to have a standard units may be earned. Students are required to CSU, UC, USC six (6) string guitar to use in class and are have a standard acoustic guitar equipped with expected to practice one (1) hour a day. This nylon strings for use in class and for practice 163 course may be taken 2 times; a maximum outside of class. An audition may be required. PIANO WORKSHOP of 4 units may be earned. Transfer credit: (Prior to Fall 1991, Music 159 was Classical 1 Unit CSU, UC, USC Guitar IV.) Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Music 163 is for advanced students who can benefi t from individual study and supervised 157 160 practice time. Piano Lab allows students to CLASSICAL GUITAR II PIANO I study solo repertoire, accompanying, ensem- 2 Units 2 Units ble playing, sight-reading, and improvisation. Music 157 continues with the study of basic clas- Music 160 is designed for students who wish Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: sic guitar techniques. Dynamics, ligados, and to gain an elementary knowledge of piano Music 161 or equivalent. Note: This course may grace Notes are introduced. Students become keyboard and the rudiments of music reading. be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may acquainted with the entire fi ngerboard through The content of the course will be based on the be earned. (Prior to Fall 1991, Music 163 was scales in the 2nd, 4th, 5th, 7th, and 9th positions, assumption that students have had no previous Piano IV.) Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC and also through selected compositions for the musical training. Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: guitar from the 18th and 19th centuries, and solo None. Note: Music 160 is not open to students 170 arrangements of familiar tunes. Chord structure having previous instruction or experience in MUSIC THEATRE WORKSHOP is discussed and applied to the fi ngerboard. piano playing. This course may be taken 2 3 Units Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 1 hour. Three (3) times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. Music 170 is designed to provide train- hours practice by arrangement. Prerequisite: It is recommended that the student have a ing and experience in the art of musical Music 156 or equivalent. Note: Students are piano available for practice and is expected to theatre. Performance of a major produc- required to have a standard six (6) string guitar practice one (1) hour a day. Transfer credit: tion is the objective of the course. Students to use in class and are expected to practice CSU, UC, USC have the opportunity to participate in the one (1) hour a day. This course may be taken rehearsals and the development of the perfor- 2 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. 161 mances. Course work provides experience Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC PIANO II in the techniques of stage ensemble, acting, 158 2 Units technical stage, costuming, and makeup. CLASSICAL GUITAR III Music 161 is a course for the advancement Auditions are held for all roles. Lecture 2 hours, 2 Units of the beginning pianist in skills, interpretation laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Ability to sing Music 158 proceeds with techniques and tonal coloring. Lecture 2 hours. Prereq- with good pitch and acceptable vocal quality. and compositions of intermediate level. uisite: Music 160 or one-half year of piano Note: This course may be taken 4 times; a Included for study are selected pieces from experience. Note: This course may be taken maximum of 12 units may be earned. Transfer the Renaissance, Baroque, Classic, and 2 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. credit: CSU, UC, USC It is recommended that the student has a Romantic eras, as well as solo arrangements 171 of familiar tunes. Knowledge of the entire piano available for practice and is expected to practice one (1) hour a day. Transfer credit: COMMERCIAL MUSIC fi ngerboard is further enhanced by the practice 3 Units of two and three octave scales. Basic skills for CSU, UC, USC transcribing music written for keyboard are Music 171 offers prospective musicians introduced. Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 1 hour. an introduction into the many vocational Three (3) hours practice by arrangement. aspects of their fi eld. It is designed to provide Prerequisite: Music 157 or equivalent. Note: a basic understanding of such essentials Students are required to have a standard six (6) as fi elds of commercial music employment string guitar to use in class and are expected to opportunities, seeking employment, copyright practice one (1) hour a day. This course may law, typical fi nancial transactions, modern be taken 2 times; a maximum of 4 units may be recording procedures. Lecture 3 hours. earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 176 Music
175 231 235 SYNTHESIZER—ELECTRONIC MUSIC I COLLEGE CHOIR CONCERT SINGERS: 3 Units 1 Unit MASTERWORKS Music 175 is a study of the synthesizer Music 231 is a beginning course in the ½-1 Unit and electronic music through discussion of appreciation and performance of advanced Music 235 is a course in the appreciation the history and literature and the practical choral literature, with special emphasis on and performance of large-scale choral use of electronic instruments. Instruction principles of part singing, vocal control, masterworks composed with orchestral or 3 hours, directed practice by arrangement interpretation, diction, phrasing, and breath instrumental ensemble accompaniment. 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. control. Public performances may be Emphasis is placed on music composed required. Performance 3 hours. Prerequisite: after 1600. Public performance is required. 176 Music 135 or equivalent. Note: Students must Prerequisite: None. Note: Students must POPULAR SONGWRITING demonstrate the ability to match pitches and demonstrate the ability to match pitches 3 Units maintain steady rhythm. An audition may be and maintain steady rhythm. An audition is Music 176 is designed for students who required. This course may be taken 4 times; a required. This course may be taken 4 times; a have a basic knowledge of music and maximum of 4 units may be earned. Transfer maximum of 4 units may be earned. Transfer music notation. Students learn how the credit: CSU, UC, USC credit: CSU, UC, USC components of lyrics, melody, and chords fi t together within the verses, chorus, and 232 236 bridge of a popular song. In addition, students CHAMBER CHORALE: WINTER VOCAL ENSEMBLE: HOLIDAY develop an awareness of the stylistic traits PRODUCTIONS REVIEW that distinguish different types of popular 1 Unit ½-1 Unit music. Students are also introduced to the Music 232 is a course in the appreciation and Music 236 is the study and performance of relevant aspects of the music publishing performance of choral literature written for choral literature composed for small vocal industry, including copyright law. Prerequi- treble voices. Emphasis is placed on music ensembles. Vocal music in both popular and site: Music 101 or equivalent. Note: Music written prior to 1800 and appropriate seasonal jazz idioms is studied. Traditional seasonal 176 is designed for students who have literature. Public performance is required. music is emphasized. Some of the music may a basic knowledge of music. During the Performance 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. be choreographed. Performance 3 hours. semester, students are required to write Note: Students must have the ability to match Prerequisite: None. Note: An audition is songs in different styles. Students must pitches and maintain a steady rhythm. An required. Membership in other performance be able to perform their compositions and audition is required. This course may be taken groups may be required. This course may be have the necessary skills to make simple 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be audiocassette recordings of their songs for Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC in-class presentation. 233 237 177 CHAMBER CHORALE: FESTIVAL VOCAL ENSEMBLE: JAZZ/SHOW MUSIC RECORDING AND NOTATION ½-1 Unit CLASSICS 3 Units Music 233 is a course in the appreciation ½-1 Unit Music 177 is a course that offers an introduc- and performance of choral literature writ- Music 237 is the study and performance of tion to the computer software used for multi- ten for treble voices. Emphasis is placed choral literature composed for small vocal track recording and music notation. Multi-track on music written after 1800 and other art ensembles. Vocal music in both show (popu- recording and music notation are essential music suitable for performance at adju- lar) and jazz idioms is studied. Some of the skills which musicians need to function in dicated festivals. Public performance is music may be choreographed. Performance today’s creative world. Students fi rst learn required. Performance 3 hours. Prerequisite: 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: An how both skills were practiced before the era None. Note: Students must have the ability to audition is required. Membership in other of desktop computers. Students then learn match pitches and maintain a steady rhythm. An performance groups may be required. This how to use music software to capture their audition is required. This course may be taken course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of creative ideas through the basic principals of 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. 4 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU, multi-track recording and how to use notation Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC UC, USC software to display their ideas as readable music. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. 234 238 Transfer Credit: CSU CONCERT SINGERS: MADRIGAL CHORALOGRAPHY FEASTE ½-1 Unit 230 ½-1 Unit Music 238 is the study and performance of CHORUS Music 234 is a course in the appreciation and movement for choral literature composed ½-1 Unit performance of traditional choral literature. for small vocal ensembles. Vocal music Music 230 is a beginning course in the Emphasis is placed on music composed in both popular and jazz idioms is studied appreciation and performance of stan- prior to 1700. Public performance is required. in this course. Some traditional seasonal music dard choral literature, with special empha- Performance 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. is also studied. Emphasis is placed on move- sis on principles of part singing, vocal Note: Students must demonstrate the ability ment that is appropriate for the choral singer. control, interpretation, diction, phrasing, and to match pitches and maintain steady rhythm. Performance 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. breath control. Public performances may be An audition is required. This course may be Corequisite: Music 236 or 237. Note: An audi- required. Performance 3 hours. Prerequisite: taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be tion with the instructor is required. Membership None. Note: An audition is required. This earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC in other performance groups may be required. course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of This course may be taken 4 times; a maximum 4 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU, of 4 units may be earned. Transfer credit: UC, USC CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Music/Allied Health 177
239 242 ALLIED HEALTH TOUR CHOIR CONCERT SINGERS: ½-1 Unit CONTEMPORARY 139 ½ – 1 Unit Music 239 is a course which offers singers INTRODUCTION TO EMERGENCY the opportunity to travel and perform choral Music 242 is a course in the appreciation MEDICAL SERVICES masterworks in the great performance and performance of contemporary choral 2 Units halls and churches of the world. Emphasis literature. Emphasis is placed on music Allied Health 139 introduces foundational is placed on a combination of American composed during the 20th and 21st centu- concepts related to the emergency medi- literature and on the literature of the countries ries. Public performance is required. Perfor- cal care of sick and injured persons. This that are visited on the tour. All solo material mance 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: course is designed for students interested is performed by members of the tour choir. Students spend 8 hours outside of class in pursuing emergency medical services Performance 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. at off-campus rehearsals and scheduled or other health care occupations as a Note: Students must demonstrate good performances. Students must demonstrate career. Topics also include the framework musicianship, be able to sing on pitch, maintain the ability to match pitches and maintain of emergency medical services as well as steady rhythm and display a sensitivity to choral steady rhythm. An audition is required. This the unique challenges of ethical dilemmas b l e n d i n g o f v o i c e s . A n a u d i t i o n m ay b e r e q u i r e d . course may be taken 4 times; a maximum and stress management in the emergency This course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. Transfer credit: setting. Successful completion of the class of 4 units may be earned. See instructor for CSU, UC, USC includes certifi cation in cardiopulmonary estimated cost. Transfer credit: CSU resuscitation (CPR) for healthcare provid- ers from the American heart Association 240 NATIONAL FIELD STUDIES (AHA). Lecture 2 hours. (8 weeks). Recom- CONCERT SINGERS: mmended Preparation: Biology 115 and HOLIDAY CONCERT 148 English 120 or ESL 151. ½-1 Unit 1-3 Units 140 Music 240 is a course in the apprecia- National Field Studies 148 provides college tion and performance of traditional choral EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN credit for travel and study in the United States - BASIC (EMT-B) literature. Emphasis is placed on non- at the student’s own expense in programs orchestral music composed for the winter 6½ Units provided by agencies approved in advance Allied Health 140 is an intensive program holiday season. Public performance is by the college and under the direction of required. Performance 3 hours. Prerequi- designed to prepare students for certifi cation a Glendale Community College instructor. and entry level employment as an Emergency site: None. Note: Students must demon- Lecture 1-3 hours, laboratory 3-9 hours. strate the ability to match pitches and Medical Technician-Basic (EMT-B) in the state Prerequisite: None. Note: This course may of California. Course material progresses from maintain steady rhythm. An audition is be taken 4 times; a maximum of 12 units required. This course may be taken 4 introductory concepts of emergency medical may be earned. Each repetition must be in care through the management of immediate times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. a different state and/or area of the United Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC llife-threatening situations and emergencies. States. Transfer credit: CSU Critical thinking and decision-making skills 241 are stressed throughout the course. Course- CONCERT SINGERS: TRADITIONAL NURSING work includes a clinical component. After ½ - 1 Unit successful completion of Allied Health 139 and Allied Health 140, a record of comple- Music 241 is a course in the apprecia- The Allied Health Division offers a variety of courses and programs in the health care tion is issued. The record of completion is tion and performance of traditional choral required for certifi cation by national and local and small-scale choral literature from field. Semester length courses include the Emergency Medical Technician and certifying bodies prior to seeking employment. the Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Prerequisite: (1) Allied Health 139 (Allied and Romantic eras. Both a cappella and Nursing Assistant classes, both of which prepare students to apply for and take Health 139 may be taken concurrently); (2) keyboard-accompanied literature will be eligibility for English 101; (3) student must be studied. Emphasis is placed on music their respective certifying examinations. An Alcohol/Drug Studies Program is also eighteen years of age prior to the fi rst day of composed before the 20th century. Public instruction. Note: Upon completion of Allied performance is required. Performance 3 offered (see listing under that heading in this catalog). These programs are described in the Health 140 with a grade of “C” or better, the hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: Students student is eligible to take the Los Angeles spend 8 hours outside of class at off-campus Associate in Science Majors and Certifi cate programs section of this catalog. County Department of Health Services rehearsals and scheduled performances. examination for certifi cation as an EMT-I. Students must demonstrate the ability to Certifi cation is required for employment as an match pitches and maintain steady rhythm. ambulance attendant in California. Many fi re An audition is required. This course may be departments require EMT-I certifi cation as a taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be prerequisite to application and testing. earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 178 Allied Health/Nursing Science
141 NURSING SCIENCE 203 EMERGENCY MEDICAL NURSING SEMINAR III TECHNOLOGY REFRESHER COURSE REGISTERED NURSING 1½ Units (Formerly Emergency Medical Nursing Science 203 provides an enrichment Technology 102) 200 opportunity for all level three nursing students 1½ Units NURSING PERSPECTIVES to further explore the application of medical- Allied Health 141 provides the California 1½ Units surgical and maternal-child health classroom Emergency Medical Technician with an Nursing Science 200 presents an overview content to the clinical situation. Lifespan update of recent procedural and regulatory of current health and nursing practice scenarios are given application emphasis. This changes in EMT practice. New and previously issues with their historical infl uences. Topics course includes discussion, demonstration, learned competencies related to equipment provide the novice nurse an overview computer simulation, guided practice, and techniques employed in emergency care of historical and philosophical viewpoints and audiovisual presentations. Lecture 1 are emphasized. Critical content for emer- regarding regulatory scopes of practice, ethics hour, laboratory 1½ hours. Prerequisite: gency response and treatment is reviewed. and law, interdisciplinary roles, communication, Completion of the second semester of the Lecture 5 hours (5 weeks). Prerequisite: health,and health care delivery trends. Registered Nursing Program, or completion of Completion of Allied Health 140 or the equiva- Lecture 1½ hours. Prerequisite: Selection for previous equivalent coursework; or selection lent with a “C” or better. Note: This course enrollment in the Registered Nursing Program. for the Career Ladder LVN-RN Program. may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 6 units Transfer credit: CSU Corequisite: Enrollment in the third semester may be earned. of the Registered Nursing Program. Note: 201 This is an optional but strongly recommended 145 NURSING SEMINAR I class in the Registered Nursing curriculum. NURSING ASSISTANT: LONG TERM 1 Unit Transfer credit: CSU CARE AND HOME HEALTH 6½ Units Nursing Science 201 provides an enrichment 204 opportunity for all level one nursing students NURSING SEMINAR IV Allied Health 145 offers the student an to further explore the application of medical- 1 Unit introduction to basic nursing and the health surgical, fundamentals, and pharmacologic Nursing Science 204 provides an care fi eld by working with residents and classroom content to the clinical situation. enrichment opportunity for all level four patients in long term care and home settings. The course includes discussion, demonstra- nursing students to further explore the Emphasizing the role of the certifi ed nursing tion, computer simulation, guided practice, application of medical-surgical nursing assistant on the health care team, the needs and audiovisual presentations. Laboratory 3 and leadership classroom content to of the long term and aging patient are studied. hours. Prerequisite: Selection for enrollment the contemporary clinical situation. Nursing skills and clinical procedures, patient in the Registered Nursing Program. Coreq- The class provides an arena for the needs, inter-personal skills, safety, nutri- uisite: Enrollment in the fi rst semester of the student to practice career-planning tion, rehabilitation, and supervised clinical Registered Nursing Program. Note: This is and employment-seeking strategies as experiences are included. Lecture 4 hours, an optional but highly recommended class in well as arrythmia detection/identifi cation laboratory 7½ hours. Prerequisite: Eligibility the Registered Nursing curriculum. Transfer and advanced intravenous skills. This for English 120 or ESL 151 and eligibility for credit: CSU Mathematics 153. Possess a current CPR course includes discussion, demonstration, c a r d ( C l a s s “ C ” o r B C L S ) . Note: This is a short 202 computer simulation, guided practice, t e r m c o u r s e w h i c h i s o f f e r e d o n l y a s C r e d i t / N o NURSING SEMINAR II and audiovisual presentations. Credit. Health clearance is required. Students 1½ Units Lecture ½ hour, laboratory 1½ hours. successfully completing this course receive Prerequisite: Completion of the third Nursing Science 202 provides an enrich- documentation of course completion and semester of the Registered Nursing ment opportunity for all level two nursing are eligible to apply to the State of California Program, or previous completion students to further explore the applica- to take the written and manual skills test for of equivalent coursework. Corequisite: tion of medical-surgical, psychiatric, and certifi cation as a nursing assistant. Students Enrollment in the fourth semester of the pharmacologic classroom content to the who complete the course and receive certi- Registered Nursing Program. Note: An clinical situation. The course includes fi cation also receive a Home Health Aide optional but highly recommended class discussion, demonstration, computer simu- Certifi cate. Applicants for state certifi cation in the Registered Nursing curriculum. lation, guided practice, and audiovisual may be denied certifi cation by the state for Transfer credit: CSU presentations. Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 1½ prior convictions which substantially relate hours. Prerequisite: Completion of the fi rst to the qualifi cations and duties of a nurse semester of the Registered Nursing Program, assistant or home health aide (AB 3477). or previous completion of equivalent coursework. Corequisite: Enrollment in the second semester of the Registered Nursing Program. Note: This is an optional but highly recommended class in the Registered Nursing curriculum. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Nursing Science 179
205 210 212 ESSENTIALS OF MEDICATION FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING II ADMINISTRATION 3½ Units 4½ Units ½ Unit Nursing Science 210 introduces the core Nursing Science 212 continues the study of the Nursing Science 205 is an introductory course concepts, principles, and clinical skills adult with unmet needs resulting from health which presents the basic knowledge required common to all areas and levels of nursing problems. This course addresses the needs of for safe medication administration. This practice. It presents the delivery of nursing p a t i e n t s a c r o s s t h e a d u l t l i f e s p a n w h o s e h e a l t h course is the foundation for the subsequent care based on a hierarchy of universal care needs require more complex nursing two course pharmacology sequence and human needs which impact health, quality interventions and skill using the nursing emphasizes the ability of the student to of life, and achievement of potential. The process. The student is encouraged to build calculate correct drug dosages. The role entry level student is introduced to the on skills gained from the previous semester in of the nurse in pharmacologic therapy is components and use of the nursing process. electronic acquisition and use of health care presented, stressing individual accountability This course provides the basic platform of information. Clinical experiences are included in the administration of medication. The nursing knowledge, skills, and caring upon which provide an opportunity for the student to way drugs work, their absorption, routes which subsequent nursing courses build. The apply theoretical concepts, think critically, and of administration, and rationale for use student is introduced to health care resources build clinical skills. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory are thoroughly studied. Federal and state for electronic information retrieval. Clinical 7½ hours. Prerequisite: Completion of the regulations which pertain to the administration experiences in the ambulatory and/or acute fi rst semester of the Registered Nursing of medications and regulation of controlled and long-term care health care settings and Program, or previous completion of equivalent substances are examined. Lecture ½ hour. simulated experiences in the College Nursing coursework. Corequisite: Nursing Science Prerequisite: Selection for enrollment in Skills Laboratory are included. Lecture 1½ 207 or previous completion of equivalent the Registered Nursing Program. Transfer hours, laboratory 6 hours. Prerequisite: coursework. Recommended preparation: credit: CSU Selection for enrollment in the Registered Concurrent enrollment in Nursing Science Nursing Program. Corequisite: Nursing 202 is highly recommended. Transfer credit: 208 Science 200 and 205 or previous completion CSU PHARMACOLOGY FOR NURSING of equivalent coursework. Recommended 2 ½ Units preparation: Concurrent enrollment in 213 Nursing Science 208 introduces the Nursing Science 201. Transfer credit: CSU MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING III nursing student to the basic knowledge 4½ Units of pharmacology required to administer 211 Nursing Science 213 continues the study medications. The nursing process and MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING I of the adult and the aging adult with unmet unmet human needs provide a framework 3½Units needs resulting from increasingly complex for the study of selected classes of Nursing Science 211 introduces the student health problems. This course addresses the medications. The nurse’s role in promoting to the basic concepts involved in caring for needs of patients/clients whose health care safe and effective pharmacologic therapy the patient with a medical-surgical health needs require complex nursing interven- is stressed. The importance of health team problem. The course stresses unmet human tions and competence using the nursing communication and patient education needs and the nursing process as organizing process. Physical assessment is reintro- is incorporated throughout the course. frameworks for nursing knowledge and duced at a more complex level, building Emphasis is placed on teaching the skills. Health care needs of the older adult on previous knowledge and experiences. patient/family and promoting compliance in are emphasized. This course continues to A portion of clinical assignments focuses on medication management. Legal and ethical emphasize access and use of electronically the aging adult with complicated health care issues related to medication administration obtained information related to nursing and needs. Clinical experiences include acute and are integrated throughout. Prerequisite: health care. Clinical experiences which community-based experiences which provide Nursing Science 205. Note: No credit if provide an opportunity for the student to an opportunity for the student to apply theo- taken after Nursing Science 206 and 207. apply theoretical concepts and utilize basic retical concepts, demonstrate critical thinking, Transfer credit: CSU clinical skills are included. Lecture 1½ hours, and increase clinical skills. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 6 hours. Prerequisite: Nursing laboratory 7½ hours. Prerequisite: Science 205 and 210, or previous completion • Completion of the fi rst year of the Registered of equivalent coursework. Corequisite: Nursing Program, or previous completion Nursing Science 200 and 206 or previous of equivalent coursework; or completion of equivalent coursework. • Selection for enrollment in the Career Transfer credit: CSU Ladder LVN-RN Program. Recommended preparation: Concurrent enrollment in Nursing Science 203. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 180 Nursing Science
214 216 219 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING IV INTERMEDIATE CLINICAL CLINICAL ENRICHMENT 6 Units EXPERIENCE 2 Units Nursing Science 214 continues the study 2 Units Nursing Science 219 provides the currently of the adult with unmet needs resulting Nursing Science 216 provides the more enrolled or returning nursing student with from complex health problems. This course advanced nursing student with additional additional supervised clinical experience addresses the needs of patients/clients supervised clinical experience in the acute in the acute care hospital setting. Clinical whose health care needs require complex care hospital setting. Clinical assignments assignments are intended to provide the nursing interventions and proficiency in are intended to provide the opportunity for opportunity for the student to strengthen the use of the nursing process. Content the student to augment previously learned previously learned basic nursing skills includes licensure issues and leadership basic nursing skills through repetition. The through repetition. The rotation is designed principles in preparation for entry into prac- rotation is further designed to encourage the to improve general patient care skills by tice as a licensed registered nurse. Clini- development of new nursing competencies and offering experiences that foster confi dence, cal experiences are structured in a sets of skills by exposure to new assignments critical thinking, time management and preceptorship format to provide a greater and experiences. Laboratory 12 hours. (8 prioritizing skills, and communication in opportunity for the student to apply theoreti- weeks) Prerequisite: Nursing Science 212 or the clinical setting. Laboratory 18 hours (6 cal concepts and manage multiple priorities, equivalent. This course is designed for students weeks). Prerequisite: Nursing Science 210 as well as refi ne critical thinking and clinical who have completed the fi rst year of the generic or equivalent. Note: This course is offered skills. Lecture 2½ hours, laboratory 10½ RN Program or an LVN who has completed only as Credit/No Credit. hours. Prerequisite: Completion of the third Nursing Science 217. This course is graded semester of the Registered Nursing Program. credit/no credit (CR/NC) only. This course may Recommended preparation: Concurrent be taken 2 times; a maximum of 4 units may 220 enrollment in Nursing Science 204. Transfer be earned. Transfer credit: CSU NURSING STUDENT WORK-STUDY credit: CSU 3 Units 217 Nursing Science 220 is an elective nursing 215 LVN-RN BRIDGE COURSE course designed to enhance the clinical NURSING PRACTICE IN (Formerly Nursing 217) expertise, judgment, and confi dence of the CONTEMPORARY SETTINGS 1 Unit intermediate RN nursing student. It is an inten- 2 ½ Units Nursing Science 217 is an introduction for sive clinical experience in the form of a paid Nursing Science 215 provides the fourth the LVN to the concepts central to registered internship in a sponsoring acute care facility. semester nursing student with the opportunity nursing practice. The course clarifi es the Clinical experiences provide the student with to integrate and apply previously learned philosophy and theme which serve as the an RN preceptor and the opportunity to practice skills and knowledge from all areas of nursing foundation for the registered nurse curriculum previously learned nursing skills and knowl- practice to new, current, and/or evolving at Glendale Community College. It fosters edge in varied settings and situations. The health care settings. Classroom content clinical application of the nursing process and consistent workplace assignments enhance focuses on the forces which have infl uenced its integration into nursing practice. Lecture the student’s future nursing employment modern health care in America as well 3 hours (6 weeks). Prerequisite: Selection opportunities and provide valuable insight into as the sociological, political, and for the Career Ladder Nursing Program. workplace expectations and realities. Labora- economic issues which shape the delivery Note: Successful completion of this course tory 27 hours. Prerequisite: Nursing Science of contemporary health care and the is required for the Career Ladder student to 212 or equivalent. Note: Prior to enrolling in practice of nursing. Classroom and clinical remain enrolled in the Nursing Department. the course the student must apply for and be experiences assist the student to acquire Transfer credit: CSU hired by the sponsoring health care facility additional profi ciency which will assist in as a student nurse worker. The student must securing an entry level registered nurse 218 then comply with the requirements of the hiring position. Lecture 1½ hours, laboratory 3 NURSING PHARMACOLOGY REVIEW institution for completion of paperwork and hours. Prerequisite: Completion of the AND UPDATE criteria for employment. Students are assigned third semester of the Registered Nursing 1 ½ Units a clinical preceptor from the hiring institution Program. Corequisite: Nursing Science 214. Nursing Science 218 encompasses a review and attend conferences held by an assigned Recommended preparation: Concurrent of basic pharmacology content and dosage Glendale Community College faculty member. enrollment in Nursing Science 204. Transfer calculation, emphasizing pharmaceutical College nursing faculty and hospital staff jointly credit: CSU principles. Recent changes in medication provides student supervision and support. administration safety measures are Offered as Credit/No Credit only. stressed, including intravenous medication administration. The course establishes a current foundation for pharmacological therapy in nursing by providing a review of drug classifi cations while giving prominence to recent changes in these classifi cations and representative agents. Lecture 4.5 hours. (6 weeks) Prerequisite: Nursing Science 217 (may be taken concurrently).
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Nursing Science/Philosophy 181
222 232 NUTRITION PSYCHIATRIC NURSING NURSING SEMINAR LEVEL II 3½ Units 1 Unit See CULINARY ARTS Nursing Science 222 focuses on the dynamics Nursing Seminar 232 provides an enrichment of adult clients undergoing acute and chronic opportunity for students enrolled in the psychosocial stress. The nursing process, second semester of the nursing curriculum to OCEANOGRAPHY including interviewing skills, is presented further explore and apply classroom content within a framework of total mental health team to clinical situations and scenarios. The 115 management. Therapeutic relationship is course includes discussion, demonstration, OCEANOGRAPHY presented as a means of expressing caring. computer simulation, guided practice, 3 Units The causes of stress are identifi ed from and audiovisual presentations. Lecture/ Oceanography 115 is an introduction to the various theoretical perspectives. The student Demonstration ½ hour. Laboratory 1 ½ physical, chemical, and geological aspects of is encouraged to undertake self exploration hours. Prerequisite: Nursing Science 211 oceanography. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: and develop a concept of the individual None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC that includes the ability to adapt as a result or equivalent. Corequisite: Enrollment in of successful human need fulfi llment. The Nursing Science 212 or 222. Note: This is an optional but highly recommended class 116 course provides the student with knowledge OCEANOGRAPHY LABORATORY and understanding of the interrelatedness in the Registered Nursing curriculum. This 1 Unit of developmental, environmental, cultural, course is offered only as Credit/No Credit socioeconomic and ethnic factors affecting and may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 2 Oceanography 116 is an introduction to psychosocial adaptation along the health- units may be earned. the common laboratory practices and exercises illness continuum. Laboratory experiences in on the physiochemical and geological mental health settings are included. Lecture 2 233 aspects of oceanography. Laboratory hours, laboratory 4½ hours. NURSING SEMINAR LEVEL III 3 hours per week including 8 hours of supervised Prerequisite: 1 Unit observations and data collection aboard an • Completion of the fi rst semester of the generic Nursing Science 233 provides an enrichment oceanographic research vessel. Prerequisite: Registered Nursing Program, or completion opportunity for students enrolled in the Oceanography 115. (Oceanography 115 may of previous equivalent coursework; or third semester of the nursing curriculum to be taken concurrently.) Transfer credit: CSU, • Selection for enrollment in the Career Ladder further explore and apply classroom content UC, USC LVN-RN Program. to clinical situations and scenarios. The Corequisite: Nursing Science 207 or previous course includes discussion, demonstration, PALEONTOLOGY completion of equivalent coursework is required computer simulation, guided practice, for the generic student. Recommended and audiovisual presentations. Lecture/ 101 preparation: Concurrent enrollment in Nursing Demonstration ½ hour. Laboratory 1 ½ GENERAL PALEONTOLOGY Science 202 is highly recommended. Transfer hours. Prerequisite: Nursing Science 212 3 Units credit: CSU or equivalent. Corequisite: Enrollment in Paleontology 101 is a survey of the Nursing Science 213 or 223. Note: This is classifi cation and history of life including both 223 an optional but highly recommended class plants and animals. It also includes an MATERNAL CHILD HEALTH in the Registered Nursing curriculum. This interpretation of the signifi cance of fossils 5½ Units course is offered only as Credit/No Credit as evidence of organic evolution and Nursing Science 223 focuses on the needs and may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 2 the adaptations of life to its physical and of the growing family and incorporates both units may be earned. biological environments. Students study the maternity and pediatric nursing content. The sequences of fl oras and faunas as found in the nursing process is stressed as the student rocks. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. learns to adapt previously learned skills Note: A good high school record or second and knowledge to the unmet needs of the semester standing is recommended. Transfer maternity and pediatric patient. Observation credit: CSU, UC, USC and direct care of normal and high risk populations are included. Theory and clinical experiences are structured to provide PHILOSOPHY the second year nursing student with the 101 opportunity to develop essential linkages for INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY decision making and prioritization unique to 3 Units this specialty. Lecture 3½ hours, laboratory 6 Philosophy 101 is an overview of the hours. Prerequisite: Completion of the fi rst c las si c al and mo d er n pro blems of philoso phy. year of the Registered Nursing Program, or A consideration of the nature of knowledge, completion of previous equivalent coursework. v i e w s o f t h e c o s m o s o r w o r l d , a n d t h e p r o b l e m s Recommended preparation: Concurrent of truth, beauty, ethics, and theology. Lecture enrollment in Nursing Science 203. Transfer 3 hours. Recommended preparation: credit: CSU Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN PHIL 2)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 182 Philosophy
112 117 120 HUMAN VALUES AND INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY: MODERN ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 3 Units PERIOD 2 Units Philosophy 117 is a study of the structure 3 Units Philosophy 112 is a study of human attitudes and function of language, inductive and Philosophy 120 is a critical study of the toward the physical world and the biological deductive forms of reasoning and argu- philosophic systems and ideas of the organisms within it. Topics covered will be mentation. Includes the study of formal modern period which have had a dominant the defi nition of values, a study of historical argumentation, the methods of experimental impact on Western civilization, with special viewpoints, and a brief assessment of inquiry, the nature of scientifi c hypothesis, and emphasis on Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, the consequences of such attitudes in probability theory. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, Hegel, Marx, creating and/or solving environmental mended preparation: Eligibility for English Neitzsche, twentieth century British and problems. The course will consider various 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN American philosophers. Lecture 3 hours. ways in which a consciously considered PHIL 6) Recommended preparation: Eligibility for value system might be deliberately applied English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 118 to specific solutions. Lecture 2 hours. 121 WOMEN, THE EARTH, AND THE Recommended preparation: Eligibility for ISLAM: A WAY OF LIFE DIVINE English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, 3 Units 3 Units USC Philosophy 121 is a study of Islam as both Philosophy 118 introduces students to the a religion and a culture. The study of the 113 relationship between social domination of COMPARATIVE WORLD RELIGIONS: religion includes a consideration of beliefs and women and domination of the rest of nature. The practices of the faith, and the history of the NEAR EAST goal of this course is to help students develop 3 Units man, Muhammad, who revealed the faith. The skills in analyzing the impact of the world’s study of the culture includes a consideration Philosophy 113 is a comparative study major religions on the lives of women in both of the early successors to Muhammad, of the salient ideas and philosophical the majority and minority cultures and on the religious movements and sects, philosophy, developments in Zoroastrianism, Judaism, life of the planet earth. Topics covered are the science, and political power. Lecture 3 hours. Christianity, Islam, and primitive and national defi nition of values, a study in viewpoints of the Recommended preparation: Eligibility for religions of the past. Lecture 3 hours. major religious traditions, such as Hinduism, English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Recommended preparation: Eligibility for Buddhism, Judaism, Christianity and Islam. English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC This course also offers a brief assessment 122 of the consequences of such attitudes in LATIN AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY 114 creating and/or solving women’s as well as 3 Units COMPARATIVE WORLD RELIGIONS: environmental problems in the United States. Philosophy 122 is the study of the various forms FAR EAST Emphasis is placed on developing judgment which philosophy has taken in Latin America. 3 Units in the use of primary or secondary sources, The course examines the background of Philosophy 114 is a comparative study of and helping students discern what sources Inca, Aztec, and European thought patterns. the salient ideas and philosophical devel- they should or should not trust. The course It emphasizes philosophy of civilization and opments in Hinduism, Buddhism, other considers the differences among applicatons philosophy of art, including the contributions Indian religions, Taoism, Confucianism, and of deliberately selected value systems with of the Mexican muralist. Representative view- Shinto. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended respect to the treatment of women in the points, such as scholasticism, romanticism, preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Transfer United States. In addition, it presents how the and evolutionism are described. The course credit: CSU, UC, USC treatment of women in minority cultures affects underlines the vitality of Latin American positiv- cross cultural understanding and affects the ism, and it concludes with rival twentieth century 116 attitudes of the majority towards minorities. currents of thought. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- ETHICS FOR MODERN LIFE Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: mended preparation: Eligibility for English 3 Units Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Philosophy 116 is an analysis of the concept credit: CSU, UC, USC of the good, the scope of morality, the 123 deterministic controversy, the ethical 119 INTRODUCTION TO SYMBOLIC yardsticks, and the major ethical systems HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY: ANCIENT LOGIC and their roots. Attention is given to PERIOD 3 Units contemporary positivism, John Dewey, Marxist 3 Units Philosophy 123 introduces students to the ethics, authority as an ethical principle, Philosophy 119 is a critical study of the calculus of propositional and predicate intuitionism, egoistic hedonism, utilitarianism, philosophic systems and ideas of the Western logic to enable students to formally evaluate ethical idealism, Immanuel Kant, modern civilization from the ancient Greeks to the end arguments. Students will learn to translate Aristotelianism, and existentialism and of the Medieval period, with special emphasis English arguments, use truth tables, recent ethical theories. The nature and scope on the Pre-Socratics, Plato, Aristotle, Roman create natural deduction derivations, use of contemporary moral problems are also philosophical thinkers, and the impact of defi ned identity relations, acquire a precise examined. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended Christian thought on Western culture. Lecture understanding of soundness and validity, and preparation: Eligibility for English 101. 3 hours. Recommended preparation: to begin to develop a working grasp on logic Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC(CAN Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: meta theory. Recommended preparation: PHIL 4) CSU, UC, USC Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Photography 183
PHOTOGRAPHY 105 108 MULTIPLE IMAGING PHOTO COMMUNICATIONS 101 3 Units 3 Units INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY Photography 105 is a black and white Photography 108 allows students to 3 Units photography course which covers methods explore various approaches and uses of Photography 101 is a beginning course in of creating multiple imagery such as: multiple the photograph for publication. The course black and white photography that covers exposure and multiple printing, photographing covers concepts in the impact of the single basic camera operations, light, fi lm, exposure, with fi lters, and the application of hand-coloring image, candid and contrived subject matter, darkroom procedures, fi lm processing, print- materials. Students develop projects using image with text, and the photo essay form. ing with fi lters, burning, dodging, spotting, multiple image creation techniques. Print Emphasis throughout the course is on and drymounting. Emphasis is placed on quality, concept, and design are emphasized development of technical skills and a personal composition theory, print quality, concept, and throughout the course. Lecture 2 hours, studio point of view. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. design throughout the course. Lecture 2 hours, 4 hours. Prerequisite: Photography 101 or Prerequisite: Photography 103 or equivalent. studio/laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: None. equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer Transfer credit: CSU credit: CSU 102 BLACK AND WHITE DARKROOM 106 109 LABORATORY AVAILABLE LIGHTING COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY I 1 Unit 3 Units 3 Units NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE Photography 106 is a course in which students Photography 109 is a beginning course in Photography 102 enables photography students explore the creative use of available light and color photography covering the fundamentals to have additional supervised black and white on-camera fl ash. The course covers principles of printing from color negatives, color theory studio time, and to increase their technical and of natural and artifi cial light, on-camera fl ash principles, working with color schemes, design skills relative to concurrent enrollment techniques, exposure control, and the appli- color darkroom procedures, spotting, and in a black and white photography course. cation of lighting to emphasize image design, print presentation. Print quality, concept, and Studio 4 hours. Corequisite: Enrollment in detail, mood, or concept. Students create design are emphasized throughout the course. one of the following: Photography 101, 103, projects using course information. Print quality, Lecture 2 hours, studio/laboratory 4 hours. 105, 107, 108, 113, 117, 118, 130 (for students concept, and design are emphasized through- Prerequisite: Photography 101 or equivalent. working in black and white photography), 112, out the course. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a or 114. Note: This course may be taken 4 times; Prerequisite: Photography 101 or equivalent. maximum of 6 units may be earned. Transfer a maximum of 4 units may be earned. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a credit: CSU maximum of 6 units may be earned. 103 110 INTERMEDIATE PHOTOGRAPHY 107 COLOR SLIDE PHOTOGRAPHY 3 Units SPECIAL PROJECTS 3 Units Photography 103 is an intermediate black and 3 Units Photography 110 covers the basic knowledge white photography course which explores Photography 107 is designed for advanced and steps involving E-6 film processing experimental methods of photographic students who wish to concentrate on an (color transparencies), printing from printing, a variety of black and white fi lms, in-depth individual direction. The student color slides by tube processing, characteristics printing papers, fi lm developers, and how explores and combines an aesthetic of light, color theory, fi lm, and paper. Emphasis to window mat. Students develop projects and expressive use of the photographic is on color printing techniques and the using a variety of experimental methods. Print medium to complete projects with devel- development of personal ideas. Lecture 2 hours, quality, concept, and design are emphasized oped personal statements. At the begin- studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Photography 101 throughout the course. Lecture 2 hours, studio ning of the semester, the student presents or equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 4 hours. Prerequisite: Photography 101 or a written proposal outlining three spe - 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 cific areas of concentration: 1. theme, Transfer credit: CSU times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. 2. medium, 3. techniques. Students are Transfer credit: CSU required to complete a professional port- 112 folio at the end of the semester. Research STUDIO LIGHTING 104 and reading assignments are made where 3 Units COLOR DARKROOM LABORATORY applicable. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Photography 112 covers lighting principles 1 Unit Prerequisite: Photography 105. Note: and introduces studio lighting, equipment, NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE This course may be taken 3 times; a maximum and techniques. Lecture 2 hours, studio Photography 104 enables photography of 9 units may be earned. Transfer credit: 4 hours. Prerequisite: Photogaphy 101 or students to have additional supervised color CSU equivalent. Recommended preparation: studio time, and to increase their technical Art 130. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; and design skills relative to concurrent a maximum of 6 units may be earned. enrollment in a color photography course. Studio 4 hours. Corequisite: Enrollment in one of the following: Photography 107 (for students working with color negatives or slides), 109, 110, or 116. Note: This course may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 184 Photography
113 117 121 ZONE SYSTEM AND FINE PRINTING ALTERNATIVE PROCESSES IMAGING WITH PHOTOSHOP I 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units Photography 113 is a black and white photo Photography 117 is a course that introduces Photography 121 is a beginning level course applying the Zone System to the fi ne the student to a variety of alternative photo- Photoshop course for the Macintosh computer. art of image making. The course covers graphic processes, such as Cyanotype, Van The course covers basic Photoshop tools, the Zone System method of previsualizing Dyke, and Xerox Transfer. The course covers layers, channels, image adjustments, the subject as it would appear in the fi nal negative making for alternative processes, composite imaging, scanning, and print before making the exposure, then mixing light sensitive formulas then hand- output. Image designs and concepts are gearing the exposure, developing, and coating formulas onto paper. Print exposure emphasized throughout the course. Lecture printing processes towards reproducing is not made with the darkroom enlarger, but 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art the previsualized tones. The course also with an ultraviolet light source. Students create 130 or Photography 101 or equivalent. covers archival processing and matting, projects using course information. Print quality, Recommended preparation: Art 150 and and the characteristics of fi lm, paper, and concept, and design are emphasized through- Photography 109 or 110. Note: This course may chemicals. Students create projects using out the course. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units course information. Print quality, concept, Prerequisite: Photography 101 or equivalent. may be earned. and design are emphasized throughout Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a the course. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 maximum of 6 units may be earned. 122 hours. Prerequisite: Photography 101 IMAGING WITH PHOTOSHOP II or equivalent. Note: This course may be 118 3 Units taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may DOCUMENTARY PHOTOGRAPHY Photography 122 is a second level Photoshop be earned. 3 Units course for the Macintosh computer. The Photography 118 is a photo course focusing course is for students who already have 114 on documentary approaches in photography. a solid understanding of Photoshop basic VIEW CAMERA Students are introduced to and guided tools and techniques. Existing Photoshop 3 Units through documentary styles, project and skills are built upon to create high-resolution Photography 114 explores basic view theme development, and technical and design composited images for print and fi lm. Covered camera operations related to outdoor and techniques used to communicate theme. in the course are special effects techniques, studio shooting. The course covers aper- Students create a series of related images using advanced methods of compositing, masking, ture and shutter features, camera move- course information. Print quality, concept, and and retouching. Students create projects ments, exposure calculations, fi lm handling, design are emphasized throughout the course. using course information. Image designs and processing. Lecture 2 hours, studio Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: and concepts are emphasized throughout 4 hours. Prerequisite: Photogaphy 101 or Photography 101 or equivalent. the course. Lecture 2 hours, studio 4 hours. equivalent. Recommended preparation: Prerequisite: Photography 121 or equivalent. Art 130, Photography 112. Note: This 119 Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a course may be taken 2 times; a maximum PHOTO COMPUTER LABORATORY maximum of 6 units may be earned. of 6 units may be earned. 1 Unit NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE 124 116 Photography 119 enables students additional PHOTO RETOUCHING AND REPAIR COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY II supervised computer studio time to help WITH PHOTOSHOP 3 Units increase their technical and design skills 4 Units Photography 116 is an advanced color course relative to concurrent enrollment in Photo Photography 124 is a Photoshop course covering exaggerated and false color schemes 121, Imaging with Photoshop I, Photo 122, focusing on professional methods of masking, obtained through the use of special lighting, Imaging with Photoshop II, or Art/Photo 250, retouching, and repairing photos for high equipment, exposure, or processing. Students Designing Web Graphics. Image designs resolution output. The following is covered in explore techniques such as long exposures, and concepts are emphasized throughout the course: portrait and glamour retouching; cross-processing, altering of negatives and the course. Studio 4 hours. Corequisite: image rebuilding; scratches and tear repair; prints, color printing from black and white Concurrent enrollment in Photography 121, background removal; tone and color corrections; negatives, and multiple exposure. Print 122, or Photography/Art 250. Note: This sharpening; and complex masking. This quality, concept, and design are emphasized course may be taken four times; a maximum course is a second level Photoshop course throughout the course. Lecture 2 hours, studio of 4 units may be earned. for the Macintosh computer. Students create 4 hours. Prerequisite: Photography 109 or projects using course information. Image equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 3 designs and concepts are emphasized times; a maximum of 9 units may be earned. throughout the course. Lecture 2 hours, Studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Photography 121 or equivalent.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Photography/Physical Education 185
125 251 It is recommended that a variety of activities SPECIAL EFFECTS WITH WEB PAGE CREATION be taken during a student’s attendance PHOTOSHOP (Also listed as Art 251) at Glendale Community College. Courses 4 Units 3 Units in dance satisfy the physical education Photography 125 is a digital course using Photography 251 is an intermediate-level web requirement (except Dance 158). Physical Photoshop’s filters, layer styles, tools design course. Using industry standard wysi- education activity classes (except P.E. 107) adjustments, blending modes, and masking wyg software, students design and create web may be taken four (4) times; a maximum of six abilities to create special effects for images. pages, using layout controls, tables, frames, (6) units may be earned in any one course. All Covered in the course are techniques for layers, cascading style sheets, form creation, classes are coeducational unless otherwise creating textures, weather elements, objects various types of links, rollovers, and layer noted. and lighting, type, drawing, painting, and photo animation. Design quality and concept are 101 effects. The course is a second level Photoshop emphasized throughout the course. Lecture WELLNESS AND FITNESS course for the Macintosh computer. Students 2 hours, studio/lab 4 hours. Prerequisite: LABORATORY create projects using course information. Art/Photography 250. Note: Students who 1-2½ Units Image designs and concepts are emphasized have completed Art 251 may not take this throughout the course. Lecture 2 hours, Studio class for credit. Physical Education 101 is an open laboratory 4 hours. Prerequisite: Photography 121 or physical fi tness course designed to develop equivalent. 255 and encourage positive attitudes and habits INTERACTIVE WEB ANIMATION w i t h r e g ar d to c ar d i ova s c u l ar ef fi ciency, body 130 WITH FLASH composition, muscular strength, endurance, DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY (Also listed as Art 255) and fl exibility. Students are assessed in these 4 Units 3 Units areas and an individual fi tness profi le is Photography 130 is a digital photography Photography 255 is a web design course established. fi tness activities primarily utilize course for students with experience in basic using industry standard software to create exercise equipment which is organized into an fi lmed-based photography. Concepts and full-page, interactive vector-based web aerobic super circuit. Additional activities are techniques specific to photography are animations. Students learn the construction prescribed in an aerobic machine arena, a introduced in the course. The course covers of multiple-layered animations with interactive body parts weight training area, and a fl exibility digital camera features and capture, photo and buttons, movieclips, graphics, and embedded area. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ fi lm scanning, photo fi le types, and overview sound fi les with optimization for the web. hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: of the digital darkroom, fi le archiving, basic Design quality and concept are emphasized CSU, UC, USC image corrections, and output for print and throughout the course. Lecture 2 hours, studio/ 102 multimedia. Students create projects using lab 4 hours. Prerequisite: Art/Photography CARDIOVASCULAR FITNESS course information and work on Macintosh 250 or equivalent. Note: Students who have 1-2½ Units computers to enhance images. Image completed Art 255 may not take this class designs and concepts are emphasized for credit. Physical Education 102 is an open throughout the course. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory physical fi tness course designed studio 4 hours. Prerequisite: Photography PHYSICAL EDUCATION to enhance the student's cardiovascular 101 or equivalent. Note: Basic computer fi tness level. The course emphasizes the skills are recommended. This course may The Physical Education department development of positive attitudes and be taken 2 times; a maximum of 8 units may offers a wide variety of activities to meet habits with regard to cardiovascular effi ciency, be earned. the varied interests of the Glendale College body composition, muscular toning, and student. Two units of physical education fl exibility. Students are assessed in these areas 250 are required in order to be eligible for and an individual fi tness profi le is established. DESIGNING WEB GRAPHICS the Associate in Arts and/or the Associate Fitness activities primarily utilize exercise (Also listed as Art 250) in Science degree. The following classes equipment which is organized into an aerobic 3 Units do not meet the physical education activity super circuit. Additional activities are prescribed Photography 250 is an introductory web design requirement: Dance 158; Physical Education in an aerobic machine arena, cross training course that covers web design principles, web 111-116, 120, 124, 125, 126, 128, 146, 149, 195, area, and a fl exibility area. Lecture ½-1½ hours, graphic creation and preparation, graphic 19 6 , 19 9 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 6 . I n d i v i d u a l s m ay b e e x e m p t laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. interchange format (gif) animations, project from the physical education requirement upon Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC planning, and web environment issues that presentation of evidence that they meet one of affect design. Students create assigned the following: 1) have attained the age of projects with industry standard software. 21 years prior to the start of their last semester Concept and design are emphasized toward the degree, or 2) have a medical throughout the course. Lecture hours 2, excuse on fi le, or 3) are enrolled in one of the studio/lab hours 4. Prerequisite: Photography following block unit occupational programs: 121 or equivalent. Note: Students who have Aviation and Transportation—Aircraft and completed Art 250 may not take this class Power plant Maintenance and Overhaul for credit. (FAA Powerplant and Airframe License); or Registered Nursing.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 186 Physical Education
105 107 112 STEP AEROBICS PRINCIPLES OF LIFESTYLE FITNESS APPLIED EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY (Also Listed as Dance 105) 2 Units 2 Units 1-2½ Units Physical Education 107 provides students with Physical Education 112 examines how Physical Education 105 is a contemporary, the information needed to make educated physiological functions of the human body high intensity, low impact fitness class, decisions about lifetime fi tness and wellness change during exercise. Topics of discussion designed for both men and women, to activities. Students learn both practical and include cardiorespiratory changes, training improve each participant's strength, fl exibility, theoretical concepts in cardiovascular fi tness, effect on the musculoskeletal system, energy and cardiovascular fitness level through strength training, fl exibility, weight control and production, and the effect of ergogenic aids on steady-state stepping move ments. The dietary habits. In addition, students explore exercise performance. All topics are discussed student is exposed to a graduated continuous the effects that vaious stages of human as they relate to practical exercise training. system of rhythmic stepping at various development have on specifi c body systems. Hands-on laboratory exercises demonstrate platform heights. The class includes lecture Students examine how a reasonably conceived how aspects of exercise physiology should on basic nutrition, exercise concepts, and and defi ned program of activity and diet may be integrated into practical trainer/client stress management as the factors apply to result in improved fi tness wellness and quality of work. Lecture 1½ hour, laboratory 1½ hour. a personal fi tness program. Class sessions life. Through lecture/laboratory presentations, Prerequisite: None. include a warm-up, an exercise routine fi tted students apply learned principles to the to each student's level of fi tness, and a cool design of individualized fi tness and nutrition 113 down. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ programs. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 2 hours. EXERCISE TESTING hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: Physical Recommended preparation: Eligibility for 2 Units Education 105/Dance 105 may be taken 4 English 189 or ESL 133. Transfer credit: Physical Education 113 examines various times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. CSU means for assessing physical fi tness. Through Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC hands-on training, students learn to administer 110 106 tests to determine body composition, cardio- INDOOR CYCLING FOR FITNESS ADVANCED STEP AEROBICS respiratory endurance, muscular strength and 1-2.5 Units 1-2½ Units endurance, fl exibility, and blood pressure. Physical Education 106 is an advanced Physical Education 110 offers instruction in Analyzing and explaining results of the various level, high intensity, low impact aerobic indoor cycling, a low-impact, non-weight-bearing tests are also emphasized. Lecture 1½ hour, exercise class which utilizes sophisticated physical activity, enhancing cardiorespiratory laboratory 1½ hour. Prerequisite: None. aerobic choreography to promote kinesiological and muscular performance, and promoting mental and emotional well being. Various 114 awareness and mind/body integration. INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNIQUES FOR Students perform continuous, intricate, cycling routines are performed on a stationary spinning bicycle accompanied by both auditory FITNESS LEADERS rhythmical stepping combinations, using a 2 Units platform of increasing heights to promote and visual cues. Lecture ½ to 1.5 hours. cardiovascular fi tness. Topics such as target Laboratory 1.5 to 3.5 hours. Prerequisite: Physical Education 114 examines techniques heart rate, exercise technique, flexibility None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC and principles involved in teaching safe and effective aerobic and resistance routines. training, nutrition, and exercise-related injuries 111 are discussed, as they pertain to lifestyle Techniques include sequencing of exercise, EXERCISE PSYCHOLOGY proper and improper execution of exercise, wellness. Classes include a warm-up, complex 2 Units step combinations, a cool-down, a muscle handling error correction, and communicating strengthening/toning component, and fl exibility Physical Education 111 explores cognitive clearly with fi tness participants. Students are training. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ behavior modifi cation techniques that may given the opportunity to instruct various types hours. Prerequisite: Physical Education 105 or be used to promote the adoption of and of routines in class daily. Lecture 1½ hours, equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC adherence to a regular exercise routine. laboratory 1½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Theoretical methods are studied and applied to practical exercise programming situations. 115 Factors directly affecting the decision to INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNIQUES FOR perform exercise, including external barriers FITNESS LEADERS AS APPLIED TO and reinforcements and behavioral tendencies, SPECIAL POPULATIONS are investigated. Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: 2 Units None. Physical Education 115 examines the instructional techniques used by fitness leaders as they apply to physical activity needs of special populations and persons with health challenges. Groups studied include seniors, children, pregnant women, athletes, persons with cardiovascular and metabolic diseases, and those with musculoskeletal impairments. Differences in anatomical and physiological aspects of persons in these groups are investigated, ultimately leading to an exploration of how these differences impact exercise programming. Lecture 1½ hours, laboratory 1½ hours. Prerequisite: None.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Physical Education 187
116 126 130 CAREERS FOR FITNESS LEADERS SPORTS OFFICIATING—TRACK AND ADAPTED ACTIVITIES 1 Unit FIELD, SOFTBALL ½-2½ Units Physical Education 116 explores the employ- 2 Units Physical Education 130 is a diversified ment and career opportunities available in the Physical Education 126 is a course in the program of developmental activities for health/fi tness industry. It teaches students theoretical and practical techniques of offi - students with disabilities which prevent their tactics by which to promote themselves as ciating softball and track and fi eld. Lecture participation in a regular physical education fi tness leaders in various sectors of the industry. 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: program. The emphasis is on the student’s Lecture 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. None. Note: Recommended for physical remaining abilities, not their disabilities. education majors and recreation majors and Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. 120 for prospective community youth leaders. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC UC, USC EDUCATION ½ -2½ Units 127 131 Physical Education 120 is a course PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES SELF-DEFENSE FOR THE DISABLED designed to acquaint prospective teachers ½-2½ Units 1-2½ Units with the social, physical, and professional Physical Education 127 is instruction in Physical Education 131 is a diversified demands of physical education. A preview of the fundamentals of individual activities program of self-defense training and lecture the profession of physical education as a whole and seasonal sports. Lecture ½-1½ hours, topics that focus on the ability of the disabled to is gained through testing, class recitation and laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. protect and defend themselves. Lecture ½-1½ fi eld trips. Opportunities in health and recreation Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: are explored. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: 128 Recommended for physical education majors. NUTRITION AND PHYSICAL FITNESS 132 This course will not fulfi ll physical education (Also listed as Health 128 and ADAPTED AQUATICS activity requirements. Transfer credit: CSU, Culinary Arts 128) 1-2½ Units UC, USC 3 Units Physical Education 132 is a diversifi ed program Physical Education 128 is a course in nutrition of aquatics for students with disabilities which 124 and physical fi tness. It provides the student with prevent their participation in a regular physical SPORTS OFFICIATING— an overall study of the relationship between education aquatics program. The emphasis is VOLLEYBALL, BASKETBALL nutrition and physical fi tness. The effects of on the student's remaining abilities and adapting 2 Units nutrition on the anatomical and physiological them to facilitate swimming, water aerobics, Physical Education 124 is a course in the aspects of the body are emphasized. The and aquatic skills profi ciency. Lecture ½-1½ theoretical and practical techniques of offi ciat- course also examines the production of hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: ing basketball and volleyball. Lecture 2 hours, energy from the intake of a variety of nutri- None. Note: This course is specially designed laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: tional sources. The process of metabolism for students who meet Title V eligibility Recommended for physical education majors as a means toward energy production and requirements for Disabled Student Program and and recreation majors and for prospective physical activity will also be discussed. Meal Services. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC community youth leaders. Transfer credit: planning, basic physiology, current nutritional CSU, UC, USC practices, eating disorders, weight control and 133 athletic training are examined as they relate LIFETIME FITNESS AND WELLNESS 125 to the nutritional aspects of physical fi tness. FOR THE DISABLED SPORTS OFFICIATING Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: 2 Units 2 Units This course may not be taken for credit by Physical Education 133 is a diversified Physical Education 125 is a theory and students who have completed Health 128 or program of fi tness, participation, and lecture practical course in the techniques of offi ciating Culinary Arts 128. This course will not fulfi ll activities for students with disabilities. It basketball, volleyball, softball, and track and physical education activity requirements. focuses on the unique wellness needs of fi eld. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC this population. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hours. Prerequisite: Participation in basketball, hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: The course volleyball, and softball. Note: Recommended 129 is specially designed for students who meet for physical education and recreation majors STRENGTH AND CONDITIONING FOR Title V eligibility requirements for the Disabled and for prospective community youth leaders. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Student Programs and Services. Transfer This course will not fulfi ll physical education ½-2½ Units credit: CSU, UC, USC activity requirements. Transfer credit: CSU, Physical Education 129 is designed to UC, USC increase strength, fl exibility, body coordina- tion (agility), speed, and aerobic/anaerobic conditioning as it relates to optimal athletic performance. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Recommended preparation: Enrollment in Intercollegiate Athletics during the school year. Note: This class is structured to provide strength and conditioning programs specifi c to intercollegiate athletics both during participation and in the “off-season.” Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 188 Physical Education
134 145 150 ADAPTED WELLNESS AND FITNESS ADVANCED BASEBALL BEGINNING BASKETBALL LABORATORY 1-2½ Units ½-2½ Units 1-1½ Units Physical Education 145 offers instruction and Physical Education 150 is instruction and Physical Education 134 is a laboratory opportunities for skill development in tech- practice in the fundamental techniques and physical fi tness course for students with niques for competitive baseball participation. rules of the game. Development of team disabilities. This course is designed to Advanced offensive and defensive strategies play and competitive participation. Lecture ½- develop and encourage positive attitudes are covered and a comprehensive physical 1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequi- and habits with regard to cardiovascular training program is implemented to prepare site: None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC effi ciency, body composition, muscular students for competition. Lecture ½-1 ½ hours. strength, endurance, and fl exibility. Students Laboratory 1 ½ - 3 ½ hours. Prerequisite: 154 are assessed in these areas and a personal- None. Recommended preparation: Some INTERMEDIATE BASKETBALL ized fi tness program is established. Lecture competitive baseball experience. Transfer ½-2½ Units ¼ to ½ hour, laboratory 2¼ to 3 hours. credit: CSU, UC, USC Physical Education 154 is instruction in rules Prerequisite: none. Note: This course is and game strategy, practice in fundamental specially designed for students who meet 146 techniques. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory Title V eligibility requirements for Disabled ADVANCED BASEBALL THEORY 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer Student Programs and Services. Transfer 2 Units credit: CSU, UC, USC credit: CSU Physical Education 146 covers advanced theory and strategies used in the sport 155 135 of baseball. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory ADVANCED BASKETBALL – MEN ADAPTED INDOOR CYCLING FOR 1 hour. Prerequisite: Physical Education 149. 1-2½ Units FITNESS Note: Physical Education 146 is recommended Physical Education 155 offers instruction 1-1½ Units for Physical Education majors and students and opportunities for skill development Physical Education 135 offers students with planning to participate in varsity baseball for in techniques for competitive basketball disabilities instruction in indoor cycling. Indoor a second year. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, participation. Advanced offensive and cycling is a low-impact, non-weight-bearing USC defensive strategies are covered and a physical activity, which enhances cardio- comprehensive physical training program is respiratory and muscular performance. The 147 implemented to prepare students for competi- course promotes physical, as well as mental OFF-SEASON TRAINING FOR tion. Lecture ½ – 1½ hours. Laboratory 1 ½ - 3 and emotional well-being. Various cycling INTERCOLLEGIATE BASEBALL ½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Recommended routines are performed on a stationary spin- ½-2½ Units preparation: Some competitive basketball ning bicycle accompanied by both auditory Physical Education 147 is instruction in rules experience. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC and visual cues. Lecture ¼ to ½ hour, labora- and game strategy for baseball as well as tory 2¼ to 3 hours. Prerequisiste: none. Note: practice in fundamental techniques of throwing, 156 This course is specially designed for students fi elding, batting, and team play. Fall Semester ADVANCED BASKETBALL – WOMEN who meet Title V eligibility requirements for only. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ 1-2½ Units Disabled Student Program and Services. hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: Physical Education 156 offers instruction and Transfer credit: CSU CSU, UC, USC opportunities for skill development in tech- niques for competitive basketball participation. 140 148 Advanced offensive and defensive strategies BEGINNING BADMINTON INTERCOLLEGIATE BASEBALL are covered and a comprehensive physical ½-2½ Units ½-2½ Units training program is implemented to prepare Physical Education 140 is instruction in the Physical Education 148 is development of students for competition. Lecture ½ - 1 ½ hours. rules and practice in individual fundamentals, team play for competitive participation. Spring Laboratory 1 ½ - 3 ½ hours. Prerequisite: development of singles and doubles play, and Semester only. Daily. Lecture ½-1½ hours, None. Recommended preparation: Some competitive participation. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: Some competitive basketball experience. Transfer laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. previous playing experience in baseball. Note: credit: CSU, UC, USC Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Limited to students trying out for the varsity team. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 157 141 INTERCOLLEGIATE BASKETBALL— INTERMEDIATE BADMINTON 149 MEN ½-2½ Units BASEBALL THEORY ½-2½ Units Physical Education 141 is additional practice 2 Units Physical Education 157 is individual instruction and more detailed instruction in fundamen- Physical Education 149 covers the theo- and development of team play for competi- tals, development of singles and doubles retical foundations of the sport of baseball. tive participation. Fall semester only. Daily. play, and court strategy. Lecture ½-1½ hours, Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prereq- Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: uisite: None. Note: Physical Education 149 hours. Prerequisite: Some experience on Physical Education 140. Transfer credit: is recommended for Physical Education an organized team. Note: Limited to students CSU, UC, USC majors and students planning to participate competing on an organized team. Transfer in varsity baseball. Transfer credit: CSU, credit: CSU, UC, USC UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Physical Education 189
160 168 194 INTERCOLLEGIATE BASKETBALL— INTERMEDIATE WEIGHT TRAINING PILATES WOMEN AND CONDITIONING (ALSO LISTED AS DANCE 194) ½-2½ Units (Formerly Intermediate Body ½-2½ UNITS Physical Education 160 provides the oppor- Mechanics) Physical Education 194 provides practical tunity for individual instruction and develop- ½-2½ Units experience through exercise in conjunction ment of team play for competitive partic- Physical Education 168 is conditioning with discussion periods to enable the student ipation with other community colleges. exercises to increase strength, body fl exibility, to develop a knowledge of body-mind interac- Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. and overall physical fi tness. Instruction and tion in the area of athletics. The student learns Prerequisite: Some previous playing experi- practice and techniques of weight training. how to infl uence and control this interaction, ence in basketball. Note: Limited to students Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. with regard to pain and energy fl ow, supple- competing for the varsity team. Transfer credit: Prerequisite: Physical Education 167 or ness, relaxation, stretch and strength factors. CSU, UC, USC equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, 164 169 UC, USC RHYTHMIC AEROBICS BODY MECHANICS—WOMEN (Also listed as Dance 164) ½-2½ Units 195 ½-2½ Units Physical Education 169 offers the student FOOTBALL THEORY Physical Education 164 offers vigorous experiences in conditioning exercises to 2 Units exercise set to contemporary music. The course increase body fl exibility, increase cardio- Physical Education 195 is theory and develop- is designed for students wishing to develop or respiratory endurance, and increase the ment of offensive and defensive formations maintain aerobic fi tness while also learning strength of the musculature in various parts of and strategies. Lecture 4 hours. Prerequisite: about the physiology of fi tness. Routines of the body. The course helps to develop skilled None. Note: Recommended for physical rhythmic exercise are designed to develop or body control with respect to agility, balance, education majors. This course may be taken maintain cardio-respiratory endurance and and coordination; and to produce skills in 2 times; a maximum of 4 units may be earned. body fl exibility. The course is designed for relaxation. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC students at all levels of fi tness. Lecture ½-1½, 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. credit: CSU, UC, USC 196 Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC ADVANCED FOOTBALL THEORY 172 2½ Units 166 INTERCOLLEGIATE CROSS Physical Education 196 covers advanced WEIGHT TRAINING FOR WOMEN COUNTRY—MEN theoretical foundations and strategies of ½-2½ Units ½-2½ Units football. Lecture 4 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Physical Education 166 is designed to Physical Education 172 is designed for Prerequisite: Physical Education 195. give the female student an opportunity to competitive participation. Fall semester only. Note: Recommended for Physical Education develop a physical fi tness program through Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. majors and students who are participating in weight training. It provides opportunity for Prerequisite: None. Note: Recommended for varsity football for a second year. Transfer the further development of body fl exibility, distance runners and track students wishing credit: CSU, UC, USC strength and coordination, along with to condition themselves for track. Transfer contributing to the general physical well- credit: CSU, UC, USC 197 being of the individual. Students will be OFF-SEASON TRAINING FOR prepared to set up and design a personal 173 INTERCOLLEGIATE FOOTBALL weight training program to fi t their individual INTERCOLLEGIATE CROSS ½-2½ Units needs. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½- COUNTRY—WOMEN Physical Education 197 is instruction and 3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer 2½ Units practice in techniques of individual offense credit: CSU, UC, USC Physical Education 173 is designed to offer and defense. Spring semester only. Lecture women competitive participation in cross- ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. 167 country running. Fall semester only. Lecture Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, WEIGHT TRAINING AND 1½ hours, laboratory 3½ hours. Prerequisite: UC, USC CONDITIONING None. Note: Recommended for distance (Formerly Body Mechanics and runners and track students wishing to condi- 198 Weight Training) tion themselves for track. Transfer credit: INTERCOLLEGIATE FOOTBALL ½-2½ Units CSU, UC, USC ½-2½ Units Physical Education 167 is conditioning Physical Education 198 is development of exercises to increase body fl exibility and team play for competitive participation. Fall strength of musculature in various parts of semester only. Lecture ½-1½ hours, labora- the body; to develop skilled body control with tory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: Previous respect to agility, balance, and coordination; experience on an organized football team. and to produce skills in relaxation. Lecture Note: Limited to students wishing to compete ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. on the varsity team. Transfer credit: CSU, Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 190 Physical Education
200 226 231 TOUCH FOOTBALL RUNNING AEROBICS SOFTBALL ½-2½ Units 1-2½ Units ½-2½ Units Physical Education 200 is instruction and prac- Physical Education 226 is an introduction Physical Education 231 will furnish practice tice in fundamentals, with the development of to running aerobics as a lifetime activity. in the fundamental skills of throwing, fi elding, team play and competition. Lecture ½-1½ hours, The purpose of this course is to make the hitting, and team play. Instruction in rules and laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. student aware of the physiological and game strategy will be given. Conditioning and Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC psychological benefi ts derived from running stretching exercises are presented to increase aerobics. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory strength and fl exibility. Lecture ½-1½ hours, 202 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. BEGINNING GOLF credit: CSU, UC, USC Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC ½-2½ Units Physical Education 202 is instruction and prac- 227 234 tice in the fundamentals of golf. Lecture ½-1½ SELF DEFENSE FOR THE WOMAN ADVANCED SOFTBALL hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: ½-2½ Units 1-2½ Units None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Physical Education 227 teaches practical self Physical Education 234 offers instruction defense techniques for women stressing both and opportunities for skill development in 203 physical and psychological preparedness for techniques for competitive participation. INTERMEDIATE GOLF defense. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ Advanced offensive and defensive strate- ½-2½ Units hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: gies are covered and a comprehensive Advanced instruction and practice on the golf CSU, UC, USC physical training program is implemented to course are included in this course. Lecture ½-1½ prepare students for competition. Lecture hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: 228 ½-1½ hours. Laboratory 1½-3 ½ hours. Physical Education 202 or equivalent. Transfer SOCCER THEORY Prerequisite: None. Recommended prepa- credit: CSU, UC, USC 2 Units ration: Some competitive softball experience. Physical Education 228 is designed for men Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 205 and women. It covers the theoretical founda- INTERCOLLEGIATE GOLF 235 tions of the sport of soccer, with emphasis on ½-2½ Units INTERCOLLEGIATE SOFTBALL strategy, game tactics, philosophy, and FIFA ½-2½ Units Physical Education 205 is development of play laws of the game. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory for competitive participation. Spring semester 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: Physical Physical Education 235 provides the opportu- only. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ Education 228 is recommended for Physical nity for individual instruction and development hours. Prerequisite: Some previous playing Education majors and students planning to of team play for competitive participation with experience in golf. Note: Limited to students participate in varsity soccer. Transfer credit: other community colleges. Lecture ½-1½ hours, competing for the varsity team. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: Some CSU, UC, USC previous playing experience in softball. Note: 229 Limited to students competing for the varsity 208 SOCCER team. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC BEGINNING GYMNASTICS ½-2½ Units ½-2½ Units 236 Physical Education 229 is instruction and SOFTBALL THEORY Physical Education 208 covers techniques practice in the basic fundamentals, techniques, 2 Units in tumbling and apparatus activities with and rules of soccer. Development of team play, emphasis upon body balance, coordination, with emphasis on offensive and defensive Physical Education 236 covers the theo- and rhythm. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory strategy. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory retical foundations of the sport of softball. 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. Prereq- credit: CSU, UC, USC credit: CSU, UC, USC uisite: None. Note: Physical Education 236 is recommended for Physical Education 222 230 majors and students planning to participate PADDLE TENNIS INTERCOLLEGIATE SOCCER—MEN in the Intercollegiate Varsity Softball Team. ½-2½ Units ½-2½ Units Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Physical Education 222 is instruction and Physical Education 230 is instruction and 241 practice in the basic strokes, fundamental practice in intercollegiate play including tech- SOCCER—WOMEN techniques, and rules of the game. A sport niques, rules, strategy, and history as well ½- 2½ Units very similar to regular tennis. Lecture ½-1½ as comprehensive physical training. Lecture hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Recom- Physical Education 241 offers instruction and None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC mended preparation: Some previous playing practice in the basic fundamentals, techniques, experience in soccer. Transfer credit: CSU, and rules of soccer. Students learn the develop- 224 UC, USC ment of team play, with emphasis on offensive RACQUETBALL and defensive strategy. Lecture ½-1½ hours, ½-2½ Units laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Physical Education 224 is introduction and Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC practice in the fundamental techniques and rules of the game. Each student is responsible for a minimal court fee. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Physical Education 191
243 266 270 INTERCOLLEGIATE SOCCER— INTERCOLLEGIATE TENNIS—MEN OFF-SEASON TRAINING FOR WOMEN ½-2½ Units INTERCOLLEGIATE TRACK AND 2½ Units Physical Education 266 is development FIELD Physical Education 243 is instruction and of team play for competitive participation. ½-2½ Units practice in intercollegiate play including tech- Offered Spring semester only. Daily. Lecture Physical Education 270 is instruction and niques, rules, strategy, and history as well as ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prereq- practice in fundamental techniques of comprehensive physical training. Lecture 1½ uisite: Some previous playing experience in running and fi eld events. Lecture ½-1½ hours, hours, laboratory 3½ hours. Prerequisite: tennis. Note: Limited to students trying out laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. None. Note: Some experience playing soccer for the varsity team. Transfer credit: CSU, Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC is recommended. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, UC, USC USC 272 267 INTERCOLLEGIATE TRACK AND 246 INTERCOLLEGIATE TENNIS— FIELD—MEN OFF-SEASON TRAINING FOR WOMEN ½-2½ Units INTERCOLLEGIATE SOCCER ½-2½ Units Physical Education 272 is designed for ½-2½ Units Physical Education 267 offers advanced competitive participation. Lecture ½-1½ hours, Physical Education 246 offers instruction and techniques for competitive participation with laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. practice in the fundamentals, techniques, other community colleges. Lecture ½-1½ Note: Spring semester only. Limited to students and rules of intercollegiate soccer. Students hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: trying out for the varsity team. Transfer credit: practice the components of team play at the Some previous experience in tennis. Note: CSU, UC, USC intercollegiate level, with emphasis on offen- Recommended for students trying out for the sive and defensive strategy. An off-season varsity team. Offered Spring semester only. 273 conditioning and training program is included Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC INTERCOLLEGIATE TRACK AND to help prepare students for the intercollegiate FIELD—WOMEN season. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ 268 2½ Units hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: ADVANCED TRACK AND FIELD– MEN Physical Education 273 is designed for CSU, UC, USC 1-2½ Units competitive participation in track and fi eld. 261 Physical Education 268 offers instruction Lecture 1½ hours, laboratory 3½ hours. BEGINNING TENNIS and opportunities for skill development in Prerequisite: None. Note: Spring semester ½-2½ Units techniques for competitive track and fi eld only. Limited to students trying out for the varsity Physical Education 261 offers instruction and participation. Advanced techniques and skill team. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC development programs are covered and practice in the basic strokes, fundamental tech- 274 niques and rules of the game. Lecture ½-1½ a comprehensive physical training program is implemented to prepare students for BEGINNING VOLLEYBALL hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: ½-2½ Units None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC competition. Lecture ½-1½ hours. Labora- tory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Physical Education 274 offers Instruction and 262 Recommended preparation: Some practice in volleyball techniques with team INTERMEDIATE TENNIS competitive track and field experience. tournaments. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory ½-2½ Units Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer Physical Education 262 offers instruction credit: CSU, UC, USC and practice in individual fundamentals, 269 development of team play and court strat- ADVANCED TRACK AND FIELD– 275 egy in tennis. Lecture ½-1½ hours, labora- WOMEN INTERMEDIATE VOLLEYBALL tory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: Some 1-½ Units ½-2½ Units previous playing experience in tennis. Transfer Physical Education 269 offers instruction Physical Education 275 offers instruction credit: CSU, UC, USC and opportunities for skill development in and practice in volleyball techniques with techniques for competitive track and fi eld team tournaments for experienced players. 263 participation. Advanced techniques and skill Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. ADVANCED TENNIS development programs are covered and Prerequisite: Physical Education 274 or ½-2½ Units a comprehensive physical training program equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Physical Education 263 offers individual is implemented to prepare students for instruction and development of advanced competition. Lecture ½- ½ hours. Labora- 276 techniques for competitive participation. tory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. ADVANCED VOLLEYBALL Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Recommended preparation: Some competi- ½-2½ Units Prerequisite: Physical Education 262 or tive track and fi eld experience. Transfer credit: Physical Education 276 gives the student the equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC CSU, UC, USC opportunity for development of advanced techniques in volleyball for competitive participation with other community colleges. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: Physical Education 275 or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 192 Physical Education/Physics
281 PHYSICAL SCIENCE 1. Learning mathematical programs such as INTERCOLLEGIATE VOLLEYBALL— Mathematica or Scientifi c Word. MEN 131 2. Special, more advance homework sets using ½-2½ Units GENERAL PHYSICAL SCIENCE Mathematica or Scientifi c Word. Physical Education 281 offers instruction 4 Units Lecture 4 hours, laboratory 2 hours. Prereq- and practice in individual fundamentals, Physical Science 131 is designed to give a uisite: Physics 101 and Mathematics 104. development of team play and court strategy cultural appreciation of the scientifi c method Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN PHYS for competitive participation. Lecture ½-1½ and an elementary working knowledge 12)(PHYS 101 & 102 & 103 CAN PHYS SEQ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: of the fi elds studied. Emphasis is placed B) Previous playing experience in volleyball. on the scientific theories. The course is 103/103H Note: Recommended for physical educa- an integrated survey of physics, chemis- ENGINEERING PHYSICS tion majors. Limited to students trying out try, geology, and astronomy. Elementary HONORS ENGINEERING PHYSICS for varsity volleyball teams. Transfer credit: mathematical concepts are introduced as 5 Units CSU, UC, USC required. Lecture 4 hours, discussion 1 hour, laboratory 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. Trans- Physics 103 covers heat, thermodynamics, 282 fer credit: CSU, UC, USC optics, and modern physics and involves INTERCOLLEGIATE VOLLEYBALL— an intensive study of the concepts of fl uids, WOMEN temperature, heat, calorimetry, heat transfer, ½-2½ Units PHYSICS thermodynamics, entropy, and kinetic theory. Physical Education 282 provides the 101/101H The course focuses on a thorough presenta- opportunity for individual instruction of ENGINEERING PHYSICS tion of geometrical and physical optics with development of team play for competitive HONORS ENGINEERING PHYSICS considerable emphasis on modern physics participation with other community colleges. 5 Units including quantum physics, wave mechanics, Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ and special relativity. Physics 101 involves the study of mechanics hours. Prerequisite: Some previous playing The honors course will be enhanced in one or and properties of matter. The course is an experience in volleyball. Note: Limited to more of the following ways: intensive study of motion, dynamics and stat- students competing for the varsity team. 1. An internet paper and PowerPoint presenta- ics, oscillations, wave motion, and sound, with Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC tion on topics in contemporary optics and emphasis upon vector analytical methods. The thermo-dynamics such as: 294 MacIntosh computer and spreadsheets are • fi ber optics STRESS REDUCTION used extensively. • laser communication ½-2½ Units The honors course will be enhanced in one • laser therapy or more of the following ways: Physical Education 294 will provide the • solar engineering 1. Readings from Principia, Newton’s original student with specifi c tools for recognizing • solar power systems formulation of mechanics and combating stress. Attention will be given 2. A spreadsheet solution of an engineering 2. An internet paper and PowerPoint presenta- to the physiological aspects of stress along problem of advanced diffi culty. tion on topics in contemporary mechanics with practical knowledge of stress reduction Lecture 5 hours, laboratory 2 hours. Prereq- such as: techniques. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory uisite: Physics 101 and Mathematics 104. • gyroscopic stability 1½-3½ hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN • G.P.S. systems credit: CSU, UC, USC PHYS 14) (PHYS 101 & 102 & 103 CAN PHYS • Celestial mechanics SEQ B) 295 3. Special, more advanced homework sets. WALKING FOR HEALTH & FITNESS Lecture 5 hours, laboratory 3 hours. Prerequi- 105 ½-2½ Units site: Physics 105 or physics taken in high school GENERAL PHYSICS Physical Education 295 is an introduction to the with a grade of “C” or better and Mathematics 4 Units benefi ts of an organized walking program. The 103. (Mathematics 104 must be taken concur- class provides the student with various meth- rently with or prior to taking Physics 101.) Note: Physics 105 is a general course that ods of walking to achieve whole-body fi tness, Physics 101 is restricted to engineering and focuses on properties of matter, mechan- fl exibility, and increased cardio-vascular health science majors. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, ics, heat, wave motion, and sound. It effi ciency. The course also discusses methods USC (CAN PHYS 8) (PHYS 101 & 102 & 103 includes lectures, demonstrations, prob- of using walking as a form of weight control and CAN PHYS SEQ B) lems, and laboratory work. Lecture 3 hours, stress management in addition to achieving discussion 1 hour, laboratory 2 hours. a healthful life style. This class is ideal for the 102/102H Prerequisite: Algebra and trigonometry student wishing a low-impact aerobic work- ENGINEERING PHYSICS (Mathematics 102 or 110, or equivalent). Note: out. Lecture ½-1½ hours, laboratory 1½-3½ HONORS ENGINEERING PHYSICS Required of pre-dental and pre-medical hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: 4 Units students. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC CSU, UC, USC Physics 102 is a study of static electricity (CAN PHYS 2) (PHYS 105 & 106 CAN PHYS including Gauss’ Law, potentials and electric SEQ A) fi elds, direct and alternating current theory, laws of magnetism and magnetic properties of matter, electromagnetism and induced currents, Maxwell’s equations and radiation theory. The honors course will be enhanced in one or more of the following ways:
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Physics/Political Science 193
106 102 105 GENERAL PHYSICS MODERN COMPARATIVE AMERICAN POLITICAL IDEALS 4 Units GOVERNMENTS 2 Units Physics 106 is a general course that 3 Units Political Science 105 is a study of the theory focuses on the study of light, electricity, Political Science 102 is a comparative study and practices of the American democratic magnetism, and modern physics. It includes of the constitutional principles, governmen- political process and formal institutional lectures, demonstrations, problems, and tal institutions, political parties, and recent functions. Special emphasis is placed on laboratory work. Lecture 3 hours, discussion 1 history of policy and action of selected the Federal Constitution and how it oper- hour, laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: Physics foreign governments. Lecture 3 hours. ates in the context of political democracy. 105. Note: Required of pre-dental and pre- Prerequisite: Political Science 101 or 103 or The role of parties and groups in politics is medical students. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, 105 or Social Science 125 or 126, 132. Transfer analyzed. Political Science 105 meets the USC (CAN PHYS 4) (PHYS 105 & 106 CAN credit: CSU, UC, USC California State requirement in the United PHYS SEQ A) States Constitution. Lecture 2 hours. Recom- 103/103H mended preparation: Eligibility for English 110 INTRODUCTION TO WORLD POLITICS 120 or ESL 151. Note: It is recommended that INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS HONORS INTRODUCTION TO WORLD the California State requirement in American 3 Units POLITICS History be completed prior to enrollment in Physics 110 is a brief presentation of some of 3 Units this course. This course may not be taken the more important and usual phenomena in Political Science 103 develops an intellectual for credit by students who have completed physics with classroom demonstrations and framework which will order students’ thoughts Political Science 101 or Social Science 132. lectures in mechanics, heat, sound, light, on world politics and enable them to analyze Students who have successfully completed magnetism, and modern physics. Lecture and evaluate present and potential issues Political Science 105 and Political Science 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: This and events that affect international power 106 will not be granted credit for Political course may not be taken for credit by students and the pursuit of peace. Science 151. Recommended for students who have completed Physics 101 or 105. The honors course will be enhanced in one or seeking an Associate in Arts degree. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC more of the following ways: Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 1. Students will write a research paper on a controversial topic in world politics 106 APPLIED PHYSICS designed to develop analytical skills. AMERICAN STATE AND LOCAL 2. Debates will occur between pairs of students GOVERNMENT See TECHNICAL EDUCATION 145 on a controversial topic in world politics 1 Unit designed to develop their verbal analytical Political Science 106 is a study of the skills. origins, structures, and functions of Califor- PHYSIOLOGY 3. Assignments of important theories in world nia government and politics with emphasis politics to be presented by students in on the State level, but including the city, See BIOLOGY 121 class in order to develop their analytical county and district levels. Lecture 2 hours. skills. (8 weeks) Recommended preparation: Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: POLITICAL SCIENCE Eligibility for English 101. Transfer credit: It is recommended that this course be taken CSU, UC, USC after the completion of the Constitution 101 requirement. This course or Social Science INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNMENT 132 is a graduation requirement. This course 3 Units may not be taken for credit by students Political Science 101 is an introduction to who have completed Social Science 132. the principles and problems of government Students who have successfully completed in the United States with emphasis placed Political Science 106 will be granted only on the Federal government and politics two units of credit for completion of Political at the national level. Political Science 101 Science 151. Students who have successfully meets the California State requirement completed Political Science 105 and 106 will in the United States Constitution. Lecture not be granted credit for Political Science 151. 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligi- Transfer credit: CSU (Pol.Sci. 101 & 106 bility for English 101. Note: Political Science CAN GOVT 2) 101 allows only one unit of credit for students who have completed Political Science 105 or Social Science 132. Recommended for students seeking a Baccalaureate (4-year) degree. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (Pol. Sci. 101 & 106 CAN GOVT 2)
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 194 Political Science/Psychology
110 PSYCHOLOGY 105 CONTEMPORARY WORLD PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN PROBLEMS 101/101H SEXUALITY 3 Units GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 Units Political Science 110 examines the HONORS GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 105 is a survey of human sexu- controversial issues in world politics—from 3 Units ality. The course focuses on internal and regional conflicts, international economic Psychology 101 is an intensive study of external anatomy, physiological functioning relations, arms and disarmament, human human behavior. The course examines and dysfunctioning, causes and possible rights and foreign policy, to environmental scientific principles, biological basis of corrections of dysfunctions. It covers such considerations. The format of the course is behavior, sensation, perception, learning, matters as conception, pregnancy, childbirth, multidimensional, using lecture, discussion, memory, motivation, thinking, individual differ- methods of birth control and family planning, and and debate techniques. Lecture 3 hours. ences, intelligence, personality, behavior disor- cultural and psychological infl uences. Lecture 3 Recommended preparation: Eligibility for ders, and therapeutic behavior change. hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course may The honors course will be enhanced in one for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may or more the following ways: CSU, UC, USC be earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 1. Students will have an increased responsibil- (Transfer limitation: See counselor.) ity for leading class discussions and critical 106 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 111 thinking exercises. 3 Units THE MODERN MIDDLE EAST: ITS 2. Homework assignments will be focused on POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC IMPACT critical thinking and the analysis of important Psychology 106 is the study of the psycho- 3 Units topics related to psychology. logical development of the person from the Political Science 111 is a survey of the Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: prenatal period through old age and death. historical background and current politics Eligibility for English 101. Note: Sophomore This course emphasizes theories and their of the Middle East. Topics covered include: standing preferred. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, applications to physical, cognitive, social, introduction to the land, peoples, cultures, USC (CAN PSY 2) and emotional development throughout the human life-span. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- and religions; overview of the history of the 103 region, with an emphasis on the Eastern mended preparation: Eligibility for English PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Question; emergence of the modern 3 Units nation-states following World War I; internal Psychology 103 is a exploration of the rela- 108 political developments in major countries THE PSYCHOLOGY OF LOSS up to the present; Westernization and tionship between mind and body, emphasiz- ing the neurological correlates of behavior. EXPERIENCE Islamic resurgence; regional confl icts and 3 Units international connections; the economic The course includes the structure and func- and political impact of oil; European and tions of the nervous system, methodology, Psychology 108 is a study of loss experi- Soviet infl uences; Middle East lobbies in the concepts of physiological psychology, and ences, including but not limited to loss by United States and U.S. foreign policy. Lecture current developments. Lecture 3 hours. death, together with their impact on the 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Transfer grieving survivor. This course examines Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC historical and contemporary attitudes and credit: CSU, UC, USC practices and the historical factors that have 104 infl uenced signifi cant changes between the 151 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY two. Various kinds of losses are defi ned and FUNDAMENTALS OF GOVERNMENT 3 Units explored. Stages of dying, death prepara- AND YOU Psychology 104 deals with people as tion, and stages of grieving and recovery are 3 Units social beings. Topics covered include moral included together with recommendations Political Science 151 deals with the indi- development, cooperation and com petition, from modern experts for facilitating recovery. vidual as a student, as a worker, and as violence and war aggression, prejudice, Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: a member of society. It examines the attitudes, conformity, sexual behavior, Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer benefi ts, controls, and rights of the individual group processes, non-verbal communication, credit: CSU interpersonal attraction, and altruism. Lecture 3 which result from our political system as it 109 operates through government. Meets the hours. Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC INTRODUCTION TO GERONTOLOGY requirements of the A.A. Degree in the United 3 Units States Constitution and state and local govern- (Also listed as Sociology 105) ment. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: English 191 or eligibility for ESL Psychology 109 is an introduction to the 151 or English 120. Note: Students who have study of social gerontology, aging and its successfully completed Political Science 106 implications for the individual and society will be granted only two units of credit for utilizing a multidisciplinary approach. completion of Political Science 151. Students Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepara- who have successfully completed Political tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Science 105 and Political Science 106 will not Note: This course may not be taken for credit be granted credit for Political Science 151. by students who have completed Sociology 105. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Psychology/Quality Control 195
110 114 QUALITY ASSURANCE THE PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONAL PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN AND SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT COMMUNICATION 101 3 Units 3 Units PROCESS AND PRODUCTION Psychology 110 is a study of the processes Psychology 114 is a study of the process of PLANNING of human adjustment. The characteristics of human communication. The characteristics 3 Units healthy and unhealthy personality patterns, of effective communication and its uses Quality Assurance 101 is an introduction to and the forces that shape them, will be stud- are studied and the specifi c skills for the the concepts of industrial production plan- ied. Psychological principles are applied to achievement of effective communication are ning. Emphasis is placed on technical skills problems of personal growth, self-awareness, explored. The application of communica- required in effi ciently creating and planning problem-solving, stress and crisis manage- tion skills to the building of interpersonal work orders and related documentation to ment and interpersonal relationships and the relationships, the resolution of conflicts, meet industrial standards. Lecture 3 hours. skills needed to maintain them in various life and the attainment of personal growth are Prerequisite: Technical Education 143 or situations. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended included in this course of study. Lecture Electronics and Computer Technology 100 or preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligi- Mathematics 141. Transfer credit: CSU 151. Transfer credit: CSU bility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU 111 QUALITY CONTROL WOMEN: MIND AND BODY 115 3 Units ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 101 Psychology 111 is an investigation into 3 Units PRINCIPLES OF METROLOGY traditional and nontraditional medical model Psychology 115 deals with maladaptive 3 Units health delivery systems, with special empha- or abnormal behavior of human beings. Quality Control 101 presents the principles of sis on women and their bodies. Major topics Topics covered include classifications, measurement systems, units, measurement covered are women as research subjects, clinical pictures, causal factors, treatment and standards, and calibration control. Metrication, cross-cultural perspectives on the use of outcomes of maladaptive patterns, assess- basic standards, and traceability applications health care, and current research find- ment, therapy, and prevention. Lecture 3 hours. of instruments and gauges are presented as ings on menstruation, pregnancy, meno- Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Transfer they relate to quality control. Lecture 3 hours. pause, sexually transmitted diseases, credit: CSU, UC, USC Prerequisite: Technical Education 143 or HIV, cancer, and cardiovascular diseases. Electronics and Computer Technology 100 or Psychological concepts of fi tness, nutritional 131 Mathematics 141. Transfer credit: CSU awareness, belief systems and emotional MARRIAGE AND INTIMATE management, and stress reduction are RELATIONSHIPS 102 addressed. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended (Also listed as Sociology 131) QUALITY CONTROL APPLICATION preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 3 Units 3 Units 151. Note: No credit will be given if Health 104 Psychology 131 studies, with an emphasis Quality Control 102 is an analysis of engineering or Health 106 have been completed. Transfer on psychological and sociological theories drawing and technical skills in researching credit: CSU, UC, USC and research, the development of tradi- standard requirements used in creating tional and contemporary patterns of people practical work sequenced assembly methods. 113 living together. Topics examined include Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Technical PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN the historical development of marriage, Education 143 or Electronics and Computer 3 Units diverse lifestyles (including single-parent- Technology 100 or Mathematics 141. Transfer Psychology 113 is a study of the psycho- ing, the blended family, and gay and lesbian credit: CSU logical factors which contribute to the present partnerships), partner compatibility, commu- emotional, sexual and economic status of the nication techniques, intimacy, confl ict, child- 103 American woman. This study is designed to rearing, dissolution of partnerships, and STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL help the student better understand the expe- speculation about the future of relationships. 3 Units riences of women through the examination Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepara- Quality Control 103 presents an in-depth of family structure, social structure, female tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. study of probability and statistics in relation to sexuality and self-esteem. Lecture 3 hours. Note: This course may not be taken for credit quality control. Emphasis is placed on current Recommended preparation: Eligibility for by students who have completed Sociology industrial standards and procedures used English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: 131. Transfer credit: CSU throughout the Aerospace Industry. Lecture 3 CSU, UC, USC hours. Prerequisite: Technical Education 143 or Electronics and Computer Technology 100 or Mathematics 141. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 196 Real Estate
REAL ESTATE 125 160 REAL ESTATE SALES SOFTWARE REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL I Classes in real estate are offered for 1 Unit 3 Units students interested in the fi eld of real Real Estate 125 is designed to introduce R e a l E s t a t e 16 0 c o v e r s t h e p u r p o s e s o f a p p r a i s - estate. The courses are designed to students to computers and teach them als, the appraisal process, and the different accomodate the real estate education needs how to use the computer as a tool in the approaches, methods, and techniques used to of students in preparing for real estate real estate industry. The course’s primary determine the value of various types of prop- careers as well as those already engaged emphasis is on understanding the theories erty. Emphasis is on residential and single-unit in real estate services. The curriculum and concepts of the computer and how property. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended provides instruction designed to assist those use of the computer is going to change the preparation: Real Estate 101. Transfer wishing to obtain real estate sales and real concepts and theories taught in other real credit: CSU estate broker licenses. Most of the courses estate courses. Current software empha- are scheduled in the Evening College sizing database management and remote 161 Program. A Certifi cate of Completion may communicating is taught. Lecture 1 hour, REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL II be earned. laboratory 3 hours (8 weeks). Recom- 3 Units mended preparation: Real Estate 101. Real Estate 161 covers real estate appraisal 101 Transfer credit: CSU including methods of appraising such prop- REAL ESTATE PRINCIPLES erties as apartment buildings, industrial 3 Units 130 properties, subdivisions, and rural properties. Real Estate 101 covers the basic laws and REAL ESTATE ECONOMICS Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Real Estate principles of California real estate and gives 3 Units 160. Transfer credit: CSU understanding, background, and terminology Real Estate 130 deals with those trends and necessary for advanced study in specialized factors which affect the value of real estate; the 180 courses. The course is of assistance to those nature and classifi cation of land economics; MORTGAGE LOAN BROKERING preparing for the real estate sales license the development of property, construction and 3 Units examination. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: subdivision; economic values and real estate Real Estate 180 details the requirements for None. Note: This course may be taken 3 times; evaluation; real estate cycles and business granting licenses to loan on real property in a maximum of 9 units may be earned. Transfer fl uctuations, residential market trends, real California. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended credit: CSU property, and special purpose property trends. preparation: Real Estate 101 or equivalent. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Transfer credit: CSU 105 Real Estate 101. Transfer credit: CSU REAL ESTATE PRE-LICENSE 190 3 Units 140 PROPERTY MANAGEMENT Real Estate 105 is a course that reviews LEGAL ASPECTS OF REAL ESTATE 3 Units all the material necessary to take the 3 Units Real Estate 190 is a basic course in the Department of Real Estate Salesperson’s Real Estate 140 is a study of California real management of income properties which or Broker’s Examination. Students learn the estate law, including rights incident to property analyzes specifi c types of properties that fi nancial, economic, and political aspects of ownerships and management, agency, are managed; formulates and discusses the real estate practice in California. Regulations contracts, and application to real estate major problems of leasing, collections, rent of the real estate business and licensing transfer, conveyancing, probate proceedings, schedules, tenant selection, neighborhood of real estate brokers and salespersons trust deeds, and foreclosure, as well as recent analysis, purchasing, evictions, preventive are discussed in detail. In addition, the legislation governing real estate transactions. maintenance, depreciation, record keeping, license law, the subdivision law administered This course applies toward education and economics of property; and compiles by the Real Estate Commissioner, requirement of broker’s examination. Lecture a set of procedures for practical utilization the Regulations of the Commissioner, and 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Real in property management. Lecture 3 hours. extracts from other pertinent California codes, Estate 101. Transfer credit: CSU Recommended preparation: Real Estate are presented. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: 101. Transfer credit: CSU Real Estate 101 or equivalent. 150 REAL ESTATE FINANCE 195 120 3 Units COMMON INTEREST DEVELOPMENTS REAL ESTATE PRACTICE Real Estate 150 analyzes real estate (HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATIONS 3 Units fi nancing, including lending policies and prob- MANAGEMENT) Real Estate 120 covers the day-to-day lems in fi nancing transactions in residential, 3 Units operations from the viewpoint of the real apartment, commercial, and special purpose Real Estate 195 covers the basics of estate salesperson. The topics covered properties. Methods of fi nancing properties managing, purchasing and selling of include: listing, prospecting, advertising, are emphasized. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- common interest developments (CIDs) that financing, sales techniques, escrow, and mended preparation: Real Estate 101. are governed by homeowner associtions ethics. This course applies toward the State Transfer credit: CSU (HOA) including condominiums. All of California's educational requirement for applicable laws will be included in the the salesperson's and broker’s examination. course. Lecture 3 hours. Recommmended Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Preparation: Real Estate 101. Real Estate 101. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Real Estate/Social Science 197
250 102 121 ESCROW I BEGINNING RUSSIAN II ETHNIC AND RACIAL MINORITIES 3 Units 5 Units 3 Units Real Estate 250 is an introduction to the Russian 102 continues to present the funda- Social Science 121 surveys the major ethnic terminology, legal aspects, and process in mentals of Russian grammar. The skill of and racial minorities in the United States to the escrow function in real estate transac- listening comprehension, speaking, reading, provide a basis for a better understanding of the tions. Emphasis is on the process of taking, and writing of contemporary standard Russian socio-economic, cultural and political conditions processing, and closing of escrow. Lecture are developed at a basic level. Lecture 5 hours, among the following minorities: Afro-American, 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Real laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: Russian 101 Mexican-American, Chinese, Japanese, Ameri- Estate 101. Transfer credit: CSU or equivalent. Note: This class is not designed can Indian, women, and other social minority for native speakers of Russian. Transfer credit: groups. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended CSU, UC, and USC preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL RECREATION 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC LEADERSHIP 110 BASIC CONVERSATIONAL 122 105 RUSSIAN I MEXICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND 3 Units 3 Units RECREATION FOR THE Russian 110 teaches the fundamentals of Social Science 122 is designed to provide HANDICAPPED grammar and correct pronunciation so that the student with an understanding and 2 Units the student can employ a small working appreciation of the social, political, economic Recreation Leadership 105 is designed to vocabulary in conversation and writing. The and cultural experiences of the Mexican people train people to provide physical education ability to read simple Russian is also devel- in the United States. The course focuses on and recreational activities for the handi- oped. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. the Chicano experience after the signing of capped, this course helps the student Note: Not open to students who have oral the Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo in 1848. The understand and appreciate needs, desires, and profi ciency or who have attended schools course continues to explore and analyze the p r o b l e m s r e l a t e d t o v a r i o u s h a n d i c a p s a s w e l l a s where Russian was the language of instruc- contemporary problems of the Chicano people learn how to provide such activities. Lecture 2 tion. This course may be taken 2 times; a throughout the nation. Special attention is hours, laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: None. maximum of 6 units may be earned. given to such topics as: immigration, political Transfer credit: CSU 111 and labor participation, education, the family 109 BASIC CONVERSATIONAL and cultural expression. Lecture 3 hours. RECREATION LEADERSHIP RUSSIAN II Recommended preparation: Eligibility for 2 Units 3 Units English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Recreation Leadership 109 is a basic training Russian 111 is a further study of the language course for playground directors and recreation with continued emphasis on developing 123 leaders. A study in the organization and essential communication skills. Fundamentals ASIANS IN AMERICA administration of community and school of grammar and oral expression are stressed. 3 Units recreation programs. Emphasis is placed on The course further develops a working Social Science 123 is a survey course which training in leadership techniques and on the knowledge of reading and writing as well. examines the experience of Asian American development of programs in recreation, sports, Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Russian 110 or groups (Chinese, Japanese, Filipinos, Kore- and athletics. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory 1 hour. equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 ans, and others) from the mid-nineteenth Prerequisite: None. Note: Recommended times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. century to the present. The course emphasizes for physical education majors and students these themes as it considers each immigrant entering the recreation fi eld. Transfer credit: group: stereotypes, push and pull factors in CSU SOCIAL SCIENCE immigration, labor experiences, racism and 101 discrimination in American society as applied RUSSIAN URBAN EDUCATION IN AMERICA to Asian Americans, contributions of Asian 3 Units Americans to American society, community life 101 Social Science 101 is designed to provide before and since World War II, problems of the ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN I students with a fundamental understanding of Asian American community today. Lecture 3 5 Units the American system of education, especially hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility Russian 101 covers the Russian alphabet, its in urban multi-cultural schools. It deals with for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: letters and their sounds, and the fundamentals the sociology, politics and philosophy of urban CSU, UC, USC of Russian grammar. Students are taught to education. The course covers current condi- pronounce correctly, to acquire a practical tions of American schools and selected chal- vocabulary, and to understand, read, write, lenges of California’s diverse urban schools. and speak simple Russian. Lecture 5 hours, The focus is on the issues facing teachers laboratory ½ hour. Recommended prepara- working in diverse, multi-racial, multi-ethnic tion: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: urban settings and on the efforts being made to This course is not intended for students with respond to the needs of urban students. Lecture oral profi ciency or who have attended schools 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibil- where Russian was the language of instruction. ity for English 101. Note: This course requires Transfer credit: CSU, UC, and USC all students to complete a minimum of 20 hours of verifi ed fi eld observation in an urban school setting. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 198 Social Science
124 126 131 INTERNATIONAL/INTERCULTURAL THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE— INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SCIENCE STUDIES MODERN AMERICA 4 Units 3 Units 3 Units Social Science 131 examines the Social Science 124 is designed to provide Social Science 126 covers issues and events interrelationship of the social sciences and a critical and analytical introduction to since the Reconstruction to the present which their application to the problems of group the problems of global understanding. are discussed and evaluated in relation to living in the twentieth century through a Studies are conducted on the ways in which their social, cultural, political, and economic survey of the principal facts and concepts of the individual personality is shaped in a significance. Important contributions of history and sociology. Problems are studied in particular culture and civilization. The course signifi cant men and women to the historical relationship to the historical development is designed for all students, regardless of development of the country are highlighted. of the United States. The student is led to cultural background, who wish to enhance Students are introduced to the contemporary acquire a body of knowledge through an their ideas of what it means to belong in a peer American political process and its formal analysis of historical and contemporary group, or in a family, or in the larger community. institution functions in a comparative study social problems. This course meets the This is a cross-cultural com munication of federal, state, and local governments. California State requirements in American skills building course. Lecture 3 hours. The operation of the federal constitution in a History. Lecture 4 hours. Recommended Recommended preparation: Eligibility for political democracy is emphasized. The roles preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: of political parties and special interest groups 151. Note: Social Science 131 allows only CSU, UC, USC are examined. Students learn the structure two units of credit for students having credit and function of government in relation to the in History 110 or 111. If History 117-118 are 125 individual. Major rights and freedoms of citizens completed for credit, then no units are allowed THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE— and noncitizens in the United States and for Social Science 131. Transfer credit: CSU, AMERICAN HERITAGE California are delineated and discussed. The UC, USC 3 Units completion of Social Science 125 and 126 fulfi lls 132 Social Science 125 covers issues and events the California State requirements in American INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SCIENCE from colonial times through the Civil War which History, Institutions, and State and Local 4 Units are discussed and evaluated in relation to Government. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Social Science 132 examines the inter- their social, cultural, political, and economic Social Science 125. Note: Social Science 125 relationship of the social sciences and their significance. Important contributions of and 126 are designed for F-1 visa students who application to the problem of group living in signifi cant men and women to the historical speak a language other than English as their fi rst the twentieth century through a survey of development of the country are highlighted. language, or naturalized citizens, or immigrants the principal facts and concepts of political Students are introduced to the contemporary seeking naturalization who have never taken science and economics. Problems are American political process and its formal U.S. Government or U.S. History taught in studied in relationship to governments in the institutional functions in a comparative study English or in a U.S. high school. All others should United States. The student is led to acquire of federal, state, and local governments. take the standard courses in U.S. History and a body of knowledge through an analysis of The operation of the federal constitution in a Government. No credit allowed for students contemporary political and economic problems. political democracy is emphasized. The roles who have completed Histor y 110, 111, 117, 118, This course meets the California State of political parties and special interest groups or 151; Economics 111; Political Science 101, requirements in the American Constitution, are examined. Students learn the structure 105, 106, or 151; Social Science 131 or 132. and State and Local Government. Lecture and function of government in relation to Transfer credit: CSU 4 hours. Recommended preparation: the individual. Major rights and freedoms of Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: citizens and non-citizens in the United States 127 LOS ANGELES COUNTY: Social Science 132 allows only two units of and California are delineated and discussed. credit for students having credit in Political The completion of Social Science 125 and HISTORY, POLITICS, AND CULTURE 3 Units Science 101 or Political Science 105. If only 126 fulfi lls the California State requirements Political Science 106 has been completed for in American History, Institutions and State Social Science 127 examines one of the credit, three units are allowed. Transfer credit: and Local Government. Lecture 3 hours. most culturally diverse places on Earth—Los CSU, UC, USC Recommended preparation: Eligibility for Angeles County. The region is viewed in English 120 or ESL 151. Note: Social Science three contexts: its history, its portrayals 134 125 and 126 are designed for F1 visa students in literature, and the issues it faces today. WOMEN, MEN, AND SOCIETY who speak a language other than English as The historic underpinnings of the region 3 Units their fi rst language, or naturalized citizens, or are explored from the Gabrielino people Social Science 134 is a survey course immigrants seeking naturalization who have of the Spanish, Mexican, and United States which explores the experience of women never taken U.S. History taught in English or eras. This course includes the stories of and men in American society. The course in a U.S. high school. All others should take ethnic and racial groups, including some uses an interdisciplinary approach to look the standard courses in U.S. History and not often associated with the area's history. at old and new research about women Government. No credit allowed for students The last segment of the course examines and men. The sexist assumptions of most who have completed Histor y 110, 111, 117, 118, contemporary issues, opportunities, and academic disciplines requires not just that or 151; Economics 111; Political Science 101, problems facing Los Angeles County. Lecture material on women be integrated into these 105, 106, or 151; Social Science 131 or 132. 3 hours. Recommended preparation: disciplines but that material on both sexes must Transfer credit: CSU Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer be studied in new ways. Lecture 3 hours. credit: CSU Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Social Science/Spanish 199
136 SOCIOLOGY 105 WAR: HISTORY, CAUSES, INTRODUCTION TO GERONTOLOGY SOLUTIONS 101 (Also listed as Psychology 109) (Also listed as History 136) INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units Sociology 105 is an introduction to the study Social Science 136 explores the history, Sociology 101 is an introduction to sociol- of social gerontology, aging and its implica- causes, and potential solutions to the ogy, its methods and resources. The course tions for the individual and society utilizing a problem of war. The history of individual focuses on the following areas: society multidisciplinary approach. Lecture 3 hours. wars is examined within a broader picture and culture, personality organization, Recommended preparation: Eligibility for of war in general, including ancient warfare, social interaction and social processes, English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course may the Middle Passage, the rise of modern human groups and collective behavior, role not be taken for credit by students who have war, and the development of total war. An and status, class and stratifi cation, ethnic completed Psychology 109. Transfer credit: interdisciplinary approach is taken in exploring and other intergroup relations, ecology and CSU, UC, USC the immediate causes of war, including urban sociology, population and social change. historical, economic, political, anthropological, Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: 131 sociological, and psychological causes. Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer MARRIAGE AND INTIMATE The course probes moral and philosophical credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN SOC 2) RELATIONSHIPS aspects for the ultimate causes of war. (Also listed as Psychology 131) Finally, solutions are considered including 102 3 Units diplomacy, treaties, the United Nations, a SOCIAL CRISES OF TODAY Sociology 131 studies, with an emphasis one-world government, and the dismantling of 3 Units on psychological and sociological theories nation-states. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended Sociology 102 develops a definition and and research, the development of traditional preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Note: criteria of social crises. The course exam- and contemporary patterns of people living This course may not be taken for credit by ines social problems within the context together. topics examined include the histori- students who have completed History 136. of culture and economics. Selected social cal development of marriage, diverse lifestyles Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC issues such as crime, ethnic tensions, (including single-parenting, the blended family, poverty, work, youth, the changing nature and gay and lesbian partnerships), partner 145 and role of the family, homelessness, and compatibility, communication techniques, INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY related urban issues are addressed within intimacy, confl ict, child-rearing, dissolution of VOLUNTEERISM functional and confl ict theoretical frameworks. partnerships, and speculation about the future 2 Units Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: of relationships. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- Social Science 145 is designed to give Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer mended preparation: Eligibility for English students an academic background in credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN SOC 4) 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course may not be volunteerism as well as to allow them an taken for credit by students who have completed opportunity to do community volunteer work 104 Psychology 131. Transfer credit: CSU for credit. It fi ts in with national legislation SOCIOLOGY OF SEX AND GENDER (19 9 3 ) p r o m o t e d t o c r e a t e g r e a t e r c o m m i t m e n t 3 Units SPANISH to society on the part of today’s college Sociology 104 is a survey course that students. The course includes 1 lecture hour explores biological, anthropological, 101 per week and 3 lab hours of volunteer work psychological, and sociological perspectives BEGINNING SPANISH I per week. Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 3 hours. of sex and gender roles in American 5 Units Recommended preparation: Eligibility for society and various other societies, such as Spanish 101 teaches the fundamentals of English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: Sweden, Russia, China, India, and so on. Spanish grammar. Students are trained to CSU Focusing on power relations, the course pronounce Spanish correctly, to acquire a uses a sociological and psychological small working vocabulary which they use in 146 approach to analyze sex and gender roles in conversation and writing, and to read simple COMMUNITY VOLUNTEERISM major social institutions: Family, education, Spanish. The class is taught primarily in LABORATORY mass media, religion, work, law, political or Spanish. Students may enroll concurrently in 1 Unit economic structures, and medical systems. Spanish 110. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory ½ Social Science 146 is designed to give The analysis is placed in historical and hour. Recommended preparation: Eligibility students who have successfully completed contemporary contexts. Lecture 3 hours. for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: Students with the Introduction to Community Volunteerism Recommended preparation: Eligibility for oral profi ciency or who have attended schools class a chance to continue volunteer service English 120 or ESL 151. Transfer credit: where Spanish was the language of instruction under supervision. Students complete three CSU, UC, USC should enroll in Spanish 115. Transfer credit: lab hours of volunteer work per week as well as CSU, UC, USC (CAN SPAN 2) (SPAN 101 & meet with the instructor and submit a complete 102 CAN SPAN SEQ A) journal. Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: Social Science 145. Note: This course may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 3 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 200 Spanish
102 106 116 BEGINNING SPANISH II ADVANCED CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH FOR THE SPANISH 5 Units SPANISH SPEAKING II Spanish 102 continues to present the funda- 3 Units 5 Units mentals of Spanish grammar. It emphasizes Spanish 106 is a course of intensive prac- Spanish 116 is a continuation of Spanish correct pronunciation and presents more tice in the expression and comprehen- 115. Emphasis is on reading comprehen- diffi cult elementary prose. The discussions sion of spoken Spanish. Lecture 3 hours. sion, composition, oral communication, and in Spanish will stress the correct use of verbs Prerequisite: One year of college Spanish a more advanced study of the structure of and idioms and effi cient methods of vocabulary or three years of high school Spanish or the language. Lecture 5 hours. Prerequi- building. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. equivalent. Note: This course may be taken 2 site: Spanish 115. Note: This course may Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. not be taken for credit by students who have Note: This course may not be taken for credit Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC completed Spanish 102. Transfer credit: by students who have completed Spanish 116. 110 CSU, UC, USC Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN SPAN BASIC CONVERSATIONAL 117 4) (SPAN 101 & 102 CAN SPAN SEQ A) SPANISH I BASIC CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH 3 Units 103 FOR MEDICAL PERSONNEL INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I Spanish 110 is an introduction to Spanish 1 Unit 5 Units with emphasis on developing essential skills NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE in communication. The verbal active method Spanish 103 includes further study of Span- used stresses oral expression. The course Spanish 117 is an introduction to Spanish, ish grammar and idioms, intensive and develops a working knowledge of reading and with emphasis on developing essential skills extensive reading in contemporary Spanish, writing as well. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: in communication, for medical personnel. The and written compositions in Spanish. This None. Note: Not open to students who have verbal active method is used and oral expres- class is conducted entirely in Spanish. Lecture oral profi ciency or who have attended schools sion is stressed. The course also develops 5 hours, laboratory ½ hour. Prerequisite: where Spanish was the language of instruc- working knowledge of reading and writing Spanish 102 or 116 or three years of Spanish tion. This course may not be taken for credit Spanish. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Span- in high school completed within the past two by students who have completed Spanish 115 ish 111 or equivalent. Note: This course may years. Note: In addition to the regular class and/or 116. This course may be taken 2 times; be taken 2 times; a maximum of 2 units may hours, the student must spend one hour a a maximum of 6 units may be earned. be earned. week in the laboratory. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN SPAN 8) (SPAN 103 & 104 111 118 CAN SPAN SEQ B) BASIC CONVERSATIONAL CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH FOR SPANISH II LAW ENFORCEMENT AND FIRE 104 3 Units FIGHTING PERSONNEL INTERMEDIATE SPANISH II Spanish 111 is an introduction to Spanish with 1 Unit 5 Units emphasis on developing essential skills in NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE Spanish 104 is a continuation of Spanish 103 communication. The verbal active method used Spanish 118 is an introduction to Spanish, with reading of more diffi cult literary texts, stresses oral expression. The course develops with emphasis on developing essential skills in and increased emphasis on composition and a working knowledge of reading and writing as communication, for law enforcement and fi re conversation. This class is conducted entirely well. It includes use of tapes or cassettes in the fi ghting personnel. The verbal active method in Spanish. Lecture 5 hours, laboratory ½ language laboratory. Lecture 3 hours. Recom- is used and oral expression is stressed. The hour. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or four years mended preparation: Eligibility for English 120 course also develops a working knowledge of of Spanish in high school completed within or ESL 151. Note: Students with oral profi ciency reading and writing Spanish. Lecture 3 hours. the past two years. Note: In addition to the or who have attended schools where Spanish Prerequisite: Spanish 111 or equivalent. Note: regular class hours, the student must spend was the language of instruction should enroll This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum two half-hour periods a week in the laboratory. in Spanish 115. of 2 units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN SPAN 115 124 10) (SPAN 103 & 104 CAN SPAN SEQ B) SPANISH FOR THE SPANISH ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS OF SPEAKING I 105 MASTERPIECES OF HISPANIC 5 Units CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH LITERATURE 3 Units Spanish 115 provides intensive training in 3 Units oral and written Spanish for students who Spanish 105 is a course of intensive practice in have a familiarity with the language but little Spanish 124 is a study of major works of litera- the expression and comprehension of spoken or no formal instruction in it. Structure of ture of Spain and Spanish America in English Spanish. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: One the language, oral communication, funda- translation. No knowledge of Spanish is neces- year of college Spanish or three years of high mentals of grammar, and composition are sary. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended prepa- school Spanish or equivalent. Note: This included. Lecture 5 hours. Recommended ration: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. course may be taken 2 times; a maximum preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL Note: This course may not be taken for credit of 6 units may be earned. Transfer credit: 151. Note: S t u d e n t s w i t h o r a l p r o fi ciency or who by students who have completed Spanish 125 CSU, UC, USC have attended schools where Spanish was the or 126. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC language of instruction should enroll in Spanish 115. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Spanish/Special Topics 201
125 201 SPECIAL PROJECTS SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE EMERGENCY SPANISH FOR 3 Units FIREFIGHTERS 150 Spanish 125 is a lower division survey of 1 Unit SPECIAL PROJECTS the literature of peninsular Spain, from the Spanish 201 prepares professionals to 1-3 Units ballads of the Medieval period to the twentieth improve their communication with the Glendale Community College makes avail- century. Reading and class lectures are Spanish-speaking community. Students able in the curriculum of some divisions, entirely in Spanish and are supplemented learn basic Spanish phrases and questions units of study designated as special proj- by tapes, records and fi lms. Lecture 3 hours. necessary to carry out specifi c job duties ects. The purpose of the Special Projects Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. in their occupations, such as the language Program is to provide all students with an Note: Students may receive only one unit of for fi re scenes, still alarms, and fi re-related opportunity to explore subjects in the non- credit for Spanish 125 if they have received medical concerns. The Command Spanish® transfer courses of community college grade credit for Spanish 124. Transfer credit: CSU, methodology will be used. Discussions will in greater depth than usual; to familiarize UC, USC also cover cross-cultural issues that affect students with basic study technique; to interactions between fi refi ghters and the interest students in possible career 126 Spanish-speaking community. Lecture 2 areas; and to take advantage of special SURVEY OF SPANISH AMERICAN hours (8-week course). Prerequisite: none. interests relating to the instructional program. LITERATURE Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a Emphasis is placed on a study relating to the 3 Units maximum of 2 units may be earned. individual needs of a student to enhance and Spanish 126 is a lower division survey of reinforce the college learning experience. The the literature of Spanish America, from 202 courses do not follow a prescribed outline, but the prehispanic literature of the Incas, as SURVIVAL SPANISH FOR SCHOOL a project and/or contract is developed with recorded by el Inca Garcilaso de la Vega, and ADMINISTRATORS, TEACHERS, AND the assistance of the sponsoring instructor the histories of the Mayas in the Popol Vuh, to SUPPORT STAFF and appropriate division. The instructor will the literature of the twentieth century. Reading 3 Units supervise the program requiring community and lectures will be entirely in Spanish. Tapes Spanish 202 helps school administrators, college level of work to be completed in not and records will be used to supplement text teachers, and support staff to improve their less than eighteen (18) hours of each unit and lectures. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: communication with Spanish-speaking of credit earned. Registration will be open Spanish 104 or equivalent. Note: Students may students and their families in various school to those students enrolled in six (6) or more receive only one unit of credit for Spanish 126 situations. Students learn basic Spanish units and is approved for the program by an if they have received credit for Spanish 124. phrases and questions necessary to carry instructor. No more than twelve units of special Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC out specifi c job duties in their occupations, projects and independent study will be credited such as the language for instructional toward A.A., A.S. degree or certificate 127 management, classroom management, with a limit of six (6) units per division. A MEXICAN LITERATURE extracurricular activities, school security, student may not register in more than one 3 Units emergencies and disasters, and the front special project per semester and may not be Spanish 127 is a study of the literature offi ce. The Command Spanish® methodol- enrolled concurrently in independent study. of Mexico from Nahuatl poetry to current ogy will be used. Discussions will cover The instructor shall make arrangements for authors. Reading and class lectures are entirely cross-cultural issues such as literacy and students’ special projects registration with the in Spanish and are supplemented by tapes, language as well as social, cultural, and Admission and Records Offi ce. Attendance records and fi lms. Lecture 3 hours. Prereq- educational differences and experiences. accounting procedures shall be cleared with uisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. Transfer Appropriate classroom techniques to help the Admissions and Records Offi ce by the credit: CSU, UC, USC Hispanic students reach their goals and be instructor. Prerequisite: None. successful in the U.S. educational process 128 will also be covered. Lecture 3 hours. Prereq- CUBAN LITERATURE uisite: None. SPECIAL TOPICS 3 Units Spanish 128 is a study of the literature of Cuba 150 from the period of exploration to the present. SPECIAL TOPICS Readings and class lectures are entirely in 1-3 Units Spanish. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Special Topics 150 provides faculty the Spanish 104 or equivalent. Transfer credit: opportunity to offer a topic of interest to the CSU, UC, USC community in a quick-start format. Please see the current Schedule of Classes for current 138 offerings. Lecture 1-3 hours, laboratory/studio SPANISH FOR SCHOOL PERSONNEL 2-3 hours. Prerequisite: none. Note: This 2 Units class may be taken 4 times with different NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE course content; a maximum of 12 units may Spanish 138 provides the student with the be earned. minimum fundamentals of Spanish gram- mar and correct pronunciation so that teachers and other school personnel can communicate with parents and pupils whose language is Spanish. Dialogues are emphasized. Lecture 2 hours. Prerequisite: None.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 202 Speech Communication
SPEECH 103 106 GROUP DISCUSSION ORAL INTERPRETATION OF COMMUNICATION 3 Units LITERATURE 100 Speech 103 involves techniques and 3 Units INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION theories of discussion with emphasis on Speech 106 is designed to teach the skills 3 Units group productivity and oral communication and techniques of oral interpretation of liter- Speech 100 is designed to provide students in groups. Use of logical, clear reasoning ary works. Students learn to use their voices with an understanding of factors affecting in research, analysis of problems, and articulation techniques to communicate human communication on a day-to-day effectiveness of participation, and emotional energy through the words of the basis and to provide laboratory experiences leadership in the discussion mode text. Class exercises and instructor feedback aimed at developing skills in such areas are also examined. Class activities are used to teach these concepts and to as language, listening, assertiveness, include role playing, problem solving, focus on the students’ individual strengths conflict resolution, nonverbal behaviors, panel discussions, and symposium and weaknesses. Selected students are group problem solving, and cross cultural forum discussions. Lecture 3 hours. chosen to participate in a reader’s theatre communication. The instructional approach Recommended preparation: Eligibility for production. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended is deductive-inductive-deductive, involving English 101. ESL students should complete preparation: Eligibility for English 101. Note: lecture/discussions, activities demonstrating ESL 155. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, An audition may be required. Transfer credit: concepts covered, and further lecture/ USC CSU, UC, USC discussion for purposes of additional 104 107 clarifi cation. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL preparation: Eligibility for English 101. ESL 3 Units SPEECH students should complete ESL 155. Transfer 3 Units credit: CSU, UC, USC Speech 104 is designed to provide students with an understanding of the factors affect- Speech 107 provides techniques for 101 ing basic argumentation and debate on a effective oral communication in the business PUBLIC SPEAKING day-to-day basis and to provide labora- environment. Emphasis is placed on 3 Units tory experiences aimed at developing audience analysis, organization, and Speech 101 places emphasis upon skills in such areas as language, listening, speaking deportment. Class activities include organization and delivery of extemporaneous assertiveness, conflict resolution, non- interviewing, informative and persuasive speeches. Experience is provided in, but verbal behaviors, group problem solving, presentations, and presentations in small not limited to, informative and persuasive and cross cultural communication. The group settings. Students have the opportunity speaking. This course satisfies speech instructional approach is deductive-induc- to work extensively on videotape. Lecture 3 requirements of those expecting to transfer tive-deductive, involving lecture/discus- hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility to colleges and universities. Lecture 3 hours. sions, formal, in-class debates and critical for English 101. ESL students should complete Recommended preparation: Eligibility for analysis of contemporary issues. Lecture ESL 155. Transfer credit: CSU 3 hours. Prerequisite: One of the following: English 101. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC 111 (CAN SPCH 4) 1. Speech 101 2. Speech 103 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC 102 3. high school public speaking SPEAKING ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING 4. high school debate 3 Units Speech 111 places emphasis on organization 3 Units Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC (CAN and delivery of extemporaneous speeches. Speech 102 places emphasis on the SPCH 6) development of critical thinking and listening Experience is provided in, but not limited skills through advanced public speaking in 105 to, informative and persuasive speaking. specifi c communication environments. The VOICE AND DICTION Issues of concern to non-native speakers course examines both the technique and 3 Units will be addressed, including cultural variables involved in the public speaking situation, substance of public address by exploring: Speech 105 is designed to improve vocal compensatory strategies to improve indi- rhetorical strategies, quality of argument, quality and force, pitch flexibility, rate, vidual grammar, syntax and phonological quality of support for claims, use of language, articulation, and pronunciation. The student errors, and speech anxiety. Lecture 3 hours. fallacies, as well as the demands placed on develops an understanding of the speech Recommended preparation: Eligibility for the speaker by the audience. Lecture 3 hours. mechanism. Emphasis is placed on improve- English 120 or ESL 151 and ESL 155. Transfer Prerequisite: Speech 101 and English 101. ment through increased self-perception credit: CSU Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC and practice exercises. Lecture 3 hours. Recommended preparation: Eligibility for English 101. ESL students should complete ESL 155. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Student Development 203
STATISTICS see 102 105 ASSESSMENT ORIENTATION— COLLEGE SUCCESS FOR STUDENTS Mathematics 136 DISABLED STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES 1 Unit 1 Unit STUDENT DEVELOPMENT Student Development 102 is a course Student Development 105 assists students designed to assess eligibility for special with disabilities realize their greatest A maximum of 6 units of degree applicable classes and services for students with learn- potential for success in college and Guidance and/or Student Development ing disabilities, communication disabilities, in life by discovering self-motivation, courses may be counted toward an Associate and acquired brain injuries. The course mastering effective self management degree and/or certifi cate. provides an orientation to services designed strategies, developing mutually supportive to accommodate for the disability thereby relationships, and by changing self defeating 100 providing equal access to the educational patterns and limiting beliefs. Lecture 1 hour. COLLEGE ORIENTATION process. Emphasis is placed on comple- Recommended Preparation: English 189 ½-1 Unit tion of an individual in-depth assessment or ESL 133. Note: The course is specially Student Development 100 is an introduc- to identify strengths and limitations. At the designed for students who meet Title V tory college orientation course for newly con clusion of the course the student and eligibility requirements for Disabled Student enrolled and matriculated students. The the instructor design a Student Educational Programs and Services. This course is course covers the following topics: college Plan (SEP). Lecture 1 hour. Prerequisite: offered only as Credit/No Credit and may academic regulations, four-year schools’ None. Note: This course is offered only as be taken three times; a maximum of three requirements for transfer, AA degree Credit/No Credit. units may be earned. requirements, Certifi cate programs’ require- 103 115 ments, college services and specialized COLLEGE ORIENTATION FOR ORIENTATION TO FINANCIAL AID student support services. At the conclusion INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS ½ Unit of the course, the student is able to produce 1 Unit NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE a Student Educational Plan. Lecture ½- 2 hours. Recommended Preparation: Eligi- Student Development 103 is an introduction Student Development 115 is an introduction bility for English 187 or ESL 123. Note: This to customs unique to the American culture, to fi nancial aid programs, policies, and issues course is offered only as Credit/No Credit. This prevalent American attitudes, United States with special emphasis on Glendale Commu- course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of immigration regulations affecting interna- nity College’s program procedures. It is 2 units may be earned. tional students, and general principles for d e s i g n e d t o h e l p s t u d e n t s p l a n t h e i r a c a d e m i c living and studying in the United States of career taking into account fi nancial aid entitle- 101 America. Additionally, the course covers ments and responsibilities. Lecture ½ hour. FRESHMAN SEMINAR college academic regulations, requirements Prerequisite: None. Note: This course is 1 Unit for transfer to four-year colleges and univer- offered only as Credit/No Credit. Student Development 101 is dedicated to sities, college services, and specialized 120 ensuring students’ college success and student support services. At the conclusion TRANSFER ORIENTATION motivating their journey toward lifelong of the course, the student is able to produce 1 Unit learning. The seminar will enable students a Student Educational Plan. Lecture 1-3 NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE to develop their own plan for personal, hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: Student academic, and career success through Development 103 is designed specifi cally Student Development 120 is an orientation self-evaluation, application of specific for newly-enrolled international (F-1 visa) course for students who plan to transfer techniques, and classroom activities. students. Placement is based upon TOEFL to one of California’s 90 four-year colleges These activities will help students acquire results and/or previous college experience. or universities. Topics include: the value effective study strategies, increase critical This course is offered only as Credit/No of pursuing higher education, admissions, and creative thinking skills, establish Credit. and academic requirements, university short-term and long-term goals, and comparison, fi nancial aid options, special 104 learn to manage time more effi ciently. programs, priority fi ling periods, and devel- COLLEGE ORIENTATION FOR Students will learn about the many campus oping an autobiographical essay. Lecture 1 STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES resources available to them. This is a hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: This course 1 Unit course about making choices, especially is offered only as Credit/No Credit. those about setting and meeting personal, Student Development 104 is an introduction 125 academic and career goals. Lecture 1 hour. to i s s u e s u n i q u e to s t u d e nt s w i t h d i s a b i l i t i e s. CAREER PLANNING Prerequisite: None. Note: This course is Additionally, the course covers college 1 Unit offered only as Credit/No Credit. Transfer academic regulations, requirements for credit: CSU transfer to four-year colleges and universi- Student Development 125 is a course that ties, college services, and disabled student helps students choose a career goal by support services. At the conclusion of the assessing and analyzing personal values, course, the student is able to produce a aptitudes, skills, interests, and traits and Student Educational Plan. Lecture 1 hour. r e l a t i n g t h e m t o c a r e e r a r e a s . D e c i s i o n - m a k i n g Prerequisite: None. strategies are taught and a tentative career plan is developed. Lecture 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 2 units may be earned. This course is offered only as Credit/No Credit.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 204 Student Development
126 142 146 JOB SEARCH STRATEGIES STUDY SKILLS EFFECTIVE STUDY TECHNIQUES 1 Unit 1 Unit 1 Unit Student Development 126 is a course NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE designed to teach methods in job search Student Development 142 places special Student Development 146 is a lecture course skills. Students learn how to prepare a job emphasis on the time schedule, the discovery designed to familiarize students with disabilities resume and cover letter, how to prepare for of the nature and extent of reading diffi culties, with memory techniques, test preparation a job interview, and how to locate sources of outlining the lecture and reading assignments, strategies, time management, and notetaking job leads. Lecture 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. effi cient use of the facilities for study, developing skills. This course helps students develop Note: This course may be taken 2 times; skill in Note-taking, and preparing for exami- critical thinking skills as well as compensatory a maximum of 2 units may be earned. This nations. Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: strategies. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: course is offered only as Credit/No Credit. None. Note: This course is offered only as None. Credit/No Credit. 127 150 MAJOR EXPLORATION 143 TUTOR TRAINING ½ Unit STUDY SKILLS LAB 1 Unit Student Development 127 is a course ½-2 Units NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE designed to help students identify majors NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE Student Development 150 is an introduction they might be interested in pursuing. Student Development 143 is a laboratory to tutoring skills for students wishing to act as Emphasis is placed on introducing students course designed to meet the individualized tutors at the college. The course emphasizes to the required education and training needs of students with disabilities. Special- the linking of course content and critical think- needed for a particular major. Students ized tutoring is offered to assist students in ing skills with the ability and skills necessary analyze factors such as interests, values, developing compensatory strategies necessary to assist students in their learning process. and skills that infl uence their choice of for success in mainstream classes and daily Lecture 1-2 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: a major. Lecture ½ hour. Prerequisite: living. Laboratory 1½-6 hours. Prerequisite: This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum None. Note: This course is offered only as None. Note: This course is offered only as of 2 units may be earned. This course is offered Credit/No Credit. Credit/No Credit. only as Credit/No Credit.
128 144 155 VOCATIONAL PLANNING FOR IMPROVING COLLEGE SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTION STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES PERFORMANCE TRAINING 1-2 Units 1 Unit 1 Unit Student Development 128 is a course NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE designed to assist students with disabilities Student Development 144 is an introduction Student Development 155 is designed for learn about themselves, design a vocational to study skills methods, academic support student leaders who are participating in plan, and apply decision-making skills to the services, and student’s academic assess- Supplemental Instruction as Supplemental world of work. Students will explore career ment. The course is designed for students Instruction Leaders or Workshop Facilitators. goals by assessing and analyzing personal on probation. (See policy on probation in The course content enables student leaders to values, aptitudes, skills, and interests, and the Glendale Community College catalog.) help their fellow students learn critical thinking relate them to a career and to their specifi c Note: This course may not be taken for credit skills and collaborative learning strategies. disabilities. Lecture 1-2 hours. Prerequisite: by students who have completed Student Lecture 1 hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: This None. Note: Allows only 1 unit of credit for Development 145. This course is offered only course is offered only as Credit/No Credit. students who have completed Student Devel- as Credit/No Credit. opment 126. This course is offered only as 165 Credit/No Credit. 145 STRESS MANAGEMENT ACADEMIC AND LIFE SUCCESS 1 Unit 141 3 Units NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE STUDY SKILLS Student Development 145 is a survey course Student Development 165 is a course 1 Unit designed to increase academic and life designed to assist the student to become aware Student Development 141 is an introduction success throughout the life span. Students of stress management and stress reduction. to study skills methods, academic support develop their own academic and life success Students learn the basic techniques of relax- services, and student’s academic assess- plans through both cognitive and affective ation, breathing processes, self awareness ment. It is designed to present practical techniques and knowledge. Students learn and assertiveness training. Students develop study techniques, including note-taking and apply learning theories and problem- a stress reduction program to enhance their skills, preparing for and taking examinations, solving skills in areas such as: self-motivation lives and learn to recognize the stressors increasing time management skills, improving and discipline, memory development, time encountered in school, work place and home memory skills, learning to deal with stress management, study skills and techniques, environment. Lecture 1 hour. Prerequisite: more effectively, and gaining motivation for personal management skills, theories of None. Note: This course may be taken 2 times; a success. Note: This course is offered only as personality, values and interests, self-esteem, maximum of 2 units may be earned. This course Credit/No Credit and may be taken 2 times; a and life transitions and changes. Lecture 3 is offered only as Credit/No Credit. maximum of 2 units may be earned. hours. Recommended Preparation:Eligi- bility for English 191 or ESL 141. Transfer credit: CSU, UC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Student Development/Theatre Arts 205
171 145 102 STUDENT LEADERSHIP APPLIED PHYSICS THEATRE HISTORY 1 Unit 3 Units 3 Units Student Development 171 presents the Technical Education 145 studies the appli- Theatre Arts 102 is a survey of the history fundamentals of student leadership. Students cation of physics to industry. The course of the theatre through its major infl uences study leadership theory, parliamentary covers fundamental concepts, pressure c o n c e n t r a t i n g o n G r e e k , R o m a n , R e n a i s s a n c e , law, committee techniques, democratic and buoyancy in fl uids, simple and compound Elizabethan, Restoration and Modern eras. organization, principles and functions of machines, hydraulic and pneumatic machines, Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Transfer student government, and group leadership work, energy, and power, composition and credit: CSU, UC, USC problems. Lecture 1 hour, discussion 1 resolution of forces, heat—its measurement, hour. Prerequisite: None. Note: Open to all transfer, and conversion to work, light and 103 students interested in developing leadership color, magnetism, atomic energy, and electron- FUNDAMENTALS OF ACTING skills. Offi cers of all student organizations are ics. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Technical (Vocal Interpretation) urged to enroll. This course may not be taken Education 142 or Electronics and Computer 3 Units for credit by students who have completed Technology 100 or Mathematics 141 or equiva- Theatre Arts 103 is a course planned to Social Science 141. lent. Transfer credit: CSU introduce the student to the theory and basic mechanics of vocal control and 147 interpretation necessary for the successful TECHNICAL EDUCATION SURVEY OF ROBOTICS study of acting. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 1 Unit 2 hours. Prerequisite: None. Corequisite: 140 Technical Education 147 is a survey course Concurrent enrollment in Dance 140 is FUNDAMENTALS OF ENGINEERING designed to familiarize students enrolled required. Note: This course may be taken 2 DOCUMENTATION in technical education industrial courses times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. 3 Units with the fundamentals of robotics and robot Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Technical Education 140 is a fundamental industrial systems. It is a basic study of the 104 course in reporting technical information high-technology fi eld of robotics, in order FUNDAMENTALS OF ACTING for those participating in engineering or to develop an awareness of the fi eld as (Body Control) manufacturing programs. Lecture 3 hours. it applies to individual areas of technical 3 Units Recommended preparation: Eligibility for expertise. Areas covered include artifi cial English 120 or ESL 151. Note: Technical Educa- intelligence, robot classifi cations and axis Theatre Arts 104 deals with the development tion 140 is required in Architectural Drafting geometry, elements of robot systems, power of bodily control and interpretation and and Design and Drafting/Electro-Mechanical and positioning, Servo Systems, teach- the integration of a controlled voice and Design certifi cate programs. pendents, controllers, and sensors. Hands-on body. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 2 hours. experience in the use and positioning of actual Prerequisite: Theatre Arts 103, Speech 142 robot trainers is emphasized. Lecture 2 hours, 105, Dance 141. (Dance 141 may be taken TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS I laboratory 1 hour. (8 weeks) Prerequisite: concurrently.) Note: This course may be taken 3 Units None. 2 times. A maximum of 6 units may be earned. NON-DEGREE APPLICABLE Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Technical Education 142 is a review of TELEVISION 105 basic mathematics as required in the THEATRE ARTS WORKSHOPS mechanical trade programs. Subject areas See MEDIA ARTS 1-3 Units covered include units of measurement (inch and S.I. metric), decimals, percentages Theatre Arts 105 is a production class. The and fractions. Problems are drawn from the students enrolled in this course will be formed industrial fi eld. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: THEATRE ARTS into a company to present the Glendale None. Community College drama productions. 101 Each student will be assigned projects in 143 INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE, accordance with his or her interests and TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS II TELEVISION AND MOTION PICTURES talents. The projects will involve some phase 3 Units 3 Units of theatrical production: acting, directing, Technical Education 143 is an advanced Theatre Arts 101 is designed to give students playwriting, business administration, or study of algebra, trigonometry, and a broad introduction to the performing arts and publicity. The rehearsal laboratory consists of quadratic equations as required in the technical skills of television, fi lm, and theatre. 10-15 hours per week. Prerequisite: None. mechanical trade programs. Problems The course uses fi eld trips, play analysis, Note: This course may be taken 4 times; are drawn from the industrial fi eld. Lecture lectures, and audiovisual presentations to give a maximum of 12 units may be earned. 3 hours. Prerequisite: Technical Education students a fi rst or renewed appreciation of A proportionate amount of work will be 142 or equivalent. these three dramatic media. Lecture 3 hours. assigned according to the number of units Prerequisite: None. Transfer credit: CSU, elected. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 206 Theatre Arts
106 110 129 INTRODUCTION TO THEATRICAL STAGE MAKE-UP BACKSTAGE LAB FOR PERFORMERS DIRECTING 1 Unit 1 Unit 3 Units Theatre Arts 110 is a continuation of Theatre Theatre Arts 129 is a course designed Theatre Arts 106 is designed to introduce Arts 109 with emphasis on unusual character to introduce performance students to the theatre students to the theory, techniques, make-up. Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: backstage aspects of technical theatre. and skills of theatrical directing as well as to Theatre Arts 109. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, Students work on projects that directly offer them practice in directing short scenes USC support the dance, music or theatre from plays. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 2 production in which they are concur- hours. Prerequisite: Theatre Arts 101, 103, 121 rently enrolled. Through the analysis and and 104. Note: This course may be taken 3 STAGE SCENIC DESIGN implementation of production designs for times; a maximum of 9 units may be earned. 2 Units scenery, lights and sound, they gain a greater Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Theatre Arts 121 is a practical course understanding of the relationship between in instruction in the fundamentals of design- performance and the backstage support. 107 ing stage scenery. All the sets used in Laboratory 3 hours. Corequisite: Enroll- DRAMA HERITAGE Glendale Community College productions ment in one of the following: Dance 134, 3 Units are designed by this class. Some ability 135; Music 143, 146, 147, 170, 231, 234, Theatre Arts 107 is a survey of dramatic in art, costuming, or theatre techniques is 235, 236, 237; Theatre Arts 105. Recom- literature from the classical to the modern helpful. Lecture, 1 hour, laboratory 3 hours. mended preparation: Theatre Arts 130 period from the production point of view. Prerequisite: Theatre Arts 131 (3 units) or 131. Note: This course may be taken Periods of study include Greek, Medieval, or equivalent. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, 4 times; a maximum of 4 units may be Renaissance, Restoration, and Modern USC earned. Realism. The course combines the read- ing of plays with fi eld trips to local theatres 122 130 and in-class audio-visual presentations to STAGE SCENIC DESIGN PERFORMING ARTS TECHNICAL give the student the means to analyze and 2 Units SUPPORT appreciate the plays both as literature and Theatre Arts 122 is a continuation of Theatre 1-3 Units performance. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: Arts 121 with more emphasis on originality of Theatre Arts 130 teaches the technical None. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC design. Lecture 1 hour, laboratory 3 hours. support aspects for the performing arts, 108 Prerequisite: Theatre Arts 121. Transfer including: dance, music, and theatre arts. INTRODUCTION TO ACTING credit: CSU, UC, USC Through lecture and laboratory experiences 3 Units the students are prepared to stage manage, 123 run sound, run lights, manage props, execute Theatre Arts 108 is designed for the non- STAGE COSTUME DESIGN acting major. Students are introduced to the scenery changes using the fl y system, and WORKSHOP manage costumes for productions. Lecture 1 skills of the contemporary stage performer. 1-3 Units Emphasis is placed on developing a stage hour, laboratory/studio 3-9 hours. Prerequisite: presence, overcoming stage fright, and Theatre Arts 123 is a course in the designing None. Note: This course may be taken 4 times; becoming a more astute observer of stage and construction of group costumes for a maximum of 12 units may be earned. Transfer performance. Lecture 3 hours, laboratory 2 stage, ensembles, etc. This course includes credit: CSU, UC, USC hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: During the planning for and the buying of suitable the semester, students are expected to materials, design and color schemes, the 131 attend one performance of each Glendale design and construction of costumes and TECHNICAL STAGE College Theatre Arts Department production accessories, arrangement and maintenance 1-3 Units as part of the learning process about acting. of the costume wardrobe. Students in this Theatre Arts 131 is a laboratory class in Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC course design and make costumes for school the construction, painting, and handling of dramatic programs. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory scenery and scenic effects and in the opera- 109 3 hours. Note: This course may be taken 4 tion of the stage. All technicians for staging STAGE MAKE-UP times; a maximum of 8 units may be earned. the various Glendale Community College 1 Unit A proportionate amount of work is required p r o d u c t i o n s w i l l b e d r a w n f r o m t h i s c l a s s . I t i s Theatre Arts 109 provides instruction in according to the number of units elected by required that class members have free time the use and application of all types of the students (2 to be arranged hrs. per unit). to devote to rehearsals and performances. stage make-up. Students from this course Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC Theatre Arts majors should have at least compose the make-up crew for all college one semester of technical stage. See also productions. Theatre Arts majors should Theatre Arts 105. The laboratory consists have at least one semester of make-up. of 10-15 hours per week by arrangement. Laboratory 3 hours. Prerequisite: None. Prerequisite: None. Note: This course Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC may be taken 4 times; a maximum of 9 units may be earned. A proportionate amount of work is required according to the number of units elected by the student and signed for at the time of registration. Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Theatre Arts 207
133 151 161 ART OF LIGHTING DESIGN THEATRE MANAGEMENT ACTING STYLES WORKSHOP IN 2 Units (3 Units CLASSICAL THEATRE PRODUCTION Theatre Arts 133 is designed for students Theatre Arts 151 is designed to provide an intro- 1-3 Units who have a basic knowledge of visual duction to economic and managerial aspects Theatre Arts 161 is a workshop in acting or performing arts. Students learn how of American theatre, especially as they apply styles designed to support classical theatre to use artifi cial light sources to create an to professional resident theatre and nonpro- production. The students enrolled in this appropriate environment for a variety of fessional community and educational theatre course will be formed into a company to entertainment media, including animation, organizations. It is assumed that students have present the Theatre Arts Department produc- and theatre and dance productions. Applying a background in theatre history and produc- tions at Glendale Community College. The basic techniques of lighting composition, tion but that they are comparatively untutored productions will include works that belong students use highlights, shadows, textures, and in economics and business administration. specifi cally to those playwrights whose style colors to achieve the desired effects. Lighting Lecture 3 hours. Recommended corequisite: requires a genre of acting, generally referred designs are created using virtual lighting Concurrent enrollment in Theatre Arts 131. to as Classical, Greek, Roman, Elizabethan, simulations on a computer. These programs Note: This course may not be taken for credit Spanish Golden Age, and French Classical are used in the analysis and performance of by students who have completed Business theatre. The works include, but are not limited design exercises. Lecture 2 hours, laboratory Administration 151. Transfer credit: CSU to, Jonson, Marlowe, Shakespeare, Moliere, 1 hour. Recommended preparation: Racine, Rosseau, Lope de Vega, and Pedro Computer Science/Information Systems 160 Calderon de la Barca. Each student will be 206 or equivalent. Note: Theatre Arts 133 is ACTING STYLES WORKSHOP IN assigned projects in accordance with his or designed for students who have completed at MUSICAL THEATRE her interests and talents. The projects will least one course in visual arts, dance, media 1-3 Units involve some phase of theatrical production arts, music, or theatre arts. Transfer credit: Theatre Arts 160 is a workshop in acting as it relates to performance skills in the style CSU, UC, USC styles designed to support musical theatre of classical theatre. The rehearsal laboratory production. The students enrolled in this consists of 10-15 hours per week. Lecture 134 course will be formed into a company to 1 hour, laboratory 3-9 hours. Prerequisite: PRACTICAL AND THEORETICAL present the combined Dance, Music, and None. Note: This course may be taken 4 ASPECTS OF STAGE LIGHTING Theatre Arts Department productions at times; a maximum of 12 units may be earned. 2 Units Glendale Community College. Each student Maximum credit allowed for Theatre Arts 105 Theatre Arts 134 is for the advanced student will be assigned projects in accordance with and Theatre Arts 161 is 12 units. Transfer in technical theatre. It is a course designed his or her interests and talents. The projects credit: CSU, UC, USC to develop the skills and techniques which will involve some phase of theatrical produc- are necessary for the student’s participation tion as it relates to performance skills in the 162 and appreciation of the art of stage lighting. style of theatre generally termed American ACTING STYLES WORKSHOP IN It is hoped that the student will develop, as a Musical Comedy. The rehearsal laboratory MODERN THEATRE PRODUCTION result of familiarity with stage lighting practice, consists of 10 – 15 hours per week. Lecture 1-3 Units a sense of balance and rhythm with regard to 1 hour, laboratory 3 – 9 hours. Prerequisite: Theatre Arts 162 is a workshop in acting styles color, light and shadow, and mass. Laboratory None. Note: This course may be taken 4 designed to support modern theatre produc- 6 hours. Prerequisite: Theatre Arts 133 or times; a maximum of 12 units may be earned. tion. The students enrolled in this course will equivalent. Note: This course may be taken Maximum credit allowed for Theatre Arts 105 be formed into a company to present plays 3 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned. and Theatre Arts 160 is 12 units. Transfer from the Modern Repertoire as a part of the Transfer credit: CSU, UC, USC credit: CSU, UC, USC season of Theatre Arts Department produc- tions at Glendale Community College. These 140 titles will include, but are not limited to the INTRODUCTION TO PERFORMANCE works of the international theatre from the FOR THE CAMERA 1840’s and the advent of Henrik Ibsen, to 3 Units the mid 1950’s with the work of Tennessee Theatre Arts 140 is a comprehensive Williams and Eugene O’Neil. Each student introduction to performing in the media of will be assigned projects in accordance with tele vision and film. The course explores his or her interests and talents regarding the the styles and the mastery of technical selected materials. The projects will involve specifi cs demanded by each medium. The some phase of theatrical production as it approach is to teach on-camera techniques relates to performance skills in the style of simply and correctly, while providing a broad Modern drama. The rehearsal laboratory understanding of why and how things are consists of 10-15 hours per week. Lecture done in media production. Practical aspects of 1 hour, laboratory 3-9 hours. Prerequisite: facilitating a performance career are covered: None. Note: This course may be taken 4 getting an agent, joining the unions, and times; a maximum of 12 units may be earned. acquiring the necessary tools of the trade, Maximum credit allowed for Theatre Arts 105 such as pictures and resumes. Lecture 3 hours, and Theatre Arts 162 is 12 units. Transfer laboratory 2 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: credit: CSU, UC, USC This course may be taken 2 times; a maximum of 6 units may be earned.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 208 Theatre Arts/Welding
163 WELDING 123 ACTING STYLES WORKSHOP IN OCCUPATIONAL WELDING CONTEMPORARY THEATRE 117 3 Units 1-3 Units INTRODUCTION TO WELDING Welding 123 is third in a series of occupa- Theatre Arts 163 is a workshop in acting 1-3 Units tional welding courses designed to prepare styles designed to support contemporary Welding 117 consists of oxyacetylene weld- the student for employment in the welding theatre production. The students enrolled in ing, fl ame cutting, (manual and automatic), industry. It covers basic preparation for this course will be formed into a company to bronze and silver brazing and soldering. These welding certification, advanced metallic present contemporary plays as a part of the processes are discussed and demonstrated. arc, tungsten inert gas, metal inert gas, and season in the Theatre Arts Department at The student is given experience in applying the oxyacetylene welding, including specifi c weld- Glendale Community College. Each student principles by individual practice on a sequence ing exercises needed to prepare the student will be assigned projects in accordance of selected plates and manipulative exercises for the manipulative phase of the certifi cation with his or her interests and talents. The on various metals. Lecture 1-2 hours, labora- examination. Lecture 1 hours, laboratory 6 projects will involve some phase of theatri- tory 3-4 hours. Recommended preparation: hours. Prerequisite: Welding 122 or equiva- cal production as it relates to performance Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This lent. Recommended preparation: Eligibility skills in the style of Contemporary World course maybe taken 4 times; a maximum of 12 for English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course Theatre. Included will be current or recent units may be earned. Transfer credit: CSU may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 15 units successful stage play scripts from Broadway, may be earned. Off-Broadway, West-end London, and other 118 world theatre centers and date back to the GENERAL WELDING 124 style changes in realism in the mid-to-late 2-3 Units OCCUPATIONAL WELDING 1950’s. The rehearsal laboratory consists Welding 118 consists of theory and tech- 3 Units of 10-15 hours per week. Lecture 1 hour, niques in basic Shielded Metal Arc Welding Welding 124 is fourth in a series of occupa- laboratory 3-9 hours. Prerequisite: None. and Flux Cored Arc Welding. The student tional welding courses designed to prepare Note: This course may be taken 4 times; a is given experience in applying the prin- the student for employment in the welding maximum of 12 units may be earned. Maxi- ciples by individual practice on a sequence industry. It covers the preparation for a weld- mum credit allowed for Theatre Arts 105 and of selected plates and manipulative exercises ing certifi cation in metallic arc, tungsten inert Theatre Arts 163 is 12 units. Transfer credit: on mild steel. Lecture 1-2 hours, labora- gas, and metal inert gas arc welding. Lecture CSU, UC, USC tory 3-4 hours. Prerequisite: Welding 117. 1 hours, laboratory 6 hours. Prerequisite: Note: This course may be taken 4 times; a Eligibility for English 120 or ESL 151 and Weld- 164 maximum of 12 units may be earned. ing 123 or equivalent. Note: This course may ACTING STYLES WORKSHOP IN be taken 3 times; a maximum of 15 units may NEW WORKS AND EXPERIMENTAL 121 be earned. THEATRE PRODUCTION OCCUPATIONAL WELDING 1-3 Units 3 Units 125 Theatre Arts 164 is a workshop in acting Welding 121 is the fi rst in a series of occupa- ADVANCED WELDING PROCEDURES styles designed to support new works tional welding courses designed to prepare 1-4 Units and experimental theatre production. The the student for employment in the welding Welding 125 is advanced welding proce- students enrolled in this course will be industry. It covers the theory of welding dures and practices for experienced formed into a company to present the Theatre processes, welding safety, terms, basic students or industrial workers who wish to Arts Department productions at Glendale metallurgy, and the fundamentals of metal- improve and update their manipulative Community College. Each student will be licarc and oxyacetylene welding. Lecture 1 skills or prepare for a specifi c certifi cation in assigned projects in accordance with his or hours, laboratory 6 hours. Recommended metallic arc, tungsten inert gas, or metal her interests and talents. The projects will preparation: Eligibility for English 120 or ESL inert gas welding. Laboratory 3-12 hours by involve some phase of theatrical production 151. Note: This course may be taken 3 times; arrangement. Prerequisite: Welding 117 as it relates to performance skills in the a maximum of 15 units may be earned. or 121 or equivalent. Note: Hours to vary style of new plays and plays of a differently according to student needs; 48 hours laboratory structures nature, including but not limited 122 equals 1 unit. This course may be taken 4 times; to non-linear, feminist, epic, etc. These OCCUPATIONAL WELDING a maximum of 16 units may be earned. productions may include work that is student 3 Units written or generated by the production team. Welding 122 is second in a series of occupa- 126 The rehearsal laboratory consists of 10-15 tional welding courses designed to prepare OCCUPATIONAL WELDING hours per week. Lecture 1 hour, laboratory the student for employment in the welding CERTIFICATION WORKSHOP 3-9 hours. Prerequisite: None. Note: This industry. It covers fundamentals of blueprint 1-3 Units course may be taken 4 times; a maximum reading, interpreting shop drawings and Welding 126 is designed for the student or of 12 units may be earned. Maximum credit sketches, advanced metallic arc and oxyacety- industrial worker with a welding background to allowed for Theatre Arts 105 and Theatre lene welding and provides, an introduction gain practical experience in specifi c skill areas Arts 164 is 12 units. Transfer credit: CSU, to tungsten inert gas and metal inert gas arc of concentration, resulting in state welding UC, USC welding. Lecture 1 hours, laboratory 6 hours. certifi cation. Laboratory 3-9 hours. Prereq- Prerequisite: Welding 121 or equivalent. uisite: Welding 117 or 118 or 125 or related Recommended preparation: Eligibility for occupational experience. Note: This course English 120 or ESL 151. Note: This course may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 9 units may be taken 3 times; a maximum of 15 units may be earned. may be earned.
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Faculty 209
FACULTY
ABRAM, TRUDI ALLEN, MICHAEL S. Instructor of Art History Professor of Mathematics B.A., California State University, Northridge M.A., B.S., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California M.A., University of California, Los Angeles *ABRAMSON, ELAINE S *ALLEN, RODERICK W. Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of Business Administration B.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Northridge M.S., California State University, Northridge *ALLEN, ROSEMARY ADAMS, ALICE Instructor of English as a Second Language Professor of English B.A., Occidental A.B., Cornell University M.A., Stanford University M.A., Chapman College Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University *ADAMS, COLIN A. *ALLEN, THOMAS E. Instructor of Sociology Instructor of English as a Second Language M.S., University of the West Indies A.A., Cabrillo College *ADAMSON, DIANN J. B.A., University of Washington Instructor of English M.A., Inter American University of Puerto Rico M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *ALVAREZ, CLAUDIA *AFLOAREI, MICHAEL Instructor of Physical Education Instructor of Hotel Restaurant Management B.S., California State University, Northridge B.A., University of Bucharest M.A., California State University, Long Beach AGHEKIAN, ROSETTE M. *AMIRIAN, ANNETTE Counselor, EOPS Instructor of Business, Continuing Education Associate Professor M.B.A., California State University, Northridge A.A., American River Community College ANDERSEN, CHERYL L. B.A., M.S., California State University, Sacramento Associate Professor of English as a Second Language AGOSTON, JOZSEF B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara Head Soccer Coach M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Professor of Theatre Arts ANDERSEN-WAHLBERG, TINA A.A., Glendale Community College Associate Professor of Adapted Computer Technology B.A., California State University, Northridge B.A., Cornell College M.F.A., University of Southern California M.A. University of Southern California *AGUON, FRANCES SABLAN *ANDERSON, ENOCH Instructor of Business Instructor of English B.A., M.A., University of Guam M.A., Arizona State University B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Ed.D., Western Michigan University M.A., Claremont Graduate School Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School *AKINS, JOE Instructor of Geology and Oceanography *ANDERSON, REED B.S., The University of Connecticut Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies M.S., California Institute of Technology B.A., California State University, Northridge *AKL, CAROLE E. *ANDERSON, SHELLEY Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of Parent Education B.S., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., California State University, Northridge *AKOBIAN, ALLIE APABLAZA, JUDITH PETERS Instructor of English as a Second Language Coordinator/Counselor Career Center B.A., California State University, Northridge Associate Professor M.S., California State University, Los Angeles B.S., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles ALEXANDRE, GORDON AQUE, JONN Assistant Professor of Social Science Counselor B.A., A.B.D., University of California, Los Angeles B.S., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *ARENSMEYER, JOHN W., JR. *ALI, HYDER Instructor of German Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems B.A., M.A., California State University, Long Beach B.S., Antioch College Ph.D., University of Southern California M.S., Case Western Reserve University, OH *ARNOLD, ROBERT *ALLEN, ANN MICHELE Instructor of American Sign Language Instructor of Child Development B.A., California State University, Northridge B.S., California State University, Northridge M.S., Phillips Graduate Institute ARONOFF, SHELLEY Librarian *ALLEN, DAVID B.A., M.A., Mills College Instructor of English as a Sencond Language M.L.I.S., San Jose State University B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz M.A., San Francisco State University
*Adjunct Faculty 210 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
*ARUTIAN, CAROL L. *BANK, LARISSA E. Assistant Professor of Art Instructor of Art/Photography B.A., California State University, Northridge B.A., M.F.A., University of Maryland M.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design M.F.A., California Institute of the Arts ASSADI, BARBARA DIANE *BARAN, LYNNE Associate Professor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of G.E.D., Continuing Education B.A., M.A., University of Missouri B.S., University of Wisconsin *ASTLE, SCOTT *BARDENS, BEN Instructor of Business Administration Instructor of Digital Animation B.A., J.D., Brigham Young University B.A., Humboldt State University *ATAIAN, SHAKE *BARNES, MELVIN Counselor Instructor of Administration of Justice M.S., California State University, Northridge B.A., California State University, Los Angeles *AUSTIN, CHARLES *BARNEY, LINDA Instructor of Journalism Instructor of Business Law B.A., City College of New York B.A., Loyola Marymount University M.A., San Franscisco State University J.D., University of the Pacifi c, McGeorge School of Law *AUSTIN, NEFFETITI *BARRETT, MARY Instructor of Ethnic Studies Instructor of English B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., M.E.D., Boston College *AVAKYAN, VAGE M.A., C.A.G.S., Gallaudet University Instructor of Mathematics BARRIO-SOTILLO, RAMONA M.S., Yerevan State University Counselor, Tutors Today Teachers Tomorrow Ph.D., Moscow State University Professor *AV ERY, M A R K J. B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education *BARTLETT, THEODORE D. M.A., Columbia International University Instructor of Real Estate *AWAINISYAN, AIDA BATTAGLIA, ANTONIO Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of Culinary Arts M.S., Ph.D., University of Baghdad A.A., Los Angeles City College *AYERS, DONNA B.V.E., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Librarian BAUMANN, MELITA M.Ed., B.S., University of Nebraska Lead Instructor Child Development Credit Program M.L.I.S., San Jose State University Professor of Child Development AYLMER, ANNABELLE B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University Instructor of Art M.A., Pacifi c Oaks College M.F.A., Claremont Graduate School *BAZARGAN, MARYAM *BABAK, PARSI Instructor of Chemistry Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education Ph.D., University of Southern California B.S., University of California, Irvine *BEACHAM, JOHN D. M.B.A., Pepperdine University Instructor of English *BADALYAN, IRINA H. M.A., San Jose State University Instructor of Mathematics *BEALE, YASMINE C. B.A., M.S., Yerevan State University Instructor of Spanish *BAGDASARIAN, SHOGER B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Assistant Professor of Mathematics BEAUCHEMIN, BRIAN B.S., University of Tehran Head Basketball Coach M.S., University of Pierre and Marie Curie Instructor of Physical Education *BAGHDASSARIAN, NARBEH B.A., University of San Francisco Instructor of Biology M.A., California Lutheran College M.D., Teheran University Medical School *BECKETT, A. MARA *BAKHTAWAR, BHADHA Assistant Professor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Psychology B.A., Humboldt State University M.S., M.A., University of Southern California M.A., Ph.D.,University of Southern California *BALAKIN, AUDREY G. *BEECHER, ALYSON Instructor of Chemistry Instructor of Child Development B.S., Ph.D., Moscow State University B.S., Keene State College M.A., Gallaudet University BALDWIN, MARY KATHRYN Instructor of English as a Second Language BEEMAN, JOSEPH B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge Associate Professor of Biology B.S., University of California, Irvine *BALIAN, MURIEL M.S., California State University, Los Angeles Assistant Professor of Music B.A., University of California, Berkeley *BELLINI, KELLY J. M.M., University of Southern California Instructor of Speech Communication * B.A., California State Polytechnic University, San Luis Obispo BALLENGER, BOB M.A., California State University, Fullerton Instructor of English as a Second Language M.J., University of California, Los Angeles
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 211
*BENIOFF, ALICE J. *BRELLE, MICHAEL C. Instructor of Business, Continuring Education Instructor of Chemistry A.A., Los Angeles City College B.S., California State University, Chico B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Ph.D., University of California, Santa Cruz *BERKENBILE, FRENY BRINKMEYER, SUSAN L. Assistant Professor of Computer Science/Information Systems Professor of English B.S., University of Bombay A.B., M.A., Occidental College M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma *BROWN, CATHERINE *BETTNER, TIMOTHY J. Librarian Instructor of Economics B.A., California Polytechnic State University, Pomona B.A., B.S., M.B.A., California State University, Long Beach M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles *BIE, STEVE *BROWN, MARIBETH L. Instructor of Philosophy Instructor of Speech Communication J.D., Vanderbilt University B.A., M.A., San Diego State University *BILOTTA, TIMOTHY *BROWN, WENDI M. Instructor of Accounting Instructor of Art B.S., California State University, Northridge B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.B.A., University of Southern California *BRULE, BEVERLY J. *BISHOFF, SEAN Instructor of Music Instructor of Philosophy B.A., California State University, San Bernardino M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.M., *BIVINS-PESQUEIRA, LARRY JAY BRUNO, KRISTIN J. Assistant Professor of English Dean, Instructional Services B.A., B.A., M.A., University of Southern California B.A., California State University, Long Beach *BLACK, DONALD G. M.S., M.S., Ph.D., Kansas State University Assistant Professor of Business *BRUSUELAS, JOE B.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Economics BLACK, MARGARET B.A., San Diego State University Instructor of Art M.A., San Diego State University B.F.A., Otis/Parson’s School of Art BRYANT, KIMBERLY B.F.A., University of Southern California Program Coordinator, School Relations and Student Outreach M.F.A., Yale University School of Art, New Haven, CT B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara BLACK, SALLY M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Associate Professor of Nursing *BUDARIN, DMITRI V. L.V.N., R.N., Glendale Community College Instructor of Mathematics B.S.N., Azusa Pacifi c M.S., Moscow State University M.N., University of California, Los Angeles *BUHL, JANET L. *BLAKE, THERESE Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Educaation Assistant Professor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University B.A., Pitzer College *BURKHART, RAYMOND M.A.T., School for International Training Instructor of Music *BLOOM, ANITA A. B.A., Occidental College Instructor of Theatre Arts M.M., University of Southern California B.F.A., Chapman University *BURKY, RICHARD M.F.A., American Film Institute Instructor of Anthropology *BLUE, DENISE E. Ph.D., University of California, Riverside Instructor of English *BURNETT, ANGELA M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Irvine Instructor of English as a Second Language *BOLTON, EVELYN B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems *BURNS, ELIZABETH B.S., California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo Instructor of English as a Second Language *BOROUGHS, PATRICIA A. B.A., Case Western Reserve University, OH Instructor of Developmental Skills, Continuing Education M.S.Ed, Elmira College, New York B.A., Fort Wright College *BURTON, RONALD M.P.S., Loyola University of Chicago Instructor of English as a Second Language *BOWEN, ROBIN T. M.S., Columbia University, New York Instructor of American Sign Language BYRD, LARRY R. B.A, B.A., California State University, Northridge Professor of Chemistry BOWERMAN, DAVID B.S., St. Mary’s College of California Instructor of Aviation and Transportation Ph.D., University of California, Irvine A.A., A.S., Los Angeles Pierce College *CADY, BETTY RUTH BOWERMAN, ROGER Instructor of English as a Second Language Division Chair, Social Sciences M.S., University of LaVerne Associate Professor of History CAMP, KATHRYN B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Assistant Professor of Adapted Computer Technology *BRAIN, DAVID B.A., Humboldt State Instructor of Art M.A., University of Southern California B.F.A., California Institute of the Arts *Adjunct Faculty 212 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
*CAMPBELL, EVELYN *CHAHAYED, LISA Assistant Professor of American Sign Language Instructor of American Sign Language A.A., Los Angeles Pierce College A.A.S., Rochester Institute of Technology *CAPIRO, RAFAEL M. *CHANG, HSIAO-YING Instructor of Business Law Instructor of Mathematics B.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.S., Ph.D., University of Iowa J.D., Loyola University *CHAVEZ, ROBERT M. CAPKA, DONNA Instructor of Business Assistant Professor, Counselor A.A., Glendale Community College A.A., Pierce College B.S., California State University, Northridge M.A., Ph.D., CA School of Professional Psychology *CHERONES, WILLIAM M. *CAPRAROIU, ELENA G. Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Spanish A.B., M.A., University of Alabama B.A., University of Bucharest M.A., Vanderbilt University M.A., San Francisco State University *CHIN, SUSIE C. *CARDENAS, TROY Librarian Instructor of English B .A., University of California, Irvine B.A., University of California, Berkeley M.L.I.S., University of Washington M.A., University of California, San Diego *CHITTICK, JON *CARMAN, JEFFREY M. Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of English M.A. Ed, Pacifi c University A.A., Mount San Antonio College M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University B.A., California State University, Fullerton *CHO, LEONARD Y. M.A., California State University, San Bernardino Instructor of Mathematics *CARRIGAN, GERALD W. B.S.,University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Adminisration of Justice M.S., Universtiy of Southern California B.S., M.P.A., Pepperdine University M.A., California State University, Fullerton *CARROLL, JOHN E. *CHO, RICHARD Instructor of Oceanography Instructor of Mathematics B.S., University of Wyoming B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., United States International University *CICCONE, REMO J. *CARROLL, PATTY Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of English as a Second Language B.S., M.A., Villanova University B.A., Taylor University *CICUTO, CHRIS M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Physical Education *CARTER, MICHAEL B.A., University of California, Riverside Instructor of Anthropology M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University M.A., California State University, Los Angeles CICUTO, JOHN M. M.A., University of California, Riverside Head Football Coach *CASAREO, DIVINIA E. Associate Professor of Physical Education Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies B.A., California State University, Fresno M.A., University of the Philippines M.A.E., California Lutheran College *CASEY, PAUL L. *CIFARELLI, DARREN L. Instructor of English Instructor of English Ph.D., Bowling Green State University B.A., University of California, Los Angele *CASHELL, JUDY M.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of Child Development *CLARK, ANTHONY B.F.A., California College of Arts and Crafts Instructor of Sociology M.S., Bank Street College of Education A.A., Los Angeles Valley College CASOLARI, AMBER B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of Economics *CLEMENTE, RICARDO A. B.A., University of Redlands Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems M.A. University of California, Riverside Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Ph.D., University of California, Riverside *COATES, SPENSER CASSEL, JOHN Librarian Instructor of Aviation and Transportation M.L.S., Catholic University A.S., A.A., Mt. San Antonio College COBLENTZ, TERRY B.S., University of Central Texas Women’s Athletic Director CASTEL DE ORO, JAMES Women’s Tennis Coach Counselor Professor of Physical Education B.A., St. John’s College A.A., Pierce College M.A., San Diego State University B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *CERVANTES, ANGEL *COE, NUNE G. Instructor of Sociology Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies B.A., Occidental Collge A.S., Glendale Community College M.A., The Claremont Graduate School
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 213
COLLINS, DEIRDRE *DANAKIAN, TIGRAN Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of Mathematics B.S., Bradley University M.S., Yerevan State University M.S., University of Illinois at Chicago *DANIELS, CINDY MST, University of Illinois Instructor COLLINS, ELODIA Learning Disability Specialist Counselor, Continuing Education B.A., University of California, San Diego B.A., M.S., San Diego State University M.A., California State University, Northridge *COLTMAN, LEE D. *DANIELS, LYNDA Instructor of Anthropology Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.S., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona COMBS, SHARON M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Interim Vice President, College Services *DANIELSON, ERIC D. Dean, Admissions and Records Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.S., Harvey Mudd College CONOVER, KEITH M.S., University of Southern California Instructor of Biology *DARCY, MICHAEL T. B.A., University of California, San Diego Instructor of English as a Second Language Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., Biola University *CONTI, MARLA R. M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Geography *DARMANYAN, PAVEL M. B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Chemistry COOK, JOY V. M.S., Ph.D., Technological Institute of Food Industry, Ukraine Associate Dean, Center for Students w/disabilities *D’ASERO, MARCELO B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of Philosophy COOTS, STEVEN B.A., Pitzer College Instructor of Physical Education M.A., J.D., University of Southern California B.S., University of California, Riverside DAVENPORT, DAVID A. M.A., University of LaVerne Professor of Chemistry *CORNISH, MICHAEL A.A., Glendale Community College Instructor of Biology B.S., University of California, Berkeley M.A., M.S., California State University, Northridge M.S., California State University, Northridge Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles DAVIS, TERESA AGUILAR *CORRAL, FLORENDA S. Counselor, EOPS Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies A.A., Glendale Community College B.S., University of Santo Tomas B.A., California State University, Northridge M.S., University of LaVerne CORTEY, TERESA Professor of French DAVIS, TROY B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley Counselor B.A., M.S., California State University, Long Beach *COX, PATTI Instructor of Physical Education/Dance DAVITT, JOHN A. B.A., Southern Colorado State University Superintendent/President M.A., San Jose State University B.S., M.A., University of San Francisco Ed.D., University of Southern California *CRIBBS, MARGARET A. Librarian *DAVITT, MICHAEL B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara Instructor of Real Estate M.S., Simmons College B.A., Loyola Marymount University M.P.A., California State University, Northridge *CSER, LASZLO J. Instructor of Music DeLANGE, GLENN B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Professor of Music B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *CURREY, NANCY Instructor of English as a Second Language *DELAVAULT, CAROLE B.A., San Francisco State University Instructor of French M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Ph.D., Tulane University *CUTLER, BOB *DELL’AMICO, CAROL A. Assistant Professor of Business Instructor of English B.S., Brooklyn College B.A., University of California, Berkeley M.P.A., University of Southern California M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers Unviversity *DABBAGHIAN, VAHE H. DENHART, JOSEPH Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education B.S., M.S., University of California, Irvine A.A., East Los Angeles College M.S., California State University, Fullerton B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *D’ALESSANDRO, GEORGIE *DEPEW, PATRICIA Instructor of Offi ce Business Technology, Continuing Education Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education B.S., University of LaVerne B.S., Chapman University M.B.S., Liberty University
*Adjunct Faculty 214 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
*DePOMPA, RONALD L. DONAGHY, ROBERT Assistant Professor of Administration of Justice Instructor of Physical Education A.S., Glendale Community College Men’s Tennis Coach B.S., University of San Francisco B.A., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles M.P.A., University of Southern California *DONAYAN, SONA S. *DER HOVANESSIAN, POLET Instructor of Culinary Arts Counselor, Extended Opportunity Programs & Services B.S., University of California, Los Angeles A.A., Glendale Community College M.S., California State University, Northridge B.A., M.S., California State University, Northridge DORROH, CYNTHIA De SANTIS, SUSAN Assistant Professor of Nursing Assistant Professor of English as a Second Language A.S., Glendale Community College B.A., University of Maryland, College Park B.S., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., Georgetown University *DOUGLAS, EDWARD A. *DETWEILER, KARIN L. Instructor of Theatre Arts Instructor of Life Skills, Continuing Education A.A., Lake City Community College B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., University of West Florida *DEUKMEJIAN, KAREN T. M.F.A., California Institute of the Arts Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education DOYLE, DENNIS M. M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Director, Learning Resource Center *DEVLAHOVICH, VINCENT Associate Professor of English Instructor of Geology and Oceanography B.A., St. John’s College B.S., University of Utah M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., California State University, Northridge DOZOIS, PAUL C. DICKES, ROGER Division Chair, Technology and Aviation Instructor of Digital Animation Professor of Engineering B.A., Columbia University A.A., Glendale Community College M.F.A., Art Center College of Design B.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, San Jose *DIEKMANN, DIANA J. Instructor of Dance *DRINEN, MICHAEL B.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of Mathematics B.A., Reed College, Oregon *DIGBY, SUSAN Ph.D., University of Washington Instructor of Geography M.A., Carleton University *DUISBERG, DAVID Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of English B.A., M.A., Occidental College *DILL, VIVIAN L. Librarian DULAY, MICHAEL B.A., California State University, Long Beach Instructor of Psychology M.L.I.S., San Jose State University B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles DiLUCCHIO, JANE E. *DUNCAN, YANCY Division Chair, Business and Life Skills, Continuing Education Instructor of Speech/Communication Associate Professor of Education/Developmental Skills M.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., Occidental College *DURET, KATHY M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Geography *DITTMER, ANN M. B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of Business Administration *DUTTON, PAULINE M.B.A., California State University, Fullerton Librarian *DJAMBAZIAN, PATRICIA B.A., California State University, Fullerton Counselor M.S., University of Southern California B.A., M.S., California State University, Northridge *EASTMAN, CHARLES F. *DJANANOVA, SVETLANA Instructor of Graphic Design Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., San Francisco State University B.A., University of Sofi a, Bulgaria EBERTS, MICHAEL M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Professor of Mass Communications *DJRBASHIAN, ASHOT A.A., Los Angeles Valley College Instructor of Mathematics B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Ph.D., Mathematical Institute of the Academy of Sciences, Russia Ph.D., University of Southern California *DOCES, JOHN *ECKLER, PHYLLIS Instructor of Economics Assistant Professor of Dance B.A., University of Washington B.F.A., York University M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.F.A., California Institute of the Arts *DOE, RUSSEL EDELMAN, BART Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education Professor of English M.A., Duke University B.A., M.A., Hofstra University DOMÍNGUEZ, ROXANNE EDGAR, R. DANIEL Counselor, Associate Professor Professor of Chemistry B.A., University of California, Los Angeles A.A., Glendale Community College M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara M.S., San Diego State University
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 215
*EDWARDS, BARBARA *EULER, JENNIE R. Instructor of Child Development Instructor of Psychology M.A., Pacifi c Oaks College B.S., Saint Joseph’s University *EGAN, PATRICK *EUSAN, DANA Instructor of English Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge B.A., University of California, Los Angeles *EISENBERG, JEANNE-MARIA *EVANS, FRANCES B. Instructor of Allied Health Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education B.S.,University of Redlands B. Mus. Educ., Mississippi Southern College M.S., California State University, Dominguez Hills EZELL, DENISE EL GAMAL, ZOHAU Instructor of English Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., University of Montevallo B.A., Ain Shams University, Cairo M.A., University of Alabama M.A., The American University, Cairo FAVERMAN, MYRON *EL ISSA, ANWAR Associate Professor of Computer Science/Information Systems Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., M.S., California State University, Northridge B.A., Damascus University, Syria *FEIN, SUSAN S. M.A., Saint Michael’s College, Vermont Instructor of English as a Second Language Ph.D., The University of Liverpool, UK B.A., University of California, Los Angeles *ELDER, ELIZABETH A. M.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of English as a Second Language *FEJTEK, STELA B.A., University of Wisconsin Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education M.A., Colorado State University A.A., Glendale Community College *ELIZALDE, ANDREA B.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of Real Estate M.S., California State University, Northridge B.A., California State University, Los Angeles FELDMAN, ANDREW *ELLSWORTH, KIRSTIN Instructor of Culinary Arts Instructor of Art History B.A., Colgate University M.A., M.A., Indiana University A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America *EMCH, FLORENCE *FELL, MARY ANN Instructor of English as a Second Language Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Indiana University B.S., College of Our Lady of Good Counsel *EMMETT, KAREN FERDMAN, IDA Instructor of Photography Instructor of English M.F.A., California State University, Fullerton B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge *ENFIADJIAN, RAFAEL *FERNSTROM, RONALD Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of Administration of Justice M.S., Ph.D., Yerevan State University, Moscow B.A., California State University, Northridge *ENKELIS, LIANE FIELD, MONA Instructor of Photojournalism Professor of Political Science B.A., University of Southern California B.A., Immaculate Heart College ERFURT, BARBARA M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Assistant Professor of Health *FINE, RICHARD B.A., Michigan State University Instructor of Mathematics M.P.H., Loma Linda University B.A., M.S., California State University, Northridge *ERITANO, CANDACE *FINLAYSON, BETTE Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies Instructor of Journalism/Mass Communications B.S., School of Health and Human Services B.A., Chaminade University, HI ERNST, MEGAN M.A., University of Hawaii at Manoa Instructor of English as a Second Language *FLORES, LUIS B.A., University of Minnesota Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems ERSELIUS, ROBERT B.A., University of Southern California Director, Academic Computing Labs M.S., National University Associate Professor of Accounting *FLYNN, JOHN (JACK) E. B.S., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of English M.B.A., University of Southern California B.A., Yale University *ERSIG-MARCUS, CHRISTINE M.F.A., Columbia University Instructor of Speech Communication FLYNN, KATHLEEN F. M.A., University of Southern California Professor of English as a Second Language M.A., California State University, Long B each B.A., Queens College, CUNY *ESMAIL, KARIMA M.A., The Graduate School and University Center, CUNY Instructor of Allied Health M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California B.S.N., California State University, Los Angeles *FLYNN, SIOBHAN M. *ESMAILI, SABINE J. Instructor of English Instructor of Mathematics B.A., Oberlin College B.A., M.A., University of California, Berkeley M.A., California State University, Los Angeles
*Adjunct Faculty 216 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
FOGEL, SHEREEN F. *FUCHIGAMI, RANDALL K. Associate Dean, Instructional Technology Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education B.A., University of Chicago B.A., Seattle Pacifi c University M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California M.A., Biola University FONAROW, WENDY *FULLER, CHRISTIANE Instructor of Anthropology Professor of English as a Second Language B.A., University of California, San Diego M.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles *FUTIA, ANTHONY FOONG CHONG, KIM Instructor of Administration of Justice Instructor of Mathematics B.S., J.D., Glendale University College of Law B.S., University of California, Los Angeles GAGO, JAVIER M.S., California State University, Northridge Associate Professor of Biology FORDYCE, FORREST A.A., Saddleback College Instructor of English as a Second Language B.S., California State University, Long Beach B.A., M.A., University of Florida M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles *GALLARDO, ROBERT *FOX, JOHN M. Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of English M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University B.A., Master’s College *GALLEGO, LORENA S. M.A., New York University Instructor of Spanish *FRANCIS, NEARLENE CHERIE M.A., Arizona State University Instructor of English as a Second Language *GANTUS, JOANN B.A., Middlebury College Instructor of Parent Education, Continuing Education M.S., University of Pennsylvania B.A., M.S., University of Southern California Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles *GARDNER, GLENN S. *FRAWLEY, JAMES F. Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of Fire Technology B.A., Columbia University B.S., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Los Angeles * FRAZER, KATHLEEN *GARRETT, GEORGE Instructor of Developmental Skills, Continuing Education Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems B.A., California State University, Northridge B.S., Northrop Institute of Technology M.A., Point Loma University *GARTMAN, GLENDA FRAZIER, ALAN Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Assistant Professor of Administration of Justice and B.A., University of Washington Aviation & Transportation M.Ed., City University, WA B.S., Middle Tennessee State University M.P.A., University of Southern California *GASPARIAN, ROUBEN Instructor of Mathematics *FRAZIER, STEFAN J.S. M.S., Yerevan State University Instructor of English as a Second Language Ph.D., Academy of Science of Armenia M.A., San Francisco State University *GAUTHIER, DONALD *FREEMYER, JANICE Instructor of Geography Instructor of Music A.A., Santa Monica College B.M.E., Southeast Missouri State University B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., Central Missouri State University *GAUTHIER, JANE FLORENCE FREMGEN, ELIZABETH Instructor of Sociology Associate Professor of Business, Continuing Education B.A., M.A., California State University, Bakersfi eld B.S., M.B.A., National University *GAY, RUTH MARIA FRIDMAN, LISA Instructor of English as a Second Language Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A, M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University B.S., Florida Atlantic University M.S., Purdue University *GAYER, KATHLEEN A. Instructor of Aviation and Transportation *FRIEDENN, NEVA A.A., Los Angeles Valley College Instructor of English B.A., M.A., Miami University *GAYTON, LAUREN Instructor of Parent Education, Continuing Education *FRITH, STEFANIE B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Journalism M.A., Pepperdine University B.A., University of Southern California *GECKLER, MEGAN FRONTINI, FLAVIO Instructor of Art Instructor of Italian B.F.A., Tyler School of Art, Temple University A.A., Santa Monica College M.F.A., Claremont Graduate University A.B., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles GEE, YOUNG FRYE, DONALD Division Chair, English as a Second Language, Credit Instructor of Biology Associate Professor of English as a Second Language B.S. Sec. Ed., M.A., West Virginia University B.A, San Francisco State University M.A., University of California, Los Angeles
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 217
*GELLERT, ROBERT *GIRARDI, GUIDO Instructor of Chemistry Instructor of Theatre Arts Ph.D., University of Southern California B.F.A., California Institute of the Arts GENTILE, JULIE *GLADDEN, JUDITH P. Instructor of Accounting Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education B.S., California State University, Long Beach B.A., University of San Diego M.S., Golden Gate University M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University *GEOPPA, PATRICK A. GLANZER, ALLYN Instructor of English Professor of Speech Communication M.S., Illinois State University A.A., Orange Coast College *GEORGE, LAUREN M. B.A., M.A., California State University, Long Beach Instructor of English as a Second Language GLIENNA, RAYMOND M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Division Chair, Physical Science M.S., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona Professor of Chemistry *GERTSCH, DIANE B.S., University of Southern California Instructor of Business Education, Continuing Education M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley B.S., Brigham Young University GLOVER, DAVID G. M.A., United States International University Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems *GERZ, JOHN B.F.A., Art Center College of Design Assistant Professor of Physics M.A., M.F.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.S., California State University, Los Angeles *GODLEY, TIM M.S., California State University, Northridge Instructor of Physical Education GETTY, NANCY K. B.A., Azusa Pacifi c University Librarian M.B.A., Regis University A.B., Boston College GOLD, JON M.S., Simmons College Fitness Center Coordinator GETZ, MARILYN Instructor of Physical Education Instructor of Nursing B.A., University of California, Los Angeles A.A., East Los Angeles College M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University B.A., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles *GOMEZ, JOSE J. *GHAHRAMANYAN, ALLA Instructor of Health Instructor of Mathematics B.S., California State University, Fullerton B.S., M.S., Yerevan State University M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University *GHANDHI, LOUISE GONZALEZ, ELODIA COLLINS Instructor of Geography Counselor, Continuing and Community Services Education B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., M.S., San Diego State University *GHARAMANIANS, JILBERT *GOUDY, CHRISTINE Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of English as a Second Language A.A., Tehran University B.A., Westmont College B.A., Tabriz University M.A., Calif. State Polytechnic Univ., Pomona M.A., Sharif University of Technology *GOULD, RONALD L. GHAZARIAN, SARKIS Instructor of English as a Second Language Transfer Center Coordinator/Counselor B.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Chico M.S., University of Southern California *GRADY, PAUL *GILBERT, CHRISTOPHER Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Business B.A., University of Massachusetts, Boston M.A.S., University of Illinois M.A., University of Hawaii, Manoa *GILCHRIST, DELLA *GRANT, RAE Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of English B.A., University of Oregon B.A., M.P.W., University of Southern California M.A., California State University, Los Angeles GRAY, KENNETH R. *GILCREASE, GENA Professor of Theatre Arts Instructor of G.E.D., Continuing Education A.A., College of the Sequoias B.F.A., University of Texas B.A., M.A., San Diego State University M.A., San Francisco State University *GREBLICK, ANTHONY J. *GILINETS, LEA Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Speech Communication B.A., Yale University B.A, M.A., California State University, Northridge M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California GILLOOLY, JESSICA GREEN, PETER Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of Music B.S., University of Missouri M.M., D.M.A., University of Southern California M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *GREENWOOD, DEBBIE Ph.D., United States International University Instructor of Culinary Arts GIRARD, KINDRA A. M.A., California State University, Northridge Professor of Biology B.S., M.A., University of California, Davis
*Adjunct Faculty 218 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
*GRIEB, CHUCK *HALEBLIAN, LISA M. Instructor of Animation Instructor of English B.F.A., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge M.F.A., University of Southern California HALL, SHARON M. *GRIFFIN, KHISNA Associate Dean, Allied Health Program Director, AmeriCorps Division Chair, Allied Health B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.S.N., California State University, Los Angeles *GRIFFIN, PATRICK M.N., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of History Ed.D., Brigham Young University Ph.D., University of Southern California *HANAWALT, ANITA M. GRIFFITH, LINDA Instructor of Music Associate Professor of English as a Second Language B.A., Juniata College B.A., Reed College M.M., Westminster Choir College M.A., University of Wisconsin Ph.D., Union Institute and University M.S., University of Southern California HANDLEY, JUDITH B. *GRILLO, MARCO Associate Professor of Chemistry Instruction of Aviation and Transportation B.S., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., University of Connnecticut Ph.D., University of Southern California * GRIMES, AMITY HUME HANFORD, MARCIA C. Director, Parent Education Program, Continuing Education Instructor of Business Education, Continuing Education B.S.N., Georgetown University B.A., M.A., Arizona State University *GROSS, EMILY E. HANLEY, TIMOTHY G. Instructor of English Professor of English B.A., Universtiy of California, Riverside B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., New York University *HANSON, COREY L. *GUEORGUIEVA, SLAVKA D. Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., College of William and Mary B.A., West Virginia Wesleyan College M.Ed., George Mason University M.A., Biola University *HARDY, JENNY *GUERRERO, ARMANDO Instructor of Business, Continuing Education Instructor of Fire Technology B.A., California State University, Northridge A.A., East Los Angeles College HARLAN, RONALD K. GUGLIELMINO, RICHARD Division Chair, Biology Assistant Professor of Physics Professor of Biology B.S., M.A., University of Southern California A.A., Chabot College B.S., California State University, Hayward GUPTA, LINA M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara Professor of Philosophy Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., Presidency College M.A., University of Calcutta *HARMON, KAREN A. Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School B.A., M.A., University of California, Davis M.B.A., Claremont Graduate School *HA, IRENE Counselor HARNETT, MICHAEL C. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Associate Professor of English M.S., California State University, Northridge A.B., University of Southern California M.A., Claremont Graduate School *HAASE, WALTER Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education HARRIS, AUDREY B.A., Occidental College Assistant Professor, Counselor * A,A., Glendale Community College HACOPIAN, ALFRED B.S., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education B.S., California State University, Northridge *HARRIS, VIVIAN M.B.A., Pepperdine University Librarian B.A., California State University, Long Beach *HAFT, BRUCE M.L.S., San Jose State University Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems * A.A., Glendale Community College HART, SHARON B.S., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *HAGER, ROBERT P., JR. Instructor of Political Science *HARUTUNIAN, VAHAK B.A., M.A., University of California, Davis Instructor of Chemistry Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles B.SC., Brunel University M.SC., Loughboro University *HAGOPIAN, GAYANÉ Ph.D., University of Southern California Instructor Armenian Ph.D., Academy of Sciences of Armenian Soviet Socialist Republic HASSAKOURSIAN, YVETTE * Instructor of Mathematics HAIDUK-POLLACK, CINDY A.A., Glendale Community College Instructor of Job Search Program, Continuing Education B.S., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., University of California, Los Angeles
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 219
HASSETT, DAVID *HILLQUIST, REBECCA Associate Professor of Mathematics Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems A.A., Fullerton College B.F.A., Brigham Young University B.A., California State University, Fullerton M.F.A., Art Center College of Design M.S., California State University, Northridge HIRONYMOUS, PATRICIA HASTINGS, CAMERON Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Political Science B.A., University of California, Riverside B.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills M.A., California State University, Long Beach M.A., George Mason University *HAYNE, RICHARD Ph.D., University of Maryland Assistant Professor of Emergency Medical Technology HITTERDALE, LAURENCE B.A., Whittier College Associate Professor of Computer Science/Information Systems Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., Pacifi c Lutheran University *HAYRAPETIAN, AKOB Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University Instructor of Armenian *HODGES, DONALD B.A., University of Isfahan Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems M.A., University of Tehran B.S., University of California, San Diego Cand. in Phil., University of Pennsylvania HOEHN, SUSAN CLAIR *HAZLETT, JULIANA P. Instructor of Student Development Instructor of History B.S., Central Michigan University B.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara M.A., University of Southern California Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles Ph.D., University of Colorado, Boulder *HOGUE, THOMAS *HEANEY, JOCELYN M. Assistant Professor of Anthropology Instructor of English B.A., University of California, Irvine M.F.A., University of Massachusetts M.A., University of California, Los Angeles *HEFFLER, IRA HOLDEN-FERKICH, KAREN B. Instructor of Speech Communication Dean of Instruction, Continuing and Community Education A.A., Santa Monica College B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania B.A., California State University, Northridge M.A., California Lutheran University *HEGGER, COREY Ed.D., Pepperdine University Instructor of English as a Second Language *HOLLAND-DICHTER, KATHERINE B.A., University of Colorado Assistant Professor of Health *HEINICKE, DAVID B.S., M.A., San Diego State University Instructor of English as a Second Language HOLMES, MARY KATHLEEN B.A., University of California, Davis Professor of Mathematics M.S., University of Southern California B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles *HENDERSON, WAYNE G. HOOVER, PHYLLIS Instructor of Geology Professor of English B.A., B.S., The George Washington University, D.C. B.A., Pacifi c Lutheran University M.S., Louisiana State University M.A., University of New Mexico *HENNEKER, DEBORAH *HOUSTON, TINA Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education M.Div., Fuller Theological Seminary M.Ed., Harvard University HENRY, SUSAN INJEJIKIAN M.A., M.A., Fuller Theological Seminary Associate Professor of English *HOWES, RYAN B.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of Psychology M.A., Columbia University B.S., Willamette University *HERRERA, NANCY M.A., Fuller Seminary Librarian *HOWLAND, CARYN L. M.P.A., San Diego State University Instructor of Oceanography M.L.I.S., University of Arizona M.S., California State University, Northridge *HERRON, ROYCE HUBER, WALTER R. Instructor of Theatre Arts Professor of Real Estate B.A., Central Oklahoma State University A.A., Mount San Antonio College *HICKS, DONALD R. B.S., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles Assistant Professor of Biology HUGHES, JENNIFER B.S., Auburn University Instructor of Electronics M.S.T., Florida Atlantic University A.A., Glendale Community College Ph.D., Florida Institute of Technology B.S., California State University, Long Beach *HIGGINS, KELLY *HUNT-COFFEY, NANCY Instructor of Parent Education, Continuing Education Librarian B.A., Pacifi c Oaks College B.A., Occidental College *HILLQUIST, RICHARD M.L., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Business Administration HURLEY, PATRICIA B.S., Brigham Young University Associate Dean, Financial Aid M.B.A., Pepperdine University B.A., Nazareth College of Rochester, NY M.ED., Suffolk University, Boston, MA
*Adjunct Faculty 220 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
HURST, DAVID O. *JOHNSON, JENNIFER K. Professor of Chemistry Instructor of English B.S., Wheaton College M.A., California State University, Northridge M.S., University of Illinois JOHNSTON, ERIC *HYKES JIANG, JENNY Instructor of Anthropology Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education A.A., Fresno City College B.A., M.A., Iowa State University B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara *INGELS, CLAIRETTE M.A., University of New Mexico Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education JONES, BRENDA L. B.A., California State University, Northridge Librarian, Associate Professor M.A., United States International University B.S., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign *ION, CHARLES M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Music JONES, DAVID PAUL M.A., California State University, Northridge Associate Professor of Mathematics IRWIN, DIANNE E. A.S., Compton College Professor of Psychology B.S., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles A.A., San Bernardino Valley College *JONES, SUE CAMPBELL B.A., California State University, San Bernardino Instructor of Mathematics M.A., California State University, Fullerton B.S., Denison University Ph.D., United States International University M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology *ISAAC, DAVID H. M.A., University of Massachusetts Instructor of Mathematics *JORDAN, NANCY P. A.B., Princeton University Instructor of Culinary Arts *IVANOVA MELIK, OLGA A.S., Atlantic Culinary Academy, New Hampshire Instructor of Russian *JOSEPH, SAM B.A., Yerevan State University Instructor of English Ph.D., Moscow State University B.A., San Francisco State University *JAFARI, HAMID M.A., Antioch University Instructor of Mathematics JUDGE, EMELYN M.S., California State University, Northridge Associate Professor of Nursing M.S., Iowa State University B.S. Mt. St. Mary’s College Ph.D., North Carolina State University M.N., University of California, Los Angeles *JAHANGARD MAHBOOB, EBRAHIM JUZWIAK, WILLIAM Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of English B.S., California State University, Northridge B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., University of California, Berkeley KABA, CAROLINE *JAKL, SANDRA Assistant Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., M.A., American University of Beirut B.A., California State University, Long Beach KABATECK, GLADY *JARRETT, GREG Coordinator/Counselor Adult Re-entry Center Instructor of Philosophy Director, Alumni Association M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California Associate Professor JAZÁN, STACY B.A., California State University, Fresno Instructor of Spanish B.A., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles A.A., Los Angeles Pierce College *KADAR, SAMANTHE B.A., M.A., C.Phil, University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Geography Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., Sonoma State University *JEN, FRANK F. M.A., San Francisco State University Instructor of Art *KALENDERIAN, AROUS B.F.A., Art Center College of Design Instructor of Nursing *JENKINS, SUSAN L. B.S.N., Pacifi c Union College Instructor of Art History *KALTER, CONSTANCE S. M.A., University of Southern California Instructor of Fire Academy *JENSEN, BARBARA L. B.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California Instructor of English as a Second language, Continuing Education KAMARA-KAY, PHILIP S. M.A., United States International University, San Diego Counselor, Professor of Student Development *JENSEN, JEFFRY B.A., M.A.Ed., Azusa Pacifi c University Librarian Ed.D., University of Southern California B.A., La Verne College KAMEI, RICHARD M.S.L.S., University of Southern California Instructor of Sociology *JIN, JUNGWON B.A., California State University, Long Beach Instructor of Music M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.M., D.M.A., University of Southern California *KAMM, AMY *JOCSON, MICHELLE TAN Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Allied Health B.A., Westmont College B.S.N., Holy Names College, California M.Ed., Seattle University
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 221
*KARAMYAN, GRANT *KHACHATOURIANS, ARTHUR Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of Business Law M.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., University of California, Los Angeles *KARGODORIAN, ANNETTE J.D., Southwestern Law School, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education *KHAKPOUR, ASHA B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology *KARTALIAN, LARA R. KIBLER, ROBERT L. Instructor of English Division Chair, Visual and Performing Arts M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Professor of Art *KARY, ELIAS S. B.S., Southeast Missouri State University Instructor of Anthropology M.A., San Diego State University M.A., California State University, Fullerton *KIDIMA, LUKOWA *KASAMANIAN, ARUTYUN H. Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of Mathematics M.A., University of Pittsburgh B.S., Polytechnic Institute, Yerevan, Armenia Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles M.S., Ph.D., Moscow Technical University, Russia *KILBOURNE, DONALD *KASIMOFF, IVAN Librarian Instructor of English as a Second Language M.L.S., San Jose State University B.A., University of California, Berkeley M.S., University of Southern California M.A., California State University, Los Angeles KILKEARY, DESMOND B. *KAUTIAINEN, TIM Professor of English Instructor of Chemistry B.A., California State University, Humboldt Ph.D., University of Southern California M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *KAZANJIAN, PHILLIP *KIM, JONG Instructor of Business Administration Instructor of Mathematics B.A., University of Southern California B.S., M.A., University of Southern California J.D., Lincoln University School of Law M.A., University of California, Los Angeles *KAZARIAN, POGHOS *KING VICTOR Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of Political Science Ph.D., Yerevan State University B.A., M.A., University of Chicago J.D., University of Michigan *KEELIN, PAMELA Instructor of English *KINLEY, DEBORAH M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies M.Ed., Loyola Marymount University B.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Long Beach *KELLS, LORRAINE Instructor of G.E.D., Continuing Education KISSELL, KELLY B.A., Roosevelt University Program Manager, CASAS M.A., University of Chicago *KLEIN, KARYN *KENNEDY, KIERAN F. Instructor of Dance Instructor of English M.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., University College, Dublin *KLEINMAN, MARGIT M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University Instructor of English as a Second Language KENYON, BETSY M.A., University of Tübingen, Germany Instructor of Photography KLOEZEMAN, CHRISTINE M.F.A., School of the Art Institute of Chicago Professor of Accounting *KESHISHIAN, ANAHID B.S., Brigham Young University Instructor of Armenian M.A., University of Redlands M.A., State University of Armenia KNIGHT, NANCY B.A., University of LaVerne Vice President, College Services KESHISHIAN, OSHEEN B.A., Brooklyn College Student Personnel Worker, EOPS M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Associate Professor of Armenian Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., California State University, Los Angeles KNIGHTON, JAMES M.Ed., University of La Verne Professor of Computer Science/Information Systems KETCHAM, CHARLES B.G.S., Simon Fraser University Instructor of Art *KNILL, EUPHRONIA B.A., Southeast Missouri State University Instructor of English as a Second Language B.F.A., Art Center College of Design B.A., Evergreen State College M.F.A., New York Academy of Art M.A., Monterey Institute of International Studies *KEYES, GARY *KNOTTS, KARE Instructor of Sociology Librarian B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara B.A., California State Polytechnic University, San Luis Obispo M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.L.S., San Jose State University *KOBLER, MARK A. Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., M.A., University of Southern California
*Adjunct Faculty 222 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
*KOLB, JAMES *LANGEVIN, MARK S. Instructor of Dance Instructor of Political Science *KOLPAS, LAURIE P. B.A., Evergreen State College, WA Instructor of Mathematics M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona M.A., M.S., California State University, Northridge *LANGON, JANET I. KOLPAS, SIDNEY Instructor of English as a Second Language Professor of Mathematics B.S., Georgetown University B.A., M.S., California State University, Northridge M.A., Schiller College, France Ed.D., University of Southern California M.A., Hunter College, New York *KOONER, AMARPREET KAUR *LAO, MICHAEL C. Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Hotel/Restaurant Management B.A., University of Delhi, India M.P.S., Cornell University, New York B.S., Kurukshetra University, India *LAO, RAVY S. M.A., Annamalai University, India Instructor of English as a Second Language *KORECHOFF, ROBERT B.A., University of California, Irvine Instructor of Astronomy M.A., Loyola Marymount University B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles *LAPP, RONALD E. *KOZUBEK, MICHAEL Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Music M.A., University of Hawaii B.M., DePaul University *LARSSON, NANCY H. M.M., University of Southern California Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education KRANNIG, DORA B.S., University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee Associate Professor of Dance *LASHIER, ROBERT M.A., California State University, Long Beach Instructor of Allied Health KRAY, JOHN S. *LAW, JERRY M. Associate Professor of Welding Technology Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education A.S., Los Angeles Trade Technical College B.A., University of California, Irvine B.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills A.W.S. Certifi ed Welding Inspector Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University A.W.S. Certifi ed Welding Educator *LEAF, KRISTIN *KULLER, RICHARD Instructor of History Instructor of Dance B.A., M.A., C.Phil., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., University of Redlands *LE, TIENG *KUPKA, NANCY Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of Child Development Ph.D., University of Southern California B.A., California State University, Los Angeles LEAVER, DARREN M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Director, Study Abroad Program *KUSHIDA, ARLENE Assistant Professor of Geography Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge B.A., University of California, Los Angeles LECUYER, JEAN M.A., University of Southern California Professor of Physics *KUZMIC, JANET L. B.S., University of Montreal Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education Ph.D., University of Chicago M.S., Purdue University *LEDESMA, REYNAN L. KWA, ROSEMARY Instructor of Real Estate Instructor of English B.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., Tufts University, Massachusetts M.B.A., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona B.M., New England Conservatory of Music, Boston J.D., Southwestern University School of Law M.A., University of California, Irvine *LEE, DAEHWAN *LABBE, MARCEL A. Instructor of Social Science Instructor of Mathematics B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., University of Maryland LEE, ELIS Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Instructor of English as a Second Language *LACE, NOREEN V. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of English M.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge *LEE, JEFFREY LAKIN, SANDRA FISHER Assistant Professor of Psychology Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology *LEE, KEN M.S., University of Southern California Librarian *LAM, ALBERT B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Mathematics M.S.L.S., University of Southern California B.A., M.S., Southern Illinois University LEE, SANDRA K.O. LAMMERS, MARILYN Counselor, Professor of Development Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies B.Ed., University of Hawaii B.S., M.S., California State University, Northridge M.S, California State University, Los Angeles
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 223
LELAND, JOHN *LOMEN, WILLIAM H. Associate Professor of Geology Assistant Professor of English as A Second Language B.A., Carleton College B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles *LONDON, AMY *LENNARTZ, DAVID Instructor of Speech Communication Instructor of Biology B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge B.A., University of California, Los Angeles *LONGO, JOSEPH P. Ph.D., University of Kansas Instructor of English LEVATTER, THEODORE B.S., University of Massachusetts Associate Professor of Speech Communication M.A., Emerson College B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara *LOPEZ, EDUARDO M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Men’s Cross Country Coach *LEVENSON, LOUIS R. Assistant Track Coach Instructor of Astronomy Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education B.S., M.S., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., California State University, Los Angeles *LEVINE-GRATER, FRANCI E. M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University Instructor of English *LOPEZ, ROBERT B.A., University of Judaism, Lee College Instructor of Fire Technology M.F.A., Brooklyn College B.S., California State University, Los Angeles *LEVY, DARLENE A. *LORCH, THERESA Instructor of Allied Health Instructor of Physical Education B.A., B.S.N., California State University, Los Angeles B.S., University of California, Los Angeles B.S.N., University of California, Los Angeles M.S., Azusa Pacifi c University D.N.S., Case Western Reserve University *LORENZ, ALFRED R. LEVY, MURRAY Instructor of Child Development Professor of Business B.A., Pepperdine College B.B.A., City University of New York M.Div., Fuller Theological Seminary M.B.A., Fordham University M.A., Chapman University Ed.D., University of Southern California D.Min., California Graduate School of Theology *LEW, SANDRA E. *LORENZ, DIANA Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., University of California, Davis M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills M.A., University of Illinois *LEWIS, JILL LOTTIE, JOYELLEN Instructor of Business Administration Instructor of Business B.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills B.S., Western Michigan University M.B.A., Pepperdine University M.Ed., University of Houston *LI, RONGCHANG *LOU, JOHN Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of Computer Information Systems A.M., Ph.D., University of Illinois Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley *LI, RUI *LUBOW, LISA Instructor of Biology Instructor of History B.S., Nanjing Normal University M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles M.S., Institute of Oceanology LUDFORD, DEBORAH Ph.D., University of Maine Associate Professor of Computer Science/Information Systems *LIAO, GUOJAO B.A., M.S., University of Southern California Instructor of Mathematics *LUNA, CRAIG G. B.A., South China Normal University Instructor of Real Estate M.S., California State University, Northridge M.B.A., Pepperdine University *LIDDIARD, ROB B.S., University of Southern California Instructor of French and English as a Second Language *LUNG, YUE CHING B.A., M.A., Brigham Young University Instructor of Chinese Ph.D., University of Washington * *LUPICA, ANTHONY LIMINA, SANDRA Instructor of Music Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Educaation M.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Southern California B.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., Pepperdine University LUU, THI DINH Counselor, EOPS *LINCOLN, KATHARINE M. Associate Professor Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., Dalat University B.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.S.W., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University *LYTLE, JUDITH L. *LOCKE, KENNETH A. Instructor of Offi ce Business Technology, Continuing Education Instructor of Philosophy B.S., Dana College, Nebraska B.A., Ph.D., Trinity College, Ireland M.S., University of Nebraska *LOMBARDO, TOM *MACDONALD, KIM Instructor of English Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., Biola University
*Adjunct Faculty 224 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
MACK, DAVID MAUK, ROBERT Associate Dean, Curriculum Management Instructor of Biology A.A., Glendale Community College B.S., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., California State University, Northridge *MACKAY, ROBERT Ph.D., University of California, Irvine Instructor of Physical Education *MAUNE, ROBERT T. B.S., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Culinary Arts MAIER, MARK H. A.A., Johnson County Community College Professor of Economics MAYER, PAUL A.B., Oberlin College Assistant Professor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Ph.D., New School For Social Research B.A., California State University, Northridge *MAIORCA, TIMOTHY V. M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Physical Education *MAYO, HOWARD A. B.A., University of La Verne Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education *MAKEVICH, JOHN W. M.Ed., Temple University Instructor of Geology *MCALLISTER, BRUCE R. B.S., University of California, San Diego Instructor of Art M.S., University of Arizona B.F.A., University of California, Irvine *MALKAY, ROBERT J. M.F.A., California College of Arts and Crafts Instructor of Physical Education *MC CLINTOCK, SCOTT O. B.S., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of English *MALKI, ABDO B.A., University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown Instructor of Mathematics M.A., University of Tulsa, Oklahoma B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles Ph.D., University of California, Irvine Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles *MC CLOSKEY, PATRICK *MAM, SARA Instructor of Accounting Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education B.A., California State University, Long Beach M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *MC CLOUGH, DAVID MANSOUR, MARGARET Instructor of Economics Mental Health Counselor, ACTC M.A., Bowling Green State University Ph.D., California School of Professional Psychology M.B.A., The American University MANZANO-LARSEN, LINDA *MC COLL, RICHARD T. Instructor of Child Development Instructor of Ceramics A.A., Glendale Community College B.A., M.F.A., California State University, Long Beach B.A., California State University, Los Angeles *McCONVILLE, IRENE B.A., M.A., Pacifi c Oaks College Instructor of English MARASHLIAN, LEVON B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Professor of History M.A., California State University, Northridge B.A., University of Illinois *McDOWELL, JILL M.A., C.Phil., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education *MARDIROSIAN, ROBERT B.A., Occidental College Instructor of Mathematics *McGOWAN, JAMES B.S., University of Southern California Instructor of Geography M.S., Claremont Graduate University B.S., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles MARSDEN, STEVEN P. *McHARGUE, DANIEL S. Professor of Mathematics Instructor of Political Science B.A., M.A. T., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., Pepperdine University *MARTERELLA, DANA *McKEON, MICHAEL Instructor of English Instructor of History B.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.S., University of Santa Clara M.F.A., California Institute of the Arts M.A., Claremont Graduate School MARTIN, DAVID McKERNAN, RUTH THOMPSON Instructor of Architecture Dean, Library and Learning Resources B.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., Stanford University MASSION, GARY R. M.L.S., University of Southern California Professor of Mathematics Ph.D., Indiana University B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara McMURRAY, THOMAS M.A.T., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Health and Physical Education MATSUMOTO, LAURA B.A., California State University, Los Angeles Assistant Professor of Adapted Computer Technology and McMURREY, FRANK LYNN Adapted Physical Education Associate Professor of Dance B.A., Willamette University B.A., American University of Beirut M.A., University of Southern California *MCNEESE, KATHY E Instructor of Allied Health B.S.N., University of Southern Mississippi M.N., University of California, Los Angeles
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 225
MECOM, ALICE MIZUNO, LYNN Associate Professor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Professor of Biology B.A., Louisiana State University B.S., University of Southern California M.A., University of North Texas M.S., California State University, Los Angeles *MEDKEFF, ROBERT Ph.D., University of Southern California Instructor of Administration of Justice *MODESTIN-PEREZ, DILCIA B.A., University of Akron Instructor of English as a Second Language M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills B.A., University of Southern California *MELKONIANS, SEROGE M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Business, continuing Education *MOEN, PETER O. B.S., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Business Administration *MENA, JORGE B.A., M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Physical Education *MOGADAM, HAMID B.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Accounting *MERATI, VENITA M.B.A., National University Instructor of Economics *MOHD NOH, MOHAMAD HISHAM B. M.A., California State University, Fullerton Instructor of Economics MERCADÉ, JOSÉ A. B.S., National University of Singapore Director, Study Abroad Program MONTANTE, ANGELO THOMAS Coordinator, Baja California Field Studies Program Professor of History A.A., Pasadena City College A.A., Santa Monica City College B.A., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Northridge Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University B.A., C.Phil., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles MERRIMAN, HELEN *MONTECUOLLO, GARY Division Chair, English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of Administration of Justice B.A., M.A., California State University, San Francisco M.P.A., California State University, Northridge *MESSICK, LEVIN P. *MONTINI SCOLLON, BARBARA D. Instructor of Real Estate Instructor of Journalism B.A., California State University, Fullerton B.S., M.A., Kent State University MEZA, KEVIN MOORE, DEBORAH Counselor Librarian B.A., M.Ed., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., MFA, Linfi eld College *MHUNZI, PETE M. MLS, University of Washington Instructor of Ethnic Studies MOORE, JIWON C. B.A., California State University, Los Angeles Associate Professor of Sociology M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge MIKETTA, JAMES BRETT M.A., Ewha Women’s University Assistant Professor of Computer Science/Information Systems *MOORE, ROBERT A.A., Glendale Community College Instructor of Business Law B.S., University of Southern California B.A., San Jose State University M.S., Claremont Graduate School J.D., University of Santa Clara, School of Law *MILLER, K. ELAINE MORALES, ANGELA Assistant Professor of Biology Instructor of English B.S., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., University of California, Davis *MILZ, ROBERT M.F.A, University of Iowa Instructor of Speech Communication MOREAU, MICHAEL B.S., Northern Arizona University Assistant Professor of Journalism M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *MINAYLOVICH, KRISTIN M.A., University of Southern California Instructor of Art History *MORENO, AIMEE S. M.A., University of California, Riverside Instructor of English as a Second Language MIRCH, MARY A.A., Santa Rosa Junior College Associate Dean, Health Services B.A., California State Polytechnic University, San Luis Obispo B.S.N., University of Virginia M.A., Monterey Institute of International Studies M.S., University of Arizona *MORRIS, JOLIE Ed.D., Pepperdine University Counselor *MIRZAIAN, SIMON A.A., Glendale Community College Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles A.S., Glendale Community College, California *MOTT, ROBERT W. *MITCHELL, SHERI Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of Music M.A., Biola University B.S.E., Southeast Missouri State University *MOUMDJIAN, GARABET K. M.S.E., Southern Illinois University Instructor of Armenian *MITCHELL-WAGNER, JANET B.A., University of LaVerne Instructor of English M.A., C.Phil., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Los Angeles
*Adjunct Faculty 226 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
*MOVSESSIAN, NARINEH NICHOLSON, VICKI Instructor of Mathematics Director, Human Resources B.S., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies *MULDOON, JOANNE C. B.S., California State University, Hayward Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education M.S., D.P.A., University of La Verne B.A., Rosary Hill College *NICOLAIDES, ALEX M.A., United States International University Instructor of English as a Second Language *MYERS, ROBERT C. M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Physical Education NOORI, PARIS B.A., M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University Counselor *NANDKISHORE, EDGAR R. Professor Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., Southern Illinois University, Carbondale B.A., St. Stephen’s College, University of Delhi M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.B.A., University of Delhi NORTON, DAVID W. J.D., Western State University College of Law Instructor of Developmental Skills, Continuing Education *NAUGLE, MICHAEL B.A., M.A., Florida State University Instructor of English Ph.D., University of Washington B.A., M.A., University of San Diego NOWINSKI, STUART *NAVARRETE, CAROL Professor of Chemistry Instructor of English as a Second Language B.S., M.S., California State University, Long Beach M.A., University of Colorado *ODUJINRIN, ABI NAVARRO, SANDRA Instructor of Business Administration/Accounting Instructor of English as a Second Language M.P.P.N., Yale University B.A., University of California, Los Angeles *OGANIAN, ALINA M.Ed., University of Maryland, College Park Instructor of Chemistry NAZARYAN, ELMIRA B.S., Polytechnic Institute, Armenia Counselor, EOPS M.A., Scientifi c-Industrial Unit of Powder Metallurgy, Belarus A.A., Los Angeles City College Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute, Russia B.A., University of California, Los Angeles *OGANYAN, KARPIS M.S., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Mathematics *NEBBIA GERARDO B.A., Armenia State University Instructor of Economics M.S., California State University, Northridge B.A., Reed College, Oregon *OH, SORA M.A., California State University, Long Beach Instructor of Mathematics *NEBRIDA, VICTOR B.S., California State University, Bakersfi eld Instructor of History M.S., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., De La Salle University, Philippines *OLDHAM, CAROLYN A. M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Librarian NELSON, DAVID J. M.A., University of Kentucky Program Manager/Director, International Recruitment & Outreach M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles B.S., M.A., Ohio University *OLENIK, JANET L. S. *NELSON, WENDY Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education Instructor of Allied Health A.A., Moorpark College A.S., Glendale Community College, California B.F.A., Otis Art Institute M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *NEPOMUCENO, ROSARIO Assistant Professor of Business & Life Skills, Continuing Education *ONG, HAI T. B.S., University of Santo Tomas, Philippines Instructor of Mathematics B.S.E.E., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles *NEVINS, NANCY Instructor of English OPPENBERG, ELLEN A.A., Saddleback College Professor B.A., M.A., California State University, Fullerton Learning Disabilities Specialist B.A., California State University, Northridge NEWBERRY, LARRY M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.S., Wichita State University *O’REILLY, EDWARD Instructor of Art *NEWTON, GREGORY P. B.F.A., Kansas City Art Institute Instructor of Music M.F.A., Otis College of Art and Design B.Mus., M.M., University of Southern California *OROPEZA, CLARA NGUYEN, DOROTHY Instructor of English Instructor of Chemistry B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.S., Santa Clara University Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles ORPELLI, CRESCENT Mental Health Counselor *NICHOLS, MARYY ANN B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of English M.A., Antioch University California State University, Los Angeles *OSBURNE, BILINDA M.H. NICHOLSON, ARTHUR Instructor of Culinary Arts Instructor of Offi ce Business Technology, Continuing Education A.S., Southwestern Michigan College A.A., B.S., DeVry Institute, Arizona B.A., California State University, Northridge
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 227
*OTIM, OCHAN *PEDERSEN, KAREN Instructor of Chemistry Instructor of Business Ph.D., Wichita State University B.S., Northern Illinois University OWEN, ANTHONY R. M.S., Cardinal Stritch College Assistant Professor of Aviation and Transportation *PEKKALA FLAGAN, AULIKKI T. FAA Airframe and Powerplant Mechanic License, Instructor of Physical Science Commercial Pilot License, Airplane single and Multi-Engine Land B.S., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona Instrument Rating, I.A. M.A., California State University, Northridge OWEN, ROBERT *PELL, STEVE Dean, Information and Technology Services Instructor of English as a Second Language B.B.A., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin, Whitewater M.A., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona *PAGAN, SAIDA R. *PERERA, RANMALEE A. Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., Lehman College M.A., California State University, Long Beach *PAL, POORNA PEREZ-GIRARDI, MARIA LOURDES Professor of Geology Associate Professor of Spanish B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Osmania University B.A., University of Puerto Rico M.B.A., University of California, Riverside M.A., University of California, Los Angeles *PALAZZOLO, ROBERT J. PERKINS, GREGORY Instructor of Business Law Counselor, EOPS B.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., California State University, Long Beach J.D., Southwestern University, School of Law M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills *PALENCIA, ELDY PERRY, JEAN Instructor of Spanish Division Chair, Language Arts B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Associate Professor of Speech Communication *PALOS, TERESA P. B.A., M.A., University of Southern California Instructor of Biology *PETERSON, MAUREEN A. B.S., M.P.H., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Psychology *PANEC, CARYN B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University Instructor of Parent Education, Continuing Education M.S., Villanova University B.A., California State University, Northridge Ph.D., New York University *PANGANIBAN, JANETTE PETROS, JOHN MICHAEL Instructor of Business, Continuing Education Associate Professor of Media Arts B.S., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona B.A., Western Illinois University M.A., California State University, Northridge *PANOSYAN ASLANYAN, KRISTINE Counselor *PFEIFFER, THEODORE R. B.S., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Mathematics B.A., California State University, Northridge PAPAIOANU, NICK M.A., California Lutheran College Associate Professor of Electronics and Computer Technology A.A., Pasadena City College PFLUEGER, BETHANY ANN B.A., M.A., California State University, Long Beach Associate Professor of Music B.M., Capital University *PARK, NOJUN M. M.M., Baylor University Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., M.A., Creighton University *PHARES, D’ART D. Instructor of History *PARKER, MATTHEW B.A., Pepperdine University Instructor of Mathematics M.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.S., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., University of Chicago *PHILLIPS, CLAIRE Instructor of English PARKER, RANDAL B.A., San Francisco State University Instructor of Philosophy M.A., New York University B.A., University of British Columbia M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley PHILLIPS-MILLER, DYAN Women’s Basketball Coach PARKS, LEE MILLER Associate Professor of Health Associate Professor of Adapted Physical Education B.A., M.A., California State University, Chico B.S., M.S., University of New Mexico Ph.D., University of Southern California PHILLIPS, NANCY Instructor of Reading *PATTERSON, JASON M. B.A., California State University, Long Beach Instructor of Physical Education M.S., California State University, Fullerton B.A., M.A., University of Arizona M.A., Prescott College *PIETRZAK, JAN P. Instructor of Photography PAXTON, CAROL Professor of Mathematics PITTARD, JOANNE A.A., Pasadena City College Professor of Hemodialysis, Continuing Education B.A., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles R.N., Memorial Hospital School of Nursing, Albany B.S., M.S., Chapman College
*Adjunct Faculty 228 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
*PIUMETTI, FRANCESCA *RADOSAVLJEVIC, MILADIN Counselor Instructor of Accounting B.A., M.A., Loyola Marymount University B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Belgrade *PLOURDE, JASON *RAFII, ROXANNE Instructor of Physical Education Counselor, Extended Opportunity Programs & Services B.S., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., Azusa Pacifi c University *RAMILO, GLADYS FE *PODGORSKI, LEIGH Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies Instructor of Developmental Skills, Continuing Education B.S., St. Louis University, Philippines B.A., New England College *RAMMATH, JAMUNA R. *POLLMANN, SANDRA Instructor of Chemisty Instructor of Mathematics B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Ph.C., Madras University, India B.S, California State University, Long Beach *RAMOS, HAZEL M.S., University of Southern California Instructor of History POMEROY, LYNN A.A., Glendale Community College Professor of Mathematics B.A., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona B.S., Loyola Marymount University M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., California State University, Northridge *RAMSEYER, ALBERT *POORE, MARK Assistant Professor of Real Estate Instructor of Ceramics B.A., University of California, Davis A.A., Glendale Community College M.S.B.A., Boston University *PORTER, ROGER H., JR. M.A., University of Southern California Instructor of Ceramics J.D., Loyola Law School B.A., University of Texas, Austin RANCHEZ, PRUDENCIO C. M.F.A., University of Arizona Associate Professor of Nursing *POTTER, CHARLENE B.S., Far Eastern University Instructor of English as a Second Language M.S., California State University, Fresno B.A., B.Ed., University of Ottawa RANDEL, MELISSA R. M.A., Carleton University Instructor of Dance/Theatre Arts *POTTER, MALCOLM B.A., University of California, Irvine Instructor of Sociology *RAVVA, AMARNATH V. B.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of English M.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., University of California, Berkeley *POVILAITIS, CARL A. M.F.A., California Institute of the Arts Instructor of Administration of Justice *RECTOR, HARRIETT N. A.S., Monterey Peninsula College Instructor of Offi ce Business Technology, Continuing Education B.S., California State University, Fresno B.A., Davis & Elkins College M.P.A., University of Southern California *REDDY, LAKSHMI *POYNER, JAMES Instructor of Biology Instructor of Speech Communication B.S., M.S., Sri Venkateswara University, India A.A., Glendale Community College M..S., Australian National University *PRA, DENIS D. Ph.D., University of Madras, India Instructor of French *REILLY, MICHELLE M.A., Université Bordeaux III Instructor of Parent Education, Continuing Education M.A., Université Grenoble III B.A., San Diego State University PRICE, JEWEL D’ALOIA *REED, LOYD W. Dean, Student Services Instructor of Business Law B.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., LL.B., University of Southern California M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California REED, MICHAEL *PRICE, MARION Assistant Professor of Geography Assistant Professor of Alcohal and Drug Studies B.A., Brown University M.A., Pacifi c Oaks College M.A., San Diego State University PUGLIA, JOSEPH *RELLING, WILLIAM Counselor, Professor of Student Development Instructor of English B.S., University of Dayton, Ohio B.A., University of Missouri, St. Louis M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.F.A., University of Southern California Ed.D., Nova University RENNER, MARGUERITE *QUAST, DEBRA Professor of History Librarian B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh M.L.S., California State University, Fullerton *RENO, FRED B. M.Ed., Azusa Pacifi c University Assistant Professor of Administration of Justice QUEEN, JOHN B.S., California State University, Los Angeles Professor of Political Science M.P.A., University of Southern California B.A., University of Maryland *REYES, PATRICIA E. M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Spanish and Linguistics B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 229
RHANEY, VALERIE J. *ROHRIG, NICOLE A. Counselor, Professor of Student Development Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education B.A., University of California, San Diego B.S., Northwestern University M.S., San Diego State University M.A., California State University, Northridge Ed.S., La Sierra University *ROLDAN, PABLO RIBEIRO, MARIAH L. R. Instructor of Spanish Counselor, Professor of Student Development M.A., University of Southern California B.A., University of California, Los Angeles *ROMANO, MARK M.A., Loyola Marymount University Instructor of Political Science *RICARDS, PHILIP CLAYTON A.A., Glendale Community College Instructor of Religious Studies B.A., California State University, Northridge B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara M.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University *ROME, JOHN *RIDDELL, CECILIA Instructor of Physical Education Instructor of Child Development B.A., La Verne College B.A., Pomona College M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University M.A.T., Harvard University, Graduate School of Education *ROONEY, LARA J. Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language *RIDDELL, WILLIAM A. M.A., University of Southern Mississippi Instructor of Chemistry *ROSA-TOM, DAYLE N. B.A., University of California, Berkeley Instructor of Accounting B.S., B.S., University of California, Riverside B.S., M.S., University of Southern California M.S., California State University, Sacramento *ROSE, JACK REED *RILEY, KERRY Instructor of Social Science Instructor of Ethnic Studies B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge B.A., New York University M.Div., Pacifi c Lutheran Theological Seminary, Berkeley *ROSEN, ELLEN Instructor of Business, Continuing Education *RISH, MEREDITH B.S., Boston University Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education M.N., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., University of Southern California *ROSS, BARRY RITTERBROWN, MICHAEL Instructor of Business Law Division Chair, English B.S., M.B.A., University of Southern California Assistant Professor of English J.D., Southwestern University B.F.A., University of Southern California M.F.A., Warren Wilson College *ROTH, EILEEN Instructor of Psychology *RIVERA, MARTHA B.S., M.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies A.A., Harbor College *ROY, RAUL K. B.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills Instructor of Political Science M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University *RIVERA, ORLANDO Instructor of Alcohol/Drug Studies *RUBIN, DAVID E. Instructor of Business Administration ROACH, OLGA IRENE B.S., University of Hartford Insructor of Nursing M.B.A., Hofstra University B.S.N., California State University, Los Angeles * *RUBIO, ALLIE ROBERTS, DAVE Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education B.A., California State University, Northridge M.Div., Nazarene Theological Seminary M.S., California State University, Los Angeles ROBIGLIO, DEBORAH RUBKE, SCOTT Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Associate Professor of Aviation and Transportation B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara B.S., California State University, Northridge M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas RUSNOCK, K. ANDREA RODEMICH, CHRISTINE Instructor of Art History Professor of Nursing B.A., M.A., University of Pittsburgh B.S., University of Maryland Ph.D., University of Southern California M.S., California State University, Los Angeles *RUSSEL, NORMA *RODRIGUEZ, CHRISTINE E. Assistant Professor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Sociology B.A., Indiana University B.A., M.A., Stanford University M.A., California State University, Los Angeles J.D., University of California, Los Angeles, School of Law RUSSELL, ELIZABETH *RODRIGUEZ, DAVID Associate Professor of Mathematics Instructor of Physical Education B.S., M.S., University of North Texas B.A., California State University, Los Angeles *SAAD, HOSNY Y. ROHRBACHER, FRANCIEN Instructor of Chemistry Instructor of English Ph.D., University of Michigan B.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Northridge SABER, ISABELLE Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles
*Adjunct Faculty 230 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
*SAE, ANDY *SCHIFF, ADAM Instructor of Chemistry House of Representatives B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Kansas State University Instructor of Political Science ST. AMA, CARYL A.B., Stanford University Instructor of Art J.D., Harvard Law School B.F.A., Southwest Texas State University *SCHIFMAN, KAREN M.F.A., Claremont Graduate School Instructor of Art History *ST. AMAND, EILEEN G. B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education *SCHILF, MICHAEL B.A., Seton Hall University Instructor of English M.Ed., Loyola Marymount University B.A., Marquette University *SALAZAR, JR., BENJAMIN C. M.F.A., University of Southern California Instuctor of Alcohol/Drug Studies SCHLOSSMAN, PAUL A. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Dean, Student Affairs M.S., California State University, Los Angeles B.S., M.P.A., San Diego State University *SALAZAR, CRISTINA SCHLUETER, RORY Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems B.A., M.A., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona B.S., University of Southern California *SALAZAR, JULIET M. M.S., National Unversity Instructor of Mathematics *SCHULTE, FRANCIS J. B.S., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Philosophy *SALIDO, RUTHANNE M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills Instructor of Speech Communication *SCHULTEN, CHARLOTTE A. B.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Mathematics M.A., California State University, Fullerton B.S., University of Chicago *SAMORE, ROSE M.S., California Institute of Technology Instructor of Developmental Skills *SCHWENKMEYER, KAREN A. M.A., Point Loma University Instructor of Photography *SANORA, PATRICIA A. B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz M.F.A., California Institute of the Arts Assistant Professor of Alcohol/Drug Studies M.A., Pacifi c Oaks College *SCONDUTO, DAVID Instructor of English as a Second Language *SAPORITO, JOANNA M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Social Science *SCOTT, MICHAEL D., JR. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Assistant Professor of Accounting M.S.W., University of Southern California A.A., Glendale Community College *SARKISSIAN, HASMIK B.S., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies M.S., Golden Gate University A.S., Glendale Community College *SCOTT, JEAN B.S., California State University, Northridge Instructor of G.E.D., Continuing Education SARTORIS, JAMES M. B.S., California State University, Los Angeles Division Chair, Health and Physical Education M.B.A., University of Southern California Professor of Physical Education SELTZER, RICHARD Men’s Athletic Director Professor of English as a Second Language B.A., University of Washington B.A., M.S., State University of New York, Albany M.A., California State University, Los Angeles C.Phil., University of Southern California *SASAKI, KIMIYO *SENESTRARO, DARIN Instructor of Japanese Instructor of Philosophy B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz B.F.A., M.F.A., Tokyo National University of Fine Art and Music M.A., New York University * SAUNDERS, RICHARD W. *SEROTE, JANICE Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education Instructor of Offi ce Business Technology, Continuing Education B.S., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., Point Loma University M.A., Point Loma University SCARPACE, MICHAEL SEROTE, LARRY Professor of Physical Education Vice President, Administrative Services A.B., M.S., University of Southern California B.A., M.P.A., University of California, Los Angeles *SCHAFFER, RON SERRA, LINDA Instructor of English Division Chair, Business B.A., M.A., California State University, Chico Professor of Business *SCHANDER, MARY L. B.V.Ed., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Political Science *SHADE, STEPHEN B.A., California Lutheran University Instructor of English M.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.S., Millersville University M.A., Villanova University M.F.A., University of Iowa
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 231
*SHAHMELIKIAN, AZNIV *SMITH, JEFFREY Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of Speech Communication B.S., American University of Beirut B.A., University of Southern California M.S., University of New Hampshire M.A., The Catholic University of America SHAMHART, WILLIAM MICHAEL *SMITH, TIMOTHY Professor of Mathematics Instructor of Astronomy B.S., University of California, Davis M.S., California State University, Hayward M.A., Sonoma State University *SOBIESKI, DEBRA *SHANNON, MARY Instructor of Legal Procedures Instructor of English *SOMERS, JAMES M. B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara Instructor of Astronomy M.A., California State University, Northridge B.S., M.S., California State University, Northridge *SHARIF HAHI PAMUGH, AMIR *SON, KATHRYN Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education M.A., California State University, Long Beach B.A., Pepperdine College, Los Angeles SHEFFEY-STINSON, SANDI M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies *SONG, HEE CHIN (JOHN) B.S., Ohio State University Instructor of Korean M.S., Azusa Pacifi c University *SOWBY, RUTH A. M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University Professor of English *SHEHEE, TANEKA B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Ethnic Studies M.A., Ed.D., University of Southern California B.A., Hampton University M.F.A., American Film Institute M.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *SHERMAN, JAMES H. SPANGLER, DIANNE M. Librarian Professor of Physical Education M.L.I.S., San Jose State University B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *SIEMON-BURGESON, MARILYN M. *SPARANO-QUICK, MARISA A. Instructor of Child Development Instructor of English B.A., University of Redlands M.A., The College of New Jersey M.A., Pacifi c Oaks College *SPENCER, TRACI M. *SILVER, MICHELLE A. Instructor of English and Journalism Instructor of Speech Communication B.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge M.S., Columbia University *SIMON, JENNY L. SPICER, SCOT LUCAS Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Associate Dean, Instruction B.A., M.A., University of California, Santa Cruz Instructor of Sociology SIMON-ROSS, CELIA A.B., Brown University Professor of Spanish M.B.A., M.S.B.A., University of Southern California B.A., Mount Saint Mary’s College *SPRADLIN, LAURA F. M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language *SIMPSON, RICCARDO J M.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of English *SPRADLING, PHILIP V. B.A., M.F.A., Minnesota State University Moorhead Instructor of English as a Second Language *SIMPSON, STEVE B.A., University of Missouri Instructor of Business, Continuing Education M.A., Southern Illinois University B.S., Arizona State University M.S., University of Southern California Ph.D., University of Southern California *SINCLAIRE, MAHARA T. Instructor of Art *STACH, MURRAY B.A., University of California, Davis Counselor M.F.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.S., University of Wisconsin-Green Bay M.A., Pepperdine University SING, SUSAN FONG M.S., California State University, Northridge Instructor of Art A.A., Modesto Junior College *STAMBLER, LYNDON S. B.A., California State College, Stanislaus Instructor of Journalism M.A., California State University, San Francisco A.M., A.M., Stanford University *SINGH-BISCHOFBERGER, SURANA K. *STARK, ANDREA Instructor of Art Instructor of Speech Communication B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz M.F.A., Northern Illinois University M.S., Pratt Institute, New York *STARK, SIDNEY J. *SLAUGHTER, ADELE F. Football Coach, Assistant Professor of Physical Education Instructor of English B.S., Westminster College of Salt Lake City B.A., University of Maryland M.A., California Lutheran University M.F.A., Columbia University STATHIS, PETER A. *SMEDES, CATHERINE Division Chair, Mathematics Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies Associate Professor of Mathematics M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University B.A., Colgate University M.A., Claremont Graduate School
*Adjunct Faculty 232 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
STEARNS, DANIEL *TANNENBAUM, RICHARD Associate Professor of Art Instructor of English B.A., M.A., California State University, Fullerton B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge *STEED, BRAD TATSUGAWA, SHIHOKO Instructor of Music Instructor of Japanese B.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., Meiji Gakuin University, Tokyo M.M., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., California State University, Los Angeles *STERN, ELLEN TAYLOR, LOLA Assistant Professor of Art Counselor, Professor of Student Development B.A., De Pauw University A.A., Ventura College M.F.A.,University of Southern California B.A., University of California, Los Angeles STERN, TED M.S., California State University, Los Angeles Professor of Music TAYLOR, ROBERT J. B.A., University of Oregon PACE Director M.M., University of Southern California Director of Cooperative Education Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles A.B., Beloit College *STERNAU, PATRICIA S. M.S., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Parent Education, Continuing Education TAYLOR, ROBERT S. B.A., University of Arizona, Tucson Professor of English *STEVENS, JOANNE C. A.B., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language M.F.A., Vermont College A.A., Los Angeles City College M.A., Claremont College B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *TENENBAUM, LAURA FAYE *STEVENSON, WILLIAM R. Instructor of Oceanography Instructor of English B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge *TERENZI, FIORELLA STIRDIVANT, JEANETTE Instructor of Astronomy Division Chair, College Services B.S., M.S., University of Milan, Italy Counselor, Professor of Student Development *TERRY, JENNY L. B.A., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Nursing *STOCKLY, JANE B.S.N.,California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Parent Education, Continuing Education *TERUYA, SHARON L. B.A., Pacifi c Oaks College Instructor of Psychology *STRATTON, SEAN M.A., Ph.D., Fuller Theological Seminary Instructor of English *THILTGES, ALEXANDRE B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of French *STREIMER, RITA B.A., Nanterre University Instructor of Lifelong Learning, Continuing Education M.A., La Sorbonne, Paris M.A., Brooklyn College *THOKE, CLAIRE B. *STYLES, LESLIE Instructor of Business Education, Continuing Education Instructor of American Sign Language B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., M.A., Gallaudet University *THOMPSON, DEBRA K. *SULE, MICK L. Instructor of Art History Instructor of Mathematics M.A., California State University, Northridge B.S.,University of California, Los Angeles M.N., University of Washington M.S., Claremont Graduate University THOMPSON, INGER *SURENYAN, TATYANA Associate Professor of Psychology Instructor of Reading B.A., University of California, Irvine B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge M.A., San Francisco State University * SWINTON, JAN THOMSEN, CAROL Associate Dean, Instructional Services & Workforce Development Instructor of Parent Education, Continuing Education B.A., San Diego State University B.S., University of Alaska M.S., California State University, Los Angeles *THORNTON, AUBREY *SZE, ELIZABETH J. Instructor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies Instructor of History B.S., University of Southern California B.A., University of Wisconsin, Madison *THORPE, THOMAS E. M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Assistant Professor of Astronomy TAGHDIS, MOHAMMAD B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Counselor *TICE, STEVEN K. B.S.M.E., University of Akron, Ohio Instructor of Speech Communication M.S., National University, San Diego B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.B.A., West Coast University M.L.S., San Jose State University *TANGALOS, GEORGE TIERNAN, MONETTE Instructor of Mathematics Instructor of English B.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., California State University, Northridge M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
* Adjunct Faculty Faculty 233
*TILESTON, THOMAS R. VALLICELLA, PHILIP Instructor of Economics Professor of English B.A., University of Missouri B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara M.A., California State University, Long Beach M.A., University of Michigan *TIPPENS, MARTIN C. VANEVENHOVEN, RONALD M. Instructor of Mathematics Coordinator, Alcohol/Drug Studies Program B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge Professor TIRMAN, DANIEL B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language *VARDANYAN, VAGARSHAK B.A., M.A., Hunter College of CUNY Instructor of Mathematics *TOMLINSON, GRACE Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language *VAUGHN, KIRK B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education M.A., University of Southern California B.A., Middlebury College *TORRES, FABIOLA M.Ed., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Ethnic Studies *VEATCH, DOUGLAS S. B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education *TOURE, POGBAN B.A., Whittier College, CA M.A., Indiana University Instructor of Chemistry Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara *VILLEGAS CAMPBELL, MARIA ELENA Instructor of Spanish *TRAN, BETTY NGOC BAO M.A., University of California, Davis Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., University of California, Los Angeles *VELEZ, EVELYN M. M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education B.A., Iona College, New York *TREMPER, MARK W. M.S., Long Island University Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., University of California, Davis *VENIER, DANIEL M.A., University of Texas at Arlington Instructor of English as a Second Language B.S., Loyola Marymount University *TRUONG, MICHAEL M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Sociology VERA, PAUL M.A., Ph.D., University of California, San Diego Instructor of English as a Second Language *TRZECIAK, WILLIAM J. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Librarian M.A., California State University, Los Angeles A.A., City College of San Francisco *VESCELUS, CARMELINDA V. B.A., San Francisco State University Instructor of Home Arts, Continuing Education M.L., University of California, Berkeley B.S., Oregon State University *TSENG, TIN-YU *VILLEGAS, MARIA ELENA Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Spanish M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California M.S., University of California, Davis TSUYUKI, MAKOTO *WAGNER, ALICIA Professor of Ethnic Studies Instructor of Spanish B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.A., Universidad de Buenos Aires *TUDMAN, KARI L. WAGNER, SHARLEEN Instructor of English as a Second Language Program Director, Professional Development Center B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Business and Industry Training M.S., University of Southern California *WALERSTEIN SIBONY, MARCIA *TUCKER, CONNIE Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., Indiana University B.A., Australian National University M.A., University of California, Berkeley M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles *TURNER, NANCY K. *WANG, EILEEN Y. Assistant Professor of Art Instructor of English as a Second Language B.A., Queens College, Flushing, New York B.A., University of California, Irvine M.A., University of California, Berkeley M.A., California State University, Los Angeles UGALDE, CARLOS WANG, YEIMEI Associate Professor of Latin American Studies Coordinator, Special Events B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Professor of Culinary Arts M.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.S., Marietta College, Ohio *UNO, CHERI T. M.S., University of Southern California Instructor of Computer Science/Information Systems *WARD, DOUGLAS A. M.F.A., Otis College of Art and Design Instructor of English as a Second Language *VADMAN, ROBERTA M.A., Hunter College, New York Instuctor of Parent Education, Continuing Education *WARE, ADRA B.A., California State University, Northridge Assistant Professor of English as a Second Language *VALE, TIM B.A., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Nursing *WASHBURN, JONATHAN W. B.S., M.S., California State University, Long Beach Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education B.A., Gordon College *Adjunct Faculty 234 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
*WASHBURN, NANCY WHITE, STEVEN Instructor of Child Development Vice President, Instructional Services B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles Associate Professor of Economics WASHINGTON, VICKI B.S., University of Illinois Associate Dean, Extended Opportunity Program and Services (EOPS) M.A., California State University, Los Angeles A.A., Pasadena City College *WHITMORE, LESLIE B.A., M.S., California State University, Los Angeles Instructor of Business, Continuing Education *WASZAK, LEON J. B.A., University of Montana Assistant Professor of History M.Ed., Lesley College B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *WILDER, DAVID Ph.D., University of Southern California Instructor of Physical Education WATANABE, JOAN B.S., Oregon State University Instructor of Photography *WILES, CAROLEE A.A., Mt. San Antonio College Assistant Professor of Dance B.F.A., University of Southern California B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.F.A., Claremont Graduate School *WILKE, AMY *WEAVER, ROBERT Instructor of Culinary Arts Assistant Professor of Art B.S., M.S., Arizona State University B.A., M.F.A., Otis Art Institute *WILLHIDE, MELANIE A. *WEBER, MERARI LISSETH Instructor of Photography Instructor of English as a Second Language A.A., Manchester Technical College, Connecticut B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design *WEI, YUAN-BANG JOSEPH M.F.A., Yale University Instructor of English as a Second Language *WILLIAMS, JACQUELINE S. B.A., Soochow University Instructor of Psychology *WEISBECK, DANIEL J. B.S., Tuskegee University Instructor of English, and English as a Second Language M.S., Cal Lutheran University B.A., M.A., University of Northern Colorado Psy.D., Calif. School of Professional Psychology WELZ, LINDA WILLIAMS, RICHARD L. Process Engineering Professor of Political Science B.S., Bowling Green State University B.A., M.A., San Jose State University M.S., University of South Carolina *WILLIS, LEONORA I. *WESSEL, MARK Instructor of English Instructor of Art M.A., San Francisco State University B.A., University of California, Los Angeles *WILSON, BYNELL B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Utah Instructor of English as a Second Language *WEYDAHL, ERLEND S. B.A., M.A., California State University, Sacramento Instructor of Mathematics *WILSON, CHRISTOPHER B.S., M.S., Florida International University Instructor of Offi ce Business Technology, Continuing Education M.S., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., California State University, Northridge WHALEN, KAREN *WINTERFIELD, MARY Instructor of Nursing Instructor of English as a Second Language B.S.N., M.S.N., California State University, Los Angeles B.S., University of Wisconsin, Madison *WHALEN, LUCILLE M.S., Universidad del Zulia, Venezuela Librarian WINTERS, LINDA S. B.A., Immaculate Heart College Librarian, Professor M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America B.A., University of Kansas D.L.S., Columbia University M.Ln., Emory University WHEELER, MICHAEL Ed.D., Pepperdine University Professor of English and Humanities WITT, GEORGE J. A.B., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Professor of Mathematics *WHEELER, THAYNE B.A., University of California, Irvine Instructor of Photography M.A., California State University, Long Beach B.F.A., Art Center College of Design Ed.D., United States International University *WHITE, C. TODD *WOLF, MARVIN T. Instructor of English Instructor of Journalism B.A., University of Nebraska, Lincoln B.A., California State University, Fullerton M.A., University of Missouri, Kansas City *WONG, JOHN M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas Instructor of English as a Second Language WHITE, DAVID B. M.A., San Francisco State University Professor of English M.Ed., Temple University A.A., Pasadena City College Ph.D., University of Southern California B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles *WOODS, LYNN International Grad. Diploma, University of Salzburg Instructor of English B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge *WRIGHT, NORA Instructor of English B.A., Goucher College, Maryland * Adjunct Faculty Faculty 235
M.F.A., Columbia University, New York *YOUNG, JAN *WRIGHT, R. ALAN Instructor of Developmental Skills, Continuing Education Instructor of Accounting B.A., Skidmore College, New York B.S., California State University, Northridge M.B.A., University of California, Berkeley *WRIGHT, RONALD V. *YU, ANNE Instructor of Parent Education, Continuing Education Instructor of Chemistry B.S., University of La Verne B.A., Pomona College M.A., Azusa Pacifi c University M.S., University of California, Los Angeles *WYMAN, DAMIAN J. *ZAKARYAN, YELANA Instructor of English as a Second Language Instructor of Chemistry M.A., California State University, Los Angeles M.S., Polytechnical University of Yerevan *YAMAMOTO, NORIKO ZAMOS, JUDITH Instructor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Associate Professor of Nursing M.A., Portland State University M.S., Florida International University M.A., Claremont Graduate School *YAN, SIMON KWOKLUI Instructor of Mathematics ZARCONE, JOHN B.S., University of California, Los Angeles Instructor of Art M.S., California State University, Los Angeles B.A., California State University, Northridge M.F.A., Art Center College of Design *YANG, LYNDANE Instructor of English ZAYAS, PATRICIA B.A., University of Southern California Assistant Professor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education M.F.A., Warren Wilson College B.S., Brigham Young University J.D., University of California, Los Angeles M.S., California State University, Los Angeles *YEGANYAN, NUNE *ZEYNALYAN, ODETT Assistant Professor of English as a Second Language, Continuing Education Instructor of Engineering B.A., M.S., Yerevan State University, Armenia A.S., Glendale Community College, California *YOON, JAE EUN ZIEGLER, TRACEY BROOKE Instructor of Korean Counselor, Center for Students with Disabilities M.A., Hankuk University of Foreign Studies, Korea B.S., Cabrini College, PA M.S., Mount Saint Mary’s College YOUNG, ANDREW Instructor of Mathematics *ZIPPRICH, CHRISTIAN B.S., University of California, Irvine Instructor of Aviation and Transportation M.A., University of California, San Diego B.S., Technical University of South Africa YOUNG, DIANE *ZOHREHVAND, LISA Associate Professor of Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies Instructor of English B.A., University of Northern Iowa B.S., M.S., State University of New York, Plattsburgh M.S., Utah State University *ZOZULA, WALT Instructor of Real Estate
*Adjunct Faculty 236 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
EMERITUS
AGUERO, VITALIA HIGH, WALLACE PARKER, WILLIAM Librarian Psychology Philosophy ANDERSON, CLARA JO *HORTON, ERNEST PETERKA, RONALD Business Philosophy Aviation ANDROFF, ABRAM A. IVES, CARLA POTASE, THOMAS Health and Physical Education Spanish International Business BANGS, MERY OLIVE JANICKI, CYRIL B. REINHARD, C. WILLIAM English Speech Health and Physical Education BRIGHOUSE, JEB LANG, VELORIS REYES, TITA Political Science Dean, Arts, Letters, and Sciences Associate Dean, Allied Health BROWN, ROBERT W. LASHLEY, VIRGINIA *RIKE, TOM Art Computer Science/Information Systems Biology BURGHDORF, MARILYN LAYTON, GORDON SCULL, SHARON English as a Second Language Aviation English *COCHRANE, HAROLD LE MIEUX, HILLARY J. SEIFERT, RAMONA Dean, Guidance and Counseling Dance Business CONWAY, DANIEL E. LEEK, ANNE SHAW, FRANCES Psychology Business Coordinator: COSTALES, SHARON LEEK, DAVID C. Glendale Arroyo Seco Fire Academy Counselor Administrative Dean, Evening College Fashion Design Merchandising *CRAVEN, JOHN LINEBAUGH, ALVEN E. Cosmetology English Aviation SHELBURNE, MERRY CRIPPEN, BETTY MALLORY, WILLIAM Mass Communications Counselor Aviation SMITH, JAMES M. CUDNEY, LARRY MAYO, PAUL Anthropology Mathematics Music SMITH, J. WALTER *DEGRASSI, LEONARD McCUEN, JO RAY Dean, Student Activities Art History Dean, Evening College SOUTHERLAND, JILLAYNE DE VINCENTIS, LANI MESEROW, JUDY Business and Life Skills, Continuing Education Dean, Continuing Education Counselor SPEISER, EVELYN W. DONOVAN, BLANCHE K. MEYER, DIANE L. Computer Science/Information Systems Health and Physcal Education Counselor *STEMBRIDGE, JACKIE English as a Second Language FISHER, SALLY *MONDRUS, MARTIN English as a Second Language Art STONEY, DAISIE A. Child Development FLETCHALL, DONALD MOODY, MARGARET Allied Health History SWEENEY, THOMAS J. Machine Technology FORDE, DAPHNE MURPHY, KATHLEEN Allied Health Allied Health TRUPP, KENNETH S. English GRANDE, JOHN NAUMER, JANET NOLL President Dean, Library and Learning *TUCKER, DELOS GROSS, LOUIS Resources Geology Art NELSON, VIRGINIA TUFTELAND, JERRY M. HARDISON, RICHARD C. Non-credit Business Business Psychology NEY, DONALD VAN DAM, DENIS C. HARVEY, SALLY J. Electronics and Computer Technology English Spanish *NORMAN, RUSSELL VAN DAM, GEORGIA JO HAWKINS, DRAKE C. Business Language Arts Political Science NOVINGER, ANNE MARIE YOUNGQUIST, JOEL C. HAWKINS, ROBERT N. Health Services Economics Geography NUNN, MARSHALL E. ZICHICHI, LINDY HENLEY, MARGARET Librarian Architecture Chemistry NUNNELEE, B.H. (JIM) Aviation
* Emeriti Active Classifi ed Personnel 237
CLASSIFIED PERSONNEL
ACADEMIC COMPUTING LABS BIOLOGY DIVISION Ann L. Cassidy Mahta Benham Robyn Fea David Fell James Chavez Naira Khoudaverdian Nancy Lopez Nune Cole Mariam Lepedjian Elena Lungu Bob Cummings BOOKSTORE/ASB BUSINESS OFFICE Mikhail Nouh Tom Ferguson Jeffrey Ziegler Hbuk Bayer Rodney Ferrao Patricia Bradley CENTRAL RECEIVING/MAIL/ John Gerz WAREHOUSE Gail Cloutier Georgik Gharibian Ani Goodbarian George Ahenkorah Tom Jones David Harrison Peter Doud Connie Lantz Tammy Hall Jose Hernandez John Miketta Mary Mitchler Michael Washington Maria Shufeldt Iris Parks CHILD DEVELOPMENT CENTER Brian Shurlow Stephany Snyder William T. Starr Shelley Anderson Anjali Stanislaus Pamela Carroll ACCOUNTING BUSINESS AND LIFE SKILLS, Debra Fay Abraham Barakat CONTINUING EDUCATION DIVISION Debra Frohmuth Diane Chia Aliza Abraamyan Jacque Huggins Maria Fong Anahit Artunyan Shirley P. Mora June Ghil Valentina Aslanyan Leslie Ortiz Ronald Nakasone Phyllis Bradley Araseli Perez Amir Nour Chris Chocano Alysses Porter Christina Truong Nancy Davis Jeanette Tashiro ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES Josephine Gregorians Sylvia Turentine Mark Darcourt Alexandre Hamond Tatiana Zargarian Lawrence Serot Susan Jones COLLEGE POLICE ADMISSIONS AND RECORDS Barbara Keegan Samir Abou-Rass Leda Bloomfi eld Kelley Kissell Rony Aharonian Ruben Cuevas Anahit Kusheryan Merrilee Ahaus Dionne Encinas Klarisa Lapshinova Arman Belderian Josephine Horan Lydia Sanchez Neil Carthew Austin Kemie Klarisa Sarkisian Gregory Corrigan Kathryn Ligon Tatiana Sikolovskaia Nidal Kobaissi Jenora McMahon Marilu Villa Erin D. Kurasz Michelle Mora Janice Vunder Richard Mena Hilda Morad BUSINESS DIVISION Steven Wagg Joann Naso Hasmik Sarkissian COLLEGE SERVICES Gretchen Smart BUSINESS SERVICES Sally Holmes Bobbie Strandquist Armik Gregorian COMMUNICATIONS, MARKETING Olga Tovar Susan Mesko AND FOUNDATION/ Arturo Yepez William Taylor PUBLIC INFORMATION ADULT RE-ENTRY CALWORKS Tracy Adams Linda Kunze Ophelia Carrasco Kathryn Allmon ALLIED HEALTH DIVISION Rita der-Stepanians Saodat Aziskhanova Susan Cisco Barbara Artukovitch Victoria Issakhan Elana Edelstein Louis Garcia Renato Loredo Wendy Grove Robert Lashier, Jr Maral Matossian Barbara Jordan Ellen Rosen Alfred Ramirez Alex Leon ALUMNI ASSOCIATION Debra Stepp Ann Ransford Linda Kunze Juliet Sulian Deborah Lee Wootton COMMUNITY SERVICES AMERICORPS Jon Harris CAREER CENTER Hoover Zariani Martha Perez Tatyana Bartholomew Kathy Seifert ASSESSMENT CENTER Anna Marie Laffl am Ngoc Adamonis CONTINUING EDUCATION CENTER FOR STUDENTS WITH Kim Bryant DISABLILITIES Lynne Baran Maria Hicks Faye Cohill Melina Allahverdi Diana Markari Nancy Davis Flora Armen Hannelore Thompson Paul Ghazarian Rozik Avanesian Josephine Gregorian Mary Elizabeth Barrett Zarouhi Grigorian Michelle Bertelsen Teri Ismail Linda Brown Deborah Kinley 238 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
(Continuing Education Continued) Claudio Moguel HEALTH SERVICES Hasmik Kocharyan Fredy Mojares Louis Garcia Anait Kusheryan Margaret Nadir Sharon Horejsi Klarisa Lapshinova Michael W. Nevieus Jessica Lo Guercio Cecilia Maciel Daniel Padilla Maureen McNeely Connie Montgomery Vince E. Peoples Carmita Veliz Frances Pehar James Henry Perkins HUMAN RESOURCES Susan Roberts Cleotilde Razana Mary Ellen Bjoin Tony Ruta Gustavo Rocha Eduardo Bugayong Vardouhi Sanosian Antonio Ruta Leticia Estrada Mary Stone Patrick Shahnazaryan Rhonda Horton Joni Switzer Virna Silva Gordon Lui James Sisson CULINARY ARTS DEPARTMENT Vicki Nicholson Aide Trejo Beverly Delgadillo Barbara Stepp Victor Torres Vera Paragouteva Rima Tarverdian Janet Ghooks Steven Vargas Juan Velasco INFORMATION AND TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM MANAGEMENT SERVICES Michael Washington Nancy Brace Alan B. Waterman Pam Boehret DUPLICATING/PRINTING CENTER Jeffrey White Patricia Chamroonrat Louise Chamroonrat Jon M. Zaborac Kevin M. Chan Knarik Khshtoyan Danny S. Zamora INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Jorge Sanchez Benjamin Zavala ACADEMIC AND ADMINISTRATIVE SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE, FINANCIAL AID Maibel Cortes CREDIT DIVISION Irene Aghanian Robert Gaane Diomary Jerome Khristine Ambartsumyan David D. O'Donnell Linda Carrasco ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE, Nancy McLees NON-CREDIT DIVISION Divinia Casareo David Roswell Joann Cook Marie Bartholomew Nancy Weeks Yanet Guardado Sandra Dale Patsy Espinoza INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY NETWORK Sylvia Hertel AND SYSTEMS SERVICES Ali Kobassi Oda Goodbarian Nabeel Elbettar Nancy Luna Armineh Gourgian Stanley Jung Ilsemaria Mojica Alexander Hammond Carlos Kleeman Jose Vadillo Robert Michel Maria Rhoades David Mathews ENGLISH DIVISION Pamela Rosas Simon Mirzaian Marjorie Vickers Dennis Schroeder Guillermo Rios EXTENDED OPPORTUNITY Nance E. Spray INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM AND SERVICES (EOPS) FOOD SERVICES OPERATIONS Shakeh Ataian Anne L. Brooks Reed Anderson Nellie Lopez Otilia Cordova Richard Bartholomew Anahid Mardres Ian Eltringham Don Hodges FACILITIES Raquel Grijalva Mark Ragonig George Ahenkorah Eugenia Hurtado Armando Sanchez Randy Alexander Knarik Karavardan Arturo Segura Cornelius W. Aubert Rima Lavi Mary Stone Aida Avedissian Elia Moreno INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY Ricardo Barcena Emma Rodriguez Jason C. Dorff Peter Doud Gladis Rodriquez Karin Ragonig Charles Easley Nancy Russi Brian Shurlow Celia Flores Hermineh Shahnazarian INSTRUCTION OFFICE Carlos Flores-Munoz Helen Toledo Jill Lewis Richard Franco Isuki Vrtanesyan Carolyn Payne Louis G. Garza Candyce Walker Paul M. Ghazarian Alicia Zavala INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES & WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT Alma R. Guerrero Erendida Zavala Bobby J. Harris Yolanda Zuno Rodolfo Alex Garcia Sonik Hakoupian Jose Hernandez HEALTH AND PHYSICAL Villafe Henson Marcia Ievin EDUCATION DIVISION Victor Leyva Marilyn Mayne Claudia Alvarez Johann Jonke Florence Ricchiazzi Stephanie Goffredo Horace Lewis Isman Salas Jose Gomez Alex Lopez Diane L. Smith Eduardo Lopez Arturo Magallanes Nancy Traynor John Rome Nancy Yaldizian Rosa Maldonado Bonita Shipston Maria Mendoza Classifi ed Personnel 239
INTERNATIONAL STUDENT PAYROLL STUDENT AFFAIRS SERVICES Menchie Braza Alen Andriassian Armenui Andzhu Karen Thuy Lu Angela Battaglia Celeste Brenner Gladys Fe Ramilo Melanie Brown LANGUAGE ARTS DIVISION Zenaida E. Venus STUDENT COMPUTER CENTERS Linda Watkins Heather Glenn Robert Cummings LEARNING CENTER PBX Louis Gagnon Frederick Melikian Vera McGillivray Georgeik Gharibian Agnes Rudnick Christine Reiner Thomas Jones Maria Shufeldt PHYSICAL SCIENCES DIVISION Simon Nader Andrew Stires Marin Burney Guillermo Rios LIBRARY Simon Chien STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICES Michael Arvizu Robin Fea Nane Kakosian Dzovinar Ayvazian John Gerz Kathy Kostjal Russell Beckett PLANETARIUM/SCIENCE CENTER Sang Soo Nam Lydia Childs Paul Anthony Buehler Andra Verstraete Dawn E. Corner PLANNING AND RESEARCH STUDENT SERVICES Kelly Crowe Conrad Scott Amba Judith Razze Vivian Darakjian Cathy Durham Silva Vartanians Zohara Gina Kaye Edward Karpp SUPERINTENDENT/PRESIDENT’S Cecelia Maciel OFFICE Rozalin Matthewsian PROCESS ENGINEERING Patricia Skerry Lynne McGrath Janet Langley TECHNOLOGY AND AVIATION DIVISION Sarah Moore PUBLIC INFORMATION Tom Ferguson Sylvie Moseley Susan K. Cisco Diane Landisi Barbara Peck Wendy Grove Joe Wong Elana Edelstein TRANSFER CENTER Scarlet Yerissian PURCHASING Jolie Morris LONG RANGE PLANNING Judith Brace TUITION Ann C. Reed William Miller Noushin Ahmadpour MATHEMATICS DIVISION SCHOOL RELATIONS/STUDENT Rose Marie Chavez Shogher Baghdasarian OUTREACH VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS Francisca Jones Aida Avanousian DIVISION Jeremy Talaoc Kim Bryant Gilbert Baghramian OFFICE SKILLS CENTER SENATE/GOVERNANCE/GUILD R. Guido Girardi Nancy Greene Chris Chocano Arlene Guillen Josephine Gregorians Kristine Hanna SERVICE LEARNING CENTER Susan Jones Susan Henry Nane Kakosian Barbara Keegan Marco Navarro Hoover Zariani Larisa Sarkisian Andreh Nazarian Mary Stone SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION Mark Poore Catherine Crawford Roger Porter, Jr. Sharon Denner Bonnie Shipston 240 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
In Spring 2005, ground was broken for a 42,000 square foot building which will house the Allied Health and digital Multimedia programs. Construction will begin approximately August 1, 2005 and the anticipated completion date is June, 2007. This new building will double the capacity of the Allied Health Program to include approximately 144 nurses; a 100% increase from the current number. Index 241
INDEX A Associate in Arts Degree ...... 65 Academic Contracts ...... 58 C Major requirements ...... 65 Cal Grants ...... 25 Academic Grievance ...... 55 Transfer Students ...... 62 Calendar ...... 7-10 Academic Honesty ...... 54 Associate in Science Degree ...... 67 California Articulation Number Academic Honors ...... 56 Major requirements ...... 67 (CAN) ...... 85 Academic Probation ...... 57 Associated Student Body ...... 41 California State University, Academic Renewal Astronomy, courses ...... 101 general education requirement ...... 81 without course repetition ...... 49 Athletic program ...... 41 CalWORKs ...... 22 Accounting, certifi cate ...... 67 Attendance and Drop Policy ...... 49 Campus Map ...... 245 courses ...... 86 Audit Policy ...... 44 Career Center ...... 22 Accreditation ...... 12 Aviation and Transportation, certifi cates ...... 68 Catalog rights ...... 43 Address, College ...... 1 courses ...... 102 Center for Students w/Disabilities ...... 22 Administration, College ...... 5 Awards, see Honors; Scholarships. Ceramics, courses ...... 99 Administration of Justice, certifi cate ...... 67 certifi cate ...... 69 courses ...... 87 Certifi cate Programs ...... 65 Admission Counseling ...... 28 B Baja California Certifi ed Tax Preparer, certifi cate ...... 69 Admission Requirements ...... 43 Field Studies Program ...... 13 Change of Grades ...... 49 Adult Re-Entry ...... 21 Band, see Music Cheating, see General Conduct/Honesty ....54 Advanced Placement Examinations, Banking, courses, Chemistry, courses ...... 111 Credit for ...... 51 see Business Administration ...... 109 Child Development, certifi cate ...... 69 Advertising courses, see Art 134-137 ...... 95 Biology, courses ...... 106 courses ...... 112 Business Administration 166 ...... 110 major (A.A.) ...... 65 Chinese, courses ...... 115 Advertising Art, certifi cate ...... 67 Board of Governors Fee Waiver ...... 25 Choreographic Studies, Advisory Committees ...... 12 Board of Trustees ...... 5 certifi cate ...... 70 Aerobics, see Dance 164 ...... 132 Bookkeeping, certifi cate ...... 69 major (A.A.) ...... 65 Aeronautics, see Bookstore ...... 21 Class Audit Policy ...... 44 Aviation and Transportation ...... 102 Botany, see Biology 135, 137 ...... 108 Class Locations, see Campus Map ...... 245 Affairs, student ...... 41 Broadcasting, courses, see Classifi cation of Students ...... 50 Alcohol/Drug Abuse Notifi cation ...... 12 Mass Communications 106; Classifi ed Personnel ...... 237 Alcohol/Drug Studies, Specialist in Media Arts 101-107; Clearance of Obligations ...... 50 certifi cate ...... 67 Theatre Arts 140. Clerical training, courses, see Computer Alcohol/Drug Studies, courses ...... 89 Business, English, see Computer Applications Applications and Business Offi ce Technology Allied Health, see Nursing and Business Offi ce Technology 102 ...... 117 courses ...... 116 Alumni Association ...... 13 Mathematics, see Computer Applications Clubs ...... 41 American Disabilities Act ...... 18 andBusiness Offi ce Technologies 110 ...... 118 Collaborative Learning ...... 23 American Sign Language ...... 90 Business Administration, College Administration ...... 5 AmeriCorps ...... 21 certifi cates ...... 69 College Calendar ...... 7-10 Anatomy, see Biology 120 ...... 107 courses ...... 109 College Division Chairs ...... 6 Animation, certifi cates ...... 67 major (A.A.) ...... 65 College Level Examination Animation courses ...... 100 Business certifi cate programs, see Program Policy ...... 52 Anthropology, courses ...... 91 Accounting ...... 67 College Maps ...... 245, 246 Appeals Bookkeeping ...... 69 College Mission ...... 11 Assessment/Placement ...... 28 Business Administration ...... 69 College Objectives ...... 11 Financial Aid Dismissal ...... 58 Business Offi ce Technology, see Computer College Police Department ...... 14 Grievance ...... 56 Applications and Business Offi ce Technologies College Programs and Services ...... 11 Computer Applications and Business Of- College Services ...... 21 Matriculation ...... 28 fi ce Technologies ...... 70 Mission and Philosophy of ...... 21 Prerequisite (Waiver) ...... 28, 85 Computer Information Systems ...... 71 Colloquia, course ...... 116 Reinstatement (dismissal) ...... 57 Computer Operator ...... 71 Communications, Application, admission ...... 43 Computer Programmer ...... 71 certifi cate ...... 70 Archaeology, see Anthropology 103 ...... 91 Computer Science ...... 71 Mass, major (A.A.) ...... 65 Architecture, courses ...... 92 Computer Software Technician ...... 71 Speech/Communication, major (A.A.) ...66 Architectural Drafting and Design, Computer Support Technician ...... 72 Community Services Education ...... 15 certifi cate ...... 68 Desktop Publishing ...... 72 Computer Aided Manufacturing ...... 116 Armenian, courses ...... 93 Desktop Publishing Technician ...... 72 certifi cate ...... 70 Art, certifi cate ...... 68 International Business ...... 69 Computer Appliations and Business Offi ce courses ...... 94 Management ...... 73 Technologies, Art History, certifi cate ...... 68 Marketing ...... 74 certifi cates ...... 70 courses ...... 94 Medical Administrative Services ...... 74 courses ...... 116 Assessment ...... 28, 43 Microsoft Offi ce Specialist Preparation ..74 Computer Information Systems, ASSIST ...... 83 Real Estate ...... 76 certifi cate ...... 71 Receptionist/Offi ce Clerk ...... 76 Computer Integrated Manufacturing,
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 242 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
courses ...... 121 Disabled Students ...... 22 mathematics placement ...... 43, 165 Computer Numerical Control Technician, Disclaimer ...... 4 Extended Opportunity Program certifi cate ...... 71 Discrimination ...... 18, 29 and Services Computer Operator, certifi cate ...... 71 Dismissal ...... 57 (EOPS) ...... 23 Computer Programmer, certifi cate ...... 71 Academic Contract ...... 58 Computer Science Financial Aid ...... 58 certifi cate ...... 71 Diversity, cultural requirement ...... 61 F Computer Science/Information Systems Division Chairs ...... 6 Faculty ...... 209 courses ...... 121 Drafting , see Engineering ...... 136 Emeritus ...... 236 Also see Electronics and Computer Technol- Drama Production, see Theatre Arts Family Educational Rights & ogy Drawing, Art ...... 96 Privacy Act ...... 46, 47 Computer Software Technician, Drop/Attendance Policy ...... 49 Fees ...... 44 certifi cate ...... 71 Drop/Withdrawal Policy ...... 59 Refund ...... 45 Computer Support Technician, Drug Abuse, see Alcohol/Drug Abuse ...... 12 Final Examinations ...... 54 certifi cate ...... 72 Drug Studies, certifi cate ...... 67 Finance, see Business Administration 131 Computerized Account Specialist ...... 67 courses ...... 89 Financial Aid ...... 23 Conduct, General ...... 54 Dismissal ...... 58 Continuing Education ...... 17 Probation ...... 58 see Evening Programs ...... 16 E types ...... 24 see Non-Credit Continuing Education ...... 17 Earthquakes, see Geology 120 ...... 153 Satisfactory Progress Policy ...... 57 see PACE ...... 19 Economics, courses ...... 133 Fire Academy courses ...... 148 Continuing Education Training Center ...... 17 Education, see Social Science 101 ...... 197 Fire Technology, certifi cate ...... 73 Continuing Students ...... 43 Educational Media Technology, course ...... 133 courses ...... 149 Continuous Enrollment ...... 44 Egyptian Hieroglyphs, courses ...... 133 First Aid, course, see Health 101, 102, 107 Contracts, Academic ...... 58 El Vaquero ...... 41 requirement for graduation ...... 61 Cooperative Education ...... 15 Electro/Mechanical Fabrication, Fitness Specialist certifi cate ...... 73 courses ...... 128 certifi cate ...... 72 Flight Attendant, see Aviation and Corequisite/Prerequisite ...... 85 Electronics and Computer Technology, Transportation Costs, see Fees ...... 44 certifi cates ...... 72-73 Flight Training, see Costume Construction, see Theatre Arts 123 courses ...... 133 Aviation and Transportation Counseling/Matriculation ...... 27-29 Eligibility for Courses ...... 44 Food and Nutrition Studies, see Counseling Services ...... 29 Emergency Loans ...... 25 Culinary Arts Course Descriptions ...... 85 Emergency Medical Technician, see Nursing Foreign Language, see specifi c language Course Drop Policy ...... 59 courses ...... 177 major (A.A.) ...... 65 Course Prerequisites/Corequisites ...... 85 Emeritus, faculty ...... 236 Foundation, Glendale College, Inc...... 16 Course Repetition ...... 50 Employment, see Student Employment Services French, courses ...... 151 Courses, Eligibility for ...... 44 Engineering, courses ...... 136 Credit by Examination ...... 52 Engineering/Electro Mechanical Design Credit for Advanced Placement, Certifi cates ...... 73 G Examinations ...... 50 English, courses ...... 138 General Education Development Credit for Military Training ...... 52 business, see Business Administration 106 (G.E.D.) Test ...... 18 Credit/No Credit Courses ...... 53 English Placement Examination ...... 43 General Conduct ...... 54 Criminal Justice, courses, laboratory ...... 23 General Education Requirements ...... 79 see Administration of Justice ...... 87 major (A.A.) ...... 65 California State University ...... 81 Culinary Arts, courses ...... 128 requirement for graduation ...... 62 Glendale College ...... 61 certifi cate ...... 72 English as a Second Language, Transfer Curriculum (IGETC) ...... 80 Culinary, Nutrition, and Hospitality courses ...... 144 University of So. California ...... 82 Management Program ...... 72 Enrollment ...... 29 General Education Transfer Studies Cultural Diversity Requirement ...... 61 continuous ...... 44 major ...... 65 Entrance requirements ...... 39 General Information ...... 11 D EOPS ...... 23 Geography courses ...... 152 Equal Employment Opportunity Geology, courses ...... 153 Dance, certifi cate and major, Coordinator ...... 18 Geometry, see Mathematics see Choreographic Studies ...... 65, 70 Equal Opportunity Policy ...... 18 German, courses ...... 154 courses ...... 130 Equivalent, course ...... 85 Gerontology, see Psychology 109, Deaf Studies, see Ethnic studies, courses ...... 147 Sociology 105 American Sign Language ...... 90 Evening Programs ...... 16 Glendale College Foundation, Inc...... 16 Dean’s Honor List ...... 56 Examination Glendale Community College, Degree, Associate in Arts ...... 65 advanced placement ...... 50 Administration ...... 5, 6 Degree, Associate in Science ...... 67 chemistry placement ...... 43 Glendale Community College, history ...... 4 Descriptive Geometry, see Architecture 103, College Level Program ...... 52 Glendale Community College, mission ...... 11 Engineering 103 credit by ...... 52 Goals, Student ...... 29 Design courses ...... 95 English placement ...... 43 Grade-Point Average ...... 55 Desktop Publishing, certifi cate ...... 72 English as a Second Language ...... 43 Grade Points ...... 55 Desktop Publishing Technician, certifi cate ...72 fi nal ...... 54 Grades ...... 55 Dietary Service Supervisor, certifi cate ...... 72 G.E.D...... 18 change of ...... 49
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Index 243
incomplete ...... 55 Money and Banking, courses, Graduation, requirements ...... 61 L see Business Administration Grants ...... 25 Law, Business, see Business Administration see also Accounting, courses Grievance Procedures ...... 18, 55 120, 125...... 109 Motion Picture History, see Art 125 ...... 95 Guidance, see Matriculation ...... 27 Law Enforcement and Administration, see Music, certifi cate ...... 75 Also see Student Development, Administration of Justice ...... 87 courses ...... 172 courses ...... 203 Law, Secretary (Legal), certifi cate ...... 71 major (A.A.) ...... 66 Learning Center ...... 26 MyGCC ...... 17, 247 Lettering, see Art 132 ...... 95 H Library ...... 27 Health, courses ...... 154 Library, courses ...... 163 N requirements for graduation ...... 61 Library Research, see English 113, National Field Studies, course ...... 177 Health Science Library 101 Natural Science, requirements for A.A. Major ...... 65 Linguistics ...... 164 graduation ...... 61 Health Center ...... 26 Literature, see English ...... 138 Navigation, see Aviation and Hieroglyphs, Egyptian, courses ...... 133 Loans ...... 25 High School Credits ...... 17 Transportation 121, 124 ...... 103 History, courses ...... 155 New Student Orientation ...... 28 requirements for graduation ...... 61 M Non-Credit Continuing Education ...... 17 Non-Discrimination and Equal Holidays, see Calendar ...... 7-10 Machine and Manufacturing Technology Opportunity Policy ...... 18 Honesty, Academic ...... 54 certifi cate ...... 73 Non-Evaluative Symbols ...... 55 Honors, Academic ...... 56 Machine Technology, courses ...... 164 Nursery School, courses, Honors, Dean’s ...... 56 Major requirements for A.A. degree ...... 65, 66 see Child Development ...... 112 Honors at Entrance ...... 56 Major requirements for A.S. degree ...... 67 Nursing, R.N. Hotel Restaurant Management, Management, certifi cate ...... 73 certifi cate ...... 75 courses ...... 158 courses, see Business Administration courses ...... 177 certifi cate ...... 72 Manufacturing, Engineering, certifi cate ...... 73 Nutrition, see Culinary Arts ...... 129 Humanities, courses ...... 159 Maps requirements for graduation ...... 62 College Campus ...... 245 Off-Campus Locations ...... 246 O I Marketing, certifi cate ...... 74 courses, see Business Administration Objective and Functions ...... 11 Income Tax, see Accounting Marriage, see Psychology 131 or Sociology 131 Obligations, clearance of ...... 50 Incomplete grades ...... 55 Mass Communications, certifi cate ...... 74 Oceanography, courses ...... 181 Independent Studies ...... 160 major (A.A.) ...... 65 Offi ce Assistant, courses, see Industrial English, see English 131 ...... 141 courses ...... 165 Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Information, General ...... 11 Materials and Processes, courses ...... 165 Technologies ...... 117 Information, Scholastic ...... 49 Math/Science Center ...... 27 Offi ce Procedures, see Interdisciplinary Humanities, Mathematics, courses ...... 165 Computer Applications and Business Offi ce major (A.A.) ...... 65 business, see Computer Applications and Technologies 101 ...... 117 Interior Design, course, see Art 141, Business Offi ce Technologies 110 Open Enrollment ...... 85 Architecture 141 major (A.A.) ...... 66 Orchestra, see Music International Business, Mathematics Placement Orientation, College ...... 28 certifi cate ...... 69 Examination ...... 43, 165 see also Student Development, courses, see requirements for graduation ...... 61 courses ...... 203 Business Administration 175, 176 ...... 110 technical ...... 205 International Field Study, course ...... 161 Matriculation Services ...... 27 International Students ...... 16 Appeals Procedures ...... 28 P Internet courses, see Computer Discrimination ...... 29 PACE Program ...... 19 Science/Information Systems 191, 192 ...... 125 Media Arts ...... 171 Painting, courses ...... 97 Internship ...... 161 Mass Communications, Paleontology, course ...... 181 Intersegmental General Education Transfer major (A.A.) ...... 65 Pell Grant ...... 25 Curriculum (IGETC) ...... 80 Medical Administrative Services, Petitions Procedure ...... 56 Italian, courses ...... 161 certifi cate ...... 74 Philosophy, courses ...... 181 Metallurgy, course ...... 171 Photography, certifi cate ...... 76 J Metals, course ...... 172 courses ...... 183 Japanese, courses ...... 162 Meteorology, see Aviation and Physical Education, courses ...... 185 Job Placement Center ...... 40 Transportation 122 ...... 103 major (A.A.) ...... 66 Journalism ...... 162 Microbiology, see Biology 112 ...... 106 requirements for graduation ...... 61 Microsoft Offi ce Specialist Physical Science, course ...... 192 K certifi cates ...... 74 major (A.A.) ...... 66 Keyboarding, see courses ...... 120 Physics, courses ...... 192 Computer Applications and Business Offi ce Military Training, credit ...... 20, 52 Physiology, see Biology 121 ...... 107 Technologies, Computer Science/Information Mission and Piano, see Music Systems 200 Philosophy of College Services ...... 21 Pilot Training, see Aviation and Korean, courses ...... 163 Mission Statement, College ...... 11 Transportation ...... 102
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 244 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Placement Examinations ...... 43 Secretarial training, see Computer Applications Transcripts ...... 47 Police Science, courses, and Business Offi ce Technologies Transfer Center ...... 40 see Administration of Justice ...... 87 certifi cates ...... 70, 71 Transfer Credit ...... 85 Political Science, courses ...... 193 Section 504 Coordinator ...... 18 Transfer Information ASSIST ...... 83 Prerequisite/Corequisite ...... 85 Service Learning Center ...... 40 Transfer Programs ...... 83 Prerequisite Waiver/Appeal ...... 28, 85 Shorthand, see Computer Applications and Transfer to colleges, universities ...... 20, 79-83 Preschool child, see Child Development ...... 112 Business Offi ce Technologies ...... 118 Trustees, Board ...... 5 President/Superintendent ...... 2 Singing, courses, see Music Tuition ...... 44 Printing, Business Materials, see Computer Sign Language, see American Sign Language Tutoring Center ...... 27 Science/Information Systems 129 ...... 123 Social Science, courses ...... 197 Typing, see Computer Applications and Business Printing, Silk Screen, see Art 174, 175 ...... 98 major (A.A.) ...... 66 Offi ce Technologies ...... 119 Printmaking ...... 98 requirements for graduation ...... 62 Typography, see Art 132 ...... 95 Privacy Act ...... 46, 47 Sociology, courses ...... 199 Probation, academic ...... 57 Spanish, courses ...... 199 Progress ...... 57 Special Projects, course ...... 201 U Financial Aid ...... 58 Special Topics ...... 201 Unit of Work ...... 58 Professional Development Center, Speech Communication, courses ...... 202 Limitations ...... 58 Administration ...... 6 major (A.A.) ...... 66 requirements for graduation ...... 61 Programmer certifi cate ...... 71 Stafford Student Loan ...... 24 University of California, see IGETC ...... 80 Programs and Services ...... 11 Stagecraft, see Theatre Arts University of Southern California Project for Adult College Education Standards of Student Conduct ...... 54 general education requirements ...... 82 (PACE) ...... 19 Standards of Scholarship ...... 57 Psychology, courses ...... 194 Statistics, see Mathematics 136 ...... 168 Public Relations certifi cate ...... 76 Stress Reduction, V see Physical Education 294 ...... 192 Variable Units ...... 85 Student Veterans, education ...... 20 Q Affairs ...... 41 military training credit ...... 52 Quality Assurance ...... 195 Associated Student Body ...... 41 Visual Arts, major (A.A.) ...... 66 Quality Control ...... 195 Center ...... 40 Vocal Music, see Music Clubs ...... 41 Volunteer Service ...... 40 R Conduct ...... 54 course, see Independent Studies 101 or Continuing ...... 43 Social Sciences 145, 146 Reading, see English Development, courses ...... 203 Real Estate, certifi cate ...... 76 Directory Information Policy ...... 46 courses ...... 196 Educational Plan (SEP) ...... 28 W Receptionist/Offi ce Clerk, certifi cate ...... 76 Employment Services ...... 40 Waiver of prerequisites ...... 31, 85 Recommended Preparation ...... 85 Financial Services ...... 23 Web Graphics, certifi cate ...... 77 Records, student ...... 47 Health ...... 26 Web Publishing Specialist, certifi cate ...... 77 Recreation Leadership, certifi cate ...... 76 Goals ...... 29 Welding, certifi cate ...... 77 courses ...... 197 Honesty ...... 54 courses ...... 208 Refunds ...... 45 Loans ...... 25 Withdrawal/Course Drop Policy ...... 59 Registered Nursing, see Nursing ...... 177 Newspaper ...... 41 Word Processing, courses, see Computer Ap- Registration, dates, see Calendar ...... 7-10 Organizations ...... 41 plications and Business Offi ce Technologies, procedure ...... 46 Records ...... 47 Computer Science/Information Systems Reinstatement ...... 57 Responsibility ...... 47 Work Experience, Religions, see Philosophy Returning ...... 44 see Cooperative Education ...... 15, 128 Remedial Coursework Limit Policy ...... 56 Right to Know Act ...... 20 Work Study Program ...... 25 Repetition, course ...... 50 Study Abroad Programs ...... 20 Writing Center ...... 26 Research courses, see Computer Science/In- Superintendent/President ...... 2 formation Systems 191, 192; English 113; Supplemental Educational Opportunity Library 101 Grant (SEOG) ...... 25 Residence requirements ...... 46 Responsibility, student ...... 47 Retail Management certifi cate ...... 76 T Returning Students ...... 44 Table of Contents ...... 3 Rights, catalog ...... 43 Technical Education, courses ...... 205 Russian, courses ...... 197 Television, see Media Arts ...... 171 Television Production, certifi cates ...... 76 S Tests, see Examination Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy ...... 57 Theatre Arts, certifi cate ...... 77 Scholarship standards ...... 57 courses ...... 205 Scholarships ...... 30 major (A.A.) ...... 66 Scholars Program ...... 19 Title IX coordinator ...... 18 Scholastic Information and Regulations ...... 49 Transcription, Machine, Science, General, see Physical Science 131 see Computer Applications and Business Of- Sculpture, courses ...... 98 fi ce Technologies ...... 118
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE 2005–2006 C
D g Glendale FWY (2)Lot rkin AA AVIATION / ART Bldg. LB LIBRARY Bldg. Baja Calif. Field Studies Office Art Gallery C Pa y Entrance Gate CD Onl Classrooms Classrooms AD JOHN A. DAVITT ADMINISTRATION Faculty Offices CDC Bldg. Information & Technology Services LS Accounting Library Services Admissions and Records Media Services Alumni Office Research & Planning Articulation LR LOS ROBLES Culinary Arts Lot B Classrooms LS LIFE SKILLS Bldg. Student College Services OM OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Unloading Foundation Office Facilities Faculty Offices Maintenance Glendale Community College Entrance Governance, Guild, Senate, CSEA Receiving Instructional Services SB SANTA BARBARA Bldg. 1500 North Verdugo Road Learning Center Classrooms Lot B Mailroom SC J WALTER SMITH STUDENT CENTER By permit only Payroll Student Affairs Glendale, CA 91208-2894 President AS Offices Public Information Office Bookstore (818) 240-1000 Purchasing Conference Center
ATALOG Tutoring Scholarship Office South Workforce & Econ. Development SF SAN FERNANDO Complex Stairs Writing Lab Assessment AS ARROYO SECO Bldg. Classrooms Classrooms CalWORKs Center AT ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY Financial Aid Court CENTER Nursing Programs AU AUDITORIUM Bldg. SG SAN GABRIEL Bldg. Student Unloading Area Citizenship Center Classrooms PARKING: Tennis Classrooms Biology LOT A Staff Permit Theatre Computer Labs LOT B Student Permit South Fork Courts BK BOOKSTORE Credit ESL LOT C Staff Permit Stairs CDC CHILD DEVELOPMENT CENTER Disabled Students High Tech Center • G LOT D Staff Permit Classrooms Faculty Offices Lot A * CR CAMINO REAL Bldg. Photography LOT E Staff Permit Classrooms TV Production LOT F Staff Permit North Tennis CS CIMMARUSTI SCIENCE CENTER SM SIERRA MADRE Bldg. Stairs Courts LOT G Staff Permit Lot A Classrooms Cafeteria LOT H Staff/Disabled Student Permit Planetarium Human Resources LOT I Staff Permit Snack Bar Outreach & Retention D Duplicating Police Department Circle Drive Staff Permit A LR Civic Auditorium Parking Structure and Lot Entrance Gate EA EOPS ANNEX Scholars Garret LOT 31 (Semester permits only) Extended Opportunity Service Learning Center
LENDALE Annex AA Program & Services Staff Development LOTS 30, 33 & 34 Metered Lots * G Art Gallery SN SIERRA NEVADA GYM Dance Studio ✦ ✦ EA Student Information Kiosk AA TTY SR SAN RAFAEL Bldg. SM Adult Re-Entry Center Public Telephone Career Center Emergency Call Box VG Classrooms SC Volleyball M * * ountain St. Counseling Center BK SN Center for Students with Disabilities Basketball Faculty Offices D ✦ VG 1 & 2 Lot E Health Services LB ✦ Lot A G San Fernando Complex VGT 3 & 4 VGT 5 & 6 International Students Office * Putting Driving Kreider Hall ✦ Green Range Placement Center Vaquero Way Vaquero
C SR Student Computer Center Plaza VGT 1 & 2 Transfer Center ✦ Gar- dening Motorcycle Parking VG VERDUGO GYM Lot G AT * Vaquero Fitness Center Lot H VG 1&2-Aerobics & ✦ El Camino Real San Rafael Central mnWeight Room OMMUNITY Plaza Plant Lot G SG TTY * * VGT VERDUGO GYM Trailers * 1-4, 6-Classrooms AD ✦ 5-Faculty Offices Track & Athletic Field San Gabriel Plaza ✦ AU OM CR CS le Drive AS Circ Lot I SB Parking Parking
Verdugo Road Footbridge 3 min. Student Unloading Area Verdugo Road NOV. 2004
C LOT C rking a LOT F LOT 34 STAFF ONLY GAS 6 AM-6 PM CIVIC LOT 30 CIVIC AUDITORIUM AUDITORIUM
Open to students after 6 p.m *VALET PAR Maps . PARKING STRUCTURE LOT 31
OLLEGE Canada KING ONLY Motorcycle P (BY PERMIT ONLY) (BY PERMIT ONLY)
LOT 33 245 246 2005-2006 Catalog—GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE MyGCC 247
mygcc.glendale.edu
Looking for a way to simplify your life? Try MyGCC, a private website available to Glendale Community College students. With a click of the mouse, you’ll fi nd class schedules, grades, registration information, fi nancial aid information and much more—all personalized for you. What information is available on MyGCC? MyGCC provides the information you need, when you need it. You don’t have to be on campus, wait in line or even make a phone call. Log on from home, from a library, from any computer with an Internet connection. Go to mygcc.glendale.edu and discover this new personal approach to information management. MyGCC provides your current and previous class schedules, financial aid information, STARS registration date and time, and your unoffi cial transcript, including grades. Through links, you can also connect to many GCC resources such as WebCT, class schedules, library databases, the bookstore and more. You can also connect to outside resources like weather and traffi c, and build your own personal links. • Convenient – you can access personalized information from any computer with an Internet connection • Customized – you select the color, background and start page for MyGCC • Comprehensive – view and print your current class schedule, fi nancial aid information, unoffi cial transcripts; check your STARS Priority Registration date and time, and more • Connected – handy links provide speedy access to GCC pages (online class schedule, library databases and more) and to other sites (traffi c, weather, news) • Confi dential – the security system requires use of both the Student ID and a Personal Identifi cation Number (PIN)
- New Services are being added for even more convenience -
2005–2006 CATALOG • GLENDALE COMMUNITY COLLEGE NOTES